Skip to main content

Full text of "Rand, McNally & co.'s handbook of the World's Columbian exposition"

See other formats 


)1S  62701 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 

in  2010  with  funding  from 

CARLI:  Consortium  of  Academic  and  Research  Libraries  in  Illinois 


http://www.archive.org/details/randmcnallycoshaOOwade 


RAND,  McNALLY  &  CO.'S  A  WEEK  AT  THE  FAIR. 

With  maps,  plans,  and  illustrations.     288  pages.     Size  6  x  8%  inches.     Illuminated  Pape 
Cover,  50  cents,     Bound  in  Flexible  Cloth,  $1 .00 


RAND,  McNALLY  &  CO.'S  BIRD'S-EYE  VIEWS  AND 
GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO. 

Pocket  form.     320  pages.     Each   page   5x7  inches  in  size.     Price,   Flexible   Morocco, 

Gilt  Edges,   Rounded   Corners,   $1.50.     Bound   in  Cloth,  $1.00. 

Bound   in   Paper,   50  cents. 


RAND,  McNALLY  &  CO.'S  HANDY  GUIDE  TO  CHICAGO  AND 
THE  WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN   EXPOSITION. 

ILLUSTRATED. 

Pocket  form.     219  pages.     In    Handsome  Illuminated   Paper  Cover,   25  cents. 
In  Flexible   Cloth   Cover,   Rounded   Corners,   50  cents. 


RAND,  McNALLY  &.  CO.'S  CHICAGO  CITY   RAILWAY  DIRECTORY 
AND  STREET  NUMBER  GUIDE. 

With  an  accurate  map  of  the   city  21x28  inches.     243   pages.     Price,    in   Paper  Cover, 
25  cents.     In   Flexible   Cloth,   50  cents. 


RAND,  McNALLY   &  CO.'S  A  WEEK   IN   CHICAGO. 

Profusely  Illustrated.     Eighty-eight  pages.     Illuminated   Cover.     Price,   25   cents. 


RAND,  McNALLY  &  CO.'S  SKETCH   BOOK. 

An   illustrated  and  descriptive  album  of  the  World's  Columbian   Exposition. 
Bound   in   Fine  Cloth,    Gold   Stamped.     Price,    50  cents. 


RAND,  McNALLY  &  CO.'S  ART  FOLIO  OF  THE 
WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN   EXPOSITION. 

A  veritable  edition  de  luxe.     Each  picture  mounted  on  super-enameled  and  embossed  cards. 
Put  up  in  a  handsome  portfolio  11x13  inches.      Price,  $2.50. 


RAND,  McNALLY  &  CO.'S 


HANDBOOK 


World's  Columbian  Exposition 


Special  Descriptive  Articles 


Mrs.   Potter  Palmer,  The  Countess  of  Aberdeen,  Mrs.  Schuyler  Van 

Rensselaer,  Mr.  D.  H.  Burnham  (Director  of  Works),  Hon.  W.  E. 

Curtis,  Messrs.  Adler  &  Sullivan,  S.  S.  Beman,  W.  W.  Boying- 

ton,    Henry  Ives  Cobb,    W.  J.   Edbrooke,    Frank   W. 

Grogan,  Miss  Sophia  G.  Hayden,  Jarvis  Hunt,  W. 

L.  B.  Jenney,  Henry  Van  Brunt,  Francis 

Whitehouse,  and  other  Architects  of 

State  and  Foreign  Buildings. 


MAPS,  PLANS,  AND    ILLUSTRATIONS 


CHICAGO 

Rand,  McNally  &  Company,  Publishers 

1893 


Copyright,  1893,  by  Rand,  McNally  &  Co. 


F8% 
C53.31 

Rl27h 

TABLE  OF  CONTENTS. 


PAGE 

Explanation  of  Reference  Marks. 6 

Preface 7 

Map  of  the  Grounds 8 

Calendar  of  Exposition 10 

Chapter  I. — Chicago — Arrival  at  the  World's  Fair  City 13 

Information  regarding  railway  depots;  baggage-checking;  hack  and 
carriage  fares;  where  and  how  to  find  accommodation  in  hotels,  boarding- 
houses,  or  private  rooms,  and  the  rates  charged  thereat;  location  of 
restaurants,  theaters,  and  other  places  of  amusement,  etc. 

Chapter  II. — History  of  the  Exposition ig 

Information  regarding  all  land  and  water  routes,  fares,  etc.,  from  the 
city  and  suburbs  to  the  Fair  grounds;  a  concise  history  of  the  Exposi- 
tion, statistics,  etc.;  a  visit  to  the  Transportation  Building. 

Chapter  III. — Principal  Buildings 41 

Visit  to  the  Mines  and  Mining  and  Administration  buildings;  banking 
facilities,  etc. 

Chapter  IV. — What  an  Art  Critic  Says 5S 

The  Fair  Grounds;  Columbian  Fountain;  Electricity  Building,  etc. 

Chapter  V. -.-Machinery  Hall,  Etc 75 

Live  Stock  Pavilion;  Cliff  Dwellers;  Dairy  Building,  etc. 

Chapter  VI.— Other  Principal  Buildings. go 

Anthropological  and  Forestry  buildings;  Convent  Santa  Maria  de  la 
Rabida. 

Chapter  VII. — Agricultural  Building 101 

Movable  Sidewalk,  Music  Hall,  etc. 

Chapter  VIII. — Manufactures  and  Liberal  Arts  Building,  Etc 114 

Chapter  IX.— United  States  Government  Buildings .     ....  127 

Battle-ship  "  Illinois,"  etc. 

Chapter  X. — Horticultural  Building,  Etc . . 136 

Fisheries  Building,  Wooded  Island,  etc. 

Chapter  XL — The  Art   Building,  Etc.   . -150 

Chapter  XII. — The  Woman's  Building ... 159 

Gondolas,  electric  launches,  etc. 

Chapter  XIII. — Foreign  Buildings .  _ 167 

Architecture  of  many  lands,  etc. 

Chapter  XIV. — The  State  Buildings _. .182 

An  itinerary  of  a  visit  to  the  State  and  Territorial  homes;  Esquimau 
Village. 

Chapter  XV. — The  Midway  Plaisance 212 

The  homes  of  people  of  many  climes;  Chinese  theater  and  tea  garden; 
Irish  villages,  etc. 

Hotels  Adjacent  to  World's  Fair 221 

General  Index .  223 

(5) 


155SG9 


EXPLANATION  OF  REFERENCE  MARKS. 


In  the  following  pages  all  the  buildings  and  noticeable  features  of  the 
grounds  are  indexed  in  the  following  manner:  The  letters  and  figures  fol- 
lowing the  names  of  buildings  in  heavy  black  type  (like  this)  are  placed 
there  to  ascertain  their  exact  location  on  the  map  inserted  at  the  end  of  the 
guide. 

Take  for  example  Administration  Building  (N  18): 


13 


N° 


<?. 


& 


18 

On  each  side  of  the  map  are  the  letters  of  the  alphabet  reading  down- 
ward; and  along  the  margin,  top  and  bottom,  are  figures  reading  and  increas- 
ing from  i,  on  the  left,  to  27,  on  the  right;  N  18,  therefore,  implies  that  the 
Administration  Building  will  be  found  at  that  point  on  the  map  where  lines, 
if  drawn  from  N  to  N  east  and  west  and  from  18  to  18  north  and  south, 
would  cross  each  other  at  right  angles. 

With  this  extremely  simple  arrangement  at  his  command,  the  visitor  will 
experience  but  little  difficulty  in  speedily  and  surely  locating  any  sought- 
for  building  or  spot  within  the  Exposition  grounds.  For  those  seeking  a 
similar  useful  arrangement  in  regard  to  the  city,  streets,  and  parks  of 
Chicago  itself,  reference  may  be  made  to  ' '  The  City  Railway  Directory 
and  Street  Number  Guide  "  issued  by  the  publishers  of  this  book. 


<*) 


Pref; 


ace. 


HE  adage  that  "  All  roads  lead  to  Rome  "  must,  for  the  year  1893  at 
least,  be  changed  to  "All  roads  lead  to  Chicago,"  for  from  e  very- 
land  and  clime  the  nations  of  the  world  are  flocking  to  the  ' '  Phoe- 
nix City,"  that  lies  upon  the  shores  of  Lake  Michigan;  the  proud 
and  peerless  young  giant  that  fears  no  rival  and  succumbs  to  no 
calamity.  Right  royally,  too,  does  she  welcome  her  invited 
guests,  and  with  a  boundless  hospitality  greets  them,  regardless 
of  race  or  creed. 

As  most  of  these  visitors  are  utterly  unacquainted  with  Chicago,  some  means 
of  obtaining  full  and  reliable  information  becomes  a  necessity;  hence  this 
work,  whose  object  is  to  enable  all  English-speaking  ^ople  to  understand 
thoroughly  the  best  methods  of  reaching  and  seeing  the  Exposition,  with  as 
little  expenditure  of  time,  money,  and  vital  energy  as  possible,  and  also  to 
give  them  a  perfect  conception  of  its  origin,  designs,  and  plans,  and  the 
methods  which  have,  in  the  great  "  White  City,"  built  up  the  grandest  and 
loveliest  aggregation  of  exhibition  palaces  (combined  with  the  most  glorious 
landscapes)  that  was  ever  created.  These  buildings,  the  statues,  paintings, 
and  other  decorations,  have  in  nearly  every  case  been  described  for  this 
work  by  the  architects,  sculptors,  and  artists  who  created  them,  in  language 
so  plain  and  forcible  as  to  make  even  the  technicalities  of  their  art  clear  to 
the  reader. 

While  not  pretending  to  be  a  catalogue  of  the  exhibits,  yet  the  ground- 
plans  herein,  locating  all  exhibits,  and  the  accurate  indexed  map  point  out 
to  the  visitor,  in  a  clear  and  lucid  way,  how  he  may  see  the  best  and  choicest 
of  everything,  so  that  he  need  waste  no  time  upon  trivial  matters,  such  as 
may  be  seen  at  any  time  in  any  city  of  Europe  or  America. 

Avoiding  in  this  way  mere  dull,  dry  details,  yet  enabling  the  visitor  to  see 
everything,  from  the  least  to  the  greatest,  the  compiler  has  spared  no  pains 
in  making  the  information  herein  thorough,  complete,  and  comprehensive; 
and  the  publishers  have  placed  it  at  a  popular  price — within  the  reach  of  all. 
Should  the  visitor  desire  to  visit  points  of  interest  in  and  about  the  city 
while  here,  he  will  find  in  "  The  Handy  Guide  to  Chicago  "  and  "  Bird's-eye 
Views  and  Guide  to  Chicago,"  issued  by  the  publishers  of  this  work,  complete 
and  accurate  information  in  regard  to  them. 


(7)        ILLINOIS  ST 

OLD 
SPRINGFIELD.  ILLINOIS  62701 


< 

B 


n 


t— e — r 


INDEX  TO  FOREIGN   SITES   AND  BUILDINGS 


Brazil E-17 

Canada E-20 

Ceylon    C-18 

Colombia D-18 

Costa  Rica D-18 


East  India E-18 

France C-18 

Germany D-19 

Great  Britain E-21 

Guatemala D-lu 


Haiti E-19 

Japan G-16 

New  South  Wales  .E-19 

T  icaragua E  18 

Noiway D-18 


Adams  Express  Co...G-13 
Algeria  and  Tunis — F-5 
Amer.-Ind.  V.llage...F-3 

[Austrian  Village G-4 

:Blu  •  Grotto  of  Capri.  F-2 

SCairo,  Street F-7 

Captive  Balloon F-4 

Chinese  Vill.  &  Th'r..F-4 

Dahomey  Village G-4 

Diamond  Match  Co.  .F-14 
Eiffel  Tower F-6 


NDEX   TO   MIDWAY   PLAISANCE. 

Irish  Village F-ll 

Japanese  Bazar —  F-ll 


Electric  Scenic  Th'r.F-12 

Ferris  Wheel F-6 

Fire  &  Guard  Sta G-5 

Frenc  i  Cider  Press.. G-5 

German  Village F-8 

Hagenbeck  AnimalsG-11 
Hung.  Nat.Orpheum.G-2 

Ice  Railway G-6 

Indian  Bazar F-5 

Inter.Dress  &Cos.Co.F-13 
Irish  Industries G  14 


Javanese  and  South 
Sea  Settlement.  .G-10 

Lapland  Village G-3 

Libhey  Glass  Co. .  .F-12 

Moorish  Palace G-7 

Natatorium G-9 

New   England  Log 

Cabin G-12 

Nursery  Exhibit. . .  .G-2 


Slam D-19 

Spain D-19f 

Sweden I 

Turkey E-17J 

Venezuela E-181 

Sou 


Pano.  Bernese  Alps  . .G-9 
Pano.    Volcano    Kil- 

aueau F-5 

Persian  Cone  ssion  . .  F-7 

St.  Peier G-5 

Turkish  Village G-8 

Venice  Murano  Co  .  .G-ll 

Vienna  Cafe F-5 

Workingman's 

Home F-14 

Zoopraxiscope I  -7 


flil  fi^J  I   c 


Cairo  Street    JIM       (J, 

Indian!*]    ,<f 

111   L|Wheel 
Austrian      \\*\     ,    


1  Administration. N-18 
Admissions  and 
Collections  udgl-15 
Agricult.Impl'tsO-2  3 

Agriculture 0-22 

Anthropological  Q-25 
Army  Hospital.  H-19 
Art  Galleries.... C-17 
Art  Gall.  E.  An..C18 
Art  Gall.  W.  An.C-15 
Australian  Squa- 

ters'  Hut K-17 

Band  Stand 1-21. 

M-19.N-19 
Banquet  Hall...K-19 

Badn M-20 

Blooker's   Cocoa 

Wind  mil  1  Q-23 

Buf.Bill'sAV'dW.K-1 .: 
Cafe  de  Marine  E-17 
Carpenter  Shop. Q  14 

Car  Shops R-25 

Casino M-23 

Charging  Station 

for  Launches.  0-23 
Children  s  Bldg. G-15 
Chocol.  Menier  .N-18 

Choral  Bldg J-15 

Clam  Bake E-19 

Cliff  Dwellers . . .  0.-24 

Coal  Shed 

Cold  Storage....  0-15 

Colonnade P-21 

Columb.  Foun..  N-19 
Combinatio  > 

Booth 1-20,  J-21 

Conv.LaRabida.K-23 
Crane  Co 

Dairy Q-24 

Dairy  Birns R-24 

Distiller v  Exh...R-25 
Ducker  HospitalG-14 

Dwelling S-24 

Electrio  Foun's.M-19 
Electricity     ....L-18 


7Tim 


ERAL    INDE 


J 


Esquimaux  Vill .  A-14 
Ethnogvaph.Ex.O-24 
Ex.  B'g&Barn..R-16 
Fire  &G'rdSta.. E-19 

Fish  ries F-18 

th  "  " 


Fish  Storage  Yd.  K-19 

Fores  ry Q-25 

FrenchBak'yEx.P-22 
French  Colonies  Q-24 

Gov.  Plaza H-19 

Great  Whi.eHorse 

Inn Q-22 

Green  House 1-14 

Harbor '  -24 

Hiyward  Rest..M-10 
Homeop.Headq.G-i4 
Horticulture  ..1.-15 
Hunters'  0  imp. K-17 
Hygeia    Cooling 

Plant ...N-16 

I.C.  60th  St.  Sta.G-12 
i.  C.  So.  P.  Sta...A-13 
Indian  School...  0-23 
Intraui.(El)RRSta 

F-1J,  A-17.B-14,  F-14 

J-14,  M-15,0-10,  P-21 


Izaak     Walton's 

House D-18 

Jackson's  House  P-14 
Jap.  Tea  House. .  E-17 

Ki  chen R-14 

Krupp's  GunExO-24 

Lagoon K-18 

Landscape  Dpt  .S-25 
Lextner  Exh....P-24 
LifeSav.  Sta....F-J9 
Lighthouse  Exh  F  19 

Log  Cabin 0  23 

Loggers  Camp  .P-20 
London  &  Provin- 
cial Dairy  Co.  .P-22 
Lumber  Yard.   .Q-15 

Machinery P-19 

Mac'i.  Annex  . .  P-17 
Mach.  Shop  and 

Boiler  Honse.. Q-19 
Manitoba  Exh. . .  C-14 
Mnfrs.&Lib.ArtK-26 
Mer.  Tail.  Exh  ..E-10 
Merck.tCo.,DrugF-14 
Mid.  Plaisance  ...F-6 

Mines L-17 

Model  Sunday 


Music  Hall L-22 

Naval  Exh F-21 

Naval  Observ'y..F-20 

News  Stan. i K-21 

N.    Y.    Working- 
man's  Homo  .  Q-21 

North  Canal L-19 

North  Inlet E-22 

North  Loop G-18 

North  Pond D-17 

N.  VV.  Pond B-14 

Obelisk P-21 

Office  Elec.  Dept  P-20 

Oil  House P-14 

Oil  Industries... Q-19 
Oil  'lank  Vault  .  S-26 
OldTmesDis  Co.R-24 
Ore  Mining  Co..N-15 
Outs'd  Exh.  Ger.Q-21 
Mar  h.  Q-19 
Outside  Exhibit 
Trans.   Dept...K-14 

Pa  nt  Shop P-14 

Penn.  RR.  Exh..N-15 

Peristyle    K-23 

Perron 0-17 

Photo  Bldg J-14 

Pier L-26 

Polish  Cfe E-18 

Power  House... 
Pub.Comf.  Bdg.  E-15 

Puck G-15 

PumpH«.useP-£OS 

R.R.  Depot 0-17 

Res  aurant  Forest 

King Q-24 

Rol.ingChair  CoH-20 
Rose  Garden...  J-17 
Ruins  of  YucatanQ-24 
Russian  Kiosk  .  .1-20 

Sawmill Q-19 

Service  Building  J-15 
Scales  Office....  N-14 
Sewage  Clean  ing 

Works        .1-25 

Signal  Station. .  .R-15 
Smith,    Crimp  & 

Eastman R-14 

Soda  Pavilion..  E-20 

SouthCanal 0-2'^ 

School D-14   South  Inlet N-24 

Mov.  Sidewalk .  .L-25    -south  Loop 0-23 

k^LJL^U  I 1  L*— 


SouthPond P-23 

S.S.Uap.Trau.Sta.M-15 
Statue  Franklin  .M-18i 
Stat  of  Republic .  .L,-22 

Stock  Exhibit R-20 

StockPavi.ion. . .  .P-21 

Swedi  h  Rest E-17jiM_fe," 

Terminal  R.  R....O-16 
Terminal  StationO-17 
Transportation.  .L-16 
U.S.Bn'd  W-h(A)R-15 


....  ji-zzsssqp 
)wney  'Woodi. 
>av..L-22    S4« 
ouses 
!)...R-19 
'sfor 

.Cases  I 

&F)U-16  -     11 


U.  S.  Gov't 

Building.  H-19 
U.S.  Wind  En. 

&P'mpCoN-15 
Vanderbilt 

RR.Exh..M-15 
VanHouten& 

Zoon         H-20 
Walter  Baker    , 

&Co K-22 

W.M.Lowney   WoodL 

Co'sPav..L-i 
Wan  houses 

(l&C). 
Wareh 

Pack.Ca 

(D.E& 
W.C.E.B'rnc-14 
Weath.BurF-.9 
Wellington 

Catering 

Co M-23 

W.  sting- 
house's 

Office  ...  Q-18 
Westinghouse 

Co'sSto'hR-16 
WhalingBark 

"  Progr's"P-23 
White  Star 

Line G-15 

Windmills. Q-23 
WdlawnPk 

Station... L-l 
Woman's 

Building.  .F-15' 
Wooded 

Island J-17 

Yards  of 

Buildings  & 

Grounds.  Q-17 


25      I      ^     H 


Arkansas . . . 
California  . . 

Colorado 

Connecticut 
Delaware  ... 
Florida 


.B-15 
.D-15 
.D-14 
.B-18 
.B-17 
.B-15 


20     I       2J       I       55     I       23      I      24      I 

INDEX  TO  STATE  SITES  AND  BUILDINGS 

Idaho A-17  New  Jersey??. B-17  A 

Illinois E-16  New  York C-17 

Indiana D-15   North  Dakota.B-15 

Iowa A-18 

Kansas A-15 

Kentucky B-16 

Louisiana B-15 

Maine B-18 

Maryland B-17 

MassachusettsB-17 

Michigan D-15 

Minnesota  — B  15 

Missouri -16 

Montana A-16 

Nebraska B-15 

New  Hamp.... B-18 


Ohio D-15 

Pennsylvania.  B-16 
Rhode  Island  .  B-17 
South  Dakota. C-15   _ 
Tit's. Joint(Ariz.,      * 
N.Mex.,Okl  )B-16 

Texas A-15 

Utah A-16 

Vermont B-18 

Virginia A-17  v 

Washington  ..C-15 
West  Virginia.B  16 
Wisconsin D-15 


lElertBTBTSta.  Exh.  "M^VU    <&^$. 


Rand,  McNally  &  Co.'s 

New  Indexed 
Miniature  Guide  Map  £ 

2  OF  THB 

World's  Columbian  w 
Exposition 

XT 

Chicago,  1893. 


pPWfw 


CALENDAR    OF   THE    EXPOSITION. 

Being  a  list  of  the  principal  events  taking  place  on  the  several  days  men- 
tioned.    These  dates  are  subject  to  change  by  the  Exposition 
authorities  if  necessity  arises. 


May  i. — Opening  Ceremonies;  Rose 
Show,  Horticultural  Building;  the 
Thomas  Orchestra,  Music  Hall; 
Dedication  Montana  State  Build- 
ing; Dedication  Woman's  Build- 
ing at  2.30  p.  m. 

May  2. — Banquet  to  the  Duke  of  Vera- 
gua  at  Hotel  Metropole,  by  Presi- 
dent Thomas  W.  Palmer;  Inaugu- 
ral Concert,  Music  Hall. 

May  3. — Orchestral  Concert,  Music 
Hall. 

May  4. — Utah  Dedication. 

May  5. — Orchestral  Concert,  Music 
Hall. 

May  6. — Public  Reception  for  the 
Duke  of  Veragua  and  brother, 
Marquis  de  Barboles,  in  Adminis- 
tration Building;  Orchestral  Con- 
cert, Music  Hall;  first  exhibition 
of  Electric  Fountain. 

May  8. — Unveiling  of  Montana's  Sil- 
ver Statue. 

May  9. — Catholic  Knights  of  America; 
Orchid  Show,  Horticultural  Build- 
ing; Orchestral  Concert,  Music 
Hall. 

May  10. — Vermont  Day;  Travelers' 
Protective  Association. 

May  12. — Orchestral  Concert,  Music 
Hall. 

May  15. — Boston  Symphony  Orches- 
tra, Music  Hall;  Woman's  Prog- 
ress Congress,  Art  Institute;  first 
day  of  Congresses  of  Education, 
Industry,  Literature,  and  Art; 
Moral  and  Social  Reform;  Phil- 
anthropy and  Charity;  Civil  Law 
and  Government  and  Religion. 


May  18.  —  Dedication  Illinois  and 
Washington  State  Buildings. 

May  19. — New  York  Symphony  Or- 
chestra Concert,  Music  Hall. 

May  20. — Closing  day  for  Entries 
for  Dog  Show;  New  York  Sym- 
phony Orchestra  Concert,  Music 
Hall. 

May  22. — Kneisel  Quartette  Concert, 
Festival  Hall;  commencement  of 
Congresses  of  the  Public  Press, 
Public  Health,  Religious  Press, 
Trade  Journals;  Address  by  Clara 
Morris, on  "Women  on  the  Stage"; 
Orchestral  Concert,  continuing  to 
June  30th;  concerts  in  Music  Hall 
by  Sousa's  great  band. 

May  23. — Wisconsin,  forty-fifth  anni- 
versary of  admission  into  state- 
hood; Kneisel  Quartette  Concert, 
Festival  Hall;  Orchestral  Con- 
cert, Music  Hall. 

May  24. — Maine  Day;  Kneisel  Quar- 
tette, Festival  Hall;  Apollo  Club 
Concert. 

May  25. — Kneisel  Quartette,  Festival 
Hall;  Chicago  Apollo  Club,  Festi- 
val Hall. 

May  26.  —  Exposition  Children's 
Chorus,  1,400  voices,  Festival 
Hall;  Orchestral  Concert,  Music 
Hall. 

May  27. — Wagner  Concert,  Festival 
Hall;  Orchestral  Concert,  Music 
Hall. 

May  29. — Congress  Medicine  and  Sur- 
gery, Music  Hall. 

May  30. — Orchestral  Concert,  Music 
Hall. 


May  16. — Boston  Symphony  Orches-  Junei. — Dedication  of  Kentucky  State 

tra,  Music  Hall;   Woman's  Prog-  Building;  opening  of  Steele  Mac- 

ress     Congress,    continuing    two  kaye's  Spectatorium ;  preliminary 

weeks;  National   Editorial  Asso-  hearing  of   Sons  of  Temperance 

ciation  Convention.  to  be  held. 

May  17. — Washington  Day;  Norway  Junes. — Commencing  to-day  and  con- 
Day,  tinuing  for  seven  days,  a  Russian 

(10) 


CALENDAR  OF  THE  EXPOSITION. 


11 


Choir  will  give  concerts  in  Festi- 
val Hall,  under  the  direction  of 
Madame  Eugenie  Lineff;  Den- 
mark, new  constitution  granted 
by  King  Frederick  VII.,  1849;  first 
day  Temperance  Congress,  con- 
tinuing one  month;  Sportsmen's 
Contest;   Nebraska  Fete  Day. 

June  7. — Eastern  Choral  Societies' 
Festival,  Festival  Hall. 

June  8. — Nebraska  Day;  Eastern 
Choral  Societies'  Festival;  Pri- 
mary Congress  of  Charity  and 
Philanthropy. 

June  9. — Orchestral  Concert,  Music 
Hall. 

June  10. — Travelers'  Protective  Asso- 
ciation. 

June  12. — Commencement  Moral  and 
Social  Reform  Congress;  General 
Congress  Charity  and  Philan- 
thropy; Max  Bendix  String  Quar- 
tette, Recital  Hall. 

June  13. — Max  Bendix  String  Quar- 
tette, Recital  Hall. 

June  14. — Handel's  "  Messiah,"  Music 
Hall;  France  Day. 

June  15. — Germany,  ascension  of  em- 
peror to  throne. 

June  16. — Bach's  "  Passion,"  Music 
Hall. 

June  17. — Massachusetts  Day. 

June  19. — Indianapolis  Choral  Festi- 
val Association,  Festival  Hall; 
Congress  Bankers  and  Financiers; 
Boards  of  Trade;  Railway  Com- 
merce; Building  Association  and 
Insurance  Congresses  of  all  de- 
scriptions. 

June  20. — North  Dakota  Day;  St.  Paul 
and  Minneapolis  Choral  Associa- 
tion, Music  Hall. 

June  21. — New  Hampshire,  on  that 
day  of  the  year  1788,  voted  to  rat- 
ify the  Constitution;  Western 
Choral  Societies,  Festival  Hall; 
Women's  Amateur  Musical  Clubs, 
Music  Hall,  lasting  until  the  24th. 

June  22. — Western  Choral  Societies, 
Festival  Hall. 

June  23. — Sweden  (Swedish  Midsom- 
marafton);  Western  Choral  Socie- 
ties, Festival  Hall. 

June  24. — Cincinnati  Festival  Associa- 
tion, Music  Hall;  midsummer 
afternoon. 

June  27. — Arion  Society  Concert, 
Music  Hall. 


June  28. — Handel's"  Messiah,"  Music 
Hall. 

June  29. — Millers'  Day. 

June  30. — Bach's  "  Passion,"  Music 
Hall. 

July  1. — National  Congress  of  Social- 
ists. 

July  3. — Commencement  of  Musical 
Congress. 

July  4. — Calladium  Show,  Horticult- 
ural Building. 

July  7. — New  York  Liederkranz  Con- 
cert, Music  Hall. 

July  8. — New  York  Liederkranz  Con- 
cert, Music  Hall;  International 
Congress  of  Brewers. 

July  10. — New  York  Liederkranz  Con- 
cert, Music  Hall;  commencement 
Literary  Congress. 

July  11. — Concert  by  Cleveland  Vocal 
Society,  Music  Hall. 

July  12. — Western  Choral  Association, 
Festival  Hall. 

July  13. — Confectioners'  Day;  Western 
Choral  Association,  Festival  Hall. 

July  14. — France  Fete  Day;  Western 
Choral  Association,  Festival  Hall. 

July  15. — Concert  by  Junger  Maen- 
nerchor  (Philadelphia),  Music 
Hall. 

July  17. — The  Congress  of  Stenog- 
raphers; commencement  of  Edu- 
cational Congress;  Youths'  Con- 
gress, lasting  three  half -days. 

July  20. — Colombian  Anniversary  of 
Independence  of  Colombia;  Col- 
lege Fraternities  meet;  Swedish 
Societies'  Concerts,  Festival  Hall. 

July  21. — Swedish  Concert,  Festival 
Hall. 

July  22. — Swedish  Concert,  Festival 
Hall. 

July  24. — Utah  Day,  the  First  Mor- 
mon pioneers  marched  into  the 
valley;  gathering  of  Commercial 
Travelers'  Association. 

July  26. — Liberia,  forty-seventh  anni- 
versary of  the  establishment  of 
the  free  republic;  Commercial 
Travelers'  Grand  Concert,  Festi- 
val Hall. 

July  27. — Turner  Bund;  Scandinavian 
Concert,  Festival  Hall. 

July  28. — Scandinavian  Concert,  Fes- 
tival Hall. 

July  31  to  August  6. — The  Scottish 
Days;  commencement  of  Con- 
gress of  Engineers,  also  Art  and 


12 


CALENDAR  OF  THE  EXPOSITION. 


Architecture,  etc.;  Congress  of 
Photographers,  lasting  until  Octo- 
ber 5th. 

August  i. — Fete  Day,  New  South 
Wales;  Constitution  Day;  the 
band  of  the  Guarde  Republique 
of  Paris  will  give  concerts  every 
other  day  throughout  this  month 
in  Festival  Hall. 

August  2. — National  Union. 

August  7. — Commencement  of  Con- 
gresses of  Government,  Law 
Reform,  Political  Science,  etc.; 
Inventors,  lasting  one  week. 

August  9. — Knights  of  Pythias;  Vir- 
ginia State  Day;  Angling  Tourna- 
ment, lasting  twelve  days. 

August  12. — Independent  Order  of 
Foresters. 

August  14. — Commencement  General 
Congress;  also  Africa  and  her 
people;  Dental,  Pharmaceutical, 
Medical  Jurisprudence,  Horticult- 
ure Congresses. 

August  16. — Haiti. 

August  18. — North  Carolina,  in  honor 
of  Virginia  Dare's  memory,  the 
first  white  child  born  on  American 
soil;  Austria  Fete  Day,  anniver- 
sary birth  of  Emperor  Francis 
Joseph. 

August  21. — Cattle  and  Horse  Show 
to  September  21st;  commence- 
ment Congress  of  Science  and 
Philosophy. 

August  25. — Colored  People  Fete  Day, 
continuing  until  September  25th; 
a  Parliament  of  Religion. 

August  28. — Commencement  of  He- 
brew Religious  Congress;  also 
Labor  and  Economic  Science 
Congresses. 

August  31. — Netherlands  Fete  Day; 
thirteenth  anniversary  of  corona- 
tion of  queen. 

September  1. — Nicaragua. 

September  2. — Catholic  Educational 
Day. 

September  4.— New  York  Fete  Day; 
commencement  of  Religious  and 
Mission  Congress  to  be  held  in  the 
different  churches  in  Chicago. 

September  5. — Continuing  until  the 
following  Friday,  the  Jewish 
Women's  Congress;  Catholic  Con- 
gress, continuing  until  the  9th. 

September  7. — Brazil  Fete  Day;  Anni- 
versary of  Independence. 


September  9. — California  Day ;  admis- 
sion of  State  to  Union  Anniver- 
sary. 

September  11. — Beginning  September 
nth,  concerts  under  the  direction 
of  Doctor  Mackinzie,  extending 
over  a  period  of  two  weeks; 
commencement  of  Religious  Con- 
gress. 

September  12. — Maryland  Fete  Day. 

September  13. — Michigan  Fete  Days, 
extending  to  the  15th. 

September  14. — Meeting  of  Amateur 
Athletic  Club,  continuing  for  three 
days;  Handicap  Athletic  Field 
Games. 

September  15.  —  Kansas  Fete  Day; 
Convention  of  Theosophists;  Mex- 
ico Fete  Day;  Amateur  Athletic 
Club;  team  contests;  Costa  Rica 
Fete  Day. 

September  16.  —  New  Mexico  Fete 
Day;  Convention  of  Theosophists; 
Amateur  Athletic  Club ;  Track  and 
Field  Meeting. 

September  18. — Nevada. 

September  19. — Colorado  Fete  Day; 
Dog  Show. 

September  20.— Montana  Fete  Day; 
Patriotic  Order  Sons  of  America. 

September  21. — Iowa  Fete  Day. 

September  25;  —  Sheep  and  Swine 
Show  to  October  14th;  continuing 
for  three  weeks  from  this  date, 
concerts  under  the  direction  of 
Mr.  Saint-Saens. 

September  28. — Commencement  of 
Sunday  Rest  Congress;  com- 
mencement of  Mission  Congress, 
continuing  until  October  5th. 

October  1. — Sunday,  Missionary  Day. 

October  5. — Rhode  Island  ^ete  Day. 

October  9. — Virginia  Fete      „y. 

October  n. — Connecticut  i    -:e  Day. 

October  12. — Spain  discoveied  Amer- 
ica 1492;  Italian  Societies;  four 
hundred  and  first  anniversary 
Columbus'  landing;  first  day 
Public  Health  Congress. 

October  13. — Minnesota,  date  the  Con- 
stitution was  adopted;  Congress 
Public  Health. 

October  16. — Poultry,  Pigeons,  and 
Pet  Stock  Show  to  October  28th; 
Fat  Stock  to  October  28th;  first 
day  Agricultural  Congress. 

October  25  — Homing  Pigeon  Contest, 
extending  through  October. 


Hand-book   of  the    World's    Columbian 
Exposition. 


CHAPTER   I. 
CHICAGO— DEPOTS  AND  DOWN-TOWN  HOTELS. 


(whose  inspection  of  the  wonders  of 
the  World's  Fair  will  be  necessarily 
as  superficial  as  his  time  is  short)  the 
Central  Railroad  Depot  of  the  World's 
Columbian  Exposition  will  necessarily 
be  the  main  objective  point.  No  mat- 
ter by  what  line  he  travels,  a  mar- 
velous system  of  tracks  will  convey 
him  to  the  point  he  aims  to  reach. 
For  the  majority  of  visitors,  whose 
stay  in  the  Garden  City  will  be  of 
a  week's  duration  at  least,  the  ter- 
minal railway  depots  of  the  city  will 
be  the  spots  where  Chicago  first  greets 
them. 

Two  hundred  and  sixty-two  through 
express  and  mail  trains  arrive  in  or 
leave  Chicago  each  day.  In  the  same 
period  660  local,  suburban,  or  accom- 
modation trains  arrive  or  depart;  274 
merchandise  trains,  and  164  grain, 
stock,  and  lumber  trains  reaching  Chi- 
cago or  leaving  it  in  every  twenty- 
four  hours;  thus  making  a  grand 
total  of  1,360  as  the  average  daily 
movement  of  all  classes  of  trains,  an 
aggregate  reached  by  no  other  city 
in  the  universe. 

Seven  terminal  depots  accommo- 
date the  trains  of  thirty-five  different 
companies,  and  about  one  hundred 
way-stations  within  the  city  limits 
provide  for  the  convenience  of  local 
passengers. 

The  Union  Depot,  Canal  and  Ad- 
ams streets,  used  by  the  Pittsburg, 
Fort  Wayne  &  Chicago,  the  Chicago, 
Burlington  &  Quincy,  Chicago, 
) 


m  a  recent 
magazine  article, 
' '  will  be  the 
main  exhibit  of 
the  World's  Co- 
lumbian Exposi- 
tion." And  reit- 
erating this,  a 
noted  English 
journalist  ex- 
claims: "  She  is 
one  of  the  won- 
ders of  the 
world."  In  trans- 
portation facili- 
ties alone  the 
World's  Fair 
City  would  make  a  singularly  sub- 
stantial showing.  Puny  indeed  ap- 
pear the  cities  of  the  entire  civilized 
world  when  compared  with  one 
wherein  thirty-seven  railroads,  with 
an  aggregate  of  76,865  miles  of  track, 
center  and  discharge  passengers; 
wherein  any  of  the  88,000,000  of  in- 
habitants of  an  entire  continent  of 
8,000,000  square  miles  can,  without  a 
single  change  of  cars,  be  safely  landed 
in  the  heart  of  the  city,  or  at  the  very 
gates  of  the  Columbian  Exposition 
itself,  over  a  system  of  railroads  with- 
out equal  and  beyond  comparison. 
For  the  excursionist  of  a  singie  day 

(13 


14 


THE  WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


Milwaukee  &  St.  Paul,  and  other  rail- 
roads; the  depot  of  the  Michigan 
Southern  and  Rock  Island  roads,  Van 
Buren  Street;  that  of  the  Chicago  & 
North  -  Western,  Wells  and  Kinzie 
streets;  the  Dearborn  Station,  Dear- 
born and  Polk  streets,  and  the  Grand 
Central  Depot,  are  among  the  most 
prominent  buildings  in  the  city. 

The  first  named  is  one  of  the  finest 
railroad  depots  in  the  world.  Front- 
ing on  Canal  Street,  and  extending 
from  West  Madison  Street  to  West 
Adams  Street,  a  distance  of  1,200 
feet,  it  occupies  four  entire  blocks. 
Alighting  under  cover,  passengers  en- 
ter the  lofty,  commodious,  and  richly- 
decorated  ticket -office,  from  which 
they  pass  either  to  the  platforms  or 
to  any  of  the  waiting-rooms,  retiring- 
rooms,  or  restaurants  with  which  this 
model  depot  is  provided. 

Baggage  and  Baggage-Checking 
on  Incoming  Trains. — One  of  the  prin- 
cipal cares  of  the  visitor  is  the  safe 
delivery  of  his  impedimenta,  be  they 
gripsacks  or  great  boxes,  and  in  this 
respect  an  excellent  system  of  bag- 
gage-checking is  in  vogue  in  Chi- 
cago. 

If  you  do  not  expect  to  make  a  very 
long  visit,  try  to  get  along  without 
bringing  a  trunk,  or  other  baggage 
that  has  to  be  checked.  Put  what 
you  need  to  wear,  besides  the  clothes 
you  have  on,  into  a  bag  or  small  va- 
lise, and  carry  it  with  you  into  the 
car  in  which  you  travel.  It  will  save 
you  a  great  deal  of  trouble  and  annoy- 
ance, as  no  one  depot  baggage-room 
in  Chicago  is  large  enough  to  hold  all 
the  trunks  which  will  have  to  be  han- 
dled each  day;  and  unless  the  passen- 
ger is  able  to  claim  his  baggage  as 
soon  as  it  arrives  at  Chicago,  by  the 
train  upon  which  he  travels,  it  will 
probably  have  to  be  looked  for  at  a 
conveniently  located  warehouse,  not 
far  from  the  depot.  If,  therefore,  you 
do  not  find  your  trunk  at  the  station 
baggage-room  when  you  apply  for  it, 
you  will  surely  be  informed  by  the 
baggage-man  at  what  place  it  can  be 
easily  found,  and  by  surrendering  your 
"  duplicate  baggage-check,"  so  called, 
and  paying  a  small  fee  for  its  care, 
there  will  be  no  delay  in  its  delivery 
to  you,  or  to  the   authorized  agents 


of  Parmelee's  Omnibus  &  Baggage 
TransferCo.  This  transfer  company 
is  a  responsible  one,  and  its  agents 
go  out  from  Chicago,  meet  all  incom- 
ing trains,  and  will  deliver  your  bag- 
gage to  any  place  within  reasonable 
distance  in  the  city  for  50  cents  per 
trunk;  and  you  can  safely  surrender 
your  baggage-checks  to  such  agents, 
receiving  their  "  claim  checks  "  in  ex- 
change. If  you  do  not  know,  before 
you  arrive  in  Chicago,  where  you  are 
going  to  stay,  hold  on  to  your  checks, 
and  after  you  have  located  yourself 
call  at  the  office  of  the  Parmelee  Com- 
pany, at  132  Adams  Street — near  the 
post  office — and  there  make  arrange- 
ments for  the  prompt  delivery  of  your 
baggage.  Don't  trust  your  checks 
with  unauthorized  individuals.  When 
you  desire  to  return  home,  go  again 
to  132  Adams  Street  and  arrange  to 
have  your  baggage  sent  for.  Pay 
no  attention  to  "runners  "or  solicit- 
ors for  second-rate  hotels  and  board- 
ing-houses who  may  be  on  the  out- 
side of  the  Chicago  depots  awaiting 
the  arrival  of  trains.  Say  "  No,"  and 
walk  quickly  along  until  you  are  out 
of  their  reach.  Don't  let  them  take 
hold  of  your  hand-baggage,  and  do 
not  be  persuaded  to  do  anything  by 
their  eloquence.  They  are  harmless 
but  persistent  individuals,  and  if  the)^ 
perceive  you  know  your  business  and 
pay  no  attention  to  them  will  soon  let 
you  alone,  and  in  less  than  a  minute 
you  will  be  clear  of  even  the  sound 
of  their  voices. 

If  you  want  to  know  anything  while 
walking  the  streets  of  Chicago  ask 
questions  of  the  nearest,  uniformed 
policeman.  There  is  one  or  more  on 
every  corner,  or  in  that  vicinity.  He 
is  paid  to  be  a  fountain  of  knowl- 
edge, and  you  can  rely  upon  his  knowl- 
edge of  locations,  street-car  lines,  etc. 

Street-car  fares  in  Chicago  are  five 
(5)  cents  per  passenger. 

Omnibus  fares  to  hotels  are  fifty  (50) 
cents  per  passenger. 

Hack  or  cab  fares  are  as  follows: 

Two-Horse  Hacks.  —  One  passen- 
ger, not  exceeding  one  mile,  $1.00; 
one  passenger,  not  exceeding  two 
miles,  $1.50;  each  additional  passen- 
ger, 50  cents. 

Hansom    or     Cab.— One    or    two 


DEPO TS  AND  DO  WN-  TO  WN  HO TELS. 


15 


passengers,  one  mile,  50  cents;  each 
additional  passenger,  one  mile,  25 
cents;  one  or  two  passengers,  per 
hour,  75  cents. 

Where  to  Stay  in  Chicago.— The 
visitor  to  the  World's  Columbian  Ex- 
position will  have  the  choice  of  three 
ways  of  living  during  his  stay: 

1.  Taking  rooms,  with  or  without 
board,  at  some  one  of  the  many  ho- 
tels in  or  near  the  business  part  of 
the  city,  and  going  by  rail  or  boat  to 
the  Fair  each  day. 

2.  Living  at  one  of  the  hotels, 
clubs,  or  boarding-houses  near  the 
grounds. 

3.  Obtaining  rooms  through  the 
Bureau  of  Public  Comfort,  and  eating 
at  restaurants  in  the  Fair. 

THE  HOTELS  OF  CHICAGO. 

Palatial  in  appearance,  luxurious 
in  surroundings,  the  ,1,400  hotels  of 
the  Garden  City  are  well  able  to  care 
for  all  of  the  myriad  visitors  flocking 
to  the  Columbian  Exposition. 

Located  in  every  conceivable  quar- 
ter of  the  city  itself  or  in  close  prox- 
imity to  the  World's  Fair  grounds,  a 
complete  or  even  partial  enumeration 
of  them  would  require  more  space 
than  the  limits  of  a  guide  to  the  Ex- 
position could  in  justice  afford. 

It  may  be  sufficient  for  the  purpose 
of  the  present  work  to  briefly  state  the 
hotel  capacity  of  Chicago,  to  enu- 
merate a  few  of  the  principal  hostel- 
ries  and  their  location  and  rates,  and 
refer  the  traveler  in  quest  of  further 
information  to  the  pages  of  the  city 
directory  or  the  efficient  assistance 
of  the  Bureau  of  Public  Comfort,  con- 
ducted, for  the  benefit  of  all  visitors 
to  the  city  or  Exposition,  by  the 
World's  Columbian  Exposition  itself. 

At  the  Centennial  and  Paris  Expo- 
sitions hundreds  walked  the  streets 
or  slept  in  the  parks,  but  they  were 
the  careless  and  improvident  ones, 
who  came  without  having  previously 
attempted  to  secure  accommodations. 

While  there  is  little  chance  for  any 
such  fate  in  Chicago,  the  Exposition 
authorities  have  been  most  careful  of 
the  welfare  and  comfort  of  visitors. 
They  have  created  an  official  Bureau 
of  Public  Comfort  for  the  purpose 
of  contributing,  as  far  as  possible,  to 


the  wants  and  comfort  of  expected 
visitors.  The  most  ample  provisions 
have  been  made  for  food  and  refresh- 
ments wit  kin  the  Exposition  grounds, 
fully  detailed  in  the  pages  descrip- 
tive of  the  Fair  itself;  but  prima- 
rily the  duty  of  this  bureau  was  to 
organize  a  hotel  and  rooming  depart- 
ment, so  as  to  secure  suitable  and  de- 
sirable lodging  accommodations  at 
fair  and  suitable  rates  for  all  who 
should  apply. 

As  the  bureau  has  already  accommo- 
dations for  30,000  visitors  on  its  reg- 
isters, tourists  who  do  not  desire  hotel 
accommodations  can  do  no  better  than 
to  address  their  inquiries  to  Mr.  W. 
Marsh  Kasson,  Chief  of  the  Bureau  of 
Public  Comfort,  Room  509  Rand- 
McNally  Building,  Chicago. 

Prices  of  rooms  with  board: 

PER    DAY. 

Single  room,  single  bed,  one  per- 
son   $1.35 

Double  room,   double  bed,  one 

person 2.12 

Double  room,   double  bed,  two 

persons 2.70 

Double  bedded  room,  two  double 

beds,  two  or  three  persons 3. 50 

Double  bedded  room,  two  double 

beds,  three  persons 4.15 

Double  bedded  room,  two  double 

beds,  four  persons 5.50 

Hotels. — The  following  list  is  fairly 
representative  of  the  hotels  in  the 
heart  of  the  city: 

Atlantic  Hotel  (American),  Van  Bu- 
ren  and  Sherman  streets.  Rates  $2 
to  $4. 

Auditorium  Hotel  (American),  Con- 
gress Street  and  Michigan  Avenue. 
Rates  $5  to  $20. 

Briggs  House  (American),  Ran- 
dolph Street  and  Fifth  Avenue.  Rates 
$2.50  to  $3.50. 

Brunswick  Hotel  (American),  Adams 
Street  and  Michigan  Avenue.  Rates 
$2.50  to  $4. 

Burke's  Hotel  (European),  140-142 
Madison  Street.     Rates  $1  to  $2.50. 

Clifton  House  (American),  Wabash 
Avenue  and  Monroe  Street.  Rates 
$2. 50  to  $3. 50. 

Gault  House  (American),  Madison 
and  Clinton  streets.     Rates  $2  to  $3. 

Gore's  Hotel  (European),  266-274 
Clark  Street.    Rates  $1  to  $3. 


re 


THE  WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


Granada  Hotel  (European  and 
American),  Rush  and  Ohio  streets. 
(Private  and  high  priced.) 

Grand  Pacific  Hotel  (American  and 
European),  Clark  and  Jackson  streets. 
Rates  $3  to  $15. 

Grand  Union  Hotel  (European),  148- 
156  Dearborn  Street.  Rates  $1  to 
$2.50. 

Great  Northern  Hotel  (European), 
Jackson  and  Dearborn  streets.  Rates 
$2  to  $8. 

Hotel  Brevoort  (European),  143-145 
Madison  Street.     Rates  $1  to  $3. 

Hotel  Imperial  (European),  Twelfth 
Street  and  Michigan  Avenue.  Rates 
$3  to  $15. 

Leland  Hotel  (American),  Michigan 
Avenue  and  Jackson  Street.  Rates 
$3  to  $10. 

McCoy's  Hotel  (European),  Van  Bu- 
ren  and  Clark  streets.   Rates  $1  to  $3. 

Marquette  Hotel  (European),  Ad- 
ams and  Dearborn  streets.  Rates  $1 
to  $3. 

Palmer  House  (American),  Monroe 
and  State  streets.     Rates  $3  to  $15. 

Revere  House  (American),  Clark 
and  Michigan  streets.  Rates  $2.50  to 
$4. 

Richelieu  Hotel  (European),  Mich- 
igan Avenue  near  Jackson  Street. 
Rates  $3  to  $17. 

Saratoga  Hotel  (European),  155-161 
Dearborn  Street.     Rate  $1. 

Sherman  House  (American),  Clark 
and  Randolph  streets.  Rates  $3.50 
to  $6. 

Tremont  House  (American),  Lake 
and  Dearborn  streets.  Rates  $3  to  $5. 

Victoria  Hotel  (American),  Van  Bu- 
ren  Street  and  Michigan  Avenue. 
Rates  $4  to  $8. 

Virginia  Hotel  (American),  Rush 
and  Ohio  streets.  (Private  and  high- 
priced.) 

Wellington  Hotel  (European),  Wa- 
bash Avenue  and  Jackson  Street. 
Rates  $3   to  $15. 

Windsor  Hotel  (European),  145-153 
Dearborn  Street.     Rates  $1  to  $2.50. 

In  the  World's  Fair  district  and 
along  the  boulevards  leading  to  the 
Exposition  very  many  handsome  ho- 
tels are  in  operation,  with  scores  in 
close  proximity  to  the  World's  Fair 
grounds. 

As  regards  all  hotels  the  only  safe 


plan  is  to  secure  accommodations  in 
advance,  and  before  leaving  for  Chi- 
cago. The  characteristics  of  and 
many  interesting  data  concerning  Chi- 
cago's noted  hostelries  will  be  found 
more  fully  dwelt  upon  in  the  ' '  Handy 
Guide  to  Chicago,"  issued  by  the  pub- 
lishers of  this  guide. 

The  hotels  outside  the  business  dis- 
trict, along  the  road  to  or  in  close  prox- 
imity to  the  World's  Fair  grounds, 
will  accommodate  50,000  visitors  or 
more  without  overcrowding. 

Furnished  Rooms.  —  Private  lodg- 
ings, or  "furnished  rooms,"  as  the 
Chicago  phrase  goes,  are  preferred  to 
a  hotel  by  many  persons,  and  in  some 
respects  are  to  be  recommended.  A 
list  of  advertisements  is  to  be  found 
in  any  of  the  daily  papers,  while  an 
advertisement  inserted  by  any  vis- 
itor will  produce  a  host  of  replies, 
from  which  selection  can  be  made  af- 
ter inspection  and  discussion  of  terms; 
or,  better  still,  an  application  to  the 
Bureau  of  Public  Comfort,  Room  509 
Rand-McNally  Building,  will  secure 
accommodations  reliable  in  every  re- 
spect, and  officially  inspected  and  ap- 
proved of  by  the  bureau's  officers. 
This  is  by  far  the  best  method  to  pur- 
sue. 

Boarding-Houses. — These  are  to  be 
obtained  in  the  same  manner  as  fur- 
nished rooms.  The  prices  vary  from 
$6  for  the  cheapest  to  six  times  that 
amount  per  week,  according  to  loca- 
tion, cuisine,  and  accommodations. 
They  number  over  15,000. 

Baths. — At  every  hotel  and  in  all 
of  the  large  barber-shops  in  Chicago 
a  bath  may  be  obtained,  either  hot, 
or  cold,  or  shower,  with  soap  and  tow- 
els, uniform  price  25  cents.  Russian 
and  Turkish  baths  are  numerous. 
Four  natatoriums,  one  at  504  West 
Madison  Street,  another  at  408  North 
Clark  Street,  a  third  at  2327  Wabash 
Avenue,  and  the  fourth  on  the  Mid- 
way Plaisance,  afford  the  swimmer 
an  opportunity  of  essaying  in  pure 
Lake  Michigan  water. 

Restaurants.  —  Sleeping  accommo- 
dations being  satisfactorily  disposed 
of,  the  next  and  most  natural  inquiry 
will  be  for  eating-houses  or  restau- 
rants. 

General  Restaurants.  —  Few  cities 


DEPOTS  AND  DO  IVN-TO  WN  HOTELS. 


1? 


in  the  world  are  better  supplied  with 
restaurants  and  eating-houses  of  ev- 
ery kind  than  Chicago,  and  a  very- 
large  number  of  the  city's  inhabitants 
live  wholly  at  them.  One  thousand 
and  over  in  number,  they  are  to  be 
found  in  every  street  of  the  city,  and 
vary  from  the  grandeur  and  excellence 
of  cuisine  to  be  found  at  the  Rich- 
elieu, Northern,  Auditorium,  or  Kins- 
ley's (105  Adams  Street)  to  the  5-cent 
"beaneries"  of  savory  South  Clark 
Street.  The  restaurants  of  the  prin- 
cipal hotels  are  good  and  reliable; 
besides  these,  Chapin  &  Gore's,  73 
Monroe  Street;  Burke's,  336  Clark 
Street;  The  Saratoga,  155  Dearborn 
Street;  The  Lakeside,  southwest  cor- 
ner of  Clark  and  Adams  streets;  Kohl- 
saat's,  196  Clark  Street,  59  Wash- 
ington Street,  324  Dearborn  and  83 
Lake  streets;  The  Grand  Pacific,  240 
Clark  Street;  The  American,  south- 
east corner  of  State  and  Adams 
streets,  and  the  Columbia  Lunch 
Room,  148  Monroe  Street,  are  worthy 
of  a  visit  and  excellent  in  fare. 

Oyster  Saloons  are  common  every- 
where, the  most  prominent  of  which 
are  Rector's  Oyster  House,  Dearborn 
and  Monroe  streets,  and  Adams 
Street  between  Wabash  Avenue  and 
State  Street,  the  Boston  Oyster 
House,  120  Madison  Street,  and  The 
Lakeside,  Clark  and  Adams  streets. 

Ladies  are  not  supposed  to  go  to  the 
chop-houses.  Their  favorite  luncheon 
places,  when  shopping,  are  at  the  mag- 
nificent restaurants  provided  in  the 
great  department  stores.  Especially 
favored  by  the  fair  sex  are  the  res- 
taurants provided  in  Marshall  Field 
&  Co.'s,  State  Street;  Mandel's,  State 
Street;  Carson-Pirie's,  State  Street, 
corner  of  Washington ;  The  Fair,  State 
and  Adams  streets,  andSiegel,  Cooper 
&  Co.'s,  State  Street,  corner  of  Con- 
gress. Many  restaurants  especially 
reserve  seats  for  ladies,  and  so  an- 
nounce on  signs  at  their  doors. 

The  following  list  of  restaurants 
will  be  of  use  to  the  visitor: 

American  Oyster  House  and  Res- 
taurant, State  and  Adams  streets. 

Ashland  Restaurant,  Randolph  and 
Clark  streets. 

Baldwin's    Restaurant,    125    Fifth 
Avenue. 
2 


Boston  Oyster  House  and  Restau- 
rant,Madison  and  Clark  streets. 

Chicago  Oyster  House  and  Restau- 
rant, 140—142  Madison  Street. 

Chicago  Restaurant,  176  Adams 
Street. 

Henrici's  restaurants,  175  Madison 
Street  and  208  Dearborn  Street. 

Kern's  Restaurant  and  Oyster 
House,  108-110  La  Salle  Street. 

Kinsley's  Restaurant  and  Cafe,  105- 
107  Adams  Street. 

Lafayette  Restaurant  (table  d'hote), 
112  Monroe  Street. 

Lakeside  Restaurant,  Clark  and  Ad- 
ams streets. 

Milan  &  Co.'s  Restaurant,  in  Mad- 
ison Street. 

Peacock  Annex  Cafe  and  Restau- 
rant, 114  Madison  Street. 

Rector's  Oyster  House,  Monroe  and 
Clark  streets. 

Rector's  Restaurant,  35  Adams 
Street. 

Restaurant  Francais  (table  d'hote), 
77  Clark  Street. 

Rome  Cafe  (table  d'hote),  14S  Jack- 
son Street. 

Saratoga  Restaurant,  155  Dearborn 
Street. 

Schiller  Cafe*  and  Restaurant,  105- 
107  Randolph  Street. 

Schlogl's  Cafe,  109  Fifth  Avenue. 

Tacoma  Restaurant,  Madison  and 
La  Salle  streets. 

The  Frogs,  Restaurant  and  Cafe", 
126  Clark  Street. 

Thomson's  Restaurant,  145  -  153 
Dearborn  Street. 

Places  of  Amusement. — While  the 
varied  sights  of  the  vast ' '  White  City" 
(as  an  author  has  prettily  termed 
the  World's  Fair  buildings)  will  occupy 
much  of  the  sight-seer's  leisure,  it  is 
to  be  reasonably  expected  that  the 
local  Temples  of  Thespis  will  have 
some  attraction  for  the  majority,  oc- 
cupied as  their  boards  are  by  the  best 
companies  and  the  brightest  of  com- 
edians. The  subjoined  list  of  the  the- 
aters and  places  of  amusement  will 
therefore  be  of  service: 

Academy  of  Music  (Jacobs'),  83 
South  Halsted  Street. 

Alhambra  (Jacobs'),  1920  State 
Street. 

Auditorium,  Wabash  Avenue  and 
Congress  Street. 


18 


THE  WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


Barlow's  Pavilion,  Twenty -first 
Street  and  Archer  Avenue. 

Buffalo  Bill's  Wild  West,  Sixty- 
third  Street,  near  the  World's  Fair. 

Casino,  227  Wabash  Avenue. 

Central  Music  Hall,  State  and  Ran- 
dolph streets. 

Chicago  Opera  House,  Washington 
and  Clark  streets. 

Chickering  Music  Hall,  241  Wabash 
Avenue. 

Clark  Street  Theater  (Jacobs'),  North 
Clark  and  Kinzie  streets. 

Columbia,  10S  Monroe  Street. 

Criterion,  Sedgwick  and  Division 
streets. 

Engel's  Pavilion,  463  North  Clark 
Street. 

Epstean's  Dime  Museum,  in  Ran- 
dolph Street. 

Fisher's  Garden,  north  end  of  Lin- 
coln Park  and  Diversey  Avenue. 

Grand  Opera  House,  S7  Clark 
Street. 

Hardy's  Subterranean  Palace,  Wa- 
bash Avenue,  between  Sixteenth  and 
Eighteenth  streets. 

Havlin's,  1836  Wabash  Avenue. 

Haymarket,  169  West  Madison 
Street. 

Hooley's,  149  Randolph  Street. 

John  Brown's  Fort,  1341  Wabash 
Avenue. 

Kimball's  Music  Hall,  247  Wabash 
Avenue. 

Kohl  &  Middleton's  Clark  Street 
Dime  Museum,  150  Clark  Street. 

Kohl  &  Middleton's  State  Street 
Dime  Museum,  294  State  Street. 

Last  Days  of  Pompeii,  Cottage 
Grove  Avenue  and  Sixty-first  Street. 

Libby  Prison,  Wabash  Avenue,  be- 
tween Fourteenth  and  Sixteenth 
streets. 

Lyceum,  Desplaines  Street,  between 
Madison  and  Washington  streets. 

Madison  Street  Theater,  85  Madison 
Street. 


Marlowe  Opera  House,  Sixty-third 
Street  and  Stewart  Avenue. 

Mystic  Labyrinth,  Congress  Street, 
near  Elevated  Railroad. 

McVicker's,  82  Madison  Street. 

Olympic,  51  Clark  Street. 

Panorama,  Battle  of  Gettysburg, 
401  Wabash  Avenue. 

Panorama,  Chicago  Fire,  130  Michi- 
gan Avenue. 

Panorama,  Jerusalem  and  the  Cruci- 
fixion, 402  Wabash  Avenue. 

People's,  339  State  Street. 

Schiller,  Randolph  Street,  between 
Clark  and  Dearborn  streets. 

Standard,  Halsted  and  Jackson 
streets. 

Steele  Mackaye's  Spectatorium, 
Fifty-sixth  Street  and  Evarts  Avenue, 
near  World's  Fair. 

Trocadero,  Michigan  Avenue  and 
Adams  Street. 

Uncle  Tom's  Cabin,  in  Libby  Prison. 

Waverly,  West  Madison  Street,  be- 
tween Loomis  and  Throop  streets. 

Windsor  Theater,  North  Clark 
Street,  near  Division  Street. 

For  any  more  extended  particulars 
as  to  the  World's  Fair  City  the  visitor 
is  referred  to  Rand,  McNally  &  Co.'s 
"  Handy  Guide  to  Chicago,"  "  Bird's- 
eye  Views  and  Guide  to  Chicago," 
"  A  Week  in  Chicago,"  or  other  sim- 
ilar guides  to  the  city  itself.  The 
requirements  of  the  Fair  prevent  any 
more  lengthy  reference  to  matters 
outside  of  the  Exposition  itself.  The 
parks  and  boulevards  are  well  worth 
a  visit;  their  verdant  lawns  and  cool 
green  groves  will  be  found  fully  de- 
scribed in  the  above-mentioned  books; 
while  for  the  huge  office-buildings, 
familiarly  called  "sky-scrapers,"  or 
for  general  wanderings  around  the 
city,  reference  may  well  be  had  to  the 
"Street  Number  Guide  to  Chicago," 
also  issued  by  the  publishers  of  this 
book. 


CHAPTER  II. 


HISTORY    OF   THE    EXPOSITION. 


/-»-*    HE     His-    1S89, 

^K*  tory  of  loot 

£m£  the  World's   and 
yJIv   Columbian   with 


Exposition. 

—  Hardly 
necessary- 
does  it  seem, 
in  present- 
ing a  brief 
resume"  of 
the  events 
which  led  to 
the  loca- 
tion of 
World's 


the  formation  of  a  committee  of 

to  secure  the   Fair  for  Chicago, 

the  chartering  of  a  corporation 

alike  intent  in  August  of  1889, 

we  find  that  the  real  contest  began  in 

December  of  that  year,  when  Senator 

Cullom  introduced  the  World's  Fair 

Bill  in  the  United  States  Senate. 

Keen  was  the  contest  for  the  honor 
of  the  site ;  the  debate  at  times  rang- 
ing from  the  acrimonious  to  the  ridic- 
ulous. 

Cumberland   Gap    was    suggested 

and  voted  for  by  one  enthusiastic  or 

the   waggish  representative,  but  the  real 

Co-    contest  lay  between  Chicago  and  New 

York.  " 


lumbian  Ex-  York.  Ultimately,  on  the  24th  of  Feb- 

position    at  ruary,    1890,    Congress   definitely  ac- 

Chicago,    to  corded  the  honor  of  inviting  the  world 

proceed  historically  from  the  begin-  as  guests  to  the  "  Phoenix  City  of  the 


nmg.  The  densest  intellect  will 
readily  have  grasped  the  fact  that 
the  "  White  City  "  is  erected  in  honor 
of  the  400th  anniversary  of  the  dis- 
covery of  this  continent  by  Christo- 
pher Columbus. 

Just  as  many  cities  contended  for 
the  honor  of  Homer's  birthplace,  and 
as  more  than  one  does  for  Columbus' 
birth  or  bones,  so  many  claimants 
have  arisen  for  the  distinction  of 
first  conceiving  the  idea  of  a  quadri- 
centennial  celebration  of  the  grand- 
est and  most  accidental  discovery 
the  world's  annals  will  ever  record. 

Leaving  contestants  and  claimants 
to  settle  their  own  differences,  it  may 
be  safely  stated  that  the  first  recorded 
and  concerted  formal  action  is  to  be 
found  in  a  resolution  of  the  Directory 
of  the  Interstate  Exposition  at  Chi- 
cago on  the  iSth  of  November,  1885. 

Passing  by  in  rapid  review  the  New 
England  organization  of  18S6,  Sena- 
tor Hoar's  resolution  of  31st  of  July 
in  that  year,  in  the  interest  of  an 
exposition  at  Washington,  D.  C,  and 
a  similar  resolution  of  the  City  Coun- 
cil of  Chicago  on    the  226.   of  July, 


Great  Lakes. 


31 


# 


Director-General  G.  R.  Davis. 

On  July  2,  1890,  the  present  site  of 
the  World's  Columbian  Exposition 
was  selected  by  the  Directory  and 
approved  by  the  National  Commis- 
sion, but  the  World's  Fair  can  not  be 
said  to  have  been  actually  under  way 
until  the  beginning  of  the  following 
year.  In  January,  1891,  the  Exposi- 
tion headquarters  were  formally 
opened  in  the  Rand-McNally  Build- 
ing; the  Department  of  Publicity  and 
Promotion  was  organized,  and  at  once 


(19) 


2D 


THE  WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


began  telling  the  whole  newspaper- 
reading  earth  about  the  World's  Fair 
that  was  to  be.  The  Hon.  George 
R.  Davis  was  elected  Director-Gen- 
eral on  September  19,  1890,  and  on 
the  20th  of  the  following  month  Mrs. 
Potter  Palmer  was  chosen  as  the  pres- 
ident of  the  Board  of  Lady  Managers. 

Construction  work  began  on  the 
2d  of  July,  1 891,  the  Mines  Building 
having  the  place  of  honor  in  this  re- 
spect. The  dedication  of  the  build- 
ings, a  ceremonial  so  impressively 
grand  as  to  be  without  equal  and  be- 
yond comparison,  took  place  October 
2i,  1S92,  in  the  vast  Manufactures 
and  Liberal  Arts  Building. 

A  brief  statement  of  the  financial 
expenditures  and  resources  of  the 
Exposition  is  not  only  of  interest,  but 
marvelous  in  the  magnitude  of  its 
amounts.  To  secure  the  coveted  dis- 
tinction, Chicago  was  required  to  fur- 
nish a  site  which  should  be  acceptable 
to  the  National  Commission  (repre- 
senting every  State  and  Territory  in 
the  Union)  and  $10,000,000.  Unhesi- 
tatingly she  pledged  herself  to  the  gi- 
gantic undertaking,  and  has  faithfully 
and  fully  kept  her  promise.  To  con- 
vey something  of  an  impression  of 
the  magnitude  of  the  enterprise,  the 
accompanying  estimate  of  cost  of  con- 
struction, etc.,  made  by  the  Way  sand 
Means  Committee,  is  given: 

Grading,  filling,  etc $  450.400 

Landscape  gardening...  .  .  323,490 

Viaducts  and  bridges 125,000 

Piers 70,000 

Water-way  improvements.  225,000 

Railways 500,000 

Steam  plant Soo,ooo 

Electricity ... 1,500,000 

Statuary  on  buildings 100,000 

Vases,  lamps,  and  posts 50,000 

Seating 8,000 

Water    supply,    sewerage, 

etc 600,000 

Improvement  of  lake  front  200,000 

World's  Congress  Auxiliary  200,000 
Construction     Department 

expenses,  fuel,  etc.    520,000 

Organization  and  adminis- 
tration   3-308,563 

Operating  expenses 1 ,550,000 

$10,530,453 


When  the  $8,000,000  estimated  as 
the  cost  of  the  main  buildings  are 
added  to  this,  the  sum  total  is  $18,- 
530,453;  subsequent  additions  to  the 
plan  of  construction  will  bring  the  to- 
tal cost  of  the  Exposition  to  an  amount 
exceeding  $22,000,000. 

The  Site  of  the  World's  Fair.— 
Concerning  the  site,  no  difference  of 
opinion  or  criticism  is  possible.  Noth- 
ing approaching  it  in  beauty  or  extent 
was  ever  offered  to  any  previous  ex- 
position. Stretching  2%  miles  from 
the  point  nearest  the  city  to  the 
southern  extremity  of  Jackson  Park, 
it  comprises  some  seven  hundred 
acres.  Along  the  entire  front  lies  Lake 
Michigan,  the  loveliest  of  the  Great 
Lakes,  the  most  beautiful  body  of 
fresh  water  in  the  world.  In  the  back- 
ground semicircle  the  trees,  the  ver- 
dure, and  bloom  of  the  vast  South 
Park  system.  This  beautiful  location 
is  within  easy  distance  of  the  busi- 
ness portion  of  Chicago,  and  is 
accessible  by  means  of  the  most  com- 
plete transportation  facilities.  Jack- 
son Park  has  a  frontage  on  Lake  Mich- 
igan of  1  %  miles,  and  contains  600 
acres  of  ground.  This  Midway  Plai- 
sance,  which  forms  the  connecting 
link  between  Jackson  and  Washing- 
ton parks,  is  one  mile  long  and  600 
feet  wide,  making  an  additional  area 
of  eighty-five  acres.  The  frequent 
illustrations  of  buildings  and  grounds, 
with  careful  descriptions,  shown  in 
this  guide  will  give  the  reader  a  very 
complete  idea  of  this  stupendous 
work.  The  comfort  and  convenience 
of  visitors  has  been  considered  in 
every  arrangement,  so  that  a  visit  to 
the  Exposition  will  not  only  be  en- 
joyable and  instructive  in  the  high- 
est degree,  but  it  will  be  one  to  cherish 
as  the  great  event  of  a  lifetime. 

With  the  growth  and  development 
of  the  original  plans  the  financial  ne- 
cessities of  the  Fair  have  also  tremen- 
dously increased,  but  public  enthusi- 
asm has  fortunately  kept  pace  with 
this  rapid  development,  until  the  con- 
templated five  million  dollar  World's 
Fair  of  three  years  ago  has  now  grown 
to  a  World's  Columbian  Exposition 
with  $18,750,000  available,  and  to  be 
actually  expended  before  the  gates 
are  opened  to  visitors.     In  addition  to 


HISTORY  OF  THE  EXPOSITION. 


21 


this  millions  of  dollars  have  been  ex- 
pended by  the  several  States  in  the 
construction  of  State  buildings  and 
installation    of  State  exhibits. 

The  management  of  the  World's 
Columbian  Exposition  may  be  said  to 
be  vested  in  four  organizations:  The 
National  Commission,  authorized  by 
Congress;  the  World's  Columbian  Ex- 
position, organized  under  the  laws  of 
the  State  of  Illinois;  the  Board  of 
Lady  Managers,  authorized  by  Con- 
gress, and  the  World's  Congress  Aux- 
iliary. The  National  Commission  is 
composed  of  eight  commissioners-at- 
large  with  alternates;  two  commis- 
sioners from  each  State,  Territory, 
and  the  District  of  Columbia — one 
Democrat  and  one  Republican — ap- 
pointed by  the  President  on  a  nom- 
ination by  their  respective  govern- 
ors. This  Commission  has  dele- 
gated its  authority  to  eight  of  its 
members,  who  constitute  a  Board  of 
Reference  and  Control,  and  who  act 
with  a  similar  number  selected  from 
the  World's  Columbian  Exposition. 
The  officers  of  this  Commission  are: 
President,  Thomas  W.  Palmer;  vice- 
presidents,  Thomas  W.  Walker,  M. 
H.  de  Young,  D.  D.  Penn,  C.  W. 
Allen,  and  Alexander  B.  Andrews; 
secretary,  John  C.  Dickinson.  The 
World's  Columbian  Exposition  is  com- 
posed of  forty- five  citizens  of  Chicago, 
elected  annually  by  the  stockholders. 
On  this  body  falls  the  burden  of  rais- 
ing the  necessary  money  and  of  the 
active  management.  Its  officers  are: 
President,  Harlow  N.  Higinbotham; 
vice-president,    F.   W.   Peck;    second 


The  Board  of  Lady  Managers  is 
composed  of  two  members,  with  alter- 
nates, from  each  State  and  Territory, 


^Xj^ 


T.  W.  Palmer. 

vice-president,  R.  A.  Waller;  secre- 
tary, H.  O.  Edmonds,  and  solicitor, 
W.  K.  Carlisle. 


H.   N.   Higinbotham. 

and  nine  from  the  city  of  Chicago. 
It  has  the  supervision  of  women's  par- 
ticipation in  the  Exposition,  and  of 
whatever  exhibits  of  women's  work 
may  be  made.  This  recognition  of 
woman  marks  an  epoch  in  World's 
Expositions,  as  in  no  previous  inter- 
national fair  have  woman  and  her 
work,  influences,  and  industrial  im- 
portance been  recognized.  Mrs. 
Bertha  Honore  Palmer  is  president, 
and  Mrs.  Susan  Gale  Cooke  secre- 
tary of  the  Board  of  Lady  Managers. 
The  World's  Congress  Auxiliary 
was  organized  for  the  purpose  of 
holding  a  series  of  Congresses,  to 
supplement  the  exposition  that  will 
be  made  of  the  material  progress 
of  the  world  by  a  portrayal  of  the 
achievements  in  science,  literature, 
education,  government,  jurispru- 
dence, morals,  charity,  art,  religion, 
and  other  branches  of  mental  activity. 
The  Hon.  C.  C.  Bonney  of  Chicago 
is  president  of  the  Congress  Auxil- 
iary, but  equal  praise  for  its  success 
is  due  to  the  Hon.  Thomas  B.  Bryan, 
the  cosmopolitan  scholar  of  the  Ex- 
position, whose  matchless  diplomacy 
has  been  so  many  times  invoked  to 
crown  the  triumphs  of  the  great 
World's  Fair  enterprise.  George  R. 
Davis  of  Chicago  is  Director-General 
of  the  entire  Exposition,  and  there- 
fore its  chief  executive  officer.  In 
the  joint  Board  of  Control  is  of 
course  vested  the  actual  manage- 
ment, and  from  the  verdict  of  this 
board  there  is  no  appeal. 


22 


THE  WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


The  following  table  comparing  the 
World's  Columbian  Exposition  with 
other  World's  Fairs  of  the  past,  will 
be  peculiarly  interesting: 


ti 


d  © 


C    <U 


°x5 


£^  o 

c  ? 

3  h 


<   O   D, 


5    ^ 


M  fa 


fe 


8    2 


-+     O 


rj>  co 


M         O 

to    o 
u-)     en 


n    ci    co 


4  8 


co      in     O    co     co 


O  r^  O  in  en 

O  CO  O  M  IT) 

O  O  O  r-^  en 

d  4-  d  c?  o 

O  io  m  en  -3- 

ci  °i  ^  9.  " 

d  ^  o>  «  » 

M  M  CJ 


r^     N     CO      N      N 
M       N       O       u-i     -t 


o    o    o 

O      O      O      O      ci 
O      O     co      O     ■* 


rt     m     co     co 


o 

vO 

,_, 

M 

en  co 

CO 

O 

sO 

o 

I~^ 

O     CO 

ir 

r^ 

CO 

0* 

en 

o  o 

CO 

\ei  \c-J  \oj 


8  £ 


C»         M         fH 


en    c3 
«-^  co    & 


CO         O       M 


0)         M         M 


^  .;_  .j_  y 


Oh    >    PU    Oh 


It  will  be  seen  from  this  table  that 
the  World's  Columbian  Exposition 
cost   three    times    as   much    as   any 


previous  exposition  in  the  history 
of  the  world;  that  it  occupies  four 
times  as  many  acres  and  has  about 
twice  as  much  space  under  roof  as 
the  greatest  of  former  expositions. 


C.  C.   Bonney. 

Eighty-six  nations,  colonies,  and 
principalities  exhibit,  thirty-eight 
being  specially  represented  by  official 
commissions;  and  the  moneys  appro- 
priated by  all  for  the  purpose  of  ex- 
hibits and  buildings  amount  to  over 
$8,000,000.  No  less  than  sixteen 
foreign  governments  erect  special 
buildings  wherein  to  receive  their 
guests  and  exhibit  their  valuables. 

It  is  estimated  that  the  expendi- 
tures of  foreign  governments,  in  re- 
spect of  exhibits  and  in  addition  to  the 
above,  will  amount  to  at  least  $2,- 
500,000. 

The  true  magnitude  of  the  World's 


T.   B.   Bryan. 

Columbian    Exposition   can   only  be 
realized  when   it  is  stated    that  (the 


BUILDINGS  OF  THE  EXPOSITION. 


23 


United  States  not  considered)  the  architectural  arrangements  of  the 
space  allotted  to  foreign  nations  World's  Columbian  Exposition  than 
alone  exceeds  the  total  space  of  any  from  the  master  mind  who,  as  Chief 
previous  World's  Fair.  In  addition  Supervising  Architect  and  Director 
to  this  comes  the  space  of  American  of  Works,  planned  and  perfected  all. 
exhibitors,  which  far  excels  the  ag-  The  following  interesting  and  valu- 
gregate  of  all  the  foreign  nations  of  able  contribution,  prepared  by  Direct- 
the  world.  Nearly  every  State  in  the  or  of  Works  Daniel  H.  Burnham,  and 
Union  has  made  appropriations  for  written  especially  for  Rand,  McNally 
State  buildings  or  State  exhibits,  &  Co.'s  Guides,  forms  a  most  valu- 
and  there  are  no  less  than  thirty-  able  historical  document  in  relation  to 
eight  separate  State  buildings  on  the  the  "building  of  the  'White  City."' 
grounds.  Mr.  Burnham  entitles  his  article  "The 

The  most  important  bureau  in  con- 


nection with  the  World's  Columbian 
Exposition  is  undoubtedly  the  Bureau 
of  Construction.  Of  this  bureau  D. 
H.    Burnham   is    chief,    Edward    C. 


Buildings  of   the  Exposition,"*  and 

says  of  them: 

When  Coleridge  sang  to  Mont  Blanc 
in  the  Vale  of  Chamouni,  "Thou 
risest  from  forth  thy  silent  sea  of 
pines,"  his  inspiration  probably  came 
from  much  the  same  enthusiasm 
which  long  afterward  reechoes  from 
the  lips  of  those  who  remember  the 
Jackson  Park  of  two  years  ago — a 
marsh  of  tangled  undergrowth  and 
a  waste  of  ill-tempered  oaks,  from 
which  have  arisen  the  stately  struct- 
ures of  the  Exposition.  Its  appear- 
ance at  that  time  presented  but  little 
promise  of  the  noble  city  to  be  erected 
after  swamps  had  been  drained, 
canals,  lagoons,  and  basins  cut, 
grassy  slopes  established,  and  flowers 
and  shrubs  planted  to  transform  the 
once  dreary  landscape.  Advantages 
which  would  more  than  compensate 
for  the  almost  discouraging  amount 
of  labor  required  to  render  them 
available  were  apparent  in  this  des- 
olate wilderness;  otherwise  Jackson 
Park  could  never  have  been  chosen 
as  the  site  of  the  Exposition.  Other 
locations  were  eagerly  offered,  some 
of  them  beautifully  improved  parks, 
earnestly  wishing  to  welcome  an  hon- 
ored guest  to  a  hospitality  ready  to 


D.  H.   Burnham. 

Shankland  is  chief  engineer,  and  F. 
L.  Olmsted  the  able  landscape  archi- 
tect. In  their  several  departments 
the  work  of  each  of  these  gentlemen 
shows  to  excellent  advantage.  Chief 
Burnham  has  been  indefatigable  in 
his  labors,  and  the  acres  of  graceful 
structures  that  now  adorn  these 
grounds  are  a  monument  to  his  exec- 
utive abilities.  The  credit  of  com- 
pleting these  buildings  in  the  remark- 
ably short  time  is  by  public  acclaim  receive  it;  all  had  boasted  advantages 
accorded  to  Chief  Burnham.  The  ex-  yet  to  Jackson  Park,  humble  in  its 
ample  of  his  unceasing  energy  has  sheer  ugliness,  came  the  choice.  The 
been  an  inspiration  to  every  subordi-  decision  bringing  it  here  was  not 
nate,  and  in  an  enterprise  where  so  reached  through  undue  favoritism  or 
much  depended  upon  cooperation  he  influence,  but  was  the  result  of  much 
has  made  the  construction  department  thought  and  the  carefully  weighing 
a  perfect  mechanism.  of  the  merits  of  all. 

From  no  more  authentic  source  was  It  was  about  the  time  that  the  dis- 
it  possible  to  obtain  a  description  of  cussionof  the  site  question  had  reached 
the  construction  work  and  marvelous    a  reputable   degree  of  warmth — and 

The  preparation  of  this  paper,  as  to  its  literary  form,  was  left  in  the  hands  of  Mr.  Mont- 
gomery B.  Pickett,  to  whom  acknowledgment  is  due. 


24 


THE  WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


few  who  were  in  it  would  be  will- 
ing to  admit  that  it  had  ever  been 
less  than  ardent— that  Mr.  Frederick 
Law  Olmsted,  the  honored  father  of 
American  art  in  landscape,  together 
with  his  late  partner,  Henry  Sargent 
Codman,  were  called  into  consulta- 
tion. To  them,  after  careful  consid- 
eration, it  was  plain  that  area,  dignity 
of  effect,  location,  adaptability,  trans- 
portation, and  many  other  points 
were  in  favor  of  Jackson  Park;  and 
so  the  choice  was  made,  being  defi- 
nitely settled  only  in  the  fall  of  1S90. 
Winter  coming  on,  the  months  which 
could  not  be  devoted  to  grading, 
dredging,  and  kindred  operations, 
prior  to  the  preparation  of  the  ground, 
were  well  spent  in  making  a  most 
careful  survey  of  the  entire  area, 
which  had  been  extended  to  include 
the  Midway  Plaisance.  Washington 
Park  was  also  tendered  for  Expo- 
sition purposes,  but  the  600  acres 
which  had  already  been  secured  were 
deemed  sufficient.  In  the  spring  of 
1 891  an  army  of  earth- workers  made 
such  rapid  progress  that  the  homeli- 
ness of  the  site  was  crippled  after  a 
very  few  weeks.  The  bogs  began  to 
dry  up,  the  undergrowth  surrendered 
to  the  prosaic  but  effective  grubbing 
hoe,  and  for  the  first  time  in  their 
existence  the  knotty  little  old  scrub- 
oaks  bowed — the  ax  is  an  inexorable 
tutor  in  that  branch  of  etiquette. 
Canals,  lagoons,  and  basins  were 
lined  out  so  that  they  touched  the 
site  of  each  of  the  main  buildings. 
In  June  everything  was  ready  for  the 
foundations. 

The  main  buildings,  as  originally 
planned,  were  ten:  Manufactures,  Ad- 
ministration, Machinery,  Agriculture, 
Electricity,  Mines,  Transportation, 
Horticulture,  Fisheries,  and  the 
Venetian  Village.  At  this  time  it 
was  the  purpose  of  the  Exposition  to 
establish  the  exhibit  of  fine  arts  upon 
the  Lake  Front  Park;  this  plan  being 
subsequently  abandoned,  the  Art  Gal- 
leries and  the  Woman's  Building 
were  the  first  of  the  later  structures 
to  find  a  place  upon  the  plan.  As 
the  importance  of  the  work  gradii- 
ally  developed,  necessity  for  addi- 
tional space  became  clear,  and  the  ten 
original    buildings    quickly    secured 


neighbors  in  the  Forestry,  Dairy, 
Stock  Pavilion,  Terminal  Station, 
Music  Hall,  Peristyle,  Casino,  Choral, 
Anthropological,  and  so  on  through- 
out a  list  of  great  and  small,  until 
there  are  now  nearly  three  hundred 
separate  and  distinct  structures  under 
roof  in  Jackson  Park,  not  including 
the  scores  of  minor  pavilions  and  shel- 
ters of  a  less  important  character,  built 
by  concessionaires,  exhibitors,  and 
others.  When  the  Midway  Plaisance, 
with  its  varied  and  startling  archi- 
tecture, is  added,  the  total  is  in- 
creased to  about  four  hundred. 

The  designs  were  not  secured  by 
competition,  many  reasons  being 
against  the  adoption  of  such  a  method; 
the  time  was  short  and  the  work  was 
great;  harmony  of  effort  must  be  had 
of  men  possessing  genius  and  ability. 
Direct  selection  was,  therefore,  the 
only  safe  method,  and  the  buildings 
were  accordingly  allotted  by  the 
Chief  of  Construction  as  follows: 
Administration,  Richard  M.  Hunt  of 
New  York;  Transportation,  Adler  & 
Sullivan  of  Chicago;  Manufactures, 
George  B.  Post  of  New  York;  Mines, 
S.  S.  Beman  of  Chicago;  Agricult- 
ure, McKim,  Meade  &  White  of 
New  York;  Venetian  Village,  Burling 
&  Whitehouse  of  Chicago;  Machinery, 
Peabody  &  Stearns  of  Boston ;  Horti- 
culture, W.  L.  B.  Jenney  of  Chicago; 
Electricity,  Van  Brunt  &  Howe  of 
Kansas  City;  Fisheries,  Henry  Ives 
Cobb  of  Chicago.  Late  in  the  spring 
of  1891,  after  the  other  buildings  were 
designed  and  about  ready  for  con- 
struction, Mr.  Charles  B.  Atwood 
entered  upon  his  labors  with  the  Ex- 
position, and  to  him  we  are  indebted 
for  the  chastely  beautiful  Art  Build- 
ing; that  impressive  trio,  the  Peri- 
style, Music  Hall,  and  Casino;  the 
imposing  Terminal  Station;  the  For- 
estry, Dairy,  and  other  buildings, 
in  addition  to  his  great  work  as 
Designer-in-Chief.  The  Stock  Pa- 
vilion is  an  example  of  the  scholar- 
ship of  Messrs.  Holabird  &  Roche 
of  Chicago.  In  unrestricted  compe- 
tition the  plan  of  Miss  Sophia  G. 
Hay  den  was  selected  for  the  Wo- 
man's Building.  The  Venetian  Vil- 
lage at  the  end  of  the  great  pier 
being  abandoned,  Mr.  Whitehouse's 


BUILDINGS  OF  THE  EXPOSITION. 


25 


services  (he  in  the  meantime  losing 
by  death  his  partner)  were  retained 
for  the  Choral  Building. 

The  limits  of  this  article  will  not 
warrant  a  detailed  description  of  each 
structure,  and  this,  moreover,  is  un- 
necessary, as  its  architect  tells  of  his 
own  work  elsewhere  in  this  "volume. 
It  may  be  well,  however,  to  mention 
a  few  points  of  general  interest. 
Among  the  first  of  these  is  the  ma- 
terial which  has  done  so  much  to  pro- 
duce those  charming  effects  other- 
wise impossible  to  attain.  The  use 
of  staff  has  not  been  confined  to  the 
covering  for  buildings  alone,  but  it 
has  been  applied  with  an  eminent  de- 
gree of  success  to  sculpture,  orna- 
mentation of  almost  every  kind,  the 
construction  of  balustrades,  vases, 
facing  for  docks,  etc.  To  no  part  of 
the  work  has  more  attention  been  paid 
than  to  the  artistic  decoration  of 
buildings.  Almost  every  structure 
within  the  grounds  bears  testimony 
to  the  skill  of  well-known  artists,  not 
alone  in  painting,  but  in  sculpture  as 
well.  The  engineering  has  been  of  a 
magnitude  never  reached  before.  The 
Manufactures  Building  has  become 
known,  wherever  the  Fair  is  spoken  of, 
as  the  greatest  building  ever  erected. 
Its  arches,  which  constitute,  pos- 
sibly, the  most  interesting  feature  of 
the  entire  engineering  work,  were  de- 
signed and  constructed  under  the  su- 
pervision of  Mr.  E.  C.  Shankland, 
Chief  Engineer,  who  has  had  charge 
of  all  the  work  of  this  character 
throughout  the  Exposition.  The 
power  plant,  located  in  Machinery 
Hall,  is  expected  to  supply  energy 
equal  to  30,000  horse-power.  The 
shafting  in  the  various  buildings  is 
driven  by  electricity  conducted 
through  underground  passages  or 
subways.  An  area  of  about  two  hun- 
dred acres  is  under  roof ;  of  this  amount 
1 50  were  built  by  the  World's  Colum- 
bian Exposition,  the  remainder  being 
constructed  by  the  governments  of 
States  and  foreign  powers,  concession- 
aires, and  special  exhibitors.  Three 
distinct  motives  are  apparent  in  the 
grouping  of  the  buildings.  Those 
about  the  Grand  Basin — the  Admin- 
istration, Manufactures,  Agriculture, 
Machinery,    Electricity,    Mines,    and 


also  the  Art  Building — are  essentially 
dignified  in  style;  those  lying  farther 
to  the  north — the  Horticultural, Trans- 
portation, and  Fisheries — being  less 
formal,  blend  readily  with  the  more 
or  less  homelike  headquarters  build- 
ings of  the  vStates  and  foreign  gov- 
ernments, which  are  grouped  among 
the  trees  of  the  extreme  northern 
portion  of  the  grounds.  Upon  the 
Midway  Plaisance  no  distinct  order 
is  followed,  it  being  instead  a  most 
unusual  collection  of  almost  every 
type  of  architecture  known  to  man 
— oriental  villages,  Chinese  bazaars, 
tropical  settlements,  ice  railways,  the 
ponderous  Ferris  wheel,  and  reproduc- 
tions of  ancient  cities.  All  of  these  are 
combined  to  form  the  lighter  and 
more  fantastic  side  of  the  Fair. 

There  are  two  columns  east  of  the 
Administration  Building;  between 
them  rolls  the  cascade  of  the  Columbia 
Fountain.  Each  column  bears  a 
name ;  upon  one,  that  of  John  W.  Root; 
upon  the  other,  Henry  Sargent  Cod- 
man.  One  of  these  men  laid  down  his 
work  where  it  had  scarcely  begun, 
leaving  the  first  sketches  of  his  bril- 
liant plans;  the  other  passed  away 
with  the  beauty  of  his  almost  finished 
labors  bright  before  him.  These 
simple  inscriptions  mean  more  to  us 
who  knew  and  loved  the  men  to  whose 
memory  they  are  placed,  than  all  the 
glorious  achievements  about  them,  of 
which  so  great  a  part  was  theirs. 
D.  H.  BURNHAM, 
Director  of  Works. 

Few    persons     outside    the   imme- 


M.  P.  Handy. 

diate  and  principal  officials  of  the  Ex- 
position have  the  slightest  conception 


THE  WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


of  the  vast  amount  of  preliminary- 
work  done  in  popularizing  the  Expo- 
sition or  the  labor  involved  in  telling 
the  world  of  its  myriad  wonders. 
The  Department  of  Publicity  and  Pro- 
motion, under  the  masterly  direc- 
tion of  Maj.  Moses  P.  Handy,  not  only 
worked  like  beavers,  but  achieved 
wonders. 

The  World's  Fair  site  is  1,037 
acres  in  area,  nearly  four  times  the 
space  of  any  previous  exposition, 
while  the  number  of  square  feet  under 
roof — over  5,000,000 — is  nearly  twice 
as  much  as  the  greatest  exposition  of 
the  past.  The  beauty  of  the  location 
of  the  buildings  of  the  World's  Co- 
lumbian Exposition  is,  that  nearly 
every  structure  fronts  on  Lai-e  Michi- 
gan. In  the  northern  portion  of  the 
park  are  grouped  nearly  all  the  State 
buildings,  the  Fine  Arts  Building,  and 
the  various  structures  of  foreign  na- 
tions. Next  comes  the  Fisheries 
Building,  which  is  situated  just  north 
of  the  lagoon;  and  directly  west  of  the 
Fisheries  Building,  on  the  opposite 
side  of  the  park,  stands  the  Woman's 
Building;  on  the  same  side  of  the 
lagoon,  which  parallels  the  lake,  are 
the  Horticultural  Building  and  the 
Transportation  Building.  To  the 
southward  of  the  Government  Build- 
ing, on  the  east  side  of  the  lagoon  and 
bordering  on  the  lake,  is  the  giant 
structure  of  the  Fair,  the  Manufact- 
ures and  Liberal  Arts  Building. 
South  of  this  edifice  is  the  great  pier 
for  lake  steamers,  extending  2,500 
feet  into  the  lake,  and  on  one  wing  of 
which  is  the  Music  Hall.  Extending 
westward  from  the  pier  is  a  long 
avenue  several  hundred  feet  wide. 
All  down  this  grand  avenue,  encom- 
passing a  beautiful  sheet  of  water, 
stand  imposing  buildings,  along  the 
majestic  facades  of  which  the  de- 
lighted gaze  of  the  visitor  sweeps  until 
it  rests  on  the  Administration  Build- 
ing, nearly  a  mile  distant.  West  of 
the  Agricultural  Building  stands 
Machinery  Hall,  which  is  its  equal  in 
size  and  is  especially  rich  in  archi- 
tectural lines  and  details.  To  the 
northward  of  the  Administration 
Building,  on  either  side,  and  facing 
the  grand  avenue,  stand  two  more 
immense  buildings,  one  for  the  elec- 


trical and  the  other  for  the  mining 
exhibit.  Near  by  is  the  wooded  island, 
a  delightful  gem  of  primitive  nature, 
in  striking  contrast  with  the  elaborate 
productions  of  human  skill  which 
surround  it.  In  the  southwest  por- 
tion of  the  grounds  are  great  depots, 
the  numerous  railway  tracks,  and  the 
stock  exhibits.  The  Forestry  Building 
fronts  the  lake  in  the  southeast,  and 
near  by  is  the  Sawmill,  the  Dairy 
Building,  the  Krupp  exhibit,  the  Con- 
vent of  La  Rabida,  and  various  other 
smaller  but  equally  interesting  struct- 
ures. 

Buildings  and  Grounds. — The  di- 
mensions of  the  great  Exposition 
buildings  are  indicated  in  the  fol- 
lowing table: 

Dimen-  Area 
sions        in 
Manufactures  and  Lib-   in  feet,  acres. 

eral  Arts 787  x  1687  30.5 

Administration 262  x   262     1 . 6 

Mines 350  x    700     5.6 

Electricity -  345  x   690     5.5 

Transportation 256  x  960     5.6 

Transportation  Annex  425  x   900     8.8 

Woman's 199  x   388     1.8 

Art   Galleries 320  x    500     3 . 7 

Art  Gallery  Annexes  (2)  120  x   200     1.1 

Fisheries 165  x   365     1.4 

Fisheries  Annexes  (2).  135  diam.        .8 

Horticulture 250  x   998     5.7 

Hort'ture  Gr'nhous's(8)    24  x    100       . 5 

Machinery 492  x   846    9.6 

Machinery  Annex 490  x   550    6.2 

Power  House 490  x  461  ) 

Pumping  Works..    77  x      84  [-  2. 1 

Machine  Shop 106  x   250  ) 

Agriculture  .   500  x   800    9 . 2 

Agriculture  Annex 300  x    550     3.8 

Agriculture   Assembly 

Hall,  etc 125  x  450     13 

Forestry 208  x    528     2.5 

Sawmill 125  x   300       .8 

Dairy. 100  x   200       .5 

Live     Stock  (2) 65  x    200       .9 

Livestock  Pavilion..  280  x   440    2.8 

Live  Stock  Sheds 40.0 

Casino 120  x    250       .7 

Music  Hall 120  x    250       .7 

U.  S.  Government 345  x  415     3.3 

U.  S.  Government  imi- 
tation battle-ship.  -69.25  x    348       .3 

Illinois   State 160  x   450     1.7 

Illinois  State  Wings  (2) .3 

Total 159-3 


HOW  TO  REACH  THE  EXPOSITION. 


2? 


The  Exposition  buildings,  not  in- 
cluding those  of  the  Government  and 
Illinois,  have  also  a  total  gallery  area 
of  45.9  acres,  thus  making  their  total 
floor  space  199.7  acres.  The  Fine 
Arts  Building  has  7,885  lineal  feet,  or 
145,852  square  feet  of  wall  space. 

HOW  TO    REACH   THE    EXPO- 
SITION. 

Site.— The  World's  Columbian  Ex- 
position is  located  at  Jackson  Park 
and  the  Midway  Plaisance,  seven 
miles  south  of  the  city  hall  of  Chicago. 
By  railroad  the  time  occupied  to  reach 
it  is  about  half  an  hour,  by  steamboat 
forty- five  minutes,  and  by  cable  cars 
about  one  hour's  journey. 

Approaches. — There  are  five  prin- 
cipal  methods  of  reaching  the  Expo- 
sition grounds  with  a  possible  sixth 
route  for  the  leisurely  and  luxurious, 
to  be  found  by  driving  to  the  park  by 
way  of  the  magnificent  Michigan 
Avenue  Boulevard,  and  the  inevitable 
last  resort,  the  seventh,  in  walking 
to  the  grounds,  for  those  fortunate 
enough  to  secure  accommodations  in 
close  proximity  to  the  gates. 

The  more  usually  used  routes  are: 

1.  The  South  Side  Rapid  Transit 
Railroad  (the  Alley  Elevated  road), 
whose  down-town  terminal  is  located 
on  Congress  Street,  between  Wabash 
Avenue  and  State  Street,  within  a 
stone's  throw  of  the  Auditorium 
Hotel.  This  line  serves  as  one  of 
the  principal  routes  to  the  World's 
Fair  grounds,  having  a  capacity  for 
conveying  over  40,000  passengers  per 
hour.  It  has  46  locomotives,  180  cars, 
37  miles  of  track,  and  cost  $6,750,000. 
Opened  for  traffic  on  June  6,  1892,  it 
reaches  Jackson  Park  in  35^  minutes 
for  local  slow  trains  and  24^  minutes 
from  Twelfth  Street  by  through  fast 
trains. 

The  stations  are  Congress  Street 
(down-town  terminus) ,  Twelfth, 
Eighteenth,  Twenty-second,  Twenty- 
sixth,  Twenty-ninth,  Thirty-first, 
Thirty-third,  Thirty-fifth,  Thirty- 
ninth  streets,  Indiana  Avenue  (here 
the  line  crosses  to  the  alley  between 
Prairie  and  Calumet  avenues),  Forty- 
third,  Forty-seventh,  Fifty-first,  Fifty- 
fifth,  Fifty-eighth,  Sixty-first  streets, 


South  Park  Avenue,  Cottage  Grove, 
Lexington,  Madison,  Stony  Island 
avenues,  and  Jackson  Park.  Fare, 
5  cents,  single  journey. 

At  the  Fair  grounds  the  train  lands 
the  visitor  right  in  the  grounds,  in 
a  specially  constructed  depot  on  the 
roof  of  the  annex  of  the  Transpor- 
tation Building.  Admission  tickets 
to  the  grounds  can  be  purchased  at  all 
stations  except  Congress  Street,  where 
the  pressure  of  traffic  is  too  severe. 

The  Intramural  station  is  alongside 
and  just  east  of  the  "L"  station. 
Passengers  landing  on  the  west  track, 
who  want  to  take  the  Intramural, 
pass  through  turnstiles  and  go  across 
a  bridge  which  hangs  directly  over 
the  staircase  beyond  the  edge  of  the 
platform  to  the  east;  and  those  land- 
ing on  the  east  tracks  will  find  turn- 
stiles to  admit  them  to  the  Intramural 
platform,  which  is  only  divided  from 
the  east  platform  by  a  fence. 

2.  The  Illinois  Central  Railroad 
Company,  whose  depots  are  located  at 
the  Lake  Front  foot  of  Lake  Street, 
at  the  foot  of  Van  Buren  Street  near 
the  World's  Fair  steamship  landing, 
and  at  Twelfth  Street  and  Park  Row. 
This  line  has  a  capacity  of  240,000 
World's  Fair  passengers  per  day  in 
addition  to  its  ordinary  and  extensive 
suburban  traffic.  Its  trains  for  the 
Exposition  start  as  soon  as  filled, 
every  i\  minutes  if  necessary,  and 
reach  Fifty-ninth  Street  and  Midway 
Plaisance  (G  13)  in  15  minutes.  The 
suburban  trains  starting  from  Park 
Row  and  Twelfth  Street  are  conven- 
ient for  reaching  the  State  buildings, 
foreign  buildings,  Art  Palace,  and 
Woman's  Building  by  alighting  at 
Fifty-seventh  Street  (South  Park  Sta- 
tion), (B  13);  while  the  Sixty-third 
Street  Station  (Q  12)  is  convenient 
for  the  Transportation,  Administra- 
tion, and  other  principal  buildings, 
the  Grand  Court  of  Honor,  the  Per- 
istyle, etc.  The  fare  for  the  round 
trip  from  Van  Buren  Street  to  Six- 
tieth Street  by  World's  Fair  trains 
is  20  cents.  By  special  concession  all 
passengers  from  Van  Buren  Street 
are  landed  on  the  Midway  Plaisance 
instead  of  entering  the  Central  Depot 
of  the  Exposition.  The  special  cars 
for  World's  Fair  traffic  are  roomy  and 

1701 


THE  WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


cool.  Boarding  one  at  Van  Buren 
Street  the  visitor  is  rapidly  carried 
past  the  Lake  Front  Park  on  the 
right,  with  its  Columbus  Statue  and 
the  huge  stone  structure  of  the  Audi- 
torium Hotel  as  landmarks;  on  the 
left  is  the  harbor,  with  innumerable 
craft  of  all  kinds,  all  bound  for  the 
' '  White  City. "  He  skirts  the  choicest 
residence  section  of  Chicago,  passes 
the  Farragut  Boat  Club  House  on 
the  lake  shore,  and  runs  on  the  land- 
ward side  of  the  huge  Chicago  Beach 
Hotel  at  Fifty-first  Street.  He  now 
enters  the  World's  Fair  District  and 
at  Fifty-seventh  Street  Station  gets  a 
view  of  the  grounds  on  the  left.  The 
train  stops  and  the  visitor  alights 
at  the  Midway  Plaisance,  where  he 
can  enter  the  grounds  proper  by  go- 
ing to  the  left,  or  explore  the  Plais- 
ance by  taking  the  right-hand  course. 

3.  By  Other  Railroads  to  the  Ex- 
position.— All  railroads  bringing  pas- 
sengers to  Chicago  enter  the  Central 
Railroad  Depot  (N  16),  in  the  rear  of 
the  Administration  Building,  where 
the  most  satisfactory  arrangements 
for  visitors'  comfort  have  been  made. 
Several  roads  have  made  switching 
arrangements  whereby  passengers 
from  their  down-town  depots  will  be 
able  to  travel  direct  to  the  Fair. 
Residents  on  the  West  Side  of  the 
city  can  travel  by  the  Northern  Pa- 
cific and  Baltimore  &  Ohio,  landing 
at  the  Central  Railroad  Depot. 

4.  By  Steamer  on  Lake  Michigan. 
— The  water  route  to  the  World's  Fair 
is  the  scenic  route,  and  to  the  ma- 
jority of  visitors  is  the  most  attract- 
ive, embracing  as  it  does  a  sail  for 
several  miles  on  the  bosom  of  Lake 
Michigan,  an  excellent  view  of  the 
harbor,  and  a  continuous  panoramic 
picture  of  Chicago's  water  front  to  the 
gates  of  the  Exposition. 

At  Jackson  Park  very  extensive 
piers  and  docks  have  been  con- 
structed, and  a  fine  pier  at  Van 
Buren  Street  has  been  built  for  the 
express  use  of  the  World's  Fair  Steam- 
ship Company,  which  has  the  exclu- 
sive right  of'landing  city  passengers 
in  the  Exposition  grounds.  This 
company  has  a  fleet  of  some  twenty- 
five  steamers  and  conveys  passengers 
at  a  uniform  rate  of  15  cents  single 


fare  and  25  cents  for  the  round  trip. 
In  the  fleet  is  the  new  steamer '  'Arthur 
Orr"  (3,000  tons,  capacity  3,500  pas- 
sengers); and  the  largest  passenger 
steamer  afloat,  the  new  whaleback 
' '  Christopher  Columbus  "  (4,000  tons, 
capacity  5,000  passengers). 

The  Columbian  Navigation  Co.'s 
boats  from  Randolph  Street  land  at 
Fifty-fifth  Street,  two  blocks  from 
entrance  to  grounds.  Single  fare, 
15  cents;  round  trip,  25  cents. 

5.  The  Street  (Cable)  Car  Route 
to  the  Fair  consists  of  two  principal 
lines,  namely:  The  Cottage  Grove 
Cars,  which,  starting  from  the  loop 
at  Randolph  Street,  run  along  Wabash 
Avenue  to  Twenty-second  Street, 
thence  to  Cottage  Grove  Avenue  as 
far  as  the  power-house  at  Fifty-fifth 
Street,  thence  to  Jefferson  Street,  to 
Fifty-sixth,  and  then  to  Lake  Avenue. 
To  the  leisurely  traveler  there  can  in 
pleasant  we.ather  be  few  more  agree-  - 
able  methods  of  reaching  the  Expo- 
sition grounds.  The  line  skirts  the 
largest  of  the  city's  breathing-spaces 
— Washington  Park — until  at  Fifty- 
fifth  Street  the  power-house,  with 
its  mammoth  wheels  and  whirring 
engines,  is  on  the  left.  Here  the 
visitor  desirous  of  reaching  the  north- 
ern (or  State  buildings)  end  of  the  Ex- 
position grounds  (B  14)  should  transfer 
to  a  South  Park  car  (if  not  already  on 
one),  which  turns  to  the  left.  Inquiry 
of  the  gripman  or  conductor  will  pre- 
vent mistake.  The  line  running 
straight  ahead  lands  visitors  at  the 
Fifty-ninth  Street  entrance  to  the 
Midway  Plaisance  (F  1),  or  by  transfer 
to  an  electric-car  system  at  the  Sixty- 
third  Street  entrance  to  the  grounds 
(L  14).     Fare,  5  cents. 

The  State  Street  Cable-Cars,  one 
block  westward  of  the  Cottage  Grove 
cars,  start  from  the  loop  near  the 
Masonic  Temple  and  traverse  the 
heart  of  the  retail-stores  district  of 
Chicago.  Ask  for  a  transfer  before 
reaching  Sixty-first  Street,  and  there 
take  the  electric  cars  to  the  left, 
which  will  land  the  visitor  within  one 
block  of  the  Exposition.  Fare,  5  cents. 
6.  Driving  to  the  Fair.— The  Mich- 
igan Avenue  Boulevard  forms  a  most 
attractive  route  to  the  Fair,  and  the 
finest  street  in   the   world  (as    Max 


HOW  TO  REACH  THE  EXPOSITION. 


29 


O'Rell  styled  it)  is  well  worth  travers- 
ing for  those  who  have  the  time  and 
can  afford  the  carriage-hire.  At  nu- 
merous livery-stables  well-appointed 
carriages  can  be  secured  at  reason- 
able rates  and  a  line  of  handsome 
four-horse  coaches  runs  regularly  be- 
tween the  city  and  the  Exposition 
grounds.  The  boulevard  is  bordered 
by  the  houses  of  Chicago's  wealthiest 
citizens,  and  the  route  is  fully  des- 
cribed in  the  various  guides  to  the 
city  issued  by  the  publishers  of  this 
guide. 

7.  Walking  to  the  Fair.— As 
many  hundreds  of  hotels  and  apart- 
ments are  located  in  the  immediate 
vicinity  of  the  Exposition  grounds, 
many  will  dispense  with  any  method 
of  conveyance  other  than  their  pedal 
extremities.  To  aid  them  in  selecting 
the  appropriate  entrance,  gate  facil- 
ities have  been  provided  as  follows: 

Cornell  Avenue. 

Fifty-seventh  Street. 

Fifty-ninth  Street. 

East  Illinois  Central  tracks. 

West  Illinois  Central  tracks. 
South  end: 

Sixtieth  Street. 

Sixty-second  Street. 

Terminal  Station. 

Elevated  Railroad. 

Sixty-fourth  Street. 

Sixty-fifth  Street  Terrace. 

Southwest  corner  park. 

Palmer  Avenue. 
Midway  Plaisance: 

Monroe  Avenue. 

Greenwood  Avenue. 

Cottage  Grove  Avenue. 

Greenwood  Avenue  (south). 

Oglesby  Avenue. 
Steamer  Landings : 

Main  Pier. 

Naval  Pier. 

The  big  days  at  the  Fair  will  see  a 
crush  about  the  ticket-windows  at 
Jackson  Park.  In  order  to  do  away 
with  this  as  much  as  possible  ar- 
rangements have  been  made  for  the 
sale  of  tickets  down-town  as  follows: 

Van  Buren  Street  Pier. 
Depots  of  the  Illinois  Central  Rail- 
road: 

Van  Buren  Street. 

Randolph  Street. 

Twenty-second  Street. 


Thirty-sixth  Street. 

Forty-third  Street. 
Hotels: 

Palmer  House. 

Auditorium  Hotel. 

Auditorium  Annex. 

Sherman  House. 

Victoria  Hotel. 

Grand  Pacific  Hotel. 

The  visitor  should  refrain  from  pur- 
chasing admission  tickets  from  street 
fakirs  or  strangers.  The  entrance- 
gates  are  novel,  and  operated  by  the 
insertion  of  the  ticket,  which  is  muti- 
lated by  machinery.  They  also  reg- 
ister the  entrance  of  each  visitor. 

The  Trip  to  the  Fair. — Let  us  as- 
sume that  the  visitor  has  arrived  in 
Chicago  over  night,  and  has  reached 
his  hotel  or  previously  engaged  rooms. 
Then,  refreshed  by  a  sound  sleep, 
fortified  by  a  substantial  breakfast, 
he  naturally  desires  to  start  off  bright 
and  early  to  visit  the  myriad  wonders 
of  the  vast  and  beauteous ' '  White 
City."  Certainly  he  will  desire  on  the 
first  day  of  his  visit  to  reach  the  Fair 
grounds  as  rapidly  as  possible.  Let 
him  proceed  to  the  Elevated  Railroad 
Depot  at  Congress  Street,  between 
Wabash  Avenue  and  State  Street, 
there  taking  the  car  direct  for  the 
World's  Fair  grounds.  The  route 
has  already  been  fully  described  (ante 
p.  27). 

The  Exposition  station  is  located 
on  the  roof  of  the  annex  of  the  Trans- 
portation Building  (Q  15),  with  a 
station  of  the  Intramural  Elevated 
Railroad  in  close  proximity,  so  that 
a  transfer  to  that  system  can  be  had 
without  descending  to  the  ground. 
Paying  his  50  cents,  securing  a 
ticket,  and  passing  through  the  auto- 
matic turnstile,  the  visitor  descends 
a  grand  stairway  fifty  feet  wide,  and 
at  length  stands  on  that  enchanted 
inclosure  of  white  palaces  which  rose 
from  a  marsh  and  a  morass  in  two 
years  or  less.  In  reaching  the  ground 
the  visitor  passes  over  the  special  ex- 
hibit of  the  Vanderbilt  Railroad  lines 
and  Wagner  Palace  Car  Company  (M 
15),  while  facing  him  are  the  exhibits 
of  the  Hygeia  Mineral  Springs  Com- 
pany (N  16),  and  a  little  farther  to 
the  right  the  Pennsylvania  Railroad 
Company's     exhibit     and     a    model 


THE  WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


water  station  exhibited  by  the  United 
States  Wind-Engine  and  Pump  Com- 
pany of  Batavia,  111.,  with  an  ore- 
yard  of  the  Ore  Mining  Company 
behind  it. 

The  lofty  building  beyond  this  is 
the  Hurcules  Iron  Company's  cold- 
storage  plant,  with  a  real  ice  skating- 
rink  as  part  of  its  exhibit.  However, 
the  visitor  longs  for  the  greater 
buildings,  and  will  probably  bear  to 
the  left  past  the   south    end  of  the 

TRANSPORTATION   BUILD- 
ING 

(Q  15),  with  its  polychrome  decora- 
tion and  funny  manikin  statuary  (by 
John  J.  Boyle  of  Philadelphia),  repre- 
senting various  inventors  of  improve- 
ments in  transportation,  subsequently 
more  particularly  described.  The 
Transportation  Building  is  in  the 
form  of  three  large  train-sheds,  is 
256  x  960  feet,  and  has  a  floor  area 
of  nearly  9^  acres.  An  annex  is  425 
xgoo  feet,  and  contains  9^  acres  of 
floor  area.  Cost  of  both,  $370,000. 
Architects,  Messrs.  Adler  &  Sullivan 
of  Chicago,  who  thus  gracefully 
describe  their  artistic  edifice: 

The  Transportation  Building,  de- 
signed by  Messrs.  Adler  &  Sullvan 
of  Chicago,  is  one  of  the  group  form- 
ing the  northerner  picturesque,  quad- 
rangle. It  is  situated  at  the  south- 
ern end  of  the  west  flank  and  lies 
between  the  Horticultural  and  the 
Mines  buildings.  It  is  axial  with 
the  Manufactures  Building  on  the 
east  side  of  the  quadrangle,  the  cen- 
tral feature  of  each  of  the  two  build- 
ings being  on  the  same  east  and 
west  line.  The  Transportation  Build- 
ing is  simple  in  architectural  treat- 
ment, although  it  is  intended  to  make 
it  very  rich  and  elaborate  in  detail. 
In  style  it  is  somewhat  Romanesque, 
although  to  the  initiated  the  manner 
in  which  it  is  designed  on  axial 
lines,  and  the  solicitude  shown  for 
good  proportions  and  subtle  relation 
of  parts  to  each  other,  will  at  once 
suggest  the  methods  of  composition 
followed  at  the  Ecole  des  Beaux  Arts. 
Viewed  from  the  lagoon,  the  cupola 
of  the  Transportation  Building  will 
form  an  effective  feature    southwest 


of  the  quadrangle;  while  from  the 
cupola  itself,  reached  by  eight  ele- 
vators, the  northern  court,  a  beauti- 
ful effect  of  the  entire  Exposition,  will 
be  seen.  The  main  entrance  to  the 
Transportation  Building  consists  of 
an  immense  single  arch  enriched 
with  carvings,  bas-reliefs,  and  mural 
paintings;  the  entire  feature  forms 
a  rich  and  beautiful  yet  quiet  color 
climax,  for  it  is  treated  entirely  in 
gold-leaf  and  called  the  golden  door. 
The  remainder  of  the  architectural 
composition  falls  into  a  just  relation 
of  contrast  with  the  highly  wrought 
entrance,  and  is  duly  quiet  and  mod- 
est, though  very  broad  in  treatment. 
It  consists  of  a  continuous  arcade 
with  subordinated  colonnade  and 
entablature.  Numerous  minor  en- 
trances are  from  time  to  time  pierced 
in  the  walls,  and  with  them  are 
grouped  terraces,  seats,  drinking- 
fountains,  and  statues. 

The  interior  of  the  building  is 
treated  much  after  the  manner  of  a 
Roman  basilica,  with  broad  nave  and 
aisles.  The  roof  is  therefore  in  three 
divisions.  The  middle  one  rises  much 
higher  than  the  others,  and  its  walls 
are  pierced  to  form  a  beautiful 
arcaded  clear-story.  The  cupola, 
placed  exactly  at  the  center  of  the 
building,  and  rising  165  feet  above 
the  ground,  is  reached  by  eight  ele- 
vators. These  elevators  of  them- 
selves naturally  form  a  part  of  the 
transportation  exhibit,  and  as  they 
also  carry  passengers  to  galleries  at 
various  stages  of  height,  a  fine  view  of 
the  interior  of  the  building  may  be 
easily  obtained.  The  main  galleries 
of  this  building,  because  of  the  abund- 
ant placing  of  passenger  elevators, 
proves  quite  accessible  to  visitors. 
The  cupola,  with  its  broad  balconies, 
and  the  wide  terrace  at  the  foot  of 
the  clear-story  roof  is  used  as  a  prom- 
enade for  visitors.  From  these 
points  a  most  beautiful  view  of  the 
surrounding  country  can  be  obtained. 
The  roof  over  the  great  main  entrance 
is  used  as  an  outdoor  restaurant. 

The  main  building  of  the  transpor- 
tation exhibit  measures  960  feet  front 
by  256  feet  deep;  from  this  extends 
westward  to  Stony  Island  Avenue  a 
triangular  annex  covering  about  nine 


32 


THE  WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


acres,  and  consisting  of  one-story 
buildings  sixty-four  feet  wide,  set 
side  by  side.  As  there  is  a  railway- 
track  every  sixteen  feet,  and  as  all 
these  tracks  run  east  and  west,  these 
annex  buildings  may  be  used  to  ex- 
hibit an  entire  freight  or  passenger 
train  coupled  up  with  its  engine. 

Not  the  least  interesting  feature 
of  the  Transportation  Building  is  the 
beautiful  scheme  of  polychrome  dec- 
oration to  be  applied  to  its  exterior. 
To  treat  the  building  externally  in 
many  colors  was  the  original  thought 
of  the  architects  in  the  first  conception 
of  their  design.  The  architecture  of 
the  building,  therefore,  has  been  care- 
fully prepared  throughout  with  refer- 
ence to  the  ultimate  application  of 
color,  and  many  large  plain  surfaces 
have  been  left  to  receive  the  final 
polychrome  treatment.  The  orna- 
mental designs  for  this  work  in  color 
are  of  great  and  intricate  delicacy; 
the  patterns,  interweaving  with  each 
other,  produce  an  effect  almost  as 
fine  as  that  of  embroidery.  As  re- 
gards   the    colors    themselves,    they 


Willard  A.  Smith. 

comprise  nearly  the  whole  galaxy, 
there  being  not  less  than  thirty  dif- 
ferent shades  of  color  employed. 
These,  however,  are  so  delicately  and 
softly  blended  and  so  nicely  balanced 
against  each  other  that  the  final 
effect  suggests  not  so  much  many 
colors  as  a  single  beautiful  painting. 
The  general  scheme  of  color  treat- 
ment starts  with  a  delicate  light-red 
tone  for  the  base  of  the  building. 
This  is  kept  entirely  simple  and  free 
from  ornament  in  order  to  serve  as  a 


TRANSPOR  TA  TION  B  UILDING. 


United  States A 

Germany B 

France C 

Austria D 

Great  Britain E 

Canada F 

Mexico G 

Spain H 

Russia I 

Brazil J 


34 


THE  WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


base  for  the  more  elaborate  work 
above.  The  culmination  of  high  color 
effect  will  be  found  in  the  spandrels 
between  the  main  arches.  Here  the 
work  is  carried  to  a  high  pitch  of  in- 
tensity of  color,  and  reliance  is  placed 
on  the  main  cornice  of  the  building, 
which  is  very  simply  treated,  to  act  as 
a  balancing  and  quieting  effect  in 
the  general  composition.  In  the  cen- 
ter of  the  spandrels  is  placed  a  beauti- 
ful winged  figure  representing  the 
idea  of  transportation.  This  figure  is 
painted  in  light  colors,  and  will  have 
a  background  of  gold-leaf. 

The  color  scheme  of  the  building 
as  a  whole,  of  course,  culminates  in 
the  great  golden  doorway.  This  en- 
tire entrance,  ioo  feet  wide  and  70 
feet  high,  which  is  incrusted  over  its 
entire  surface  with  delicate  designs 
in  relief,  is  covered  throughout  its  en- 
tire extent  with  gold,  and  colors  in 
small  quantities  are  worked  in  be- 
tween the  designs  and  reliefs  so  as 
to  give  the  whole  a  wonderfully 
effective  aspect. 

ADLER  &  SULLIVAN, 
Architects. 

Chicago,  February  25,  1893. 

At  the  entrance  to  the  south  door 
of  the  Transportation  Building  stand, 
on  the  right,  statues  of  Stephenson, 
Barrett,  Scott,  and  a  figure  typical  of 
water  transportation;  and  on  the  left, 
statues  of  Montgolfier,  Vanderbilt, 
Watt,  and  a  figure  typical  of  land 
transportation.  Between  these  groups 
the  visitor  finds  the  southern  door- 
way, and  enters  the  building. 

The  Department  of  Transportation 
includes  the  following  groups: 

GROUP  NO. 

80. — Railways,  Railway  Plants,  and 
Equipment. 

81. — Street-Car  and  other  Street-Line 
Systems. 

82. — Miscellaneous  and  Special  Rail- 
ways. 

83. — Vehicles  and  Methods  of  Trans- 
portation on  Common  Roads. 

84. — Aerial,  Pneumatic,  and  other 
Forms  of  Transportation. 

85. — Vessels,  Boats;  Marine,  Lake, 
and  River  Transportation. 

86. — Naval  Warfare  'and  Coast  De- 
fense. 


Entering  the  south  door  of  the 
Transportation  Building,  Germany's 
display  is  found  occupying  this  entire 
end  and  part  of  the  Annex.  Its  dec- 
orative exhibits  are  very  fine.  The 
particular  features  consist  of  two 
large  locomotives;  all  kinds  01  cars, 
including  a  Red  Cross  ambulance 
train;  interlocking  switch  systems, 
etc.  Next  on  the  right  of  the  main 
aisle  is  the  International  Navigation 
Company's  (the  Inman  Line)  fine  dis- 
play of  models  of  ocean  steamers, 
and  a  full-size  section  of  one  of  their 
ocean  liners;  and  opposite,  to  the  left 
of  the  aisle,  is  the  exhibit  of  the 
Harlan  &  Hollingsworth  Co.,  with 
its  collection  of  gas  engines,  naphtha 
launches,  etc.  On  the  right,  again,  is 
found  the  Austrian  display,  consist- 
ing chiefly  of  saddlery  and  carriages, 
but  also  showing  the  zone  system 
peculiar  to  the  railway  management 
of  that  country.  On  the  opposite  side 
is  the  display  of  Japan.  Adjoining 
Japan's  exhibit  comes  that  of  the 
Bethlehem  Iron  Company,  which  also 
occupies  a  corner  of  the  Austrian 
space  across  the  aisle. 

In  this  is  displayed  the  striking 
exhibit  from  their   famous   Gun  and 


Model  of  Steam   Hammer. 

Armor  Works,  situated  in  the  Lehigh 
Valley,  at  South  Bethlehem,  Pa.,  an 
exact  reproduction  of  Bethlehem's  125- 
ton  steam  hammer— the  largest  in 
the  world, 


TRA  NSPOR  TA  TION  B  UILDING. 


o5 


Bethlehem's  exhibit  is  divided  into 
three  sections.  Passing  to  the  left 
through  one  of  the  hammer-legs,  we 
enter  the  first  section,  and  discover 
two  immense  steel  forgings  which 
are  the  barrel  and 
jacket  of  a  navy  13- 
inch  cannon.  They 
are  splendid  exam- 
ples of  the  hollow 
forgings  Bethle- 
hem turns  out  from 
its  famous  hydrau- 
lic presses. 

In  the  corner 
near  the  staircase  is  a  smooth-forged 
trunnion  hoop  for  securing  a  12 -inch 
50-ton  army  gun  to  its  carriage.  At 
the  front  of  this  section  is  a  navy  12- 
inch  breech-loading  rifle,  fabricated 
at  the  Washington  Gun  Factory  of 
Bethlehem,  fluid-pressed,  hydraulic- 
forged  steel.  It  weighs  45.2  tons,  is 
37  feet  long,  has  a  muzzle  velocity  of 
2,000  feet  sec,  and  fires  an  850-pound 
projectile  with  425  pounds  of  powder, 
with  an  energy  sufficient  to  perforate 
22i  inches  of  iron. 

Crossing  the  aisle  at  the  foot  of  the 
stairway  and  entering  the  second  sec- 
tion we  find  on  the  right  a  model  of 
a  113-ton  ingot  of  steel  from  which 
the  armor  plates  are  forged. 

Directly  opposite  is  a  pile  of  forged 
steel  hoops,  and  three  splendid  ex- 
amples of  steel  armor,  and  a  nickel- 
steel  ventilator  for  the  monitor  ' '  Puri- 


required  to  form  the  barbette  of 
the  battle-ship  "Indiana."  While  its 
shape  displays  the  power  of  Beth- 
lehem's huge  bending-presses,  its  ex- 
quisite finish  shows  the  marvelous  ma- 


U 


Mmm? 


Harveyized  Steel  Armor  Plate. 


tan,"  seven  feet  in  diameter,  forged 
in  one  piece  without  welds.  The 
largest  is  a  curved  nickel-steel  plate, 
seventeen  inches  thick,  one  of  thirteen 


Twelve-inch   Rifle,   Bethlehem   Iron  Works. 

chine  facilities  that  establishment  must 
possess. 

The  next  is  one  of  Bethlehem's 
celebrated  case-hardened^,  nickel-steel 
plates,  10^  inches  thick,  which  has 
been  subjected  to  an  attack  of  the 
enormous  energy  of  25,040  foot  tons, 
during  which  the  five  8-inch  250-lb. 
Holtzer  armor-piercing  shells  were 
completely  pulverized,  without  seri- 
ously injuring  the  plate. 

The  third  plate  is  the  first  heavy  steel 
armor  plate  made  in  the  United 
States,  and  is  u|  inches  thick. 

To  the  right 
is  one  of  the 
most  remarka- 
ble articles  of 
the  exhibit — a, 
fluid-cor 
pressed     stc 

ingot,    15   feet    ,      tforShaftof Ferris  WheeK 
long,  54  inches 

in  diameter,  weighing  48.3  tons. 
From  a  similar  ingot,  weighing  65 
tons,  was  made  the  shaft  of  the 
famous  Ferris  Wheel  in  Midway 
Plaisance. 

Crossing  another  aisle,  in  the  di- 
rection of  the  Annex,  we  enter  Beth- 
lehem's third  section,  and  see  on  our 
left  a  hollow  hydraulic-forged  shaft, 
67  feet  long  and  20  inches  in  diam- 
eter, forged  in  one  piece. 

The  exquisitely  finished  shaft  on  the 
right,  40  feet  long,  27  inches  in  diame- 
ter, weighing  30  tons,  is  for  the  Old 
Colony  Steamboat  Company's  ' '  Puri- 
tan. "  At  the  end  of  the  section  is  a  fine 
example  of  a  built-up  crank  for  the 
Pacific  Mail  Steamship  Co. 

The  handsomely  polished  steel  shaft 
on  the  right  as  we  pass  out  of  this 


THE  WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


section  is  a  solid  crank  for  the  U.  S. 
cruiser  "  Minneapolis." 

France  is  next,  with  several  loco- 
motives and  other  railway  equip- 
ments, models  of  ocean  steamers,  etc., 
filling  part  of  a  section  on  the  left 
of  the  aisle,  extending  on  through 
the  Annex,  and  also  another  section 
on  the  right.  On  the  left,  adjoin- 
ing the  French  exhibit  on  that  side, 


Britain  comes  next,  covering  four  full 
sections  extending  entirely  across  the 
building,  and  also  into  and  across  the 
Annex;  the  Australian  exhibit  occu- 
pying one  corner.  There  is  an  end- 
less amount  of  material  here,  chief  of 
which  is  the  locomotive  "  Lord  of  the 
Isles,"  built  in  1851  for  the  first 
World's  Fair,  and  which  has  been  in 
continuous  use  ever  since.     There  is 


^V*<D    W-^ya.-V-^ 


The   Golden   Door. 


is  the  display  of  the  Adams  & 
Westlake  Co. ;  and  in  immediate  prox- 
imity on  the  same  side  is  the  ex- 
hibit of  the  town  of  Pullman. 
Near  this  exhibit  is  a  model  ticket- 
office,  fitted  up  by  the  firm  of  Rand, 
McNally  &  Co.  of  Chicago.  The  center 
of  the  building  has  now  been  reached, 
and  here,  in  a  circular  open  space,  is 
found  the  exhibit  of  the  Otis  Co. ,  con- 
sisting of  eight  passenger  elevators, 
which  convey  visitors  to  the  top  of 
the  building,  whence  a  splendid  view 
is  had.  For  this  service  a  charge  of 
10  cents  is  made.     Passing  on,  Great 


also  a  complete  train  of  English  cars, 
with  the  grand  compound  locomotive 
"  Great  Britain,"  affording  an  oppor- 
tunity for  comparing  British  and 
American  railway  methods.  The 
marine  exhibit  of  Great  Britain  is  es- 
pecially fine;  nearly  all  of  her  great 
ship-building  firms  being  represented 
by  models.  One  model,  that  of  the 
armored  war-ship  "Victoria,"  is 
thirty  feet  long,  and  cost  $20,000. 
Many  of  her  finest  Atlantic  liners 
and  her  largest  war- vessels  are  dis- 
played, and  a  model  of  the  great 
Forth  bridge  in  Scotland  is  shown. 


TRANSPORTATION  BUILDING. 


37 


Australia  shows  a  model  of  the  display  is  seen,  consisting  largely  of 
wonderful  zigzag  railway  in  the  Blue  exquisitely  fine  saddles  and  horse- 
Mountains    of    New    South    Wales,    trappings.     Here  is  also  a  relief  map 


Rand,   McNally 

Canada's  exhibit,  like  that  of  the 
mother  country,  extends  entirely 
across  the  main  building  and  Annex, 
but  occupies  much  less  space.  One 
of  its  features  is  the  splendid  Cana- 
dian Pacific  Railway  train,  the  wood- 
work of  which  is  of  solid  mahogany. 
This  is  probably  the  most  luxurious 
train  in  existence.  Next  on  the  right 
is  found  the  Johnson  Railroad  Sig- 
nal Co.,  and  across  the  aisle  is  the 
exhibit  of  Spain,  which  is  made  up 
chiefly  of  marine  models,  reproduc- 
tions of  celebrated  fortresses,  and  a 
model  of  the  Cordova  bridge,  whose 
foundations  were  laid  when  Jesus 
was  a  boy  in  Nazareth.  To  the  right 
again  is  the  CunardS.  S.  Co.'s  exhibit, 
consisting  of  nine  models  of  their 
steamers.  Here  is  seen  their  first 
vessel,  the  "Britannia,"  built  in  1840, 
with  a  tonnage  of  2,050,  and  405  horse- 
power; and  also  their  last,  the  "Cam- 
pania," built  in  1893,  with  a  tonnage 
capacity  of  13,000,  and  30,000  horse- 
power. Turning  now  to  the  right, 
down  the  space  between  this  and  the 
carriage  section  is  an  aisle  running 
south.  First  on  its  right  is  found  the 
exhibit  of  the  Argentine  Republic,  just 
at  the  back  of  the  Cunarders;  while 
across  the   aisle  to  the  left  Mexico's 


&  Co.'s  Exhibit 

of  that  republic  showing  modern  sys- 
tems of  transportation.  Brazil,  next 
in  order,    occupies  a  space    on  both 


Madeira  Sleighs. 

sides  of  the  aisle.  Passing  this  the 
visitor  is  again  in  the  Canadian  ex- 
hibit, with  that  of  Great  Britain  fol- 
lowing. Having  examined  these  sec- 
tions,   and   passed    through    that  of 


3s 


THE  WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


France,  which  comes  next,  the  space 
occupied  by  Russia  is  entered.  Its 
chief  object  of  interest  is  the  fine  lo- 
comotive "Androvitch."  Crossing  the 
aisle  to  the  right  a  portion  of 
Austria's  exhibit  is    again   encount- 


Ship  Models. 

ered,  with  T.  H.  Truscott  &  Sons 
next  on  the  left,  followed  on  the 
same  side  by  Chase,  Eton  &  Co., 
and  still  on  the  same  side  by  the  Bath 
Iron  Co.  The  balance  of  the  space,  to 
the  end  of  the  building,  is  devoted  to 
the  German  exhibit,  which  has  been 
already  examined.  Reaching  this 
end  the  visitor  turns  to  the  left  until 
another  aisle,  next  to  the  wall,  is 
found.  Passing  down  this,  more  of 
the  German  display  is  seen.  On  the 
same  side,  and  occupying  a  small 
space  to  the  right,  Russia's  exhibit 
is  once  more  entered,  followed  by 
those  of  France,  Great  Britain,  Can- 
ada, Brazil,  and  Mexico,  respectively. 
Turning  now  to  the  left  the  visitor 
goes  straight  ahead  until  the  aisle 
next  beyond  the  central  one  is 
reached.  Passing  south  into  this  the 
New  York  Air  Brake  Co.  is  first  on 
the  right,  across  from  the  Westing- 
house  Co.  Walking  on,  the  extreme 
western  aisle  is  entered.  Along  this 
the  visitor  finds  the  rear  portion  of 
the  displays,  which  lie  to  the  right  of 
the  last  aisle  passed  through.  The 
Baltimore  &  Ohio  Railway's  historical 
exhibit  deserves  special  mention. 
The  Pilot  Commission  of  New  York  is 
another  special  display.  The  British 
section  contains  the  original  Stephen- 
son locomotive,  the  "Rocket."  The 
Chicago  &  North- Western's  exhibit 
contains  the  old  "  Pioneer,"  the  first 
locomotive  ever  brought  to  Chicago. 
Jay  Gould's  passes  are  framed,  and 
make   a  unique  exhibit.     The  north 


end  of  the  building  is  taken  up  by 
the  display  of  wagons,  carriages,  bug- 
gies, etc. ,  and  this  exhibit  offers  rare 
attractions,  though  it  is  impossible 
to  particularize,  even  by  mere  name, 
the  exhibits  whose  merits  deserve  it. 
The  visitor  should  be  in- 
formed that  in  any  building 
whose  contents  specially  in- 
terest him  a  section  of  the 
official  catalogue  can  be  pur- 
chased at  a  reasonable  price. 
Having  proceeded  through 
the  building  the  tourist, 
emerging  from  the  northern 
door,  should  face  it,  and  in- 
spect the  statuary  grouped 
about  this  end  of  the  build- 
ing.    On  his  right  hand,  as  he 


The  Pilot 


TRANSPORTATION  BUILDING. 


89 


stands  facing  the  door,  are  seen 
statues  of  J.  Edgar  Thompson,  Erics- 
son,  Fulton,   and  a  figure  typical  of 


Old  Locomoti 


water  transportation;  on  his  left  are 
Watt,  Papin,  Stephenson,  and  a 
figure  emblematic  of  land  transporta- 
tion. A  good  plan  is  next  to  go 
around  to  the  front  of  the  building, 


Robert  Fulton. 


facing  the  lagoon,  in  order  to  in- 
spect the  statuary  and  the  famed 
"Golden  Door,"  whose  decoration 
alone  cost  $25,000. 
The  statuary  on  the 
lagoon  facade  of  the 
building  is  similar, 
but  in  reverse  order, 
on  each  side  of  the 
"Golden  Door." 
The  groups  are:  Elec- 
trical Group,  Aerial 
Group,  Locomotive 
Group,  and  Navigation  Group.  They 
were  all  executed  by  John  J.  Boyle  of 
Philadelphia.  The  polychrome  deco- 
rations of  the  building  are,  to  say  the 
least,  beautiful  and  attractive,  and 
great  credit  is  due  to  the  Director  of 
Color,  Mr.  F.  D.  Millet,  and  the  archi- 
tects of  the  building,  who  have  cer- 
tainly produced  a  novel  and  artistic 
effect. 

Until  one  has  made  a  thorough  inves- 
tigation of  the  contents  of  the  Trans- 
portation Building,  he  can  form  no  idea 
as  to  the  number  and  variety  of  the 
modes  of  locomotion  used  by  the  diff- 
erent tribes  and  nations  who  inhabit 
the  earth.  In  boats  the  types  run  from 
the  balsa  and  other  species  of  raft  on 
up  through  innumerable  gradations  to 
the  palatial  ocean  steamers  of  the  lat- 
est date  and  finest  finish.  There  are 
canoes  hollowed  out  of  a  single  log  by 
the  crudest  of  methods;  proas  with 
triangular  lateen  sails;  double  canoes 
and  canoes  with  balancing  outriggers, 
and  sailing,  rowing,  and  steam  craft 
innumerable. 

In  methods  of  land  locomotion  we 
find  about  as  many  varieties,  and  the 
types  are  fully  as  curious.  The  burro, 
or  ass,  of  the  Spaniard  is  about  as 
primitive  as  any,  leaving  out  man's 
first  and  most  natural  means  of  getting 
about  from  place  to  place— his  pedal 
extremities.  Oxen,  as  riding  animals, 
and  bullock-carts,  common  to  Sicily, 
Corsica,  and  many  other  countries, 
are  rather  slow  and  crude  means  of 
transportation,  so  far  as  conveyance  of 
passengers  is  concerned,  though  some- 
what superior  to  the  dog-sledges  of  the 
Eskimo.  Our  palace-cars  of  to-day  rep- 
resent the  highest  types,  though  the 
balloons  and  pneumatic-tube  transits 
of  the  future  may  far  distance  them. 


CHAPTER   III. 


PRINCIPAL    BUILDINGS. 


O  many 
the  dis- 
play of 
miner- 
als and 
mining 
appliances 
will  prove 
more  inter- 
esting than 
any  other 
exhibit  a  t 
the  Fair, 
and  they 
will  now 
have  a  chance  to  satisfy  their  curiosity 
in  regard  to  such  matters,  as  the 
opening  of  this  chapter  will  be 
devoted  to  the  consideration  of  the 
exhibits  of  ores  and  minerals,  whether 
of  the  economic  class,  such  as  coal, 
iron,  etc.,  or  of  the  precious  metals, 
as  gold,  silver,  etc.,  as  displayed  in 
their  proper  structure.  The  visitor 
has  already  explored  the  wonders  of 
the  edifice  devoted  to  transportation, 
and  it  is  to  the  left  of  this  building 
that  he  notices  the  Hall  of  Mines 
and  Minerals  (L  17),  whose  architect, 
Mr.  S.  S.  Beman  of  Chicago,  thus 
ably  describes  this  artistic  edifice: 

THE  MINES  AND  MINING 
BUILDING 

Is  located  at  the  southern  extremity 
of  the  western  lagoon,  or  lake,  be- 
tween the  Electricity  and  Transpor- 
tation buildings,  and  is  700  feet  long 
by  350  feet  wide.  Its  architecture  has 
its  inspiration  in  the  best  types  of 
early  Italian  Renaissance,  though 
sufficient  liberty  is  taken  to  invest 
the  building  with  the  animation  that 
should  characterize  a  great  general 
exposition;  this  imparts  a  French 
spirit  to  the  exterior  design.   In  plan  it 


is  simple  and  straightforward,  embrac- 
ing on  the  ground-floor  spacious  ves- 
tibules, restaurants,  toilet-rooms,  etc. 
On  each  of  the  four  sides  of  the  build- 
ing are  placed  the  entrances,  those 
of  the  north  and  south  fronts  being 
the  most  spacious  and  prominent. 
To  the  right  and  left  of  the  entrances, 
inside,  start  broad  flights  of  easy 
stairs,  leading  to  the  galleries,  which 
are  sixty  feet  wide  and  twenty-five 
feet  high  from  the  ground-floor,  and 
are  lighted  on  the  sides  by  large  win- 
dows, and  from  above  by  a  high 
clear-story  extending  around  the 
building. 

The  main  fronts  look  southward 
on  the  Great  Central  Court,  and 
northward  on  the  western  and  middle 


F.  J.  V.  Skiff. 

lagoons  and  an  island  gorgeous  with 
flowers.  The  principal  fronts  display 
enormous  arched  entrances,  richly 
embellished  with  sculptural  decora- 
tions, emblematic  of  mining  and  its 
allied  industries.  At  each  end  of 
these  fronts  are  large  square  pavilions, 
surmounted  by  low  domes,  which 
mark  the  four  corners  of  the  buildings 
and  are  lighted  by  large  arched  win- 
dows extending  through  the  galleries. 
Between    the    main   entrance   and 


(41) 


42 


THE   WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


EEE 


ITALY 


the  pavilions  are  richly  decorated 
arcades,  forming  an  open  loggia  on 
the  ground-floor  and  a  deeply  recessed 
promenade  on  the  gallery 
floor  level,  which  commands 
a  fine  view  of  the  lakes  and 
islands  to  the  northward, 
and  the  Great  Central  Court 
on  the  south.  The  covered 
promenades  are  each  25  feet 
wide  and  230  feet  long,  and 
from  them  is  had  access  to 
the  building  at  numerous 
points.  The  loggia  ceilings 
are  heavily  coffered  and  richly 
decorated  in  plaster  and  color. 
The  ornamentation  is  appro- 
priately massed  at  the  promi- 
nent points  of  the  facade. 
The  exterior  presents  a  mass- 
ive though  graceful  appear- 
ance. S.  S.  BEMAN. 
Chicago. 


The  official  classification  of  B  2 
the  Department  of  Mines  and 
Mining  consists  of  123  classes, 
grouped  as  follows: 

GROUP  NO. 

42. — Minerals,  ores,  native 
metals,  gems,  crystals, 
geological  specimens. 

43. — Mineral  combustibles — 
coal,  coke,  petroleum, 
natural  gas. 

44. — Building  stones,  marbles, 
ornamental  stones, 
quarry  products. 

45- — Grinding,  abrading,  and 
polishing  substances. 

46- — Graphite,  clays,  fictiles, 
asbestos,  etc. 

47- — Limestone,  cement,  and 
artificial  stone. 

48. — Salts,  sulphur,  fertilizers, 
pigments,  mineral  Ava- 
ters,  and  miscellaneous 
useful  minerals  and  com- 
pounds. 

49. — Metallurgy    of    iron    and 
with  products. 

50.— Aluminum  and  its  alloys. 


55. — Extraction  of  gold  and  silver  by 

milling. 
56. — Extraction  of  gold  and  silver  by 


FRANCE 


NEW  SOUTH 


GREAT  BRITAIN 


H 

c 

m 


COLOMBIA 


V 


GERMANY 


CAPE  COLONY 


MEXICO 


/ 


lillllllluj    jpT 


J 

PENNSYL- 
VANIA 

NORTH 
CAROLINA 

VIRGINIA 

WEST 
VIRGINIA 

OREGON 

NEW  YORK 

JERSEY 

LA.  4 
TENN. 

KENTUCKY 

ESOTA 

OHIO 

MISSOURI 

?S 

X 

I 

s.      I  3 

DAKOTA | 

CALIFORNIA 

/ 

IDAHO 

UTAH 

4? 

4? 

MONTANA 

* 

sCOLORADO 

MAIN  FLOOR. 

Ground  Plan  Mines  and  Mining 
Building. 

lixiviation. 
steel,    57. — Extraction   of    gold,    silver,  and 
lead  by  fire. 
58. — Quarrying  and  working  stone. 
51.— Copper  and  its  alloys;  metallurgy.    59.— Placer,   hydraulic,    and    "drift" 
52.— Metallurgy  of  tin,  tin  plate,  etc.    *        mining. 

53.— Metallurgy  of  zinc,   nickel,  and    60.— Tools  and  appliances  for  under- 
cobalt,  ground  mining,  timbering,   and 
54. — Metallurgy     of     antimony     and  supporting. 

other  metals.  61. — Boring  and  drilling  tools  and  ma- 


MINES  AND  MINING  BUILDING. 


43 


chinery;  apparatus  for  breaking 

out  ore  and  coal. 
62. — Apparatus  used    in   mining   for 

pumping,  draining,  and  hoisting. 
63. — Moving,  storing,  and  delivering 

ores,  coals,  etc. 
64. — Apparatus  for  crushing  and  pul- 
verizing. 
65. — Sizing  appliances. 
66. — Assaying  apparatus  and  fixtures. 
67. — History  and  literature  of  mining 

and  metallurgy. 
68. — Originals     or    reproductions     of 

early  and  notable  implements. 


mining  and  extraction  methods,  while 
on  the  same  side  as  France,  to  the 
southward,  is  the  exhibit  of  New  South 


Colorado  Mineral    Exhibit. 

Wales,  one  of  the  most  interesting 
on  the  grounds.  Part  of  this  exhibit 
takes  up  a  small  section  across  the 
aisle.  The  most  striking  feature  of 
the  display  is  a  collection  of  gold  nug- 
gets of  various  sizes,  aggregating  in 
value  over  $50,000.  Adjoining  New 
South  Wales  on  the  south  is  -the 
section  devoted  to  the  exhibit  of  Great 


Block  of  Coal. 

The  Exhibits.— On  entering  the 
building  it  will  be  best  to  adopt  a  sys- 
tematic plan  for 
inspecting  the  va- 
rious exhibits,  and 
thus  economize 
both  time  and  vi- 
tal energy.  En- 
tering at  the  north- 
ern door  and  turn- 
ing to  the  right,  let 
the  visitor  proceed 
to  the  aisle  or 
street  west  of  and 
parallel  with  the 
main  aisle.  At  the 
corner  of  the  first 
block  on  the  left  ( I 
the  French  exhibit  ^ 


is  located,  occupy- 
ing the  entire  block 
in  this,  the  north- 
west,   Corner    with  Brazilian   Mineral  Exhibit. 

a  fine    display   of    minerals,    mining  Britain.     This  country  is  strongest  in 

appliances,  and  the  chemicals  used  in  her  display  of  the  economic  ores  and 

the    preparation    and     extraction    of  minerals.     Opposite  is  the  unique  dis- 

metals    from    their    ores.      Opposite  play  of    Japan.      Continuing    south, 

France,  across  the  aisle,  Austria  has  the  main  east  and  west  aisle,  or  pas- 

an  exhibit  of  her  minerals  and  her  sage  way,  is  crossed  and  the  German 


44 


THE  WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


exhibit  reached.  This 
occupies  both  sides  of 
the  aisle  and  is  the 
finest  of  the  foreign 
displays  in  the  Min- 
ing Building.  The 
exhibit  is  unique,  and 
beauty  and  utility  are  strangely  blend- 
ed in  it.  At  each  corner  stands  a 
gigantic  column  of  iron  and  steel 
pipes,  rails,  angle-iron,  and  flat  bars, 
bent,  twisted,  and  intermingled  in 
graceful  curves  and  forms,  producing 
an  obelisk  fifty  feet  high.  Next  to 
Germany,  on  the  same  side,  is  the  Cape 
Colony  exhibit  of  South  Africa.  Here 
are  seen  10,000  carats'  weight  of  uncut 
diamonds  from  the  Kimberley  dia- 
mond-fields, together  with  tons  of  the 
peculiar  earth  ("  blue  ground,"  as  it 
is  technically  called)  in  which  the 
gems  are  found.  The  process  of  dig- 
ging for  and  washing  out  the  precious 
stones  is  shown.  On  the  opposite 
side  of  the   aisle  is  the    display    of 


Mi 


Spain,  with 
gold,  iron, 
quicksilver, 
and  many 
other  minerals  exhib- 
ited, together  with  her 
peculiar  mining  meth- 
ods and  plans  for  ore 
extraction.  On  the  side 
of  the  aisle  opposite  to 
Spain,  and  next  to  Cape 
Colony  on  the  south,  is 
the  exhibit  of  Mexico. 
in  the  southwestern 
corner  of  the  building. 
A  beautiful  model  of  the 
Castle  of  Chapultepec,  made  of  pure 
gold,  is  displayed.  Passing  on  around 
the  Mexican  exhibit,  which  occupies 
an  entire  block,  the  central  aisle  is 
reached,  on  the  right-hand  side  of 
which  going  north  is  seen  the  exhibit 
of  Colorado — one  of  the  finest  of  the 
State  displays — faced  along  the  main 
aisle  with  a  balustrade  of  Colorado 
marble,  with  shafts  of  Gunnison  red 
granite  and  Corinthian  capitals  of 
red  sandstone.  "  The  Silver  Queen," 
a  10-foot  figure  crowned  with  a  brill- 
iant diadem  of  rich  ores  and  seated 
in  a  chariot,  represents  the  mining- 
camp  of  Aspen,  Colo.  On  each  front 
corner  of  the  pedestal  is  a  Cupid  four 
feet  high — one  pouring  a  stream  of 
silver  dollars  from  a  horn  of  plenty, 
the  other  as  profuse  with  golden  coins. 
An  underground  tunnel,  a  model  in 


Ohio  Mineral  Exhibit 

silver  of  the  Colorado  Mineral  Palace, 
and  the  bas-relief  figure  of  a  miner 
are  noticeable  features  of  this  display. 
Next  to  and  north  of  Colorado  comes 


MINES  AND  MINING  BUILDING. 


45 


W 


her  rival 
in  the  pro- 
duction of 

precious  metals — 
Montana.  Fifty- 
tons  of  ore  samples 
and  $50,000  worth 
of  gold  nuggets  form 
part  of  her  display. 
She  shows  what  is 
probably  the  larg- 
est sample  of  gold  quartz  ever 
mined.  It  came  from  the  Mclntyre 
lode,  near  the  surface,  and  weighs 
1 .  785  pounds.  She  also  shows  a  statue 
of  Justice  in  pure  silver — one  of  the 
wonders  of  the  Fair.  Montana,  like 
Colorado,  has,  in  addition  to  silver, 
gold,  and  copper,  exhibits  of  asphal- 
tum,  mica,  iron,  coal,  etc.  Her  next 
neighbor  is  Utah,  exhibiting  lead  and 
placer  gold,  coal,  building-stone  of 
many  kinds,  copper,  and  many  other 
minerals.  Idaho,  across  an  intersect- 
ing aisle,  but  also  on  the  right-hand 
side  of  the  main  avenue,  comes  next. 
In  addition  to  her  display  of  precious 
and  economic  minerals  she  shows  a 
handsome  and  artistic  piece  of  work 
in  the  shape  of  a  shield  made  of  mag- 
nesia stone  for  the  groundwork,  and 
black  and  white  marbles  and  other 
minerals  for  the  scenes  represented. 
A  deep  mountain  canon,  flanked  on 
either  side  by  high  mountain  ranges, 
and  with  a  tiny  river  flowing  down 
its  center,  makes  up  the  foreground 
of  the  picture,  while  in  the  distance 
may  be  seen  a  stamp-mill,  a  lone  pine- 
tree,  a  farmer's  boy  plowing  in  a 
lovely  valley,  and  the  rays  of  the 
rising  sun  just  showing  over  the  east- 
ern mountains,  the  whole  making  a 
very  realistic  Idaho  landscape.  On 
the  right  of  the  shield  stands  the  figure 
of  a  prospector;  on  the  left,  a  female 
ligure  representing  Justice,  and  over 
its  top  the  head  of  an  elk  appears. 
The  pedestal  is  formed  of  a  sheaf  of 
wheat   and   the    "Star    of    Idaho." 


Across  the 
avenue  from 
Idaho  is  the 
section  occu- 
pied by  Bra- 
zil, which 
pro  due  e  s 
phosphates, 
gold,  silver, 
and  diamonds;  and  next  north  of  it  on 
the  same  side  is  California's  magnifi- 
cent exhibit.  This  is  a  very  fine  dis- 
play, showing  not  only  gold  and  silver, 
but  also  coal,  iron,  lead,  copper,  mar- 
ble, onyx,  and  a  model  of  the  only 
quicksilver  mine  in  the  United  States, 
that  of  New  Almaden.  Here  is  also 
the  original  nugget  of  gold  found  by 
James  W.  Marshall  on  January  19, 
1848,  while  digging  a  race  for  Sutter's 
mill.  It  is  now  the  property  of  Judge 
W.  W.  Allen  of  San  Francisco.  The 
mining  appliances,  antique  and  mod- 
ern, shown  by  this  State  are  of  rare  in- 
terest. Another  intersecting  aisle  is 
crossed,  and  Wisconsin's  pavilion  is 
found  opposite  the  east  side  of  Ger- 
many's exhibit,  which  has  already 
been  examined.     Wisconsin  displays 


40 


THE  WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION 


some  fine  pearls  and  numerous  miner- 
als. Wisconsin's  neighbor  is  Mis- 
souri, with  possibly  the  finest  display- 
in  the  building.  Cannel  and  bitumin- 
ous coal,  lead,  zinc,  iron,  copper,  gold, 
silver,  onyx,  marble,  ochres,  lime  and 
sand  stones,  fine  china  and  terra-cotta 
clays,  tripoli,  kaolin,  pottery,  and  fire- 
clays. Across  the  main  east  and  west 
intersecting  roadway,  on  the  same 
side    of    the    main   avenue,   lies  the 


Wisconsin   Mineral   Exhibit. 

exhibit  of  one  of  Missouri's  chief 
rivals — Michigan.  Her  pavilion  is  a 
very  fine  one,  executed  in  native 
sandstone  and  marble.  Surmounting 
the  main  entrance  is  a  group  of 
miners.  A  copper  globe  twelve  feet 
in  diameter  is  one  of  the  chief  trophies. 
There  is  a  collection  of  prehistoric  cop- 
per tools  and  mining  implements 
found  in  the  mines  of  the  upper 
peninsula.  Then  the  "  Hoosier  State," 
Indiana,  makes  a  characteristic  ex- 
hibit of  her  chief  mineral,  coal;  and 
just  opposite  to  Michigan,  across  the 
main  avenue,  is  the  exhibit  of  Eng- 
land, which  has  been  visited,  and 
next  to  which  is  seen  that  of  Ontario, 
one  of  the  provinces  of  her  colony, 
our  neighbor  Canada.  This  display, 
while  not  a  large  one,  is  very  fine,  con- 
sistingof  almost  every  known  mineral. 
Next  to  Ontario  on  the  same  side 
of  the  avenue  is  New  South  Wales, 
which  has  been  inspected;  while  op- 
posite to  it,  across  an  intersecting 
aisle  from  the  Indiana  exhibit,  and 
with  the  Ohio  fine  display  between,  is 
that  of  Kentucky.  The  entrance  to  her 


exhibit  is  through  a  handsome  arch 
of  polished  cannel  coal,  33  feet  high 
and  23  feet  wide,  bearing  at  its  center 
in  letters  of  gold  the  name  "  Ken- 
tucky." The  mineral  exhibit  is  won- 
derful, consisting  of  samples  of  coals, 
iron  ores,  gold,  silver,  marble,  build- 
ing-stones, and  the  finest  tile-clay  in 
the  United  States.  Across  an  inter- 
secting aisle  to  the  north  is  the  white 
marble  pavilion  of  New  York.  Here 
is  a  wonderful  dis- 
play of  minerals, 
her  marbles  and 
granites  being  ex- 
ceedingly beauti- 
ful. The  mining 
tools  and  appli- 
ances shown  are 
of  great  interest. 
Her  chief  trophy  is 
a  polished  granite 
column,  1 8  feet 
high,  taken  from 
one  of  the  finest 
quarries  in  the 
"  Empire  State." 
Another  alley  is 
crossed,  and  West 
Virginia's  exhibit 
is  reached.  The  chief  feature  of 
this  exhibit  is  a  solid  block  of  coal 
weighing  seven  tons  and  said  to  be 
the  largest  single  mass  of  coal  ever 
mined.  Following  West  Virginia  on 
the  same  side,  and  in  the  same  block, 
is  the  exhibit  of  Pennsylvania,  and  like 


Mineral  Cabin,   New   Mexico. 

the  last  display  this  consists  chiefly  of 
coal  and  iron.  In  these  minerals  the 
' '  Keystone  State"  excels.  Turning  to 
the  right  around  the  corner  of  the 
Pennsylvania  display,  at  the  north- 
east corner  of  the  block,  the  Potts- 


MINES  AND  MINING  BUILDING. 


47 


town  (Pa.)  Iron  Co.  has  an  exhibit  of 
its  machinery,  etc.  Passing  south 
along  the  aisle  on  which  the  Pottstown 
Iron  Co.  has  its  display,  to  the  left 
are  seen  the  exhibits  of  the  Jeffrey 
Manufacturing  Co.,  the  Sullivan  Ma- 
chine Co.,  the  Chrome  Steel  Works, 
Raymond  Bros.,  the  Dewees  Wood 
Co.,  and  others,  all  of  which  are 
worthy  of  inspection.  To  the  right 
of  this  aisle  is  Minnesota,  which 
shows,  among  a  fine  display  of  build- 


and  placer  gold  in  many  districts.  Pe- 
troleum and  its  products,  asphalt, 
iron,  coal,  and  many  other  minerals 
are  exhibited.  Washington  joins 
Wyoming  on  the  south,  and  presents 
a  fine  collection  of  mineral  specimens. 
Her  coals  and  iron  ores  are  especially 
worthy  of  inspection,  and  indicate  that 
this  State  is  destined  to  be  the  Penn- 
sylvania of  the  Pacific  Coast.  An  in- 
tervening aisle  separates  this  display 
from  that  of  New  Mexico,  whose  chief 


Stur 


Mining   Exhibit. 


ing-stones  and  other  minerals,  the 
celebrated  red  pipestone  which  sup- 
plied the  Indians  with  the  great  cal- 
umets used  in  their  ceremonies  when 
declaring  war  or  making  peace. 
There  is  but  a  single  known  quarry  of 
this  singular  stone.  A  line  of  private 
exhibits  now  fills  both  sides  of  the 
aisle.  Wyoming's,  on  the  right-hand 
side  of  the  aisle,  is  the  next  State  ex- 
hibit. Gold  and  silver  are  not  the 
only  minerals  displayed  by  this  State, 
though  she  has  silver  lodes,  and  lead 


mineral  wealth  consists  of  gold  and 
silver.  Next  to  New  Mexico  is  her 
sister  Territory,  Arizona.  Like  the 
last-described  exhibit,  that  of  Arizona 
is  chiefly  rich  in  gold  and  silver.  Op- 
posite New  Mexico  and  Arizona, 
Fraser  &  Chalmers  of  Chicago  make 
a  large  and  very  complete  exhibit  of 
mining  appliances,  tools,  and  machin- 
ery. Iowa,  whose  chief  mineral  is 
coal,  shows  a  loaded  coal-car  with  life- 
sized  figures  at  work  getting  out  coal. 
There  is  also  a  reproduction  of  the 


48 


THE   WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


Ottumwa  Mineral  Palace,  exhibited 
on  a  pedestal  of  coal.  The  north  and 
northeast  portions  of  the  gallery  are 
devoted  to  chemical  exhibits.  The 
central  eastern  portion  shows  asphalt 
and  cements,  and  here  the  Acme  Ce- 
ment Co.  makes  a  fine  display.  The 
western  gallery  is  largely  given  up  to 
private  foreign  displays.  Louisiana 
has  among  her  other  mineral  displays 
a  statue  of  Lot's  wife  carved  from  a 
single  block  of  rock-salt.  Alabama 
and  Georgia  show  splendid  samples  of 
iron  ores,  coal,  manganese,  and  gold, 
besides  other  minerals.     Russia's  dis- 


senting the  crystal  caves  of  Central 
America  is  the  mineral  pavilion  of 
Honduras.  Peru,  Chile,  Costa  Rica, 
Paraguay,  Ecuador,  Colombia,  Guate- 
mala, the  Argentine  Republic,  and 
other  foreign  nations  have  sent  ex- 
cellent displays.  Italy's  marbles  for 
statuary,  monuments,  and  decorative 
purposes  are  beautiful.  The  colored 
marbles  of  Tennessee,  which  sends 
coal,  iron,  and  other  minerals,  are 
lovely,  as  are  also  those  of  Georgia. 
The  visitor  has  now  completed  his 
hurried  survey  of  the  wonders  of  the 
mineral  kingdom,  and  passes  on  the 


«fe 


Central  Terminal  Railroad  Depot. 


play  is  characteristic,  with  samples  of 
malachite,  gold,  platinum,  copper, 
gems,  etc.  North  Carolina,  while  ex- 
hibiting coal,  iron,  gold,  etc.,  makes 
a  specialty  of  fine  mica.  Ohio  makes 
a  fine  display  of  stone,  clay,  iron, 
coal,  and  petroleum  products.  New 
Hampshire  has  exquisite  samples  of 
granite  and  building-stone.  England 
has  on  exhibition  a  copy  of  Bartholdi's 
"  Liberty,"  carved  from  rock-salt, 
and  twelve  feet  high.  Washington, 
West  Virginia,  and  Pennsylvania 
claim  the  largest  single  block  of  coal. 
South  Dakota  has  gold,  silver,  coal, 
iron,  etc. ,  and  makes  a  display  of  tin 
ore  which  she  considers  as  her  spe- 
cialty.    An  opalescent  grotto   repre- 


west  of  the  Mines  Building,  near  its 
southern  extremity,  Dr.  Henderson 
Hay  ward's  restaurant  (M  16) — and 
a  few  paces  south  reaches  the  Hand- 
some Central  Terminal  Railroad 
Depot  of  the  Exposition  (O  17), 
which  lies  due  west  of  the  Adminis- 
tration Building  and  forms  the  west- 
ern end  of  the  Court  of  Honor,  of 
which  the  Mines,  Electricity,  and 
Manufactures  and  Liberal  Arts  build- 
ings form  the  north  side;  the  Machin- 
ery and  Agricultural  buildings  the 
south  side;  and  the  Peristyle  the  east- 
ern end  or  side.  Within  this 
square  is  the  beautiful  sheet  of 
water  known  as  the  Basin  (M  21). 
The  architecture  of   this  building  is 


ADMINISTRATION  BUILDING. 


49 


of  the  mixed  Roman-Corinthian  style, 
modeled  after  the  famed  baths  of 
Caracalla  in  Rome,  corresponding  to 
that  of  the  Peristyle  at  the  opposite 
end  of  the  court.  It  was  designed  by 
Mr.  C.  B.  Atwood,  the  able  Designer- 
in-Chief  of  the  Exposition.  The  sta- 
tion is  divided  into  three  sections,  the 
central  portion  being  200  feet  long. 
This  forms  the  great  vestibule  through 
which  the  trains  are  emptied.  The 
eastern  and  western  sections  are  three 
stories  high,  and  contain  the  waiting- 
rooms,  check-rooms,  lunch-counters, 
and  the  general  railway  and  custom- 
house offices.  On  the  second  floor, 
the  full  circuit  of  the  central  section, 
is  an  immense  gallery  25  feet  wide  and 
600  feet  long.  It  is  reached  by  two 
broad  stairways  from  the  main  floor. 
The  frieze  of  clock-faces,  twenty-four 
in  number,  in  the  upper  part  of  the 
great  hall  shows  the  time  at  that  num- 
ber of  the  principal  cities  of  the  world. 
Three  grand  loggie,  25  x6o  feet  each, 
open  to  the  east.  Above  the  station 
rise  two  immense  balls  of  glass  and 
iron  10  feet  in  diameter,  with  clock- 
dials  facing  in  every  direction,  show- 
ing local  time.  Around  the  balustrade 
above  the  cornice  are  a  series  of  stat- 
ues 14  feet  high.  Leaving  the  main 
entrance  of  the  Central  Depot,  the 
visitor  pauses  to  notice  on  his  left  the 
artistic  booth  erected  for  the  dis- 
pensing of  Chocolate  Menier,  and  then 
passes  into  the  wide  plaza  by  which 
all  persons  coming  by  rail  enter  the 
Fair. 

Before  us  looms,  impressive  in  its 
grandeur,  the  golden  dome  and  grace- 
ful proportions  of  the  sculpture- 
bedecked 

ADMINISTRATION  BUILDING 

(N  18),  that  masterly  architectural 
creation  of  Mr.  Richard  M.  Hunt  of 
New  York.  Well  has  it  been  termed 
"the  gem  and  crown"  of  the  whole 
Exposition;  and  of  its  artistic  archi- 
tectural details  the  architect's  nephew, 
Mr.  Jarvis  Hunt  of  Chicago  (himself 
no  mean  designer  of  choice  edifices, 
as  witness  Vermont's  artistic  home), 
thus  pleasantly  and  practically  writes: 
The  Administration  Building, 
placed  as    a  center  to   the   principal 


group,  is  the  keystone  of  the  Expo- 
sition. Its  position  rendered  the 
building  equally  conspicuous  on  every 
side,  thus  demanding  uniformity  of 
design  with  an  expression  of  gener- 
ous hospitality  and  welcome,  and  a 
composition  so  dignified  and  concise 
that  the  numerous  surrounding  domes 
and  minarets  would  not  detract  from 
its  grandeur  and  unity. 

It  is  in  its  main  body  an  octagon, 
surmounted  by  a  dome  inclosing  an 
inner  one,  the  diameter  of  which  is 
120  feet,  with  a  height  of  250  feet, 
while  the  outer  measures  275  feet 
from  floor  to  apex. 

This  main  body  is  pierced  at  right 
angles  by  two  grand  passages  across 
the  great  reception-hall,  through 
which  the  visiting  peoples  are  ushered 
forth  and  introduced  to  the  art  and 
civilization  of  the  United  States,  as 
evidenced  both  here  and  beyond. 

At  the  four  corners  are  pavilions 
eighty-four  feet  square  and  four  stories 
high,  in  which  are  the  various  bureaus 
of  administration. 

On  entering  the  rotunda  the  eye  is 
carried  above  the  arched  and  grilled 
entrance-portals  to  the  frescoed  pan- 
els beneath  the  balcony  which  caps 
the  interior  cornice;  then  upward  to 
an  order  of  pilasters,  supporting  the 
paneled  and  ornamented  ceiling  of 
the  first  dome.  Through  the  open- 
ing at  the  crown  one  sees  the  mag- 
nificently frescoed  higher  dome,  from 
a  skylight  in  the  apex  of  which  the 
entire  rotunda  is  flooded  with  light. 

Swift  elevators  transport  one  up 
100  feet  to  a  gallery,  which  connects 
on  the  outside  with  a  wide  and  open 
colonnade,  surrounding  the  whole 
dome,  from  which  one  may  look 
down  upon  the  many  vistas  formed 
by  the  different  buildings,  the  beauti- 
ful lagoons  with  their  many  fountains 
and  statues,  and  beyond,  the  mighty 
waters  of  Lake  Michigan. 

The  exterior  may  be  divided  into 
three  parts,  the  pavilion  story,  colon- 
nade, and  dome.  The  pavilions  are 
treated  in  Doric  simplicity,  with  the 
cornice  sixty  feet  from  the  ground  to 
conform  with  the  height  and  style  of 
surrounding  buildings.  Surmounting 
this  cornice  on  the  three  corners  of 
each  pavilion  are  groups  of  statuary, 


ADMINISTRATION  BUILDING. 


51 


expressive  and  in  keeping  with  the 
dignity  of  their  position.  Below,  mag- 
nificent groups  flank  each  entrance, 
while  single  figures  cap  the  columns  at 
this  level  on  either  side  of  the  portals. 

The  loggia  story  is  an  open  colon-   eur. 
nade  of  the  Ionic    order,   with  four       The    architect    is 
domed  and    circular   stairway   pavil-    Hunt  of  New  York. 


The  different  tiers  produce  a  pyra- 
midal effect,  and  with  the  masterly 
blending  of  architecture,  sculpture, 
and  frescoing  present  a  building  of 
dignity,    repose,   and  retiring  grand- 


Richard    Morris 
The  sculptor  is 


War"    Group  on   Administration    Building.     Karl   Bitter,   Sculptor. 

Karl    Bitter.     The  painter,   William 


ions  between  the  heavy  piers,  corre- 
sponding with  the  square  pavilions 
below,  while  the  richly  colored  walls 
of  the  inner  octagon  bring  out  the  full 
beauty  of  the  columns.  Surmounting 
the  piers  are  winged  groups  of  a 
more  ornate  style  and  a  row  of 
bronzed  flambeaux  upon  the  cornice 
of  the  colonnade,  forming  a  tiara 
around  the  brow  of  the  mighty  gilded 
dome,  with  its  ribbed  and  paneled 
ornamentation. 


Leftwich  Dodge. 
Chicago.  JARVIS  HUNT. 

Decorations,  Dome,  and  Statuary. 
— In  no  other  building  on  the  grounds 
is  there  so  much  magnificent  decora- 
tion; in  none  of  the  others  was  so 
much  attempted.  The  Administration 
Building  is  principally  for  show — ex- 
cept the  four  corner  pavilions,  in  which 
the  offices  of  the  Fair  managers  are 


THE   WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


located- 
dollars 


-so  neither  gold-leaf  nor  gold   height  of  about  250  feet,  sloping  in 
were   spared    in    making    it   from     half-way     up      and    meeting 


beautiful.  around   a    center  skylight  that  looks 

like  a  great  Cyclopean  eye.  From 
the  ground-floor  rise  eight  grand 
arches  to  a  height  of  about  forty 
feet.  Four  of  these  lead  away  in 
rotundas  to  the  corner  pavilions, 
and  through  the  others  open  the 
doors  from  the  outside.  Each  of 
the  former  is  supported  by  two 
massive  pillars  toward  the  side, 
between  which,  half-way  up,  is  a 
balcony,  or  gallery,  looking  out  on 
the  floor  below. 

In    the    panels    between    these 
grand  arches,  set  in  the  wall  well 
toward  the  top,  are  sixteen  huge 
bronze  plates.     In  these  are  writ- 
ten, in  gilded  letters,  the  names  of 
the   great  countries  of  the  earth, 
all  of  which  have  representations, 
great  or  small,  in  the  big  Colum- 
bian show.     Extending  around  the 
dome,  at  the  top  of  these  arches  is 
a  strip  of    huge  white    molding, 
handsomely    carved,  and  with  its 
I  cuts  and  crevices  worked  in  gilt. 
!  Resting  on  this  molding  are  eight 
huge    panels,  one  at  each 
side  of  the  octagon, and  each 
one  has  a   gilt   slate,   sup- 
ported by  two  winged  fe- 
male figures. 

On  each  slate  is  the  record 
of  some  great  discovery  or 
event  in  the  history  of  the 
world's  progress. 

Above  these  panels  is  a 
row  of  light  terra-cotta-col- 
ored  panels,  through  the 
tops  of  which,  at  regular 
intervals,  are  let  in  small, 
square  latticed  windows. 
Farther  up,  on  another 
stretch  of  molding,  are 
printed  the  names  of  men 
whose  discoveries  and  in- 
ventions have  been  of  great 
importance  in  the  progress 
and  development  of  the 
world. 

Beyond  these  is  a  row  of 
plaster    medallions   show- 

"  Fire  Controlled  "  Group  on  Administration  Building.   Karl  Bitter,  Sculptor  jng    {he  heads    of   the    dif- 

The  rotunda  at  the  base  is  octago-  ferent  types  of  women  of  the  world, 
nal  in  form  and  about  100  feet  across,  and  still  farther  up,  at  the  summit  of 
The  gilded,  frescoed  walls  rise  to  a   the  first  dome,  are  eight  panels,  each 


A  D  MINIS  TRA  TION  B  UILDING. 


53 


having  a  handsome  plaster  group. 
The  central  figure  in  all  of  these  is 
a  woman  with  outstretched  arms,  and 
holding  in  each  hand  a  wreath  with 
which  to  crown  some  one  of  the  fig- 
ures bent  before  her.  The  central 
figure  is  the  genius  of  the  World's 
Columbian  Exposition,  W-C-E,  the 
initial  letters  of  these  words,  being 
inscribed  over  her  head;  and  the 
kneeling  figures  in  front  represent 
literature, the  sciences,  arts,  and  indus- 
tries, upon  which  recognition  and 
honor  are  being  bestowed. 


representing  music  and  poetry,  and 
the  arts,  sciences,  and  industries. 
There  are  also  four  winged  horses 
drawing  a  model  of  the  Parthenon, 
and  over  it  are  winged  females  draw- 
ing back  the  canopy  from  the  amphi- 
theater in  which  all  such  gatherings 
were  held  by  the  ancients. 

Around  the  dome  on  the  outside 
appears  the  roll  of  honor  of  the  great 
discoverers. 

Sculpture. — With  the  exception  of 
the  Agricultural  Building,  no  single 
edifice  approaches  the  Administration 


"Industry"  Group  on  Administration   Building.     Karl  Bitter,   Sculptor. 


It  is  upon  the  outer  and  upper 
dome  that  Dodge  has  painted  his 
picture,  "The  Glorification  of  the 
Arts  and  Sciences."  The  idea  there 
carried  out  is  in  the  representation  of 
Apollo  sitting  on  a  lofty  throne  and 
conferring  honors  upon  the  victors  in 
war  and  the  leaders  in  science  and 
in  art.  The  form  of  a  warrior  is  bent 
before  him,  and  other  favorites  ap- 
proach on  the  broad  steps  that  lead  to 
the  throne.  In  the  procession  which 
extends  around  the  dome  are  figures 


Building  for  profusion  of  sculpture  or 
richness  of  design.  Describing  it  in 
detail,  its  able  author,  the  sculptor 
Karl  Bitter  of  New  York,  says: 

The  Administration  Building  is  dec- 
orated with  twenty-eight  groups  and  a 
number  of  single  figures  and  relievos. 
Bas-reliefs  of  a  larger  size  are  espe- 
cially used  for  adorning  the  interior  of 
the  dome.  The  most  remarkable  are 
those  groups  which  are  placed  at  the 
sides  of  the  entrances.  They  are 
each  thirty-four  feet  high,  and  repre- 


54 


THE  WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


sent  the  four  elements — "  Fire," 
««  Water,"  "  Air,"  and  "  Earth."  At 
the  one  side  of  an  entrance  we  see  the 
element  in  its  natural,  unsubdued  con- 
dition, and  at  the  other  side  it  is  rep- 
resented as  in  the  service  of  man  and 
subdued  by  him. 

At  the  side  opposite  to  the  Central 
Railroad  Depot  there  is  exhibited  the 
element  "Earth."  The  first  group 
appears  crowned  with  the  figure  of  an 


stately  figure  of  a  woman  is  proudly 
lifting  in  the  air  a  crown,  pearls,  and 
precious  stones,  while  with  the  other 
hand  she  lets  droop  her  vesture  in  rich 
folds.  She  will  show  that  man  forced 
from  the  earth  all  that  was  exquisite, 
valuable,  and  desirous  to  him.  Be- 
neath her  is  a  strong  man  breaking  a 
rock  in  order  to  get  at  the  raw  ma- 
terials, which,  completely  manufact- 
ured, she  is  holding  in  her  hand.     At 


Group  on  Administrati 

old  but  powerful  man,  who,  resting 
his  sturdy  fist  on  his  knee,  is  staring- 
forward.  It  is  to  allegorize  the  bulk 
of  a  mountain,  the  imposing  form  of 
a  rock.  Beneath  this  figure  is  stand- 
ing a  fierce  fellow,  who,  leaning  on  a 
chopped  mammoth-tooth,  looks  at  his 
wife,  who  is  wrestling  with  an  ape 
for  fruit.  Thus  it  is  to  represent  the 
earth  in  its  original  relations  to  man, 
who  lived  like  the  animals. 
At   the    other    side    the    opulent, 


on   Building.     Karl   Bitter,    Sculptor. 


her  right  side  is  standing  a  youth, 
who,  with  a  smile,  carries  upon  his 
shoulder  a  basket  full  of  fruit  and 
grain. 

Opposite  to  the  Machinery  Hall  is 
to  be  seen  the  element  "  Fire."  The 
fury  and  demon-like  nature  of  the 
uncontrolled  element  is  shown  by  a  fe- 
male figure  pushing  forward,  holding 
in  her  outstretched  right  hand  a  snake, 
toward  the  spectator.  She  is  resting 
on  the  form  of  a  man,  who,  with  full, 


ADMINISTRATION  BUILDING. 


55 


sensuous  face,  represents  the  storm, 
and  who  seems  to  force  the  woman  in 
the  direction  where  his  arm  is  point- 
ing. Beneath,  there  is  crouched  the 
figure  of  a  woman  with  a  malicious 
expression  secretly  trying  to  set  fire  to 
a  pile  of  wood. 

At  the  other  side  of  this  entrance 
"  Genius"  is  lifting  a  torch  as  a  symbol 
of  light,  the  best  gift  rendered  to  us 


beneath  him  a  daughter  of  Nereus,  in 
her  bold  play  with  a  Triton,  shows  us 
allegorically  that  which  we  admire  in 
water  masses.  Emerging  from  the 
depth  to  the  crest  of  the  wave,  her 
hair  tangling  in  the  white  foam,  the 
daughter  of  Nereus  grasps  the  locks 
of  the  Triton  and  pulls  him  over.  His 
anguish  shows  that  he  is  compelled 
to  submit  and  that  soon  the  smooth 


"Fine  Arts"  Group  on  Administration  Building.     Karl  Bitter,  Sculptor. 

by  fire.     A  smith  who  has  stricken  a  uprising   will     disappear    under    his 

demon  with  his  hammer  to  the  feet  of  mighty  crash. 

"  Genius  "  is  intended  to  represent  the  As  a  counterpart,  showing  the  ele- 

usefulness  of  fire  for  the  daily  usage  ment  in  its  subdued  state,  we  see  a 

of  man.  vigorous  youth  in  a  boat  carried  on 

Looking  toward  the  lake  and  the  the  breast  of  the  water,  which  is  now 

beautiful  lagoons  are  placed  the  groups  forced  to  lend  its  strength  to  carry 

representing  "Water."    Neptune,   as  man,  with  an  oar  in  hand  pushing  his 

the    mythological    representative    of  way  onward.      Another  draws  to  the 

this  element,   stands    as    the  center  surface  Nereus'  daughter,  and  tears 

figure,    and   rules  with   mighty  out-  from  her  the  pearls  which  she  has  so 

stretched  hand  the    agitated  waters;  long  guarded  at  the  bottom  of  the  sea, 


THE  WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


At  the  fourth  side,  opposite  to  the 
Mining  Building,  we  find  placed  the 
element  "Air."  Two  maiden  figures 
are  in  dancing  motion  between  the 
clouds.  One  of  them  is  turning  her 
body  as  though  to  show  the  twirling  of 
the  wind.  Overhead  there  are  two 
Cupid-like  figures  of  children  also 
contesting  in  play. 

As  counterpart  a  man  is  eagerly 
holding  in  his  hands  the  model  of  an 
air-ship.     By  his  enthusiastic  features 


nature  renders  to  man.  Strength, 
patriotism,  religious  sentiment,  dili- 
gence, charitableness,  love  of  liberty, 
satisfaction  by  pleasure,  respect  for 
traditions,  etc.,  are  thus  symbolized. 
Special  regard  is  thus  paid  to  the 
character  and  the  principles  of  the 
American  nation.  In  the  highest 
points,  at  the  sides  of  the  four  smaller 
domes  which  surround  the  main 
dome,  there  are  finally  placed  eight 
more  groups,  allegorizing  the  extreme 


Commerce  "    Group  on  Administration   Building.      Karl   Bitter,   Sculptor. 


is  plainly  seen  "  he  has  succeeded." 
The  genius  which  rises  behind  him 
seems  to  be  lifting  the  ship.  Be- 
neath the  inventor  is  the  figure  of  a 
youth  as  the  assistant  of  the  aeronaut, 
who  is  looking  in  ecstasy  upon  the 
success  of  the  work. 

The  Administration  Building  has 
four  wings,  popularly  called  pavilions. 
They  are  decorated  by  twelve  groups, 
each  pavilion  having  three,  allegoriz- 
ing the  elements,  their  capacities,  in- 
clinations,   and     dispositions    which 


culminating  points  of  human  culture, 
as  art  and  science,  industry  and  com- 
merce, war  and  peace,  theology  and 
j  ustice .  In  constructing  these  groups , 
of  course  more  consideration  was  paid 
to  the  decorative  effect  than  to  an 
accurate  representation  of  the  theme. 
They  are  located  at  such  a  height  that 
the  boys  sounding  on  the  trumpets, 
who  are  bending  forward  at  each  side 
of  the  middle  figures,  exhibit  more 
architectonical  lines  than  the  pretty 
forms  of  their  bodies.     The   leading 


ADMTNISTRA  TION  B  UILDING. 


57 


motive  of  these  groups,  with  their 
winged  female  figures  and  rich  decor- 
ative additions,  is  to  display  a  most 
charming  interruption  to  the  archi- 
tectonical  masses. 

Above  each  entrance  there  are 
standing  two  single  figures,  which 
belong  to  the  representation  of  the 
elements  beneath  them. 

Inside,  in  the  uppermost  part  of  the 
dome,  just  below  the  ceiling-piece,  can 
be  seen  bas-reliefs  representing  "  Co- 
lumbia" sitting  upon  a  throne.  She 
distributes  laurels  as  a  symbol  of  rec- 
ognition to  the  different  industries 
shown  below  her.  Among  these  bas- 
reliefs  there  is  a  circle  of  winged 
genii  holding  tablets  with  inscrip- 
tions referring  to  the  most  prominent 
inventions. 

A  number  of  female  figures  sym- 
bolical of  Victory,  stepping  forward 
and  carrying  palms  of  peace,  are 
placed  upon  the  columns  at  the  en- 
trance to  the  dome,  animating  in 
spirit  and  sentiment,  and  rendering 
to  the  sum  total  the  impression  of  en- 
tire perfection. 

KARL   BITTER. 

New  York. 

The  dome  of  this  building  is  visi- 
ble for  miles,  being  coated  with  alu- 
minium bronze,  and  greatly  resembles 
in   appearance  the  celebrated  Inva- 


h'des,  which  holds  the  tomb  of  the 
great  Napoleon,  at  Paris.  The  richly 
and  tastefully  decorated  interior  of 
this  building  affords  offices  for  the 
administration  officials,  bank,  fire, 
and  police  departments,  and  of  course 
is  not  complete  without  a  magnifi- 
cent restaurant. 

Banking  Facilities  at  the  Fair. — 
On  the  main  floor  in  the  southwest 
pavilion  of  the  Administration  Build- 
ing a  national  bank  of  Chicago  con- 
ducts a  model  bank,  with  safe  deposits 
in  the  basement,  immediately  be- 
neath the  banking-room. 

The  Statue  of  Columbus. —  As  the 
visitor  leaves  the  magnificent  Ad- 
ministration Building,  possibly  alter 
having  taken  a  superb  bird's-eye  view 
of  the  grounds,  buildings,  and  water- 
ways from  the  outer  galleries  en- 
circling the  huge  golden  dome,  the 
heroic  statue  of  Columbus,  modeled 
by  Miss  Mary  T.  Lawrence  of  New 
York,  is  immediately  before  him. 

The  pose  of  the  figure  is  simple 
and  natural,  yet  vigorous  and  im- 
pressive, and  the  characterization  of 
the  head  seems  to  be  happily  real- 
ized. It  is  Columbus  as  he  may  well 
have  looked  when,  worn  and  sad- 
dened by  the  trials  of  his  voyage 
and  those  which  preceded  it,  he  felt 
that  he  was  planting  the  cross  in  a 
new  world. 


CHAPTER    IV. 


WHAT    MRS.  VAN  RENSSELAER    SAYS. 


HE  view  from  the  front 
of  the  Administration 
Building  is  perhaps 
the  grandest  vista  in 
(  this  "  White  City  of 
/^  magnificent  dis- 
tances." To  the 
artistic  and  the  art 
critic  it  affords  the 
finest  field  for  graceful  dic- 
tion. It  is  appropriate, there- 
fore, here  to  present  the 
very  interesting  and  valua- 
ble article  especially  writ- 
ten for  Rand,  McNally  &  Co.'s  Hand- 
Book  of  the  World's  Columbian  Expo- 
sition, by  Mrs.  Schuyler  Van  Rensse- 
laer of  New  York,  one  of  the  best- 
known  art  critics  of  America.  The 
noted  authoress  of  that  noble  volume, 
"  English  Cathedrals,"  has  nothing 
but  praise  for  the  "White  City"  as 
a  whole — praise  from  her  able  and 
artistic  pen  being  in  this  respect 
' '  praise  indeed. "  Entitling  her  grace- 
ful criticism 

"THE    FAIR    GROUNDS," 

Mrs.  Van  Rensselaer  says: 

The  great  French  Exhibition  of 
1889,  more  beautiful  than  any  of  its 
predecessors  in  any  land,  was  part  and 
parcel  of  the  city  of  Paris.  Its 
transitory,  festal  character  was,  in- 
deed, very  evident,  and  contrasted 
with  the  monumental  stability  and 
seriousness  of  the  streets  through 
which  one  passed  to  reach  it.  Never- 
theless, the  Fair  buildings  were, 
broadly  speaking,  in  architectural  ac- 
cord with  the  city's  general  aspect. 
From  any  point  which  overlooked 
them  their  beauty  was  greatly  in- 
creased by  the  beauty  of  the  encir- 
cling town.  But  for  the  gates  and 
ticket-takers  it  might  have  been  hard 


to  divine  where  permanent  Paris 
ended  and  its  Exhibition  grounds  be- 
gan. And  this  was  doubly  true  be- 
cause no  place  of  entrance  immedi- 
ately gave  the  visitor  a  very  fine  point 
of  outlook;  he  had  to  find  his  way 
to  some  more  central  spot  before  he 
realized  the  full  splendor  of  the  Fair. 

But  here  miles  of  suburbs  filled 
with  railroad-tracks  and  half-built 
boulevards  stretch  between  Chicago 
and  the  new  "  White  City,"  and  the 
separation  in  site  is  not  more  dis- 
tinct than  the  separation  in  architect- 
ural character.  Of  course,  the  unity 
which  was  possible  at  Paris  facili- 
tated in  one  way  the  labors  of  the 
builders  of  its  Fair.  Yet  gain  in  an- 
other way  attended  the  division 
which  exists  at  Chicago;  for,  accent- 
ing the  exhibition  as  a  new  creation 
for  a  special  purpose — as  a  fairy-land 
of  beauty  quickly  wrought  for  a 
single  summer's  use — it  permitted 
the  builders  to  found  and  fashion  in 
quite  unhampered  ways.  Even 
French  architects,  I  think,  might  be 
glad  of  so  fresh  and  free  an  oppor- 
tunity. And  at  all  events,  as  Chicago 
— despite  the  novel  triumphs  of  con- 
structional science  with  which  it  will 
amaze  foreign  eyes — has  not  the 
architectural  beauty  of  Paris,  the  in- 
dependence of  its  Fair,  although  de- 
termined by  necessity,  may  certainly 
be  accounted  a  piece  of  artistic  good 
fortune. 

Working  in  perfect  freedom,  neither 
helped  nor  fettered  by  the  close  vi- 
cinity of  a  permanent  town,  our 
artists  have  created  a  more  beautiful 
Fair  than  even  the  Parisian  one  of  1886. 
I  do  not  think  that  any  one  who  has 
seen  the  two  will  question  this  fact. 
And  it  is  a  fact  which  seems  all  the 
more  creditable  to  our  young  nation, 
inexperienced  in  the  management  of 


(58) 


THE  FAIR   GROUNDS. 


59 


vast  artistic  undertakings  and  unas- 
sisted by  official  organization  and 
guidance,  when  we  remember  that  all 
natural  advantages  in  the  way  of  site 
were  in  the  Frenchmen's  favor. 

At  Paris  there  lay  all  ready  for  the 
Fair  builders'  hands  the  vast  level 
Champ  de  Mars,  already  once  put  to 
similar  service.  Bordering  it  ran  the 
wide  River  Seine,  crossed  by  hand- 
some bridges,  edged  by  dignified 
buildings,  and  dotted  with  verdurous 
islands.  And  on  the  opposite  side 
of  the  Seine  rose  the  imposing  slope 
of  the  Trocadero  Hill,  crowned  by 
its  turreted  palace,  a  permanent 
legacy  from  the  exhibition  of  1878. 
No  more  convenient  or  more  beauti- 
ful site  for  the  erection  of  another 
Fair  could  have  been  desired,  and 
those  who  dealt  with  it  made  the 
most  of  it  in  a  very  artistic  way, 
greatly  improving  upon  the  aspect  of 
the  Fair  of  1878.  Their  buildings 
were  beautifully  designed,  grouped, 
and  decorated,  and  the  whole  im- 
pression made  by  the  grounds  on 
both  sides  of  the  river  as  one  saw 
them  from  the  bridge,  from  the  top  of 
the  Trocadero  Hill,  or  from  a  bal- 
cony on  the  Eiffel  Tower,  was  digni- 
fied and  splendid  as  well  as  extremely 
gay,  picturesque,  and  charming. 

Our  Fair,  I  say,  is  still  more  beau- 
tiful; and  what  was  its  site  two  years 
ago? 

The  first  idea  was  to  create  the 
Fair  half  along  the  Lake  Front  with- 
in the  city,  and  half  in  the  completed 
portion  of  Jackson  Park,  several  miles 
away;  but  the  landscape  gardener, 
Mr.  Frederick  Law  Olmsted,  decided 
that  something  better  than  this  might 
be  done,  and  the  chiefs  of  construc- 
tion, Messrs.  Burnham  and  Root, 
agreed  with  him.  The  whole  of  Jack- 
son Park,  they  said,  might  be  used, 
although  only  a  small  part  of  it  had 
yet  been  improved.  This  part  con- 
tained some  pretty  plantations  of 
small  trees  and  an  ornamental  sheet 
of  water.  All  the  rest  was  a  dreary 
expanse  of  ridgy  sand-dunes,  divided 
by  swampy  hollows  where  the  over- 
flowing water  of  the  lake  often  lay  to 
a  considerable  depth.  To  transform 
this  into  solid  ground,  over  an  area 
half  as  large  again  as  the  site  of  the 


Paris  Exhibition,  would  have  been 
financially  if  not  physically  impossi- 
ble. And  even  had  it  been  possible 
the  result  would  have  been  a  flat, 
monotonous,  barren  site,  incapable 
of  transfiguration  into  any  type  of 
beauty  hitherto  discovered  by  build- 
ers of  great  groups  of  independent 
yet  related  structures. 

But  the  presence  of  the  lake  in- 
spired another  solution.  It  was  the 
waters  of  the  lake  which  made  the 
proposed  site  unfit  to  bear  great 
buildings;  yet  a  wide  outlook  over 
these  waters  was  the  only  natural  at- 
traction which  Chicago  could  offer 
its  Fair  builders.  Why  might  not 
their  properly  regulated  presence 
within  the  borders  of  the  Fair  be 
made  to  compensate  for  the  absence 
of  that  variety  in  elevation,  that  silver 
river,  and  those  wide  green  lawns  and 
umbrageous  trees  which  constituted 
the  charm  of  the  Paris  site?  Noth- 
ing of  the  kind  had  ever  been  done 
before,  but  to  the  bold  imagination 
of  these  artists  that  fact  seemed 
merely  another  favoring  argument. 
And  practical  reasoning  pointed  in 
the  same  direction  as  artistic  reason- 
ing. Dig  the  proposed  canals  and 
basins  extensive  enough  to  make 
them  dominate  in  the  general  effect, 
and  the  soil  thus  excavated  would 
suffice  to  solidify  the  spots  where  the 
buildings  must  stand. 

Go  now  to  the  top  of  one  of  the  big 
domes  or  towers  and  take  a  bird's- 
eye  view  of  the  Fair.  You  will  see  to 
the  eastward  of  it  a  limitless  expanse 
of  water,  and  to  the  westward  a  limit- 
less expanse  of  prairie,  and  will  real- 
ize that  where  they  met  there  might 
well  have  been,  two  years  ago,  not 
even  a  solid,  ugly  stretch  of  prairie- 
land,  but  only  an  ugly,  treacherous 
marsh.  Looking  over  this  ground 
now — here  with  its  straight,  stately, 
wide  canals  and  architectural  terraces, 
and  there  with  its  irregularly  shaped 
lagoons  and  islands — you  will  under- 
stand that  a  great  artist  like  Mr. 
Olmsted  can  absolutely  create  in  a 
way  which  almost  equals  nature's 
own.  To-day  it  seems  a  simple 
enough  idea — this  bringing  in  the 
lake  to  solidify  the  land;  but  it  was 
one  of  those  simple  ideas  which  only 


THE   WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


a  great  mind  conceives  for  the  first 
time,  and  one  of  those  very  practical 
ideas  which  only  an  artist  conceives. 
I  mean,  that  while  a  practical  man 
might  have  seen  the  feasibility  of  the 
scheme,  only  an  artist  could  have 
seen  its  desirability;  and  only  a  great 
artist  could  have  foretold  how  diversi- 
fied beauty — variety  in  harmony — 
might  thus  be  secured  even  better 
than  upon  a  more  naturally  advan- 
tageous site. 

It  does  not  matter  much  by  which 
of  its  entrances  you  approach  the 
Fair — whether  you  come  by  water 
and,  passing  under  the  triumphal  arch 
surmounted  by  the  Discoverer  group, 
find  the  huge  golden  statue  of  the 
Republic  immediately  before  you; 
and  past  the  long,  wide  reach  of  the 
Great  Basin,  flanked  by  the  facades 
of  four  immense  palaces,  see  in  the 
distance  the  America  Fountain,  and 
beyond  it  the  square,  solid  mass  of 
the  Administration  Building,  sur- 
mounted by  the  vast  dome  which 
is  the  Fair's  crowning  feature;  or 
whether  you  come  by  rail  and,  pass- 
ing through  the  splendid  vestibule 
which  this  building  forms,  stand  in 
the  Plaza,  with  the  fountain  in  the 
foreground  and  the  Basin  beyond, 
finished  by  the  towering  America, 
and  the  colonnaded  portico  giving 
glimpses  of  the  lake  on  the  fair  hor- 
izon. It  does  not  matter,  for  in  either 
case  your  point  of  view  will  have 
been  carefully  planned  for  as  a  first 
point  of  view.  First  impressions  al- 
ways count  for  much;  and  the  way 
in  which  our  Fair  builders  have  thus 
provided  only  two  great  entrances, 
but  have  given  each  of  them  monu- 
mental magnificence,  and  opened  in 
front  of  each  the  most  splendid  and 
harmonious  of  their  vistas,  is  certainly 
one  point  where  they  have  proved 
their  superiority  to  the  builders  of 
any  previous  exhibition. 

The  harmony,  the  essential  unity 
of  this  imposing  vista  from  east  to 
west  or  from  west  to  east  will  be  the 
first  thing  to  impress  you  once  you 
have  absorbed  the  surprising  impres- 
sion which  architectural  works  can 
make  by  dint  of  mere  colossal  size, 
rich  elaboration,  and  brilliancy  of 
color,  fe  You  will  not  believe  that  you 


are  standing  in  a  temporary  pleasure- 
ground,  constructed  by  many  artists, 
uncontrolled  by  anything  but  their 
own  sense  of  artistic  fitness ;  or  that 
you  are  still  living  in  our  prosaic, 
calculating,  commercial  nineteenth 
century.  This  formally  arranged  por- 
tion of  the  Fair  looks  as  though  it  had 
been  built  to  please  the  eye  of  some 
beauty -loving  potentate,  able  to  bend 
all  individual  talents  to  a  single  task. 
And  because  of  the  harmony  thus 
revealed  on  so  grand  a  scale  and  with 
such  richness  of  decoration,  because 
the  items  of  beauty  and  impressive- 
ness  are  so  many  and  varied  yet  so 
concordant,  you  will  behold  a  sight 
which,  I  am  unafraid  to  say,  has  not 
been  paralleled  since  the  Rome  of 
the  emperors  stood  intact  with  marble 
palace,  statue,  terrace,  bridge,  and 
temple  under  an  Italian  sky  no  bluer 
than  our  own.  You  will  feel  that  the 
Romans  whom  Augustus  ruled  must 
somewhere  have  built  themselves  a 
Venice,  and  that  somehow  you  have 
been  spirited  back  2,000  years  to 
see  it. 

Of  course,  big  as  it  is,  our  Fair  is  a 
small  place  compared  to  imperial 
Rome,  and,  fine  though  most  of  its 
structures  are,  many  of  them  show 
faults  which  the  Romans  would  not 
have  committed.  Nevertheless,  I  be- 
lieve that  on  no  spot  in  the  modern 
world  has  so  impressive  a  panorama 
been  unrolled  as  the  one  you  will  see 
when  you  stand  near  either  of  the  en- 
trances to  our  Fair,  or,  still  better 
perhaps,  on  one  of  the  bridges  which 
span  the  long  canal  where  it  crosses 
the  Great  Basin.  Here  four  vistas, 
to  east  and  west,  to  north  and  south, 
open  out  before  you;  three  finished 
with  rich  arrangements  of  columns 
and  statues,  and  one  stretching  away 
toward  a  distant  green  expanse  and 
still  more  distant  facades  and  domes. 

It  is  worth  while  to  question  upon 
what  depends  the  harmonious  unity 
of  these  vistas.  It  depends,  in  the 
first  place,  upon  the  existence  of  a 
definite,  well-considered  ground-plan 
for  the  Fair.  No  building,  no  fount- 
ain, bridge,  or  statue,  looks  as  though 
it  had  been  set  down  at  random.  If 
the  position  of  one  were  altered,  the 
effect  of  them  all,  we  feel,  would  be 


THE  FAIR   GROUNDS. 


61 


injured.  The  smallest  as  well  as  the  similar  way  were  settled  not  only  the 
largest '  was  set  where  its  presence  style  and  the  dimensions  of  the  great 
was  required  by  the  demands  of  the  buildings,  but  also  the  size  and  gen- 
general  scheme.  Then  scale  has  been  eral  character  of  their  chief  features, 
as  carefully  considered  as  position.  The  same  height  was  adopted  for  all 
If  each  feature,  large  and 
small,  is  in  the  right 
place,  so  also  each  is  of 
the  right  size.  Alter  the 
size  of  one  and  it  would 
seem  out  of  place.  Alter 
its  place,  and  it  might 
easily  seem  of  the  wrong 
size.  The  golden  Re- 
public was  not  built 
ninety  feet  tall  simply 
that  she  might  be  very 
conspicuous,  or  with  a 
mere  desire  to  rival  the 
colossi  of  Egypt.  Her 
height  was  carefully  cal- 
culated with  regard  to 
the  size  of  the  Great 
Court,  the  proportions 
of  the  neighboring  por- 
tico, and  the  dimensions 
of  the  adjacent  buildings. 
Therefore  she  does  not 
seem  too  large,  for  she 
does  not  throw  smaller 
things  "out  of  scale."  ; 
One  thinks  first  of  her 
beauty  and  of  the  way 
in  which  it  helps  the 
general  beauty  of  the 
scene,  and  only  in  the 
second  place  of  her  extra- 
ordinary size.  It  is  easy 
to  imagine  how  the  effect 
of  the  scene  as  a  whole 
would  be  injured  were 
she  made  smaller,  or  did 
she  change  places  with 
the  America  Fountain. 

We  should  never  have 
had   so  beautiful  a  Fair 
if  features  like  this  had 
been  left   to  chance,   to 
the  caprice  of  individual 
artists,  or  had  been   de- 
termined upon  only  after 
other  parts  of  the  work 
had    been    done.      They 
were  determined  upon   in 
when   the    right    relationship    of    all 
features    could    be    considered,    and 
each  could    be    adapted    to    the    re- 
quirements of  its  fellows.     And  in  a 


Statue,   "  Victory,"   Administration   Building.     Karl   Bitter,   Sculptor. 

advance,  the  main  cornice  lines,  and  the  same 
height  and  span  for  all  the  great  di- 
visions of  the  walls.  The  Adminis- 
tration Building  towers  high  above 
its    neighbors,    but    you    will  notice 


62 


THE   WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


that  its  first  stage  corresponds  with 
them  in  height  and  general  design, 
varying  only — as  they  do  among 
themselves — in  the  treatment  of  the 
broadly  concordant  features.  As  it 
is  the  main  entrance  to  the  Fair 
grounds,  the  Administration  Building 
was  rightly  made  their  dominating 
feature.  It  serves  many  practical 
purposes,  but  its  chief  purpose  is  sym- 
bolical— is  to  proclaim  the  Fair's  im- 
mensity and  dignity,  and  its  build- 
ers' regard  for  beauty;  to  proclaim 
that  our  Fair  has  been  organized  for 
the  glorification  of  art  even  more  than 
for  that  of  science  and  industry.  Well 
expressing  this  idea,  it  strikes  us  as 
more  original  in  conception  than  any 
other  building  on  the  grounds.  As  far 
as  anything  of  the  sort  can  be  new,  it 
is  a  new  architectural  type.  Nothing 
of  the  same  kind  had  been  designed 
before.  Triumphal  porches,  magnifi- 
cent great  portals,  the  world  has  often 
seen,  but  never  before  a  whole  build- 
ing, of  very  large  size,  conceived  as  a 
vestibule. 

The  fact  that  it  is  before  all  a  mon- 
umental vestibule  is  clearly  expressed 
by  the  great  importance  of  its  dome. 
The  dome  does  not  merely  cover  and 
complete  the  substructure;  the  sub- 
structure really  exists  for  its  sake.  It 
exists  for  itself — to  shelter  incoming 
multitudes,  and  by  its  soaring  lines 
to  explain  the  existence  and  the 
splendor  of  the  Fair.  The  dome  is 
the  building,  and  this  cannot  be  said 
in  a  similar  sense  of  any  great  dome 
previously  built. 

It  is,  I  think,  one  of  the  most 
beautiful  domes  which  ever  has  been 
built;  and  when  we  remember  that  it 
is  the  chief  feature  of  our  Fair,  while 
the  Eiffel  Tower,  a  merely  scientific 
marvel,  was  the  chief  feature  of  the 
Parisian  one,  we  realize  in  how  truly 
artistic  a  spirit  our  builders  have 
worked.  Within  their  domain  no  ob- 
ject appealing  chiefly  to  the  sense  of 
wonder  has  been  permitted.  All  the 
great  features  appeal — or,  at  the  very 
least,  were  meant  to  appeal — chiefly 
to  the  sense  of  beauty;  and  I  may 
say  in  passing  that  all  the  minor 
features,  useful  or  commercial,  which 
are  scattered  around  among  the  large 
buildings  have  been  much  more  care- 


fully controlled  in  the  interests  of 
beauty  than  was  the  case  at  Paris. 

But  despite  the  magnificence  of  its 
dome  and  the  accordant  expressive- 
ness of  its  lower  portions,  the  Ad- 
ministration Building,  taken  as  a 
whole,  is  not  as  beautiful  as  the  Agri- 
cultural Building.  This  is  the  most 
beautiful  on  the  Fair  grounds,  except- 
ing the  Fine  Arts  Building,  far 
away;  the  most  interesting  and  satis- 
fying  when  one  studies  its  features 
and  the  manner  in  which  they  are 
combined,  and  much  the  most  suc- 
cessful as  regards  its  sculptural 
adornment. 

One  of  the  most  ingeniously  ad- 
mirable features  of  the  whole  Fair  is 
the  great  colonnade,  which  unites 
this  building  with  the  Machinery 
Building,  across  the  southern  end  of 
the  canal.  It  not  only  serves  this  pur- 
pose of  unification,  but  also  screens 
the  stock  yards  from  sight  while  sup- 
plying them  with  a  dignified  portal, 
and  thus  excellently  finishes  the  great 
perspective  of  the  canal.  The  con- 
trast between  the  two  structures 
which  it  joins  is  very  striking  yet 
harmonious.  The  Agricultural  Build- 
ing is  the  more  scholarly  and  refined, 
and  its  various  portions  are  welded 
into  a  truer  unity.  But  the  other 
is  the  more  imposing,  the  more  mag- 
nificent, and,  perhaps,  the  more  dis- 
tinctly festal  looking,  while  the  Span- 
ish-American character  of  its  tall  pa- 
vilions gives  it  a  peculiar  appropriate- 
ness on  these  Columbian  Fairgrounds. 

I  need  not  refer  to  the  unparalleled 
scientific  triumph  won  by  those  who 
roofed  the  Manufactures  Building,  ex- 
cept to  say  that  the  huge  iron  trusses 
seen  in  its  interior  are  as  worthy  of 
admiration  from  the  esthetic  as  from 
the  mechanical  point  of  view.  The 
simplicity  of  its  exterior  is  in  true  ar- 
tistic accord  with  its  vast  size,  for 
when  a  building  is  very  large  indeed 
no  architectural  device  is  so  effect- 
ive as  the  extended  repetition  of  simi- 
lar features.  Greater  variety,  greater 
picturesqueness  have  been  sought  in 
the  Electricity  Building  than  in  any 
of  its  neighbors,  not  everywhere  with 
entire  success,  yet  still  in  away  which 
does  not  seriously  mar  the  harmonious 
effect  of  the  great  Plaza  and  Basin. 


THE  FAIR   GROUNDS. 


63 


Passing  down  the  canal  beside  it, 
and  beneath  a  bridge,  we  enter  the 
lagoon  and  the  less  symmetrically 
arranged  portion  of  the  Fair  grounds; 
and  at  no  point  are  we  so  much  im- 
pressed by  the  skill  of  their  plan- 
ners. It  can  not  have  been  an  easy 
task  to  discover  how  architectural  for- 
mality might  be  contrasted  with  semi- 
naturalistic  informality  and  yet  the 
whole  scheme  be  kept  an  artistic 
unit,  and  no  inharmonious  perspect- 
ives mar  the  point  of  juncture.  But 
a  way  was  found,  and  nowhere  from 
water  or  shore  do  we  note  incongru- 
ity or  disharmony  of  effect. 

Architectural  incongruities  do  in- 
deed appear  as  soon  as  we  enter  the 
lagoon.  The  Transportation  Build- 
ing is  very  simple  in  line  and  very 
gorgeous  in  color,  yet  not  out  of  keep- 
ing with  its  associates;  the  Horticult- 
ural Building  is  especially  success- 
ful as  regards  its  dome,  contrasting 
so  effectively  in  shape  and  sub- 
stance with  the  solider  things  around 
it;  and  the  Woman's  Building  is  re- 
fined and  pleasing.  But  the  United 
States  Building  is  as  bad  as,  in  these 
days,  nothing  but  one  of  our  gov- 
ernment buildings  is  likely  to  be.  It 
is  bad  in  design,  and  bad  in  treatment 
and  finish;  its  only  virtue  is  as  an 
object-lesson,  pointing  the  fact  that 
a  general  reform  is  needed  in  the 
matter  of  our  official  architecture. 
And  the  Illinois  Building,  too  big 
for  its  place  because  it  shuts  off  the 
view  of  the  Art  Building,  is  also  un- 
satisfactory in  mass  and  crowned  by 
a  very  ugly  dome.  But  the  scheme 
prepared  for  the  architects  by  the 
landscape  gardeners  was  extremely 
fine,  and  their  special  work  in  cre- 
ating the  island  I  do  not  need  to 
praise. 

Round  this  island,  pass  beneath 
another  bridge,  and  another  sheet  of 
water  opens  before  you  —  the  one 
which  existed  before  the  Fair  was 
proposed.  Its  shores,  too,  are  injured 
by  the  excessive  size  of  the  Illinois 
Building,  and  by  overcrowding  in 
other  places  with  foreign  and  State 
buildings,  which  do  not  harmonize 
with  one  another.  Nevertheless  it  has 
not  really  been  spoiled  as  a  whole, 
and    it    beautifully    plays  its    chief 


role  as  a  foreground  for  the  surpass- 
ingly beautiful  Art  Building. 

You  can  not  look  at  this  too  long  or 
admire  it  too  greatly.  It  is  the  finest 
thing  on  the  Fair  grounds,  and  the 
finest  building  of  so  classical  a  sort 
which  the  modern  world  has  construct- 
ed. It  is  not  just  like  any  building 
which  classic  nations  themselves  con- 
structed; it  is  much  larger  and  more 
varied  in  mass,  and  its  dome  is  a  dis- 
tinct innovation.  But  we  feel  it  is  just 
such  a  building  as  the  Greeks  might 
have  built  had  they  known  about 
domes  and  had  they  wanted  some- 
thing of  this  size  for  a  similar  site  and 
purpose.  It  is  as  carefully  considered 
in  feature  as  it  is  vigorous,  yet  grace- 
ful, in  outline  and  mass;  and  its 
setting  on  the  brink  of  the  little  lake 
adds  immeasurably  to  its  charm. 

Behind  it,  alas,  the  grounds  are 
very  crowded.  So  many  things  had 
to  be  built  here,  and  they  were  built 
by  so  many  different  hands,  that  the 
effect  is  very  much  huddled  and  in 
many  spots  very  inharmonious.  Still, 
some  of  the  foreign  buildings  are  fine, 
and  all  of  thern  are  interesting;  and 
some  of  the  State  buildings,  like  New 
York's,  Ohio's,  and  Minnesota's,  de- 
serve high  praise,  while  others,  like 
California's,  have  the  value  which 
attaches  to  intelligent  adaptations  of 
old-time  local  ways  of  building. 

Then,  leaving  the  center  of  the 
grounds  and  passing  toward  the  lake 
shore,  we  find  the  picturesque  indi- 
vidual and  delightful  Fisheries  Build- 
ing, with  its  ingenious  novelties  in  the 
way  of  decoration;  and  then  can  re- 
trace our  course  along  the  splendid 
esplanade  which  makes  the  seaward 
finish  of  the  grounds,  eventually  reach- 
ing the  Forestry  Building,  near  their 
southern  limits  —  a  glorification,  so  to 
say,  of  "rustic"  architectural  methods. 

Many  styles  of  architecture  meet  the 
eye  as  we  thus  make  the  circuit  of  the 
Fair,  and  many  more  if  we  leave  its 
actual  limits  and  survey  the  Midway 
Plaisance,  where  more  purely  com- 
mercial enterprises  have  been  allowed 
to  develop  themselves.  The  effort  to 
adapt  some  ancient  style,  or  some 
modern  kind  of  eclecticism,  to  the 
special  purpose  in  view  has  not  always 
been  successful.      But  there  are  few 


64 


THE   WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


distressing  failures.  Even  where  only 
a  partial  success  has  been  obtained, 
an  intelligent  eye  may  gather  much 
instruction;  and  there  are  some  very 
remarkable  triumphs  in  all  portions  of 
the  Fair  grounds. 

The  Art  Building,  as  I  have  said, 
is  admirably,  perfectly  successful  in  its 
very  pure  and  noble  way;  and  I  think 
the  Romanesque  of  Southern  Europe 
has  rarely  been  so  artistically  used  in 
modern  times  as  in  the  Fisheries  Build- 
ing. But  taken  as  a  whole  the  form- 
ally disposed  southern  portions  of  the 
grounds  are  of  course  the  finest — the 
portions  which  have  won  our  Fair  the 
name  of  the  ' '  White  City "  and  of 
the  "Venice  of  the  West."  Here 
the  landscape  architect's  scheme  is 
most  novel,  most  stately  and  splen- 
did; and  here  we  learn  the  mean- 
ing of  architectural  unity  on  an  ex- 
tensive scale.  We  see  that  such  unity 
creates  a  general  beauty  of  effect 
which  architectural  diversity  can  not 
rival,  while  also  the  special  value  of 
each  work  is  enhanced  by  its  con- 
cordant contrast  with  its  neighbors. 
We  see,  too,  that  unity  need  not 
mean  monotony  or  the  extinguishing 
of  personalities  if  the  broad  architect- 
ural path  is  wisely  chosen.  The  al- 
lied yet  not  identical  Renaissance 
styles  chosen  by  the  builders  of  this 
part  of  the  Fair  were  unquestionably 
the  best  for  their  purpose.  In  using 
them  so  harmoniously,  yet  so  individ- 
ually, they  have  shown  us  a  pano- 
rama of  beauty  such  as  we  had  never 
even  dreamed  about  before;  and  their 
result  should  do  much  to  prove  to 
our  people  that  beauty  is  a  thing  of 
priceless  worth — typifying  as  it  does 
the  search  for  intellectual  and  spirit- 
ual rather  than  for  material  profit. 
No  man  or  woman  will  come  to  Chi- 
cago this  summer  without  recogniz- 
ing that  the  Fair  has  been  based  on  a 
serious  recognition  of  the  fact  that 
commercial  prosperity  alone  can  not 
make  a  nation  great;  and  the  lesson 
thus  taught  must  be  of  immense  na- 
tional service.  Through  the  voice  of 
the  big,  busy,  practical,  money-mak- 
ing city  of  Chicago  America  herself 
declares:  Lo,  it  is  not  Mammon  you 
should  worship,  but  the  light-bring- 
ing,  health-giving    gods    of    intelli- 


gence, refinement,  and  beauty!  And 
all  America's  children  will  listen,  be- 
lieve, learn,  and  practice,  as  they 
would  in  obedience  to  no  voice  ex- 
cept her  own. 

M.  G.  VAN  RENSSELAER. 
New  York. 

With  such  a  glorious  panorama  be- 
fore her,  well  may  this  broad-minded, 
brilliant,  and  intellectual  woman  ex- 
claim, with  righteous  indignation,  in 
a  recent  contribution  to  The  Forum: 
"Asa  pleasuring-place  Jackson  Park 
will  have  attractions  never  before 
approached  in  our  land;  but  as  a 
place  for  self -instruction,  self-cultiva- 
tion, it  will  surpass  any  other  spot 
in  the  world.  And  yet  this  is  the 
place  that  those  self-styled  Christians 
who  do  not  believe  Christ's  distinct 
assertion  that  the  Sabbath  was  made 
for  man,  not  man  for  the  Sabbath, 
desire  to  have  closed  on  the  one  day 
of  the  week  when  our  mind-hungry, 
beauty-starved,  ignorant,  but  eagerly 
ambitious  masses  could  best  make 
use  of  its  civilizing  and  uplifting 
ministrations." 

Sad,  nay,  almost  sacrilegious,  does 
it  seem  that  in  less  than  one  brief 
year — 

"  These  cloud-capped   towers,   the  gorgeous 

palaces, 
The  solemn  temples 

shall  dissolve, 

And  like  this  unsubstantial  pageant  faded, 
Leave  not  a  rack  behind.1 ' 

Like  the  songs  and  sublime  diction 
of  that  "  sweet  swan  of  Avon,"  they 
should  endure  ' '  not  for  an  age,  but  for 
all  time." 

In  front  of  the  Columbus  Statue,  on 
the  verge  of  and  facing  the  Main 
Basin,  stands  the  finest  and  most 
artistic  composition  on  the  Exposition 
grounds — the  Columbian  Fountain 
(N  19),  designed  by  Mr.  Frederick 
MacMonnies,  and  executed  by  him 
principally  in  his  Paris  studio.  Re- 
sembling closely  in  symbolical  de- 
sign a  remarkable  sketch  alleged  to 
have  been  made  by  Columbus  him- 
self, in  part  it  follows  the  general  de- 
sign of  the  fountain  at  the  Paris  Ex- 
position. Its  sea-horses  recall  the  new 
Fontaine  de  la  Federation,  Toulon, 
but  in  its  entirety  the   conception   is 


COLUMBIAN  FOUNTAIN. 


65 


infinitely  superior,  and  in  execution 
more  artistic.  Brief! y,  the  conception 
is  as  follows:  The  center  part  is  de- 
signed as  a  medieval  barge,  drawn  by 
huge  sea-horses  frothing  and  spouting 
foam  and  sea- water,  and  by  centaurs 
bestridden  and  urged  on.  Enthroned 
and  above  all  sits  Columbia,  majestic 
in  dignity  and  pose,  the  personifica- 


advent  and  progress  of  the  nation. 
The  motto  "2s  filuribus  ununt"  (one 
out  of  many)  is  graven  on  the  pedestal 
supporting  the  principal  figure.  Mar- 
velous in  conception,  masterly  in  exe- 
cution and  design,  the  Columbian 
Fountain  may  well  be  regarded  as 
Mr.  MacMonnies'  chef-d'oeuvre,  and 
as  a    glorious   triumph    for    a    com- 


A  View  from  the  Colonnade. 


tion  of  liberty,  freedom,  and  power, 
with  Father  Time  as  steersman, 
"  like  Palinurus  nodding  at  the  helm." 
Assisting  in  the  propulsion  of  the 
Ship  of  State,  on  either  side  are  four 
female  figures,  representing  the  arts 
and  sciences,  gracefully  pulling  huge 
sweeps,  or  oars.  At  the  bow  of  the 
barge,  Fame,  a  beautiful  female 
figure,  with  a  herald's  trumpet  in 
hand,  proclaims  with  clarion  note  the 


paratively  young  sculptor.  Snowy 
white,  to  match  the  "  White  City  "it 
adorns  and  beautifies,  it  may  be  ques- 
tioned whether  its  most  entrancing 
appearance  will  not  be  when  the  sun 
has  sunk  beneath  the  horizon  and 
electricity  comes  to  man's  aid  and 
enjoyment.  Then,  when  the  power- 
ful electric  fountains  on  either  side 
shoot  forth  their  multicolored  jets  of 
water,   when  the  spray  is  tinted  in 


66 


THE   WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


myriad  rays  and  the  huge  search- 
lights lend  a  weird,  wonderful  bright- 
ness to  the  scene,  the  visitor  watch- 
ing the  shadow  chasing  the  ray  across 
this  beauteous  group  of  figures  will 
find  some  substantial  excuse  for  that 
ancient  conceit  of  Aristotle  that ' '  orig- 
inally in  every  block  of  marble  there 
was  a  noble  statue  which  would  ap- 
pear in  all  its  pristine  glory  when  the 
superfluous  covering  was  removed  by 
the  touch  of  a  true  artist's  hand." 

Two  of  the  largest  electric  fount- 
ains ever  made  stand  on  either  side  of 
the  Columbian  Fountain.  Their  ba- 
sins are  each  sixty  feet  in   diameter. 

The  Edison  Company,  which  has 
the  contracts  for  the  fountains,  as  a 
part  of  its  exhibit,  made  an  outlay  of 
over  $100,000  for  the  display.  The 
cost  of  operation  is  estimated  all  the 
way  from  $500  to  $1,000  nightly,  but 
the  returns  from  attendance  increased 
by  the  attraction  of  the  fountains  is 
expected  to  reach  into  the  tens  of 
thousands  every  night  the  fountains 
play.  The  nocturnal  illumination  of 
the  Exposition  is  to  be  made  a  feature. 
Long  rows  of  incandescent  bulbs  are 
arranged  along  the  sides  of  canals  and 
lagoons.  All  the  buildings  surround- 
ing the  Grand  Plaza  will  be  ablaze 
with  light,  and  powerful  search-lights 
on  lofty  towers  will  turn  the  darkest 
night  into  day. 

The  View  of  the  Main  Basin — 
Standing  by  the  MacMonnies  Fount- 
ain with  his  face  toward  the 
lake,  or  eastward,  the  visitor  gazes 
upon  the  grandest  view  of  the  Ex- 
position— that  of  the  Main  Basin 
(M  21).  Before  him,  impressive  in  its 
altitude  and  grandeur,  French's  co- 
lossal Statue  of  the  Republic,  like  a 
new  Venus  Anadyomene,  rises  from 
the  rippling  waters  of  the  Main  Basin. 
To  his  right  are  the  graceful  outlines 
of  Machinery  Hall,  with  the  colon- 
nade and  obelisk  in  harmony  and  con- 
trast. Then  the  ornate  and  classic 
Agricultural  Building  projects  into 
the  picture,  with  decorations  and 
sculpture  bewildering  in  detail  and 
delightful  in  attractiveness.  The 
Casino,  the  classic  Peristyle,  and  the 
Music  Hall,  crowned  with  statuary 
and  crested  with  the  grand  Columbus 
Quadriga,     partially    obscure     Lake 


Michigan's  blue  waters,  but  enhance 
their  effect  when  viewed  through  fluted 
columns  and  snowy  pillars.  Two 
dwarf  reproductions  of  the  Temple  of 
Vesta  fill  vacant  corners,  and  the  vis- 
itor's eye  then  reaches  the  colossal  pro- 
portions of  the  Manufactures  and  Lib- 
eral Arts  Building,  severe  in  its  mass- 
ive simplicity.  Then  a  long  vista  of 
lagoon,  with  the  huge  and  rather  in- 
artistic dome  of  the  United  States 
Government  Building,  a  delicate  detail 
of  Henry  Ives  Cobb's  handsome  Fish- 
eries Building,  and  Illinois'  huge, 
heavy  dome  close  the  left  of  the 
picture,  with  glimpses  of  lagoon  and 
Wooded  Island,  bridges  crowned  with 
statuary,  and  last  of  all  Electricity's 
handsome,  airy  home. 

THE    ELECTRICITY 
BUILDING 

(L  18)  is  thus  described  by  its  able 
architects,  Messrs.  Van  Brunt  &  Howe, 
of  Kansas  City: 

This  building  lies  parallel  with  the 
Mines  Building,  is  of  nearly  the  same 
dimensions — 350  x  700  feet  —  and  the 


Henry  Van  Brunt. 

contrast  in  the  architectural  character 
of  the  two  structures  illustrates  the 
fact  that  the  purposes  of  these  two 
buildings  exercised  a  controlling  in- 
fluence over  the  design  of  each.  The 
Mines  Building  contains  an  exhibit  of 
coarse  products  and  heavy  machinery 
and  appliances,  and  consequently  has 
been  treated  with  broad,  plain  surfaces 
and  large  details,  the  aim  of  the 
architect  having  been  to  create  an 
impression  of  breadth  and  repose. 
The  Electricity  Building,  on  the  other 


~     ~ 


'If 


THE   WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


hand,  as  its  contents  are  mainly  of 
delicate  form  and  finer  structure,  is 
naturally  treated  with  a  correspond- 
ing refinement  and  delicacy  of  detail, 
and  the  idea  of  electricity  itself  has 
imposed  upon  the  design  a  quality 
of  restlessness  or  movement  obtained 
by  frequent  repetitions  of  vertical 
members  and  by  a  sky-line  broken 


^r=- 


Benjamin  Franklin. 

by   ten    towers,    or    campaniles    and 
four  domes. 

As  this  building  forms  one  of  the 
group  of  seven  buildings  inclosing 
the  Great  Court  of  Entrance  (the  rail- 
way station  on  the  west,  the  Peristyle 
and  its  pavilions  on  the  east  toward 
the  lake,  Machinery  and  Agricultural 
buildings  on  the  south,  and  the  Man- 
ufactures and  Electricity  buildings  on 


the  north,  the  Administration  Building 
being  in  the  center  of  the  group),  it  is, 
like  these,  in  a  strict  classic  style, 
having  with  them  a  common  height 
of  sixty  feet  to  the  top  of  the  cornice, 
with  other  features  agreed  upon  to 
obtain  a  proper  degree  of  conformity, 
but  without  repetitions. 

The  facades  of  this  building  are 
composed  with  a  full  Corinthian 
order  of  pilasters  set  twenty- 
three  feet  on  centers,  the  main 
entablatures  being  broken 
around  the  pilasters  so  as  to 
accentuate  the  vertical  ele- 
ments, and  in  conjunction  with 
the  frequent  light  towers  to 
give  to  the  general  design  a 
movement  which  in  contrast 
with  its  neighbors  may  be  sug- 
gestive of  the  mysterious  func- 
tions of  electricity. 

The  center  of  each  front  has 
a  pavilion  of  entrance;  that  on 
the  north,  toward  the  lagoon, 
and  those  on  the  east  and  west 
being  crowned  each  with  two 
lofty  towers.  The  four  corners 
of  the  building  are  marked  by 
lighter  pavilions,  finishing  with 
open  campaniles;  and  on  the 
two  long  sides  there  are  inter- 
mediate bays  slightly  project- 
ing, with  postern  doors,  and 
treated  with  low,  square  domes 
to  relieve  the  uniformity  of  the 
architecture  without  absolutely 
breaking  the  continuity  of  the 
order. 

On  the  south  is  the  main  en- 
trance* on  the  court.  This,  for 
the  sake  of  distinction,  is  treated 
as  a  solid  pylon,  pierced  by 
a  triumphal  arch,  58  feet  wide 
and  92  feet  high,  which  forms 
the  frame  of  a  great  semicir- 
cular niche,  or  hemicycle,  cov- 
ered by  a  half  dome.  In  the 
center  of  this  niche  stands  on  a  lofty 
pedestal  a  colossal  statue  of  Franklin, 
who,  in  his  discovery  of  the  electrical 
properties  of  lightning,  happily  asso- 
ciates a  patriotic  name  with  the  prog- 
ress of  electrical  investigation.  The 
great  Corinthian  order  is  carried 
around  this  niche,  which  contains  three 
main  doorways,  and  the  half  dome  is 
divided    by  corresponding  ribs  into 


ELECTRICITY  BUILDING. 


panels,  and  treated  with  Renaissance 
devices  in  relief  against  a  background 
of  greenish-blue.  The  upper  part  of 
this  pylon  is  distinguished  from  the 
rest  of  the  sky-lines  of  the  edifice  by  a 
treatment  of  simple  horizontal  lines, 
and  the  main  fabric  is  supported  on 
the  right  and  left  by  consoles  or  orna- 
mental buttresses,  two  on  each  side, 
each  being  crowned  with  a  statue  fif- 
teen feet  high  representing  the  func- 
tions of  electricity  as  applied  to  the 
industrial  arts. 

The  north  end,  toward  the  lagoon — 
where  the  formal  character  of  the 
court  is  abandoned  and  a  more  pict- 
uresque treatment  is  adopted,  in  sym- 
pathy with  the  features  of  irregular 
outline  in  water  and  land  which  pre- 
vail there — has  its  central  entrance 
pavilion,  containing  a  great  arched 
window  recessed  between  two  semi- 
circular or  apsidal  projections — these 
three  features  occupying  together  the 
whole  of  this  front. 

Each  bay  of  the  facades  all  around 
the  building  contains  two  ranges  of 
windows  corresponding  with  the  in- 
terior stories.  The  lower  range  is 
decorated  with  a  small  Ionic  order, 
which,  when  carried  around  these 
two  apses,  forms  between  them  an 
open  porch  with  a  great  balcony  over 
it.  The  frieze  of  this  inferior  order 
contains  the  names  of  those  who  from 
the  beginning  have  been  associated 
with  electrical  discoveries  and  in- 
ventions. Where  the  frieze  of  the 
main  order  is  carried  around  the  re- 
cess of  the  hemicycle  it  contains 
Turgot's  famous  epigram  on  Frank- 
lin: "Eripuit  ccelo  fulmen  scep- 
i 'r ■  unique  tyrannise 

The  main  Corinthian  order  pro- 
jects in  front  of  the  east  and  west 
central  pavilions,  with  detached  col- 
umns and  pilasters,  so  as  to  form  a 
portico  crowned  with  a  balustrade. 
The  four  main  entrances  on  the 
center  of  each  front  are  the  architect- 
ural expressions  of  the  main  feature 
of  the  plan,  which  consists  of  a  longi- 
tudinal nave  115  feet  wide  and  114 
feet  high,  crossed  by  a  central 
transept  of  the  same  width  and 
height,  the  roofs  being  supported  by 
a  series  of  steel  arched  trusses,  set 
twenty-three   feet    apart.     The     rest 


of  the  building  is  treated  with  flat 
roofs  and  is  in  two  stories,  the  upper 
story  having  the  character  of  a  gal- 
lery. The  flat  roofs  are  furnished 
with  frequent  skylights,  so  that  the 
whole  interior  is  abundantly  lighted. 

The  conventional  decoration  of  the 
exterior  of  this  building  is  relieved  by 
repetitions  of  the  electro-magnet  and 
lamp,  and  other  more  or  less  familiar 
devices  suggestive  of  electrical  func- 
tions. 

The  south  front  of  the  lower  story 
forms  an  open  arcade,  corresponding 
in  use  to  those  provided  in  all  the 
other  buildings  around  the  Great 
Court. 

VAN  BRUNT  &  HOWE. 

Kansas  City,  Mo. 

Statuary  and  Decorations. — At  the 

southern  end  of  the  building,  in  front 
of  the  hemicycle  which  forms  the 
main  entrance,  stands  the  heroic 
statue  of  Benjamin  Franklin,  exe- 
cuted by  the  sculptor  Carl  Rohl- 
Smith,  a  Danish-American,  who  cer- 
tainly had  for  his  inspiration  one 
of  the  most  dramatic  subjects  in 
American  history — that  of  Franklin's 
discovery  that  electricity  might  be 
brought  down,  even  with  a  child's 
plaything,  from  the  angry  heavens; 
thus  laying  the  foundation  for  its  sub- 
jugation as  one  of  man's  servants. , 
Grasping  with  one  hand  his  kite, 
which  rests  upon  the  ground,  the 
other  holds  aloft  the  key  with  which 
this  greatest  of  all  nature's  mysteries 
was  unlocked.  His  head  is  thrown 
back.  Glorious  in  its  triumph  appears 
the  face,  as  if  still  searching  the 
heavens,  and  the  whole  pose  is  one  of 
mastery  and  power.  While  some 
critics  have  pronounced  the  statue 
overdrawn,  all  agree  that  it  is  full  of 
freedom  and  power,  and,  considered 
in  regard  to  its  heroic  suroundings  as 
well  as  to  the  requirements  of  the 
plastic  art  it  is  certainly  one  of  the 
finest  pieces  of  statuary  on  the 
grounds. 

Over  the  entrances  of  the  build- 
ing are  the  names  of  great  electri- 
cians and  discoverers  in  electrical 
science. 

The  following  is  the  classification  of 
exhibits  in  the  Electricity  Building: 


70 


THE   WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


GROUP   NO. 

122.— Apparatus  illustrating  the  phe- 
nomena and  laws  of  electricity    126. 
and  magnetism. 

123. — Apparatus  for  electrical  meas-    127. 
urements.   ■  12! 


chanical  power;  dynamical  elec- 
tricity. 

Transmission  and  regulation  of 
the  electrical  current. 
Electric  motors. 
Application  of  electric  motors. 


Westinghouse  Electric 
&  Mfg.  Co. 


A  2  "C.  &  C."  Electric  Motor  Co. 

A 

B  1-2 

F  1 

HI 

A  4-5  Western  Electric  Co. 

A  7  Taylor,  Goodhue  &  Ames. 

B  3  Eddy  Electric  Mfg.  Co. 

B   41 

C    1   1 

H  2  I 

J   1  \  General  Electric  Co. 

M  4  I 

N  1   I 

0  3J 

B  5  Excelsior  Electric  Co. 

g  5  \  Germany. 

D  2  Electrical  Forging  Co. 

D  3  Schieren  &  Co.,  Chas.  A. 

D  4  Munson  Belting  Co. 

D  5  Page  Belting  Co. 

E  2  Belknap  Motor  Co. 

E  3  Elwell-Parker  Electric  Const.  Co. 

E  4  Arnold  Mfg  Co. 

E  5  Mather,  A.  C. 

E  7  Queen  &  Co.,  Jas.  W. 

F  2  Zucker  &  Levett  Chemical  Co. 

F  3  Union  Electric  Co. 

F  i  Commercial  Elect.  Co. 

F  5  Chicago  Belting  Co. 

F  6  Jewell  Belting  Co. 

F  7  Curtis  Elect.  Mfg.  Co. 

F  6  Greeley,  E.  S.  &  Co. 

G  1  American  Bell  Telephone  Co. 

1  1  Phoenix  Glass  Co. 
J  2    "j 

p  3    I  France. 

Q1-2J 

L  1  Crocker-Wheeler  Electric  Co. 

L  2  Jenney  Electric  Motor  Co. 

L  4  Hansen  &  Van  Winkle  Co. 

L  5  Degenhardt,  F.  E. 

L  6-7  Brush  Elect.  Co.,  The 

M  1-2  Anthony  Elect.  Inst.  Co. 

M  3  Fort  Wayne   Elect.  Co.,  E.  A. 

Barnes. 
O  2  Thompson  Elect.  Welding  Co. 
O  4  Heisler  Electric  Co. 
O  5  England. 
O  6  Russia. 

P  1  Electrical  Conduit  Co. 
P  2  Standard  Electric  Co. 
P  4  Electron  Mfg.  Co. 
P  6  Canada. 
P  9  Elliott  Elect.  Co. 
P  10  Wing.  L.  J.  &  Co. 


MAIN  FLOOR 

Ground  Plan  Electricity  Building, 

124. — Electric  batteries,    primary  and  129. — Lighting  by  electricity. 

secondary.  130. — Heating  by  electricity. 

125. — Machines  and  appliances  for  pro-  131. — Electro-metallurgy  and  electro- 

ducing  electrical  currents  by  me-  chemistry. 


ELECTRICITY  BUILDING. 


132 


-Electric    forgi 
welding,     stamp- 
ing,     tempering, 
brazing,  etc. 
133. — Electric  telegraph 

signals. 
134. — The  telephone  and  its  appli- 
ances; phonographs. 
135. — Electricity  in  surgery,  den- 
tistry, and  therapeutics. 
136. — Application  of  electricity  in 
various  ways  not  hereinbe- 
fore specified. 
137. — History    and    statistics    of 

electrical  invention. 
138. — Progress  and  development 
in    electrical    science     and 
construction,    as  illustrated  by 
models  and  drawings  of  various 
countries. 
The  Main  Exhibits.— The  limits  of 
this  guide  forbid  more  than  a  mere 
mention  of  some  of  the  most  impor- 
tant    attractions    of    the     Electrical 
Building.     As  is  well  known,  steam 
as  a  motive   power  occupies   a   very 
secondary  place,    except  as  a  means 
of  generating  electricity,  which  is  used 
in  every  conceivable  way  to  make  the 
"  wheels  go   round,"   and   that   very 
smoothly. 

Entering  at  the  south  door,  where 
stands  the  Statue  of  Franklin,  the 
first  exhibit  seen  is  that  of  the  Bell 
Telephone  Co.,  Block  18.  This  com- 
pany makes  a  display  that  interests 
every  one.  A  complete  central  sta- 
tion is  one  of  its  features.  Models  of 
the  telephone  from  its  inception  to  the 
present  time  are  another  feature; 
and  lastly,  a  model  theatorium,  in 
which  visitors  may  listen  to  orches- 


tras performing  in  New  York  or  Bos- 
ton. The  next  block  going  down  the 
center  is  19,  the  Detroit  Electrical 
Works  exhibit,  with  a  fine  display. 
Passing  this,  the  south  half  of  Block 
8  is  found,  the  General  Electric  Co. , 
which,  as  its  name  implies,  does  not 
confine  itself  to  a  single  specialty. 

France  occupies  the  two  blocks  in 
the  center,  both  numbered  16;  also 
one  west  and  one  northwest  of  the 
second  or  most  northern  block,  be- 
sides displays  in  the  northwestern 
bay. 

The  French  exhibit  the  latest  forms 


72 


THE    WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


of  arc  lights  as  used  in  the  light-house 
service,  one  of  them  of  200,000  candle- 
power. 

Turning  back  along  an  alley  facing 
Block  16  in  this  bay,  on  the  right  hand 
are  found  the  exhibits  of  Belgium, 
Russia,  Spain,  and  Mexico,  Blocks  15, 
14,  13,  12,  in  the  order  named.  Next 
on  the  left  is  England,  Block  17,  fol- 
lowed on  the  same  side  by  the  Heis- 
ler  Electric  Co.,  fractional  Block  9, 
with  a  fine  display;  and  again  is  seen 
a  portion  of  the  General  Electric  Co., 
fractional  Block  8.  On  the  right  hand, 
opposite  these  displays,  is  the  Thomp- 
son Welding  Co.,  Block  10,  also  oc- 
cupying a  space  against  the  west 
wall.  Its  exhibit  is  sufficiently  indi- 
cated by  its  name.  On  the  left  again 
are  two  blocks,  numbered  8,  occupied 
by  the  General  Electric  Co.  On  the 
same  side,  to  the  south,  is  the  Fort 


Bell  Telephone  Co.'s  Exhibit. 

Wayne  Electric  Co.,  Block  7,  which 
shows  electrical  machinery  and  ap- 
paratus for  electric  lighting,  power 
transmission,  and,  in  fact,  for  all  pur- 
poses for  which  electricity  is  used. 
Opposite,  on  the  right-hand  side,  is 
the  National  Electric  Co. ,  Block  6,  also 
occupying  a  space  next  to  the  wall. 
The  next  two  blocks,  one  on  either 
side  of  the  alley,  are  taken  by  the 
Brush  Electric  Co.,  Swan  Lamp  Co., 
and  Short  System  of  Railways.  The 
small  spaces  against  the  western  and 
southern  walls,  4,  3,  and  1,  are  held 
respectively  by  the  Germania  Electric 
Co.,  Hansen  &  Van  Winkle,  and  the 
Crocker- Wheeler  Electric  Co.  Block 
2,  against  the  south  wall,  belongs  to 
the  Jenney  Electric  Motor  Co.,  which 
also  furnishes  electric  lighting  and 
stationary  motor  machinery.    Passing 


the  door  and  going  down  to  the  alley 
next  east  of  the  right-hand  main  aisle, 
Block  21  is  that  of  the  "  C.  &  C." 
Motor  Co. ,  also  engaging  generally  in 
electrical  machinery,  while  Block  22, 
also  next  to  the  south  wall,  belongs  to 
the  Sperry  Electric  Machine  Co.  The 
alley  entered  passes  between  two 
blocks,  each  numbered  23,  held  by 
the  Western  Electric  Co.,  engaged  in 
furnishing  lighting  plants  and  other 
electric  machinery.  The  next  two 
blocks,  one  on  each  side,  both  num- 
bered 24,  show  the  Westinghouse  Co.'s 
exhibit,  in  connection  with  which  is 
shown  the  Pelton  water-wheel ;  power 
generators,  model  cars,  electric  lights, 
etc.,  are  displayed.  On  the  left  is 
a  fractional  block,  No.  25,  the  Excel- 
sior Electric  Co.;  and  next  this  on 
the  left  are  a  fractional  and  a 
whole  block,  No.  8,  of  the  General 
Electric  Co.  Beyond  these,  still  to 
the  left,  are  two  large  blocks  (29),  both 
used  by  Germany  for  her  display. 

From  this  country  come  three  of 
the  most  perfect  search-lights  ever 
made — one  of  them  the  largest  ever 
constructed,  with  a  73^-foot  projector. 
This  light,  placed  at  a  sufficient  alti- 
tude, would  furnish  ample  illumina- 
tion for  a  lawn-party  or  ball  seven- 
ty-five miles  away.  As  a  matter  of 
fact,  a  smaller  light,  by  the  same 
makers,  exhibited  at  the  Frankfort 
Exposition,  did  this  identical  feat  for 
a  German  nobleman  at  a  distance  of 
forty-five  miles. 

On  the  right,  opposite  Germany's 
first  block,  is  Block  30,  of  the  Electric 
Forging  Co.,  another  display  whose 
name  sufficiently  indicates  the  ex- 
hibit; followed  on  the  same  side  by 
Blocks  31,  32,  33,  34,  belonging  in  the 
order  named  to  the  Belknap  Motor 
Co.,  Arnold  Motor  Co.,  and  A.  C. 
Mather.  Block  39,  in  the  northeast- 
ern bay,  is  that  of  the  New  York 
Insulated  Wire  Co.  Around  the  bay 
are  Blocks  40,  41,  42,  43,  38,  held  by 
the  Zucker-Leavitt  Chemical  Co., 
Riker  Motor  Co.,  Perkins  Lamp  Co., 
Akron  Electric  Co.,  and  E.  S.  Greeley 
&  Co.  Going  back  along  the  east  wall 
are  found  the  following:  No.  37,  Page 
Belting  Co.;  36,  Munson  Belting  Co.; 
35,  Schieven  Belting  Co.;  28,  Eddy 
Electric  Co.;  27,  Hornell  Iron  Works; 


ELECTRICITY  BUILDING. 


73 


26,  La  Roche  Electric  Co.  Italy  has  over  seven  hundred  American  exhib- 
Block  11,  on  the  west  wall,  near  the  its,  and  displays  from  Germany, 
northwestern  bay.  France,  England,  Canada,  Italy,  Bel- 

In  the  exact  center  of  the 
building  is  Block  20,  the  Phoenix 
Glass  Co.'s  exhibit.  The  con- 
ventional fountain  as  a  center- 
piece of  an  exposition  here 
finds  no  place,  and  in  its  place 
is  shown  as  an  exhibit  one  that 
is  perfectly  dazzling. 

Foreign  countries  have  been 
placed  in  the  north  end  of  the 
building,  on  both  floors.  France, 
in  addition  to  a  space  in  the 
northeast  bay,  has  the  two  north 
center  spaces,  and  Germany 
the  two  spaces  immediately 
east. 

In  some  respects  the  elec- 
trical exhibit  made  by  Germany 
is  the  most  remarkable  of  all. 
Dr.  Walter  Lobach,  a  well- 
known  electrician,  is  at  the 
head  of  it.  The  firm  of  Siemens 
&  Halske,  Berlin,  exhibit  a  dy- 
namo of  1,000  horse-power,  one 
of  the  largest  ever  constructed, 
and  with  it  furnish  part  of  the 
lighting  and  motive  power  to 
the  Exposition  and  to  the  Ger- 
man parts  of  it. 

Altogether  this  part  of  the 
German  Department  at  the  Fair 
is  represented  by  thirty  firms  in 
the  electro-technical  field  and 
forty-three  in  mechanics,  optics, 
etc.,  and  Berlin,  Nuremberg, 
Cologne,  Frankfort,  and  Ham- 
burg are  the  cities  most  strongly 
represented. 

The  rest  of  the  ground-floor 
has  been  assigned  for  the  dis- 
play of  heavy  machinery,  and 
the  galleries  for  the  display  of 
specialties,  light  machinery, and 
testing  instruments.  As  far 
as  practicable,  specialties  have 
been  grouped;  all  the  wire  men 
together,  carbon  manufacturers 
in  one  place,  testing  instruments 
in  another,  etc. 

Edison's  kinetograph  is  found 
here  in   the  American   Phono- 
graph  Co.'s    exhibit,  and    is   a  most 
marvelous  exhibition.    Gray's  telauto- 
graph,   another    electric    marvel,     is 
shown   in    the  building.    There   are 


Statue   of  the   Rep' 


gium,  Austria,  Spain,  Sweden,  Mex- 
ico, and  Russia,  in  the  order  of  their 
importance  as  named. 

In  private  displays  there   are   some 


74 


THE    WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


that  are  exceedingly  fine ;  notably  those 
of  the  Westinghouse  Co.,  the  Bell 
Telephone  Co.,  the  Brush  Co.,  the 
Heisler  Co.,  the  Sperry,  the  Thomson- 
Houston,  and  others.  The  Mackay- 
Bennett  Cable  Co.  shows  a  complete 
working  model  of  its  Atlantic  cable, 
with  its  terminal  stations.  Twenty- 
seven  feet  of  water  represent  the  2,700 
miles  of  ocean  between  these  stations. 

On  the  west  side  of  the  building, 
and  among  the  display  of  the  General 
Electric  Company,  is  a  room  provided 
especially  with  lighting  arrangements 
of  a  decorative  kind,  and  so  ar- 
ranged as  to  change  the  amount  of 
lights  carried  by  various  meters,  so 
as  to  show  their  accuracy. 

Then  there  is  a  railway  and  motor 
exhibit  that  will  attract  'attention. 


Mammoth  generators,  such  as  are 
constantly  used  in  street-railway  serv- 
ice, are  abundant.  Three  of  the 
largest  are  of  450  horse-power,  300 
horse-power,  and  150  horse-power,  re- 
spectively. 

Another  display  of  considerable 
proportions  is  the  display  of  insulated 
lighting  systems  for  hotels  and  large 
business  houses.  The  most  modern 
type  of  direct  connected  compound 
engines  and  dynamos  are  shown. 

Inventor  Edison  has  his  goods  well 
represented. 

Professor  Thomsen,  the  electrician 
of  the  General  Electric  Company,  has 
specimens  of  his  work  on  hand  in  the 
shape  of  all  the  specialties  of  alter- 
nating supplies  and  devices. 


CHAPTER    V. 


MACHINERY    HALL,    ETC. 


.HE    wonders    of 

the  electrical 

^W    |  world    inspect- 

^If/SSili^^i-iS >r  may  well  re- 
trace his  steps 
to  the  southern 
end  of  the  build- 
ing, and,  re- 
crossing  the 
Grand  Court  of  Honor  in  front  of  the 
Administration  Building,  approach 
one  of  the  most  graceful  structures 
of  the  whole  Exposition,  the  classic 
Machinery  Hall  (P  19).  It  is  from 
this  direction  it  should  be  neared,  for 
if  approached  from  either  the  Stock 
exhibit  or  from  the  side  toward  Stony 
Island  Avenue,  its  exterior  presents 
no  indication  of  the  beauty  of  its 
other  two  faces,  as  owing  to  its  sur- 
roundings in  those  directions  its  walls 
have  been  purposely  left  undecorated 
and  of  the  plainest  description;  but 
where  its  facades  face  South  Canal 
and  the  beautiful  Administration 
Court  it  is  extremely  rich  and  pleas- 
ing, courting  the  strictest  comparison 
with  those  palatial  neighbors,  and  is 
not  out  of  keeping  with  the  stately 
colonnades,  classic  porticoes,  and  mar- 
ble statues  and  fountains  upon  which 
it  looks.  The  architectural  design  is 
copied  from  the  best  types  of  the  Span- 
ish Renaissance,  and  is  thoroughly 
classic  in  all  of  its  details.  The  cities 
of  Seville  and  others  of  the  land  which 
sent  Columbus  upon  his  westward 
voyage  have  been  selected  and  laid 
under  tribute  by  the  architects, Messrs. 
Peabody  &  Stearns  of  Boston,  to 
furnish  the  motive  of  the  architecture 
of  this  building  in  honor  of  the  Co- 
lumbian anniversary.  The  covered 
loggia  at  the  first  story  furnishes  a 
promenade-way  around  the  building, 
and  the  material  used  for  coating 
these  fronts  is  the  same  as  that  used 


in  all  of  the  principal  structures — 
staff.  This  has  been  stained  a  beau- 
tiful ivory  tint,  and  the  contrast  with 
the  subdued  color-tints  and  gold-finish 
of  parts  of  the  exterior,  such  as  the 
portico  ceiling,  is  very  beautiful. 

Machinery  Hall,  over  850  feet  long 
and  500  feet  wide,  with  an  annex  550 
feet  in  length  and  490  feet  in  width, 
has  a  floor  space  of  more  than  seven- 
teen acres,  and  was  erected  at  a  cost  of 
$1,200,000.  One  of  its  features  is 
that  the  vast  arched  trusses  which 
support  the  roof  of  the  main  building 
are  built  separately  of  iron  and  steel 
in  such  a  manner  that  they  may  be 
taken  down  and  sold  for  use  as   rail- 


«s 


/ 


L.   W.  Robinson. 

road  train-houses  or  State  exposition 
buildings.  The  steam  power  is  sup- 
plied from  a  large  power-house,  ad- 
joining this  building  on  the  south, 
in  which  every  engine  and  every  dy- 
namo is  an  exhibit. 

A  50-foot  gallery  surrounds  the  in- 
terior of  the  structure.  In  each  of  the 
three  naves  a  monster  elevated  travel- 
ing crane  runs  from  end  to  end. 

The  annex,  though  of  immense  pro- 
portions, is  simple  in  design,  and  is 
modeled  after  a  mill,  or  foundry. 
It  is  annular  in  form ,  the  diameter  of 
the  outer  radius  being  Soo  feet  and  of 
the  inner  radius  600  feet.  Electrical 
power  alone  is  used  in  the   annex, 


(75) 


tits 


MA  CHINES  Y  HALL. 


77 


-B.,3fcy.  tCo. 


while  in  the  main 
building  steam  is  giv- 
en an  equally  exclu- 
sive privilege.  In  this 
building  is  exhibited 
the  largest  and  most 
interesting  display  of 
electric  power  ever 
shown. 

The  traveling  crane 
was  a  necessity  in 
Machinery  Hall,  for 
no  other  means  could 
have  sufficed  to  move 
the  immense  masses 
of  machinery,  the 
largest  of  which  is 
the  gigantic  Allis  en- 
gine, of  2,000  horse- 
power, which  runs 
two  dynamos,  each 
lighting  10,000  incan- 
descent lights.  This 
capacity  can,  if  neces- 
sary, be  increased  10,- 
000  lights.  One  of 
the  cylinders  of  this 
monster  machine 
weighs  thirty  tons, 
and  its  entire  weight 
is  325  tons. 

The  Statuary  and 
Decorations.— On  the 
northern  exterior, over 
the  main  entrance,  ap- 
pear  the  words 
"  World's  Columbian 
Exposition"  in  large 
gilt  letters.  Six  large 
figures  surmount  this 
entrance  (says  Mr.  M. 
A.  Waagen,  their  able 
sculptor),  each  bearing 
a  shield  on  which  ap- 
pear the  faces  of  a 
number  of  prominent 
inventors.  Above 
these  six  figures,  be- 
tween the  two  high 
towers,  are  placed 
five  figures  thirteen 
feet  high.  In  the  cen- 
ter is  "  Science,"  and 
on  her  sides  are  the 
four  elements,"  Fire," 
"Water,"  "Air,"  and 
"  Earth."  Surmount- 
ing each  of  the  towers 


7* 


THE    WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


are  two  large  figures  representing 
"  Victory"  holding  forth  her  emblem- 
atic laurel  wreath. 

Over  the  eastern  entrance  appears 
the  frontispiece  pediment;  "  Co- 
lumbia," the  central  figure,  seated  on 
a  throne,  with  a  sword  in  her  right 
hand  and  a  palm  of  peace  in  her  left. 

To  her  left  is  standing  ■•  Honor," 
with  a  laurel  wreath  ready  for  distri- 
bution. On  one  of  the  steps  of  the 
throne  is  seated  "  Wealth "  (riches), 
throwing  fruits  and  flowers  out  of  a 
horn  of  plenty.  To  the  right  and  left 
are  grouped  inventors  of  machinery 
and  members  of  an  examining  jury. 
The  corners  of  the  pediment  are  filled 
by  two  groups  of  lions,  representing 
brute  force  subdued  by  human  genius, 
which  is  represented  by  two  children. 
Above  the  pediment  are  repeated  the 
five  large  figures  seen  over  the  north 
entrance. 

Twelve  smaller  and  similar  figures 
are  placed  at  each  end  of  the  six 
large  skylights.  Each  of  the  three 
domes  in  the  center  of  the  building 
is  surmounted  by  figures. 

Most  of  the  sculpture- work  on  this 
building  was  done  by  M.  A.  Waagen. 

Classification.  —  The  arrangement 
of  the  Machinery  Department  takes 
the  form  of  eighty-six  classes,  collect- 
ed in  the  following  groups: 

GROUP   NO. 

69. — Motors  and  apparatus  for  the 
generation  and  transmission  of 
power;  hydraulic  and  pneumatic 
apparatus. 

70. — Fire  engines,  apparatus  and  ap- 
pliances for  extinguishing  fire. 

71. — Machine  tools  and  machines  for 
working  metals. 

72. — Machinery  for  the  manufacture 
of  textile  fabrics  and  clothing. 

73. — Machines  for  working  wood. 

74. — Machines  and  apparatus  for 
type-setting,  printing,  stamping, 
embossing,  and  for  making  books 
and  paper  working. 

75. — Lithography,  zincography,  and 
color  printing. 

76. — Photo-mechanical  and  other  me- 
chanical processes  of  illustrating, 
etc. 

77. — Miscellaneous  hand  tools,  ma- 
chines and  apparatus  used  in 
various  arts. 


78. — Machines    for    working    stones, 

clay,  and  other  minerals. 
79. — Machinery  used  in     the     prepa- 
ration of  foods,  etc. 

Main  Exhibits. — The  interior  of 
the  building  is  divided  into  squares 
and  parallelograms,  called  blocks, 
or  sections.  If  the  visitor  enter  at 
the  east  end  of  the  building,  facing 
South  Canal,  he  will  find  the  corner  on 
his  right,  consisting  of  four  blocks,  or 
sections,  occupied  by  Great  Britain 
with  her  exhibits.  (Area,  29,496  feet.) 
These  are  very  numerous,  though  far 
surpassed  by  the  American  display. 
Next  upon  the  right,  occupying  six 
sections,  comes  the  display  of  Ger- 
many. (Area,  32,730  feet.)  This  is 
an  exceedingly  fine  and  complete  ex- 
hibit, and  is  probably  surpassed  only 
by  that  of  the  United  States.  Cir- 
cular rope  transmission,  a  new  sys- 
tem of  motive  power,  is  practically 
illustrated  for  the  first  time.  Textile 
machinery  from  Gladbach-on-the- 
Rhine  is  seen  in  a  complete  assort- 
ment. From  Augsburg,  Bavaria, 
comes  a  choice  display  of  rotary 
presses,  and  a  Dusseldorf  firm  ex- 
hibits friction  calenders  with  ten 
rollers.  The  huge  Gruson  Works, 
near  Magdeburg,  make  an  instructive 
exhibit  of  mining  machinery  and  gas- 
power  engines,  while  R.Wolf  of  Mag- 
deburg shows  locomotives,  some  of 
them  constructed  according  to  new 
principles. 

The  chief  displays  are  gas-engines, 
water  turbine  wheels,  knitting-ma- 
chines, circular  saws  for  cutting  iron, 
embroidering-machines,  press  for 
printing  illustrations,  rapid  paper- 
printing  presses,  bookbinding-ma- 
chines, flour-mill  machinery,  saw- 
mill, turning-lathes,  milling  and  min- 
ing machinery  for  ores,  cements,  etc., 
sausage-machines,  textile  machinery, 
wire-machines,  and  a  complete  watch 
factory. 

Next  to  Germany  on  the  right,  and 
occupying  a  portion  of  the  space 
allotted  to  Group  69,  is  found  the  dis- 
play of  Spain  (area,  1,315  feet). 

North  of  Spain's  exhibit,  also  oc- 
cupying a  small  portion  of  Group  6g's 
allotment,  New  South  Wales  has 
placed  her  display. 

Just  west    of    New    South   Wales 


MACHINERY  HALL. 


79 


of  the  oil  to  the  furnaces  is  controlled 
by  automatic  pressure  gauges,  regu- 
lating the  flow  so  that  there  can  be 
no  danger,  such  as  might  happen  with 
careless  firemen.  The  oil  is  pumped 
from  Whiting,  Ind. 

West  of  the  batteries  of  boilers  lie 
the  machine-shops,  blacksmith-shops, 
etc. 

Having  examined  the  motive  power 
controlling  the  exhibits,  the  visitor 
will  find  at  the  center  of  the  build- 


Italy's  exhibit  is  found  (area,   2,500 
feet).     This  display  presents   a   very 
novel     and     creditable     appearance. 
Passing  southward  along  the  alley  at 
the  end   of  the   Italian  display,    and 
continuing  on  across  the   main   aisle, 
the  splendid    display    of     France    is 
encountered  (area,  21,227  feet).  Turn- 
ing back  toward  the  entrance,  on  the 
left  of  the  aisle  is  the   small  Swedish 
exhibit    (area,    500  feet).        Russia's 
manufacturing  industries, next  on  the 
right,     will    claim 
his  attention,  with 
a  display  covering 
an    area    of    3,000 
feet.      After   Rus- 
sia,   Mexico,  occu- 
pying a  small,  nar- 
row   space  in   the 
side  aisle  back  of 
the     French     and 
Russian    exhibits, 
is    next    in    order 
(area,  1,007  feet). 

Austria  (area, 
8,097  feet)  takes  up 
a  section,  except- 
ing a  small  corner 
filled  by  Brazil,  the 
latter  having  an 
area  of  2,500  feet. 
Having  examined 
Brazil's  display,  in 
conjunction  with 
that  of  Austria, 
Belgium  will  be 
found  occupying  a 
full  section  (area, 
1,500  feet).  Can- 
ada has  a  section 

next  to  the  entrance,  just  south  of  ing  an  immense  tank  of  water, 
England  (area,  7,257  feet).  South  of  in  the  center  of  which  is  a  very 
the  exhibits  which  have  just  been  pretty  waterfall,  and  at  either  end  a 
examined  are  the  power  plants,  fountain.  Here  the  various  pumps, 
occupying  the  blocks,  or  sections,  water-elevators,  etc.,  make  their 
from  A  to  O  inclusive.  tests  as    to   superiority.     This  group 

The  engines  number  forty-four,  the  (69)  occupies  nearly  all  the  space  of 
Allis,  the  largest  of  all,  occupying  the  four  blocks  which  center  on  the 
the  space  at  the  end  of  the  main  aisle,    tank;  also  a  portion  of  that  taken  up 

Still  south  of  these  gigantic  en-  by  the  exhibits  of  Italy,  Spain,  Swe- 
gines  lies  the  boiler  plant,  consisting  den,  and  New  South  Wales,  and  a 
of  a  continuous  battery  of  huge  steel  part  of  Block  29,  at  the  western  end 
boilers  of  the  latest  type,    800    feet   of  the  building. 

long.  As  crude  oil  from  the  fields  of  Immediately  north  of  this  group  is 
Ohio  is  used  for  fuel,  there  is  no  Group  74,  where  are  displayed  ma- 
smoke,  dust,  or  dirt,  as  there  would  chines  for  type-setting,  printing, 
be  were  coal  burned.     The  feeding    stamping,  and  embossing. 


Andrews  &  Johnson   Co.'s  Exhibit. 


so 


THE  WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


Group  75,  devoted  to  lithography, 
zincography,  and  color-printing,  and 
Group  76,  showing  photo-mechanical 
and  other  processes  of  illustrating, 
occupy  the  small  block  north  of  the 
western  part  of  Group  74,  and  next  to 
the  lavatories,  which  are  in  Block  33, 
north  of  the  center  of  the  main  dis- 
play of  Group  72. 

West  of  a  portion  of  Groups  74  and 
69  (already  examined)  lies  Group  72, 
devoted  to  machinery  for  the  manu- 
facture of  textile  fabrics  and  clothing. 
A   portion    of    this   display  will   be 


69,  taking  up  the  larger  part  of  that 
section.  Group  77,  miscellaneous 
hand  tools,  machines,  and  apparatus, 
and  Group  78,  machines  for  working 
stones,  clay,  and  other  minerals,  oc- 
cupy Block  10,  in  the  southwestern 
corner  of  the  hall.  Group  70,  fire- 
engines,  apparatus  and  appliances  for 
extinguishing  fires,  fills  the  southern 
part  of  Block  8. 

At  the  northwestern  end  of  Machin- 
ery Hall  the  Fair  grounds'  pumping- 
works  is  located,  with  a  capacity  of 
40,000,000    gallons    of    water    every 


Switchboard  and   Big  Dynamo. 


found  in  the  northern  part  of  Block  8, 
which  lies  next  to  the  machine-shops. 

At  the  northwest  corner  of  this 
group  is  found  Group  79.  Here  are 
displayed  machines  used  in  the  prep- 
aration of  foods,  etc.  At  the  extreme 
southwest  corner  of  Group  72  (already 
examined)  is  found  a  portion  of  the 
display  belonging  to  Group  69,  the 
larger  part  of  which  has  been  visited; 
while  just  south  of  72  lies  Group  71. 
This  display  consists  of  machine  tools 
and  machines  for  working  metals. 

Group  73,  machines  for  working 
wood,  occupies  the  south  half  of 
Blocks  12  and  13,  south  of  Group  71, 
and  extends  into  Block  14  of  Group 


twenty-four  hours.  The  water  is  ob- 
tained from  a  well  in  the  center  of 
the  building,  which  is  connected  by 
a  tunnel  with  the  main  lagoon. 

In  Machinery  Hall  every  sort  and 
size  of  dynamo  is  found;  the  biggest 
of  them  all  is  the  team  of  dynamos 
hitched  to  the  gigantic  Allis  engine. 
There  are  two  72-inch  belts  from  this 
engine.  Each  of  these  belts  drives  a 
Westinghouse  dynamo  that  was  built 
to  develop  10,000  lights,  but  which 
can  easily  give  15,000. 

On  the  south  wall  of  Machinery 
Hall  is  a  marble  switchboard  2  stories 
high,  78  feet  long.  This  controls  the 
main  dynamos. 


MACHINERY  HALL. 


81 


Outside  Exhibit    of   Machinery.— 

On  the  south  side  of  Machinery  Hall, 
between  the  machine-shop  and  boiler- 
house,  is  an  extensive  outside  exhibit 
of  machinery.  Proceeding  to  the 
eastern  or  South  Canal  front  of  the 
Machinery  Hall,  the  visitor  may  well 
pause  for  a  moment  to  notice  the 
Statuary  encircling  the  Main  Basin, 
and  to  spare  a  few  seconds  for  the 
fine  view  of  the  water-ways  and 
buildings  obtainable  from  this  point. 
In  regard  to  the  statuary,  it  consists 
of  a  characteristic  series  of  native 
American  wild  animals,  modeled  by 
Edward  Kemeys  and  A.  Phimister 
Proctor,  and  a  series  of  six  rostral 
columns  designed  and  executed  by 
Johannes  Gelert. 

Referring  to  these  rostral  columns, 
the  sculptor,  Mr.  Johannes  Gelert, 
states  that  the  principal  idea  intended 
to  be  conveyed  was  one  of  a  great 
naval  triumph,  as  the  discovery  of 
America  truly  was.  To  serve  this 
prime  motive  there  is  a  six-fold  repe- 
tition of  the  columns.  On  the  ped- 
estals are  graven  the  names  of  great 
discoverers,  and  the  shafts  are 
adorned  with  rostra,  or  prows  of  ships, 
and  emblems  of  triumph.  On  the 
double  capital  stands  the  sailor's 
tutelary  deity,  the  Neptune  of  the 
Latins,  the  Poseidon  of  the  Greeks, 
resting  in  his  divine  power,  full  of 
proud  triumph,  well  pleased  with  the 
grand  results  of  his  sailors'  great  dis- 
coveries. In  addition  to  these 
triumphal  columns  is  a  display  of  stat- 
uary characteristically  American,  and 
it  was -in  a  moment  of  happy  inspira- 
tion that  the  sculptors  decided  not  to 
confine  themselves  to  representations 
of  inanimate  forms  and  beautiful  re- 
productions of  ancient  ideas,  that 
were  elaborated  to  their  utmost  ex- 
tent by  the  ancient  Grecian  and  Ro- 
man masters  of  this  noblest  and  most 
imperishable  of  the  arts.  While  mod- 
ern artists  may  hope  to  equal,  it  is 
utterly  impossible  for  them  ever  to 
excel  the  ancient  artists  in  the  por- 
trayal of  the  human  figure,  or  in  the 
evolution  of  graceful  ideas  as  applied 
to  columns,  arches,  and  architectural 
ornamentation.  The  determination, 
therefore,  to  depart  from  conventional 
forms  and  introduce  into  the  land- 
6 


scape  the  figures  of  American  animals 
was  indeed  a  happy  one,  especially 
when  it  is  considered  that  out  of 
every  hundred  visitors  to  the  Fair, 
fully  ninety  are  entirely  unacquaint- 
ed with  such  representatives  of  the 
wild  beasts  of  our  country  as  the 
grizzly  bear,  the  buffalo,  and  the 
panther.  These  conceptions  may 
likewise  serve  another  purpose,  viz., 
to  aid  in  the  perpetuation  of  the 
forms  of  these  animals  long  after 
they  themselves  are  extinct  species. 
It  is  a  fact  well  known  to  naturalists 
that  many  kinds  of  the  marine  and 
land  animals  of  America  are  doomed, 
in  a  short  time,  to  utter  extinction; 
and  prominent  among  them  are  those 
which  are  so  ably  represented  here. 

Most  lifelike  and  realistic  are  the 
animals  surmounting  the  various 
bridges.  Mr.  Kemeys  thus  describes 
those  for  which  he  is  responsible.  "Old 
Ephraim,"  at  the  northeast  corner  of 
bridge  opposite  southwest  corner  of 
Manufactures  and  Liberal  Arts  Build- 
ing, is  a  male  grizzly  bear  guarding 
the  approach  to  his  lair.  He  has 
been  marching  down  the  canon,  when 
his  quick  ear  catches  some  note  at 
discord  with  nature's  harmonies. 
This  rivets  his  footsteps  in  their 
tracks,  suppresses  his  breathing  al- 
most, and  so  he  stands  with  set  ears, 
straining  eyes,  protruding  lip,  ex- 
panded nostrils,  impressible  to  the 
next  touch  which  shall  rouse  his  na- 
ture into  madness. 

As  down  the  glen  he  strode  along, 
Vanished  the  black-tail's  branching  prong, 
And  even  the  finch's  low,  sweet  song 
Stopped  in  the  pine  above  him. 

A  Grizzly  Grave-digger,  at  the 
southeast  corner  of  bridge  opposite 
southwest  corner  of  Manufactures  and 
Liberal  Arts  Building,  represents  a 
female  grizzly  who  has  dug  up  the 
head  of  a  wild  sheep  she  had  buried , 
and  is  pawing  and  playing  with  it, 
rolling  it  between  her  huge  fore-paws, 
each  garnished  with  claws  curved  like 
reaping-hooks  set  for  some  red  har- 
vest. All  the  varied  nature  of  the 
bear  is  called  into  life.  Aroused  by 
the  proximity  of  the  dead  game,  she 
gloats  over  it  in  anticipation  of  the 
feast.     Suddenly  a  magpie  utters  its 


82 


THE  WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION, 


cry  of  alarm — her  play  ceases.  A 
Prairie  King,  on  the  northwest  cor- 
ner of  bridge  over  lagoon  between 
Machinery  Hall  and  Agricultural 
Building,  is  represented  by  a  bull 
buffalo  walking  round  the    outskirts 


The  Still  Hunt.     Edward  Kemeys 

of  his  herd  on  the  outlook  for  some 
danger  which  threatens.  An  impos- 
ing figure  with  shaggy,  grim  frontlet 
and  short,  thick  horns,  the  ponder- 
ous head  low-swung  to  the  rhythm 
of  his  walk,  its  sweeping  beard  al- 
most touching  the  grass  at  his  feet; 
a  warrior  of  his  tribe,  whose  tower- 
ing front  has  stood  guard  when  the 
savages  of  the  desert  have  swarmed 
around.  At  Sound  of  the  Whoop, 
on  the  southwest  cor- 
ner of  bridge  over 
lagoon  between  Ma- 
chinery Hall  and  Ag- 
ricultural Building, 
is  represented  by  a 
cow  buffalo,  who, 
hearing  the  whoop  of 
the  coming  red  men, 
stands  with  uncouth 
head  high-lifted  and 
shaggy  fore-legs 
gathered  beneath  her. 
From  her  thin,  nerv- 
ous hind-quarters  to 
the  tips  of  her  sharp- 
curved  horns  all  is 
tense  as  a  bow-string, 
for  there  flashes  in  advance  of 
those  ringing  screams  a  vision  of  the 
nude  brown  horsemen  of  the  plains, 
whose  blotched  mustangs  are  bear- 
ing them  onward,   the  old-time  de- 


stroyers of  her  race.  The  Still  Hunt, 
on  the  northwest  corner  of  bridge 
over  lagoon  opposite  west  entrance 
to  Manufactures  and  Liberal  Arts 
Building,  is  formed  of  a  figure  of  an 
American  panther,  which  is  placed 
as  above,  and 
signifies,  as  do 
all  the  animals 
for  bridges  exe- 
cuted by  Kemeys, 
that  they  are  in 
some  way  watch- 
ing the  approach- 
es to  the  same. 
In  fact,  the 
gathering  of  the 
imm  en  se  mus- 
cles, the  limbs 
tremulous  from 
restrained  im- 
pulse, and  con- 
centrated gaze  all 
tell    their    story, 


Sculptor. 


and  leave  no  doubt  in  the  beholder's 
mind  of  the  spring  which  will  hurl 
the  great  cat  upon  "his  prey.  At  Bay, 
on  the  southwest  corner  of  bridge  over 
lagoon  opposite  west  entrance  to 
Manufactures  and  Liberal  Arts 
Building,  consists  of  a  female  Amer- 
ican panther.  Some  one  is  approach- 
ing her  fastness,  and  her  first  im- 
pulse is  resistance.  She  has  partly 
risen,    and    with    planted    fore-feet, 


straining  quarters,  and  swaying  tail 
displays  her  fangs,  while  her  down- 
drawn  ears,  wrinkled  face,  and  pas- 
sion-blinded eyes  tell  at  a  glance 
that    she  thirsts   even    now    in    her 


THE  LIVE  STOCK  PA  VILION. 


83 


savage  feline  breast  for  the  wild 
grapple  of  the  coming  contest  in  all 
its  fury,  its  blood,  and  its  death. 

Describing  the  statuary  so  ably 
executed  by  him,  Mr.  A.  Phimister 
Proctor  says: 

"Two  sullen  moose,  with  shaggy 
manes,  disproportionately  long  legs, 
short,  thick  necks,  and  ugly  noses, 
stand  one  on  each  side  of  the  bridge 
leading  to  the  Agricultural  Building. 
The  animals'  antlers  are  their  only 
beauty,  but  the  sculptor  has  given  a 
faithful  representation  of  them. 
Duplicates  are  on  the  colonnade. 

"  With  heads  raised,  and  nervous 
alertness  and  attention  expressed  in 
every  graceful  line,  four  elks  stand  in 
front  of  the  Administration  Building, 
and  others  are  placed  at  intervals 
along  the  lagoon  in  attitudes  as  watch- 
ful as  though  they  gazed  upon  the  pur- 
ple heights  of  their  familiar  mount- 
ains. 

"  Two  polar  bears  stand  on  the  west 
end  of  the  middle  bridge  fronting  the 
Administration  Building.  They  gaze 
across  an  imaginary  field  of  ice,  and 
sniff  the  air  for  indications  of  seals 
or  unfortunate  Arctic  explorers." 

The  treasures  in  the  Fine  Arts 
Building  are  guarded  by  kingly  lions, 
the  work  of  Mr.  Proctor.  The  royal 
beast  has  been  a  favorite  of  archi- 
tectural sculpture  since  the  pomp  and 
glory  of  the  Persian  Empire,  and  is 
used  to  excellent  advantage  in  the 
present  case. 

Mr.  Proctor's  most  important  works 
are  the  equestrian  statues  decorating 
the  landing  in  the  lagoon,  opposite 
the  front  of  the  Transportation  Build- 
ing. The  cowboy  is  not  the  idealized 
hero  of  Eastern  novels,  but  a  true 
representative  of  the  manly  Western 
ranger.  The  horse,  a  typical  bucking 
bronco,  vicious  eyes,  and.  ready  for  a 
spring,  is  curbed  in  by  the  rider's 
muscular  hand.  One  can  feel  the 
quivering  rebellion  shocking  his  blood 
and  gleaming  in  his  eyes. 

Grim-visaged  and  with  tense  listen- 
ing expressed  in  every  muscle,  the 
Indian  gazes  from  under  his  shading 
hand  out  over  the  prairie.  The 
sculptor  of  mountain-lions  has  caught 
the  lithe  sinuosity  of  the  red  man  as 
well,  and  portrayed  the  subtle  mental 


kinship  between  him  and  his  horse. 
This  statue  also  is  in  front  of  the 
Transportation  Building. 

At  the  south  end  of  South  Canal, 
immediately  in  front  of  the  great 
Stock  Pavilion  arch,  stands  an  accu- 
rate reproduction  of  the  famous  Egyp- 
tian obelisk  known  as  Cleopatra's 
Needle.  The  original  obelisk,  pre- 
sented to  the  United  States  by  the 
Khedive  of  Egypt,  now  stands  in  Cen- 
tral Park,  New  York.  Its  fellow  was 
removed  to  London,  England,  twenty 
years  ago  and  set  up  on  the  Thames 
embankment.  These  monuments  are 
covered  with  hieroglyphics  represent- 
ing scenes  in  the  ancient  history  of 
Egypt  occurring  long  before  the  his- 
toric era.  All  of  those  upon  the 
"  Needle  "  in  the  New  York  park  are 
faithfully  reproduced  in  the  obelisk 
here.  As  will  be  seen,  the  base  of 
this  obelisk  is  guarded  by  four  im- 
mense lions,  to  which  the  sculptor, 
Mr.  M.  A.  Waagen,  has  given  a  very 
lifelike  appearance. 

Connecting  the  graceful  Machinery 
Hall  with  the  Agricultural  Building  is 
the  classic  Colonnade  (P21),  designed 
by  Mr.  C.  B.  Atwood,  and  which 
serves  as  a  screen  for  the  Intramural 
Railroad  Station. 

THE  LIVE  STOCK  PAVILION 

(P  20),  a  commodious  structure  de- 
signed by  Messrs.  Holabird  &  Roche, 
is  surrounded  with  tiers  of  benches 
accommodating  15,000  spectators.  A 
bureau  of  information  for  visiting 
farmers  and  agriculturists  is  located 
in  this  building.  It  is  official,  and  in 
charge  of  the  officers  of  the  Depart- 
ment of  Agriculture  of  the  World's 
Columbian  Exposition.  The  pavilion 
is  an  oval  building  adjacent  to 
Agricultural  Hall.  The  exterior  is  of 
staff  and  stucco,  the  interior  an  open 
arena  400  feet  in  length,  with  ten  tiers 
of  seats  and  a  broad  balcony.  Four 
main  entrances  lead  to  the  arena,  and 
eight  smaller  doors  open  to  the  seats. 
An  iron  roof  protects  the  spectators. 
For  the  accommodation  of  live  stock 
while  the  judges  are  in  the  arena, 
sixty-four  stalls  have  been  constructed 
under  the  seats  on  the  north  side  of 
the  pavilion.     The  rest  of  the  space 


84 


THE    WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


beneath  the  gallery  is  used  for  the 
offices  of  the  Live  Stock  Commission 
and  judges. 

The  exhibition  of  live  stock  opens 
with  the  Kennel  exhibit  June  12,  and 
closes  October  28,  1S93. 

It  comprises  the  following  depart- 
ments: 

A.— Cattle. 

B. — Horses,  jacks,  jennets,  and 
mules. 


— Swine. 


Dogs. 

Cats,  ferrets,  rabbits,  etc. 

Poultry  and  birds. 

Insects  and  insect  products. 

Wild  animals. 
The  Department  of  Agriculture  also 
makes  a  model  road  exhibit. 

In  rear  or  to  the  westward  of  the 
Live  Stock  Pavilion  the  visitor  finds 
the  offices    of   the  Electrical  Depart- 


Live  Stock  Pavilion. 


C. — Sheep. 

D. — Swine. 

E.— Dogs. 

F. — Poultry,  pigeons,  and  pet  stock. 

G.— Fat  stock. 

The  dates  for  exhibits  of  the  va- 
rious divisions  are  as  follows: 

Divisions  A  and  B. — Monday,  Au- 
gust 21,  to  Thursday,  September  21, 
1893,  inclusive. 

Divisions  C  and  D. — Monday,  Sep- 
tember 25,  to  Saturday,  October  14, 
1893,  inclusive. 

Division  E. — Monday,  June  12,  to 
Saturday,  June  17,  1893,  inclusive. 

Division  F. — Monday,  October  16, 
to  Saturday,  October  28,  1893,  in- 
clusive. 

Division  G. — Monday,  October  16, 
to  Saturday,  October  28,  1893,  in- 
clusive. 

The  classification  of  the  Live  Stock 
exhibit  is  as  follows: 

GROUP   NO. 

27. — Horses,  asses,  mules. 
28.— Cattle. 
29. — Sheep. 

30. — Goats,   camels,    and    other    do- 
mestic animals. 


ment  (P  20)  and  a  typical  Loggers' 
Camp  (P  20),  70  feet  long  and  20  feet 
wide.  It  is  an  exact  reproduction  of 
the  camps  Michigan  lumbermen  live 
in,  and  the  daily  bill  of  fare  will  be 
the  same  as  they  have  in  the  woods. 

Near  this  a  huge  Sawmill  (Q  19)  is 
exhibited  in  working  order  and 
actual  operation,  occupying  a  space 
of  125  x  200  feet. 

The  visitor  now  meets  with  an  ex- 
hibit of  Oil  Industries  (Q  19)  as  the 
next  building  to  the  westward,  with 
an  area  of  150  x  250  feet.  Crane  & 
Co.  have  a  store  and  supply-house  for 
machinery  fittings  and  tools  (Q  19)  in 
close  proximity,  while  other  portions 
of  the  outside  exhibit  of  the  Machin- 
ery Department  are  grouped  around. 

Then  proceeding  in  an  easterly  di- 
rection the  visitor  comes  to  the  Out- 
side Exhibit  of  Germany  (Q  21),  which 
is  situated  south  of  the  Live  Stock 
Pavilion.  This  exhibit  consists  of  a 
large  display  of  German  porcelain 
stoves  and  statuary.  A  figure  of 
"  Hercules  Upholding  Alsenshe,"  six- 
teen feet  high,  is  placed  some  thirty 
feet  west  of  the  entrance  to  the  pa- 


FRENCH  COLONIES. 


85 


vilion  wherein  the  stove  exhibit  is 
placed.  Directly  east  of  this  pavilion 
is  seen  a  large  statue  of  ' '  Germania  " 
made  by  another  German  cement 
firm.  This  is  a  model  of  the  far-famed 
"  Niederwald "  monument,  on  the 
Rhine. 

Close  by,  and  in  the  shadow  of 
the  Intramural  road,  is  the  White 
Horse  Inn  (Q  22),  a  reproduction  of 
a  famous  English  Inn  at  Ipswich, 
in  Suffolk,  celebrated  by  Dickens' 
descriptive  power,  in  '*  Pickwick,"  and 
which  before  the  time  of  railroads  was 
the  stopping-place  for  all  coaches 
leaving   London. 

The^  entire  building  is  set  aside  for 
restaurant,  lunch-room,  and  club  pur- 
poses. 

The  horse  over  the  entrance  door 
is  an  exact  model  of  the  one  which 
actually  stood  over  the  entrance  of 
the  old  White  Horse  Inn. 

Across  the  roadway  from  the  White 
Horse  Inn  is  the  French  Bakery 
exhibit  (P  23).     This  exhibit  is  south- 


Pond,  just  bacK  -of  the  Agricultural 
Building.  The  quaint  old  Holland 
mill,  built  at  the  time  of  Washing- 
ton's first  inauguration,  is  particularly 
interesting.  The  mill  is  the  exhibit  of 
Blooker's     Dutch     Cocoa    Company 


A   Loggmg-Camp. 

(Q  23),  which  has  the  privilege  of  sell- 
ing cocoa  to  Fair  visitors. 

On  the  left  of  the  roadway  the  vis- 
itor now  encounters  a  collection  of 
buildings  of  decidedly  foreign  appear- 
ance. They  represent  the  French 
Colonies   (Q   24),   chief  of   which  are 


French   Bakery   Exhibit. 


east  of  the  Live  Stock  Pavilion,  and 
consists  of  a  complete  plant  of  ma- 
chinery for  baking  bread,  biscuits, 
cakes,   etc. 

On  the  left  of  the  roadway,  near  the 
French  Bakery  and  almost  opposite  the 
White  Horse  Inn,  is  the  Windmill  ex- 
hibit (Q  22),  on  the  west  bank  of  South 


Tunis  and  Algeria  in  North  Africa 
and  Tonquin  in  China.  The  three  most 
prominent  structures  are  the  govern- 
ment buildings  of  Tunis  and  Tonquin, 
and  an  Algerian  cafe.  The  Tonquin 
building  is  the  same  one  that  was 
used  at  the  Paris  Exhibition  of  1889. 
Every  piece  of  it  was  made  and  fitted 


THE    WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


ready  to  put  together  before  it  was 
taken  to  Paris.  The  building  is  con- 
structed in  the  form  of  a  rectangle, 
and  is  covered  with  all  sorts  of  tra- 
ditional Chinese  hieroglyphics,  some 
of  which  date  back  beyond  the  time 
of  Confucius.  The  windows  are  of  a 
beautiful  blue  stained  glass.  A  por- 
tion of  the  interior  is  made  of  walnut, 
which  is  carved  in  picturesque  style. 
The  Pavilion  de  la  Tunisie  is  the 
largest  of  the  three  buildings.  It  has 
several  apartments.  The  rear  room 
is  for  the  exhibition  of  colonial  fur- 
niture. In  the  center  is  a  large 
square  hall,  which  is  furnished  by  the 
Bey  of  Tunis  in  exact  representation 
of  a  like  apartment  in  his  palace. 
On  either  side  of  the   pavilion    the 


the  costumes  of  India  with  their 
brilliant  colors,  the  minerals  of  New 
Caledonia — nickel,  chrome,  cobalt, 
iron, and  coal;  and  the  rums  and  sugars 
of  the  West  Indies.  The  Tunisian 
pavilion  is  of  Moorish  style.  It  has 
a  very  picturesque  appearance  with 
its  four  glittering  domes,  its  mosque 
door,  and  its  side  galleries.  Here  the 
products  of  the  hands  of  the  African 
Mussulman  are  exhibited;  also  speci- 
mens of  uniforms  of  the  army.  There 
are  several  little  booths  and  stands 
and  pavilions  from  which  Tunisian, 
Algerian,  and  Chinese  women  and 
children  sell  oriental  trinkets. 

Close  by  the  French  Colonies  ex- 
hibit, on  the  right-hand  side  of  the 
roadway,   is    the     Model     Working- 


Tunis  an  V.llage— French  Colonies  Exhibit. 


thirsty  visitor  finds  a  shed,  called 
"  soucks  "  by  the  Tunisians,  where  he 
can  obtain  cool  drinks  and  tropical 
fruits.  The  Tonquin  pavilion  is  a  re- 
production of  part  of  the  palace  of 
Cochin-China,  which  was  so  much 
admired  at  Paris  in  1SS9. 

Sculptural  columns,  a  framework 
of  beautiful  wood,  and  superb  delf- 
wares  of  Cholon  form  the  essential 
elements  of  its  construction.  In  mak- 
ing pleasant  promenades  among  the 
rich  exhibits  one  sees  the  silks, the  em- 
broidery,the  sculptural  marble,  the  in- 
crustations, and  the  bronze  of  Indo- 
China,  the  pit-coal  of  Tonquin,  the 
rice  of  Cochin-China,  the  famous  col- 
lections of  the  Emperor  of  Annam, 


man's  Home  (Q  23),  erected  by  and 
under  the  supervision  of  the  Pratt 
Institute  of  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.  In  close 
proximity  is  the  Log  Cabin  (Q  23), 
which  is  situated  opposite  the  French 
Colonies  exhibit,  and  erected  by  Bern- 
heimBros.,  whisky  dealers,  Louisville, 
Ky.  It  is  constructed  of  logs,  tile, 
and  stucco,  and  is  surrounded  by  a 
rustic  fence  and  flower-garden.  This 
cabin  is  occupied  by  the  firm  as  offices 
during  the  World's  Fair.  Samples  of 
their  goods  and  an  old  still  are  on 
exhibition.  On  the  same  side  of  the 
road  as  the  Log  Cabin  is  the  Restau- 
rant "  Forest  King"  (Q  24),  also 
opposite  the  French  Colonies  exhibit. 
This  building  is  40  x  150  feet  and  one 


CLIFF-DWELLERS'  EXHIBIT. 


87 


story  high.  The  big  ' '  Washington 
stick,"  in  feet  long,  4  feet  square, 
weighing  90,000  pounds,  and  of  yel- 
low fir,  similar  to  Norway  pine,  serves 
as   a   lunch-counter  and  bar. 

The  Cliff-Dwellers'  Exhibit  (R 
24). — A  few  feet  farther  on,  and  on  the 
same  side  of  the  main  road,  rises  a 
representation  of  Battle  Rock  Mount- 
ain, Colorado  (Q  24).  Here  is  faith- 
fully reproduced  the  most  ancient 
civilization  of  the  American  continent. 
One  enters  a  cavernous  portal  to  find 
a  representation  (on   a  sjale   of  one- 


seen  in  the  backwoods  district  of 
Kentucky. 

The  visitor  more  than  likely  will 
be  surprised  to  learn  that  this  is  a 
complete  sour-mash  distillery,  such  as 
is  found  in  many  of  the  glens  and 
picturesque  woods  of  the  "  Blue  Grass 
State." 

This  is  the  exhibit  of  the  Old 
Times  Distillery  Co.  (R  25),  of 
Louisville,  Ky. ,  who  were  justly  and 
fortunately  selected  to  show  the  pro- 
cess of  distilling  sour-mash  whisky. 

The  yellow  pine  logs  of  which  the 


tenth  the  actual  size)  of  the  wondrous 
and  long-deserted  cliff-dwellings  of 
the  Mancos  Canon,  Colorado.  The  H. 
Jay  Smith  Exploring  Co.  has  repro- 
duced the  finest  of  the  cliff-dwellings, 
and  arranged  a  valuable  collection  of 
cliff  relics  for  the  inspection  of  the 
scientist,  student,  or  curious.  Admis- 
sion, 25  cents  ;  catalogue,  10  cents. 

After  leaving  the  cliff-dwellers' 
mountain,  the  next  exhibit  attracting 
more  than  passing  notice,  and  ad- 
joining the  Anthropological  Building, 
is  a  large  and  picturesque  log  cabin, 
such  as  many  will  remember  having 


Old  Times  Distillery  Co.'s  Log  Cabin. 

building    is    constructed    still    retain 


their  bark,  and  the  air  of  rusticity 
about  the  rude  cabin  is  true  to  nature. 
Within,  the  process  of  hand-mash- 
ing the  grain  in  small  vessels,  and 
running  the  mash  through  copper 
stills,  will  prove  a  great  novelty  to 
many — in  fact  to  nearly  every  one — 
as  there  are  few  even  of  the  old 
dealers,  who  are  selling  thousands  of 
barrels  yearly,  who  ever  witnessed 
the  process  of  mashing  and  distilling 
hand-made  sour-mash  whisky,  and 
who  have  but  a  faint  and  crude  con- 
ception of  the  same. 


THE    WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


A  bonded  warehouse  is  also  a 
feature  of  this  exhibit.  This  ware- 
house has  a  storage  capacity  of  more 
than  one  thousand  barrels,  and  the 
working  of  the  machinery  of  the  Inter- 
nal Revenue  Department,  as  regards 


Christine,   a  Girl  of    Madagascar. 

the  manufacture  of  whisky,  may  be 
instructively  studied  here. 

The  process  above  mentioned  in 
mashing  and  running  the  grain  is 
identical  with  that  in  vogue  in  the 
noted  distilleries  that  have  made  Ken- 


of  ioo  bushels  per  day.  In  the  dis- 
tillery is  also  an  exhibit  of  moonshine 
stills,  worms,  and  whisky  captured 
by  revenue  officers  in  the  mountains 
of   Kentucky   and  Tennessee. 

On  the  right  of  the  roadway  and  be- 
yond the  structure  of  the  Intramu- 
ral Railway  Co.  are  the  Dairy  Barns 
(R  24)  for  the  Jersey,  Guernsey,  and 
Shorthorn  cattle.  In  these  barns  the 
cattle  entered  for  the  butter-making 
and  dairy  contests  are  housed. 

THE   DAIRY   BUILDING 

(Q  24),  which  is  200  feet  long  and 
100  feet  wide,  has  been  constructed 
at  a  cost  of-  $30,000,  and  is  in  close 
proximity  to  the  Dairy  Barns.  In 
addition  to  the  exhibits  from  all 
countries  of  the  world,  arrangements 
are  completed  for  a  dairy  school  last- 
ing through  the  six  months,  in  con- 
nection with  which  a  series  of  tests 
for  determining  the  relative  merits 
of  different  herds  of  cattle  as  milk 
and  butter  producers  is  also  conduct- 
ed. On  the  first  floor,  in  the  most 
conspicuous  place,  are  displayed  the 
butter  exhibits,  and  just  in  the  rear, 
in  a  space  25  x  100  feet,  the  model 
dairy  and  dairy  school  are  conducted. 
Four  hundred  spectators  can  be  seated 
in  the  amphitheater  which  surrounds 


BattU  Rock,   C   lorado— Cliff-Dwellers'    Exhibit 


tucky  so  famous  for  magnificent 
whiskies.  In  fact,  every  employe 
was  brought  direct  from  the  com- 
pany's original  plant  in  the  Fifth  Dis- 
trict of  the  great  Bourbon  whisky  dis- 
tilling State.  This  is  the  only  distil- 
lery at  the  Fair,  and  has   a  capacity 


this  room.  The  cheese  exhibits  are 
displayed  on  the  second  floor,  and 
here,  too,  is  found  a  cafe  in  which 
dairy  products  largely  figure. 

A  little  to  the  east  of  the  Dairy 
Barns  are  the  Car  Shops  (R  25)  of  the 
Intramural  Elevated  Railway,  and  in 


DAIRY  BUILDING. 


89 


the  immediate  southeast  corner  of  the 
grounds  are  various  offices  of  the  dif- 
ferent departments  of  the  Exposition, 
such  as  the  Sewage  Cleansing  Works 
(S  25),  consisting  of  four  tanks,  in 
which  by  means  of  sulphate  of  am- 
monia the  solid  matter  is  precipitated 
and  the  purified  water  discharged  at 
the  top  of  the  tank.  The  solids  are 
then  burned  in  the  crematory.  Next 
are  a  Pumping  House,  and  Oil  Tank 
Vault  (S  26),  where  oil  used  in 
the  furnaces  of  the  Exposition  is 
stored,  after  being  piped  from  Whit- 
ing, Ind.  The  last  building  nearest 
the  lake  is  Engle  Garbage  Furnace 
(S  27),  located  in  the  extreme  south- 
eastern corner  of  the  World's  Fair 
grounds.  Constructed  on  the  latest 
improved  plan,  it  has  capacity  to  burn 
100  tons  of  garbage  daily. 

The  visitor  may  then  retrace  his 
steps,  and  proceeding  in  a  northeast- 
erly direction  inspect  the  Power 
House  (R  26),  which  furnishes  the 
motive  power  for  the  operation  of  the 
Intramural  Elevated  Railway. 

The  Power  House  has  for  its  equip- 
ment some  enormous  pieces  of  elec- 
trical machinery.  First  there  is  a 
2,000  horse-power  cross-compound 
E.  P.  Allis  engine,  directly  connected 
to  a  General  Electric  Company  gen- 
erator, the  largest  ever  constructed. 
The  shaft  is  of  solid  steel  two  feet 
thick,  and  weighs  sixty  tons.  It  is 
twenty-three  feet  long  and  with  arm- 
ature weighs  190  tons.  The  entire 
weight  of  the  engine  and  dynamos 
is  296  tons. 

This  unit  will  seem  small  in  this 
station  filled  with  tremendous  ma- 
chines. It  is,  however,  as  large  as  the 
largest  generator  at  the  Paris  Expo- 
sition. The  same  ratio  of  comparison 
prevails  throughout  the  entire  Elec- 
tric exhibit  as  compared  with  the 
one  at  Paris.  Where  the  plant  at 
Paris  was  only  between  three  and 
four  thousand  horse-power,  the  one 
at  Jackson  Park  is  24,000. 

One  feature  of  the  road's  equipment 
which  is  sure  to  attract  attention  is 
the  compound  engine  and  generator 
of  2,500  horse-power.  Next  to  the 
Allis  engine  used  by  the  Exposition 
Company  at  Machinery  Hall,  this  en- 
gine is  the  largest  on  the  grounds. 


CHAPTER  VI. 


OTHER   PRINCIPAL  BUILDINGS. 


HM^ 


INTERESTING 
as  are  the  ex- 
hibits described 
in  the  last  chap- 
ter, to  the  hu- 
manitarian and 
to  the  student 
of  human  prog- 
ress, as  well 
as  to  the  scien- 
tist, the  displays  in  the  next  building 
to  be  considered  far  surpass  them, 
for  they  treat  of  man,  considered 
morally,  mentally,  and  with  regard 
to  his  physical  characteristics.  The 
structure  containing  these  displays, 
and  known  as  the 

ANTHROPOLOGICAL 
BUILDING 

(Q  25),  occupies  an  area  255  x  415  feet. 
Over  the  main  entrance  are  the  words 
"Anthropology;  Man  and  His  Works." 
It  is  415  feet  long  and  225  feet  wide. 
The  ground-floor  contains  105,430 
square  feet  for  exhibits,  aisles,  offices, 
and  lavatories,  and  the  galleries  52,804 
square  feet.  In  the  southern  part  of 
the  ground-floor  30,000  square  feet  are 
taken  up  by  two  sections  of  Liberal 
Arts — the  Bureau  of  Charities  and 
Corrections  and  the  Bureau  of  Sani- 
tation and  Hygiene.  The  rest  of  the 
ground-floor  contains  the  general 
Archaeological  and  Ethnological  ex- 
hibits. The  north  end  of  the  gallery 
holds  the  laboratory  of  Physical 
Anthropology.  Here  are  illustrated 
the  sciences  of  Anthropometry,  Psy- 
chology, and  Neurology.  The  visitor 
may  have  his  measurement  taken  and 
learn  his  place  on  the  charts  showing 
the  physical  characteristics  of  man. 
Along  the  sides  and  southern  end  of 
the  gallery  are  specimens  of  the  ani- 
mal kingdom  as  an  exhibit  in  natural 
history. 


On  the  ground-floor  one  of  the 
largest  spaces  is  given  to  the  ethno- 
logical exhibit  from  Spain,  which 
includes  the  interesting  collection 
shown  at  the  recent  Spanish  Exposi- 
tion. Greece  has  a  large  space  on 
the  ground-floor  in  which  are  exhibited 
valuable  specimens  of  Grecian  art  and 
archaeology.  The  latter  include  gods, 
goddesses,  and  many  other  idolatrous 
relics  of  the  most  ancient  periods  of 
Grecian  history. 

Universal  ethnology  is  illustrated  in 
the  exhibit  from  foreign  countries. 
The  principal  foreign  nations  that 
have  space  are  Brazil,  Canada,  Eng- 
land, France,  Greece,  Mexico,  Peru, 
Russia,  Spain,'  Costa  Rica,  Paraguay, 
New  South  Wales,  Argentine  Repub- 
lic, and  a  special  foreign  exhibit  from 
the  Minister  of  Public  Instruction  in 
France.  From  the  Vienna  Museum 
comes  one  of  the  most  valuable  Eu- 
ropean collections.  Canada  is  rep- 
resented in  the,  outdoor  exhibit,  also 
indoors  by  valuable  specimens.  Brit- 
ish Guiana  sends  a  colony  of  the 
Arrawak  tribe  of  Indians,  who  live  in 
thatched  huts  in  the  outdoor  exhibit. 
Norway  sends  a  Viking  ship,  which 
will  be  one  of  the  marine  exhibits  in 
the  South  Pond,  affording  an  interest- 
ing comparison  with  modern  sailing 
methods. 

The  main  American  collections  have 
been  brought  together  as  a  special 
departmental  exhibit  under  the  per- 
sonal supervision  of  Professor  Putnam. 
Besides  the  special  department  collec- 
tions there  are  valuable  loans  made 
to  the  department  by  State  boards  and 
historical  societies  and  museums. 
Among  the  principal  States  sending 
exhibits  are  California,  Maine,  Penn- 
sylvania, New  York,  Missouri,  In- 
diana, Kansas,  Ohio,  Utah,  Wisconsin, 
Colorado,  North  Dakota,  Louisiana, 
and  Washington. 
(90) 


ANTHROPOLOGICAL   BUILDING. 


91 


In  the  Anthropological  Building 
the  exhibits  of  the  bureaus  of  hygiene 
and  sanitation,  and  charities  and  cor- 
rections are  well  worth  inspection. 

At  the  southeastern  end  of  the 
Park,  lying  between  the  Dairy  exhibit 
and  the  Agricultural  exhibit  of  the 
French  Colonies,  the  visitor  sees  the 
weird  Ruins  of  Yucatan  (Q  24).  Here 
is  shown  a  perfect  fac-simile  of  the 
figure  of  Kukulkan,  the  great  feathered 


Ancient  Pottery. 

god,  and  other  sculptures  showing  the 
artistic  attainments  of  this  vanished 
people. 

The  central  structure  is  from  the 
ruined  group  of  Labna,  showing  the 
Labna  portal.  The  second  section 
is  the  straight  arch  of  Uxmal,  repro- 
duced from  the  east  facade  of  the 
so-called  "  House  of  the  Governor." 
The  third  section  includes  the 
famous  facade  of 
the  "Serpent- 
house,"  from  the 
ruins  of  Uxm  al . 
The  fourth  section 
is  the  north  wing 
of  the  "  House  of 
the  Nuns,"  from  the 
ruins  of  Uxmal,  and 
the  fifth  and  sixth 
sections  are  other 
wings  of  the  same  fa-  ^ 
mous  ruins.  There 
have  also  been  re- 
produced two  mono- 
liths and  several 
loose  specimens  of 
sculpture.  The  casts 
for  these  Yucatan  ruins  were  made  of 
staff  by  means  of  papier-mache  molds, 
and  were  taken  from  the  original  ruins 
by  Edward  H.  Thompson,  the  United 
States  consul  to  Yucatan,  under  Pro- 
fessor  Putnam's    instructions.      The 


ruins  stand  like  some  temple  of 
a  forgotten  age.  There  are  six  of 
these  sections.  Three  of  them  show 
square,  V-shaped,  and  arched  door- 
ways. In  every  case,  however,  the 
keystone  is  lacking,  and  the  original 
stonework  was  held  in  place  by  a  fiat 
covering  of  stone  secured  by  sheer 
weight  of  the  stone  above  it.  The 
bases  of  the  walls  are  covered  with 
vegetation  as  nearly  natural  as  possi- 
ble, and  among  it  are  planted  the 
stones  that  had  toppled  off  of  the  origi- 
nal ruins. 

All  around  the  visitor,  along  the 
banks  of  South  Pond,  is  grouped  in 
picturesque  and  savage  life  the 
Ethnographical  exhibit  (O  24)  of  the 
Department  of  Anthropology.  With 
historic  accuracy,  in  strict  chronolog- 
ical sequence  and  with  most  interest- 
ing results,  has  Professor  Putnam, 
the  erudite  chief  of  this  important 
department,  grouped  his  wards.  In- 
dians of  every  kind  are  exhibited  in 
this  department,  and  he  has  arranged 
the  tribes  geographically.  Beginning 
with  the  Esquimaux  from  the  ex- 
treme North,  the  groups  descend  by 
latitudes  somewhat  as  follows:  The 
Cree  family,  from  the  Canadian  North- 
west; Haida  and  Fort  Rupert  tribes, 
from  British  Columbia;  Iroquois,  from 
the  Eastern  States;  Chippewas,  Sioux, 


Ancient  Pueblo  Pottery. 

Menominees,  and  Winnebago  tribes, 
from  the  Middle  and  Northwestern 
States;  Choctaws,  from  Louisiana; 
Apaches  and  Navajos,  from  New 
Mexico  and  Arizona;  Coahuilas,  from 
Southern  California,  and  the  Papagos 


92 


THE   WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


and  Yakuis,  from  the  extreme  southern 
border  of  the  United  States  and 
Mexico. 

South  of  the  United  States  the 
ethnological  specimens  include  valu- 
able mementos  of  the  time  of  Cortez, 
which   were   collected  in   Europe  by- 


long  before  the  adoption  of  civiliza- 
tion. 

From  Egypt,  Palestine,   and  Africa 
there  is  an  interesting  collection. 

Moving  toward  the  lake,  and  passing 
between  the  Anthropological  Building 


Mrs.  Zelia  Nuttall.  These  objects 
were  taken  to  Europe  at  the  time  of 
the  Spanish  conquest,  and  include  a 
series  of  Mexican  shields.  From  the 
South  Sea  Islands  there  is  a  unique 
collection,  obtained  from  the  natives 
by  Otto  Finsch  of  Germany,  dur- 
ing several  years'  residence  on  the 
islands.  This  collection  includes  ob- 
jects showing  the  methods  of  life,  cus- 
toms, and  dress  used  by  the  natives 


F.  W.   Putnam. 

and  the  peculiar  wooden  structure 
which  hides  Lake  Michigan  from  view, 
the  tourist  enters  at  the  southern  end 
one  of  the  most  attractive  structures 
on  the  Exposition  grounds.     It  is 

THE  FORESTRY  BUILDING 

(Q  25).  For  the  purposes  of  the  Expo- 
sition the  Forestry  exhibits  are  classed 
as  part  of  the  Department  of  Agri- 
culture, while  for  convenience  the  ex- 
hibits are  installed  in  this,  one  of  the 
most  unique  and  interesting  buildings 
on  the  Exposition  grounds.  It  occu- 
pies an  area  of  208  x  528  feet,  faces 
and  is  close  to  Lake  Michigan,  and 
was  designed  by  Mr.  C.  B.  Atwood. 

Built  entirely  of  wood,  and  joined 
together  with  wooden  pins,  not  a 
single  nail  or  other  piece  of  metal  was 
used  in  its  framing  or  construction. 
It  is  surrounded  on  both  sides  and 
each  end  by  a  roofed  colonnade,  up- 
held by  pillars,  each  composed  of  a 
group  of  three  tree-trunks  lopped  of 
their  branches,  but  with  the  bark  still 
on  them  as  they  stood  in  their  native 
forests.  Various  States  of  the  Union, 
Canada,  and  other  foreign  countries 
contributed  these  columns,  and  this 
is  one  of  the  most  unique  colonnades 
ever  built.  The  walls  of  the  building 
are  of  slabs  of  trees  from  which  the 
bark  has  been  removed,  and  the 
facings  and  other  parts  of  the  building 
are  treated  in  a  similar  rustic  man- 


FORESTRY  BUILDING. 


Hii 


fifeuBK1 


MB-M 


\  lipBI  • 


mum 


l^jffiSr 


ner.  The  roof  is  thatched  with  tan 
and  other  barks.  Around  the  eaves  is 
a  cornice  composed  of  interlaced  tim- 
bers of  various  sizes.  The  pillars  of 
the  colonnade  are  ninety  in  number, 
composed  of  270  tree-trunks.  Each  of 
them  bears  a  label  giving  its  popular 
and  botanical  name,  and  the  locality 
whence  it  came.  Around  the  top  of 
the  building  flagstaffs  are  arranged 
from  which  float  the  standards  of  the 
different  countries  represented  within. 
At  the  east  or  lake  front,  and  in  its 
center,  the  visitor  finds  the  main  door- 
way, with  a  fine  vestibule  furnished 
and  put  in  place  by  the  Southern  Lum- 
ber Manufacturers'  Association.  The 
vestibule  is  of  cypress  and  yellow  pine, 
polished  to  show  the  susceptibility  of 
the  woods  of  this  section  to  use  for 
interior  decorations.  The  cost  of  this 
main  vestibule  was  $10,000,  and  its 
grained  woods  are  as  beautiful  as  any 
on  earth. 

Immediately  to  the  left  on  enter- 
ing is  found  Missouri's  exhibit.  For 
outside  columns  she  furnished  nine 
logs,  making  three  groups.  The  vari- 
eties are  white  oak,  red  oak,  ash,  cy- 
press, yellow  pine,  red  gum,  hickory, 
burr  oak,  and  black  walnut.  For  the 
interlaced  outside  work  she  sent  thirty 
pieces  of  timbers  of  different  varieties, 
and  her  inside  display  is  a  very  fine 
one.  On  the  right  of  the  vestibule 
the  first  exhibit  is  that  of  Washington, 
her  specialties  being  pines,  firs,  cedars, 
and  other  evergreen  varieties.  Next  to 
Washington  on  the  same  side  is  Mich- 
igan's display.  Here  can  be  seen  the 
largest  load  of  logs  ever  piled  upon 
a  single  vehicle.  The  load  weighed 
300,000  pounds  (150  tons),  and  was 
pulled  by  two  horses  weighing  1,700 
pounds  each.  The  sleigh  and  load 
are  shown  just  as  they  were  in  the 
forest.  Across  the  aisle  to  the  left, 
opposite  Michigan's  display,  is  that 
of  West  Virginia,  which  shows  250 
specimens  of  her  forest  products  pol- 
ished and  finished  so  as  to  show  the 
grain,  colors,  and  characteristics  of 
the  different  varieties.  The  center 
of  the  building  is  now  reached,  and 
here  each  State  and  country  has  con- 
tributed one  or  more  of  her  largest 
specimens  to  form  an  immense  pyra- 
mid.     North   Carolina    and    Kansas 


94 


THE    WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


send  huge  black  walnut  logs,  Ken- 
tucky an  immense  white  oak,  Mis- 
souri a  gigantic  cottonwood,  Cali- 
fornia and  Washington  their  titanic 
redwoods  and  firs.  Turning  down 
the  main  north  and  south  walk  and 
going  north  on  the  left-hand  side, 
in  narrow  sections  facing  Michigan 
are  the  displays  of  Australia  and 
Mexico.  The  exhibit  of  the  former 
is  inclosed  in  a  stockade  of  planks 
nine  feet  high,  and  many  of  them 
several  feet  wide.  For  six  feet  up  from 
the  floor  these  boards  are  all  polished. 
In  variety  there  are  myrall,  rosewood, 
redbean,  bloodwood,  woolly  butt, 
onion  wood,  and  many  others  not 
found  elsewhere.  The  largest  log  is 
a  red  cedar  6  feet  in  diameter  and  9 
feet  long.  Mexico  shows  manzanita, 
mountain  ebony,  violetwood,  and 
many  other  curious  and  beautiful 
woods.  Next  to  Mexico  on  the  same 
side  is  Brazil,  with  a  pavilion  com- 
posed of  trees  whose  interlocking 
branches  form  its  walls.  The  entrance 
is  through  a  beautiful  rustic  archway. 
Three  hundred  and  twenty-one  spec- 
imens of  dye  and  ornamental  woods 
are  to  be  seen  here.  Across  the  road 
from  this  display  is  Ohio  with  a  pa- 
vilion of  Roman  classic  design,  the 
columns  being  made  of  trunks  of 
trees.  These  have  been  left  in  their 
natural  state  with  the  bark  on  them, 
and  beech,  sycamore,  oaks,  ash, 
hickory,  and  other  species  are  repre- 
sented. Eighty  varieties  of  wood,  160 
kinds  of  veneers,  and  500  varieties  of 
medicinal  plants  are  also  shown. 
Next  to  Ohio  is  Kentucky  with  a  very 
fine  display.  The  paneled  inclosure 
is  entirely  of  native  woods  finished 
to  bring  out  the  grains  and  burls. 
It  has  four  entrances,  that  from  the 
east  being  under  an  arch  formed 
from  a  section  of  a  sycamore  log  six- 
teen feet  in  diameter.  On  the  right  is 
a  section  of  a  10-foot  yellow  poplar, 
while  on  the  left  is  a  section  of  a  huge 
white-oak  log.  Thirty-four  pyramids 
of  six  blocks  each  show  the  character, 
size,  and  varieties  of  her  indigenous 
timbers.  A  relief  map  of  the  State, 
showing  its  lumber  resources,  val- 
ues, logging-streams,  etc.,  completes 
the  display.  Opposite  Kentucky 
across  the  aisle  is  the  exhibit  of  the 


Argentine  Republic  with  a  grand  col- 
lection of  dye,  building,  and  orna- 
mental wood's.     On  the  same  side  of 


Ground  Plan  of  Forestry 
Building. 

the  main  avenue,  across  an  intersect- 
ing aisle,  is  Germany's  exhibit.  Their 
fine  display  is  rendered  more  inter- 


FORESTRY  BUILDING. 


95 


esting  by  the  exposition  of  their  tree- 
planting  and  preserving,  and  other 
scientific  forestry  displays.  In  these 
matters  this  practical  and  economical 
people  probably  surpass  any  other. 
East  of  Germany  across  the  main  aisle 
is  the  State  of  Minnesota,  with  a  dis- 
play consisting  chiefly  of  the  ever- 
green varieties  of  woods;  and  next  to 
her  are  the  exhibits  of  Spain,  Cuba, 
and  the  Philippine  Islands,  whose 
display  of  ornamental  woods  is 
unique  and  beautiful.  Again  cross- 
ing the  aisle  Paraguay  is  found,  dis- 
playing in  her  pavilion  321  varieties 
of  timber  from  twelve  inches  to  four 
feet  in  diameter.  Barks,  dye-woods, 
and  other  forest  products  are  also  to 
be  seen.  Turning  east,  along  the  side 
aisle  upon  which  the  exhibit  is  located, 
at  its  end  on  the  right  is  seen  India's 
display,  with  many  varieties  of  wood 
entirely  strange  to  us.  Turning  back 
toward  the  east,  the  next  display 
is  that  of  Japan.  The  showing  made 
by  this  empire  is  very  creditable,. and 
it  is  especially  curious  from  the  fact 
that  this  is  the  first  exhibit  of  native 
woods  ever  made  outside  of  its  own 
borders.  Across  the  main  north  and 
south  aisle,  Pennsylvania  is  reached. 
Her  exhibit  is  wonderful  in  the 
number  of  varieties  shown.  For  a 
neighbor  she  has  Virginia,  taking  up 
the  northeast  corner  of  the  building 
with  her  display,  which  is  a  fine  one. 
South  of  Virginia,  across  the  side 
aisle,  is  Louisiana,  opposite  the  rear 
of  the  Spanish  exhibit.  She  has  fine 
cypress  and  pine  and  quite  a  variety 
of  deciduous  woods;  also  Spanish 
moss  for  mattresses,  etc.  Going 
south  along  the  north  and  south  aisle 
upon  which  Louisiana  faces,  the  next 
exhibit  is  that  of  Nebraska.  Some 
of  her  display,  notably  that  of  forest 
trees  planted  by  her  farmers,  is  won- 
derful. Turning  to  the  left  around 
this  exhibit,  back  of  Kentucky  is  found 
Wisconsin,  another  of  the  great  pine- 
producing  States.  Her  pavilion  has 
hollow  six-sided  columns  tapering 
toward  the  tops,  made  of  planks  of  va- 
rious woods,  planed,  and  oiled  in  their 
natural  colors.  These  columns  are 
twelve  feet  high,  with  plain  hardwood 
bases,  and  hand-carved  capitals  of 
native  woods,  polished  but  uncolored. 


North  of  the  southern  end  of  Wis- 
consin is  the  space  allotted  to  North 
Dakota,  The  natural  forests  of  this 
State  are  almost  entirely  composed  of 
firs,  cedars,  and  pines,  with  some  as- 
pen trees;  but  her  tree  claims,  planted 
artificially,  show  that  any  sort  of  tim- 
ber common  to  this  zone  may  be 
grown.  South  of  North  Dakota  is 
Michigan,  and  opposite  is  found 
Washington,  a  State  whose  chief  pro- 
duction is  lumber.  She  displays  gi- 
gantic trees  and  the  finest  of  build- 
ing woods,  as  well  here  as  in  the 
building  which  she  has  erected  in  the 
State  group  on  the  grounds.  The 
eastern  vestibule  has  again  been 
reached,  and  passing  between  the  dis- 
plays of  Missouri  and  West  Virginia 
(already  inspected),  next  upon  the 
left  going  south  is  New  York.  This 
State  exhibits  sections  of  every  kind 
of  timber  indigenous  to  it,  comprising 
forty-three  species  and  eighty-five 
varieties.  Across  the  aisle  is  North 
Carolina,  making  a  display  rich  in 
varieties  and  the  beauty  and  size  of 
many  of  its  woods.  From  Asheville 
comes  a  rustic  settee  made  of  rhodo- 
dendron limbs  and  knots,  varnished, 
but  otherwise  entirely  natural.  It  is 
one  of  the  finest  displays  in  the  build- 
ing. Nearly  every  variety  of  ever- 
green and  deciduous  trees  common  to 
the  United  States  is  here  shown. 
Occupying  the  southwestern  corner 
of  the  large  section  assigned  to  North 
Carolina  is  Indiana's  exhibit,  with 
quite  a  creditable  display.  Her  pa- 
vilion is  very  pretty.  Its  exterior  is 
of  planed,  uncolored  native  woods, 
beautifully  paneled,  and  with  delicate 
columns  and  ornaments.  Utah  with 
her  fine  exhibit  lies  next  south  of 
New  York,  and  joining  her  on  the 
south  is  Massachusetts,  with  a  col- 
lection of  forty-seven  varieties  of 
trees  native  to  that  State.  An  aisle 
running  west  from  the  Utah  exhibit 
has  upon  its  left  side  the  magnificent 
Morris  K.  Jessup  collection  of  North 
American  woods,  embracing  428  spe- 
cies, collected  at  a  cost  of  $100,000; 
and  on  its  right  the  California  exhibit. 
The  redwoods,  cedars,  pines,  etc., 
of  this  State  must  be  seen  to  be  prop- 
erly appreciated,  as  no  description 
will  do   them  justice.     Opposite  the 


06 


THE  WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


Jessup  collection,  across  the  north  and 
south  main  aisle,  is  Idaho,  with  a  fine 
display  somewhat  similar  to  that  of 
Washington.  North  of  Idaho  is  Siam, 
with  a  unique  exhibit.  Turning  west 
along  the  south  face  Connecticut  is 
next  encountered,  on  the  right  of  this 
cross  aisle.  Her  display  is  chiefly  re- 
markable for  the  singular  growths  of 
double  trees,  etc.,  that  are  to  be  seen. 
There  is  a  hickory  in  the  form  of  a 
perfect  T,  with  upspringing  arms. 
Maples,  hornbeams,  etc.,  that  have 
grown  together  are  quite  numerous. 
Having  inspected  Connecticut's  dis- 
play, Oregon,  just  west  of  it,  may  be 
visited.  She  has  a  pavilion  10  feet 
square  and  20  feet  high,  surmounted 
with  an  open  cupola.  The  body  of  the 
building  is  of  yellow  pine,  its  roof  of 
cedar  shingles,  and  its  four  Doric 
columns  of  maple  richly  carved.  The 
cupola  columns  are  of  carved  oak. 
The  panel  work  shows  manzanita, 
madrone,  yew,  laurel,  myrtle,  ash, 
maple,  oak,  spruce,  balm,  fir,  sugar 
pine,  cherry,  and  elder.  Next  north 
of  Oregon  is  Colorado,  with  aspen, 
pine,  juniper,  spruce,  pifion,  cedar, 
hemlock,  and  other  woods.  Her 
timber  claims  present  about  every 
variety  of  deciduous  trees  and  ever- 
greens. East  of  Colorado  is  the  French 
display,  rich,  like  that  of  Germany,  in 
the  scientific  methods  shown  in  forest 
culture,  as  well  as  in  her  fine  exhibit 
of  woods  of  various  kinds.  North  of 
France,  across  an  east  and  west  aisle, 
is  the  exhibit  of  Canada,  with  the 
largest  space  granted  to  any  foreign 
country.  Every  one  of  her  provinces 
is  represented,  and  her  display  is  a 
most  excellent  one.  West  of  Canada 
lies  Russia,  with  a  large  and  varied 
exhibit,  comprising  an  immense  num- 
ber of  species  and  varieties.  This  is 
the  last  of  the  large  exhibits,  and  the 
visitor  walking  back  to  the  south  end 
of  the  building  will  find  the  unique 
exhibit  of  the  Indurated  Fiber  Ware 
Company  and  many  others.  A  rare 
curiosity  is  a  slab  of  a  mulberry  tree 
which  was  planted  by  Shakespeare. 
There  is,  in  the  miscellaneous  section, 
a  collection  of  tree  fibers,  seeds,  gums, 
barks,  resins,  vegetable  wax,  etc. 
Every  method  of  logging,  with  the 
tools  and  systems  used,  is  displayed. 


Mann  Bros.' big  wash-tub,  fifteen  feet 
in  diameter,  is  quite  a  curiosity. 

Next  in  order  is  the  Leather  exhibit 
(P  24),  north  of  the  Forestry  Building. 
The  building  is  a  very  handsome  one, 
575  feet  long  by  150  feet  wide,  and  two 
stories  high.  Nearly  every  nation ,  sav- 
age and  civilized,  is  here  represented 
by  samples  of  its  leather.  To  foreign 
exhibits  the  central  space  on  the  first 
floor  has  been  allotted.  At  one  end  of 
this  floor  we  find  every  variety  of 
leather;  at  the  other,  every  style  of  its 
manufactured  product,  no  matter 
where  or  when  produced.  Here  we 
may  behold  the  riding-boots  of  that 
great  warrior  Napoleon,  and  the  queer 
but  magnificent  ones  of  Russia's 
dreaded  ruler,  Ivan  the  Terrible. 
These  matters  are  sure  to  interest  be- 
holders whether  "in  the  trade"  or 
not.  The  second  floor  contains  180 
machines  showing  the  processes  of 
manufacturing. 

Leaving  the  Leather  exhibit,  and 
passing  along  the  Elevated  Railway 
toward  the  loop,  upon  the  right 
is  seen  the  Exhibit  of  Herr  Krupp 
of  Essen,  in  Germany  (O  24),  the 
greatest  of  all  cannon  manufact- 
urers. This  exhibit  is  especially 
interesting,  since  here  is  found  the 
largest  cannon  ever  cast,  as  well  as 
many  other  wonderful  evidences  of 
mechanical  skill  and  ingenuity.  First 
in  interest  is  the  monster  124-ton  gun, 
which  cost  $50,000  to  manufacture. 
Its  length  is  eighty-seven  feet,  its 
bore  twenty-five  inches;  the  projectile 
used  weighs  2,300  pounds,  and  the 
cost  of  a  single  discharge  is  $1,250. 
Herr  Krupp  intends  to  present  his 
monster  gun  to  the  United  States 
Government  for  the  defense  of  the 
great  port  of  Chicago. 

The  Old  Whaling  Bark  "Prog- 
ress "  (P  24),  exhibited  by  New  Bed- 
ford, Mass.,  lies  in  the  southeastern 
part  of  South  Pond  close  to  the 
Ethnographical  exhibit.  This  old 
craft,  which  was  built  in  1841,  has 
been  re-rigged,  sparred,  and  painted. 
In  its  saloon  are  shown  the  articles 
usually  obtained  by  or  used  in  the 
whaling  industry,  as  polar  bear-skins, 
seal-skins,  blubber, whalebone,  knives, 
harpoons,  tackle,  boats,  etc.  Here 
also  are  mementos  of  the  terrible  dis- 


CONVENT  DE  LA   RABIDA. 


Ml 


aster  of  1871,  when  thirty-three 
whaling-ships  had  to  be  abandoned 
in  the  ice,  their  crews  being  rescued 
by  the  "Old  Progress"  and  other 
vessels.  An  admission  fee  of  25  cents 
is  charged  to  enter  this  concession. 

Within  the  south  loop  formed  by 
the  Intramural  Elevated  Railway,  just 
to  the  northwest  of  Krupp's  exhibit, 
one  finds  the  Indian  School  exhibit 
(O  23).  The  building  is  a  plain 
structure  erected  by  the  United  States 
Government,  185  x  80  feet,  and  two 
stories  high.  This  is  the  chief  exhib- 
it of  the  Bureau  of  Indian  Affairs,  and 
here  we  catch  a  glimpse  of  the  North 
American  Indian  in  the  character  of  a 


of  trouble  and  ' '  begged  a  pittance 
for  his  child."  Here  he  developed 
his  theory  of  a  western  passage  to  the 
Indies.  The  building  is  more  closely 
connected  with  Columbus  and  his 
great  work  than  any  other.  It  cost 
$50,000,  contains  priceless  relics  of 
the  great  discoverer,  and  is  guarded 
night  and  day  by  United  States  troops." 
Hon.  William  Eleroy  Curtis  of  the 
Bureau  of  American  Republics,  who 
traversed  the  whole  of  Europe  search- 
ing for  traces  of  the  great  Genoese 
admiral  and  procuring  relics,  maps, 
etc.,  for  exhibition  here,  writes: 

A  few  miles  north  of  Cadiz,  on  the 
Atlantic  coast  of  Spa:  n,  about  half-way 


Convent  of  Santa  Maria  de   la  Rabida. 


student,  demonstrating  the  benefits 
of  civilization.  Between  thirty  and 
forty  pupils  will  be  kept  here  from  the 
opening  to  the  close  of  the  Expo- 
sition. There  will  be  relays  of  pupils 
from  the  different  Indian  schools, 
each  detail  remaining  three  or  four 
weeks,  to  be  succeeded  by  others. 
They  live  and  do  their  own  cooking 
in  the  building. 

There  now  rises  before  the  visitor 
a  steep  rocky  slope,  at  the  summit 
of  which  stands  an  exact  repro- 
duction of 

THE  CONVENT  OF 
SANTA  MARIA  DE  LA  RABIDA 

(Saint  Mary  of   the  Frontier)  (N23), 
where  Columbus  found  shelter  in  time 
7 


between  the  Straits  of  Gibraltar  and 
the  boundary  of  Portugal,  on  the 
summit  of  a  low  headland  between 
the  Tinto  and  Odiel  rivers,  which 
meet  at  its  base,  three  miles  from  the 
sea,  stands  a  picturesque  and  solitary 
monastery,  called  "  Santa  Maria  de  la 
Rabida,"  or  St.  Mary  of  the  Frontier. 
Three  miles  above  the  La  Rabida, 
on  the  Rio  Tinto,  lies  the  little  vil- 
lage of  Palos  de  Moguer,  once  a 
nourishing  commercial  city,  but  now 
a  lonely  hamlet  of  a  few  short  streets, 
deserted  by  all  but  a  few  fishermen 
and  farmers.  At  this  port  was  organ- 
ized and  equipped  the  expedition  that 
discovered  the  New  World,  and  from 
its  docks  on  the  3d  of  August,  1492, 
Columbus  set  sail  with  his  three  ships. 
Above  the  altar  of  the  Palos  church 


THE  WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


is  the  image  of  St.  George  and  the 
dragon,  just  as  Columbus  saw  it;  and 
on  the  records  of  the  parish  are  the 
names  of  the  sailors  who  accompanied 
him  and  received  communion  the 
morning  of  their  departure. 

It  is  not  certain  when  Columbus 
first  appeared  at  Palos  and  the  Mon- 
astery of  La  Rabida.  Some  authori- 
ties assert  that  he  came  there  direct 
from  Portugal  in  1484  on  his  way  to 
Moguer,  where  he  intended  to  leave 


William   E.   Curtis. 

little  Diego,  then  nine  years  old,  with 
his  wife's  relatives,  and  obtain  from 
them  means  to  pay  his  way  to  the 
court  of  Ferdinand  and  Isabella  to 
submit  his  plans  for  a  voyage  across 
the  western  ocean  to  the  strange  lands 
that  Marco  Polo  had  described. 
Others  insist  that  he  did  not  visit 
Palos  until  two  years  later,  after  his 
propositions  had  been  rejected  by  the 
sovereigns,  and  he  was  leaving  Spain 
for  Genoa  or  Venice. 

This  building  contains  all  the  exist- 
ing relics  of  Columbus,  including  the 
original  of  the  contract  with  the  sover- 
eigns of  Spain,  under  which  the  voy- 
age was  made,  the  commission  they 
gave  him  as  "  Admiral  of  the  Ocean 
Seas  "  his  correspondence  with  them, 
and  many  other  priceless  historical 
papers  relating  to  the  discovery  and 
early  settlement  of  America,  which 
are  loaned  for  exhibition  by  the  gov- 
ernment of  Spain  and  the  descend- 
ants of  Columbus.  There  are  also 
original  copies  of  the  first  publications 
concerning  the  New  World,  and  a 
large  number  of  equally  interesting 
books,  maps,  and  manuscripts  bor- 
rowed from  the  archives  of  the  Vat- 
ican,   the    national  libraries  of  Eng- 


land, France,  and  Spain,  and  private 
collectors  in  Europe  and  America. 
One  of  the  anchors  and  a  cannon  used 
by  Columbus  on  his  flagship  the 
"  Santa  Maria"  were  secured,  and  all 
the  ruins  that  remain  of  Isabella,  the 
first  town  established  in  the  New 
World,  were  brought  from  the  Island 
of  Santo  Domingo  by  a  United  States 
man-of-war.  There  is  also  the  orig- 
inal of  the  first  church-bell  that  ever 
rang  in  America,  which  was  presented 
to  the  people  of  Isabella  by  King 
Ferdinand,  and  many  other  interest- 
ing relics. 

To  these  has  been  added  a  collec- 
tion that  includes  the  original,  or  a 
copy,  of  every  portrait  of  Columbus 
that  was  ever  painted  or  engraven — 
eighty  in  number — and  a  model  or  a 
photograph  of  every  monument  or 
statue  that  was  ever  erected  to  his 
memory. 

W.  E.  CURTIS. 

Washington,  D.  C. 

The  following  classification  of  the 
historical  collection  will  give  a  general 
idea  of  the  contents  of  La  Rabida: 

Maps,  charts,  and  globes  anterior  to 
Columbus;  nautical  and  astronomical 
instruments; 
models  of  ves- 
sels; evidence 
of  pre-Colum- 
bian discover- 
ies; arms,  ar- 
mor, equip- 
ments, etc. 
Books  known 
to  Columbus, 
and  portraits 
of  their  au- 
thors. The 
court  of  Ferdi- 
nand and  Isa- 
b  e  1 1  a .  Por- 
traits, auto- 
graphs, and 
relics  of  per- 
sons identified 
with  the  career  of  Columbus.  Youth 
and  early  life  of  Columbus. 

The  first  voyage  of  Columbus;  fac- 
similes of  charts,  nautical  instruments, 
books,  costumes,  arms,  armor,  etc., 
and  model  showing  the  course  of  the 
voyage;    reception   of    Columbus    on 


CONVENT  DE  LA   RABID  A. 


99 


his  return  to  Spain,  and  fac-similes  of 
relics  brought  home  by  the  voyagers. 

The  second  voyage  of  Columbus; 
remains,  views,  and  relics  of  Isabella, 
the  first  settlement  in  the  New  World, 
and  return  of  Columbus. 

The  third  voyage  of  Columbus; 
the  mutiny  at  Santo  Domingo;  the 
arrest  and  imprisonment  of  Columbus; 
the  castle  in  which  he  was  confined; 
the  admiral  in  chains;  reception  by 
the  sovereigns  on  his  return  to  Spain. 

The  fourth  voyage  of  Columbus; 
the  wreck  at  St.  Christopher's  Cove ; 
the  mutiny  of  Porras;  return  of  Colum- 
bus; last  days  of  Columbus;  his  home 
at  Seville;  death  and  burial;  his  will; 
house  in  which  he  died;  monuments 
to  and  portraits  of  Columbus;  family 
and  descendants.  Relics  of  Colum- 
bus; autograph  letters;  the  contract, 
commission,  and  instructions  received 
by  him  from  Ferdinand  and  Isabella. 
The  publication  of  the  discovery. 
Copies  of  the  first  books  about  Amer- 
ica; maps,  manuscripts,  fac-similes, 
and  illustrations. 

Relics  and  portraits  of  Americus 
Vespucci  and  other  explorers.  Col- 
lections showing  the  condition  of  the 
natives;  portraits  and  pictures,  cos- 
tumes, canoes,  weapons,  etc. 

The  conquest  of  Mexico;  illustra- 
tions of  the  condition  of  the  Aztecs; 
arms,  armor,  etc.,  of  the  conquista- 
dores;  portraits,  pictures,  and  relics 
of  Cortez  and  those  associated  with 
him;  maps,  charts,  etc.,  illustrating 
the  conquest. 

The  discovery  and  conquest  of  other 
portions  of  America;  portraits  and 
relics  of  other  discoverers  and  early 
voyagers;  maps,  charts,  and  printed 
volumes  showing  the  progress  of  civili- 
zation and  the  growth  of  geographical 
knowledge. 

In  the  convent  the  Lowdermilk  con- 
cession sells  reproductions  of  many 
relics,  photographs,  etc.,  and  an  ex- 
cellent Columbus  encyclopedia,  en- 
titled ' '  Christopher  Columbus  and  His 
Monument,  Columbia,"  from  the  press 
of  the  publishers  of  this  guide. 

Near  by  are  moored  the  Caravels 
of  Columbus,  as  to  which  Mr.  Curtis 
writes: 

' '  The  three  caravels  which  com- 
posed   the    fleet    of    Columbus,     the 


'  Santa  Maria,'  '  Pinta,'  and  '  Nina,' 
were  reproduced  in  the  navy-yards 
of  Cadiz  and  Barcelona,  Spain.  The 
'Santa  Maria'  was  built  at  the  ex- 
pense of  the  Spanish  government,  and 
the  'Nina'  and  '  Pinta '  at  the  expense 
of  the  United  States,  an  appropriation 
having  been  secured  for  that  purpose 
by  William  E.  Curtis. 

' '  The  ships  made  their  first  public 
appearance  at  Huelva,  Spain,  during 
the  Columbus  festivities  there  from 
October  10  to  October  14,  1892.  On 
February  18,  1893,  the  little  fleet 
started     from     Cadiz     for    America, 


Statue  of  Columbus  on   Barcelona  Monument. 

arrived  at  Havana  about  the  middle 
of  March,  were  afterward  taken  to 
Chicago  as  a  part  of  the  Spanish  ex- 
hibit, and  toward  the  close  of  the 
Exposition  will  be  presented  to  the 
Government  of  the  United  States  to 
remain  permanently  in  this  country." 
In  South  Pond,  near  the  whaler 
"  Progress,"  is  moored  an  exact  copy 
of  the  famous  Viking  ship  discovered 
in  a  burial-mound  at  Gokstad,  in 
Norway,  in  1880.  It  was  in  a  vessel 
like  this  that  Lief,  the  son  of  Erik 
the  Red,  discovered  Vinland,  Mark- 
land,  and  Helleland  on  the  coast  of 
Massachusetts,  years  before  Colum- 
bus sailed. 


100 


THE   WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


The  vessel  was  reproduced  under 
the  direction  of  Capt.  Magnus  An- 
dersen (who  sailed  it  from  the  coast 
of  Norway),  was  brought  through 
the  lakes,  and  is  exhibited  in  con- 
junction with  the  fleet  of  Columbus. 

The  prow  is  adorned  by  a  colossal 
superbly  carved  dragon's  head,  and 
the  stern  with  an  equally  handsome 
dragon's  tail.  Both  these  ornaments 
are  finished  in  burnished  gold. 
Around  the  outside  of  the  bulwarks 
are  rows  of  embellished  shields  of 
great  beauty,  and  almost  amidships 
rises  a  roofing  painted  in  red  and 
white  stripes.  Astern  stands  a  mass- 
ive "high  seat" for  the  chief,  or  "jarl," 
covered  with  carved  Runic  inscrip- 
tions in  old  Norse  style.  The  vessel 
is  open,  with  the  exception  of  a  small 
deck  fore  and  aft.  There  are  two 
water-tight  compartments.  The  rig- 
ging is  very  simple — one  mast,  which 
can  be  taken  down,  and  one  yard. 
On  each  side,  below  the  shields,  are 
sixteen  holes  for  oars,  and  along  the 
inside  are  benches  for  the  rowers. 
The  rudder  is,  after  the  custom  of  the 
old  sea-kings,  carried  on  the  right  side 
of  the  vessel. 

It  is  seventy-six  feet  long  and  is 
rather  broad  for  its  length.  The  nu- 
merous shields  painted  in  yellow  and 
black,  and  the  magnificent  dragon's 
head  in  burnished  gold,  form  a  most 
striking  and  artistic  effect. 

The  visitor  can  now  take  a  trip 
around  the  system  of  the  Intramural 
Elevated  Railroad  by  ascending  to  a 
near-by  station.  The  road  is  6}^  miles 
long,  and  was  built  by  the  Columbian 
Intramural  Railroad  Company  at  a 
total  cost  of  $700,000,  including  power- 
house, rolling-stock,  and  everything 
ready  for  operation.  The  fare  is  10 
cents  for  the  trip  one  way  or  any  part 
of  it,  and  25  per  cent  of  the  gross 
receipts  go  to  the  Exposition.      The 


trains  on  the  Intramural  Elevated 
consist  of  four  cars  each,  are  capable 
of  a  maximum  speed  of  thirty  miles 
an  hour,  and  the  entire  trip  from  one 
end  of  the  grounds  to  the  other  and 
back  can  be  made  in  twenty-one 
minutes. 

The  trip  on  the  Intramural  road  af- 
fords an  excellent  opportunity  to  the 
visitor  to  obtain  a  rapid  bird's-eye 
view  of  the  greater  part  of  the  Expo- 
sition grounds.  At  the  Forestry  Build- 
ing the  visitor  reaches  the  Colonnade 
Station  and  obtains  a  view  of  the  south 
and  north  canals,  the  mammoth  build- 
ings, and  the  beauteous  lagoon.  He 
then  passes  on  the  south  side  of  Ma- 
chinery Hall,  and  turning  by  its  west- 
ern extremity  traverses  the  numerous 
tracks  of  the  Terminal  Railroad  Sta- 
tion, and  continuing  along  the  roof 
of  the  Transportation  Annex  reaches 
the  western  side  of  the  Exposition 
grounds  and  proceeds  in  a  northerly 
direction.  On  his  right  hand  is  the 
huge  glass  dome  of  the  Horticultural 
Building;  then  the  Children's,  Puck's, 
and  the  White  Star  buildings  meet  his 
view  to  the  right,  with  the  Woman's 
Building  on  the  same  side  a  little 
farther  on.  To  his  left  now  appears 
the  Midway  Plaisance,  stretching  far 
away  to  the  westward.  Still  going 
northward,  and  catching  here  and 
there  a  glimpse  of  the  main  and  for- 
eign buildings,  the  huge  dome  of 
Illinois  is  seen  near  Fifty-ninth  Street, 
and  also  the  mission-like  structure  of 
California.  A  glimpse  of  the  Art 
Gallery  is  seen  between  the  nu- 
merous and  encircling  State  struct- 
ures. Washington's  huge  log-house 
and  lofty  flagstaff  is  a  feature  on  the 
route.  Here  is  Fifty-seventh  Street 
Station,  from  which  the  city  can  be 
reached  by  the  Illinois  Central  Rail- 
road train  from  South  Park  Station,  or 
the  Cottage  Grove  Avenue  cable-cars. 


CHAPTER    VII. 


AGRICULTURAL   BUILDING,  ETC. 


Buren  Street. 


EAUTIFUL  weather  and 
the  rippling  waters 
of  Lake  Michigan  in- 
vitingly beckoning  one 
to  embark,  there  can 
be  no  more  agreeable 
method  for  reaching 
the  World's  Fair  than 
by  the  steamboats 
leaving  the  Lake  Front 
at  the  foot  of  Van 
The  route,  fare,  and 
all  particulars  have  been  fully  de- 
scribed at  page  28.  Proceeding  to  the 
pier,  which  is  approached  by  means 
of  a  lofty  viaduct  over  the  tracks 
of  the  Illinois  Central  Railroad, 
the  visitor  can  purchase  admission 
tickets  to  the  Fair  when  buying  his 
steamboat  ticket.  The  views  on  the 
voyage  are  varied  and  pleasing. 
Arriving  off  the  World's  Columbian 
Exposition,  the  visitor  lands  at  the 
Main  Columbian  Pier  (L  26),  which 
is  one  of  the  notable  sights  of  the 
Exposition.  Directly  in  front  of  the 
Casino,  it  reaches  out  2,500  feet  into 
Lake  Michigan,  and  is  250  feet  wide. 
The  view  to  be  obtained  from  the  outer 
end  of -this  pier  is  something  that  will 
never  be  forgotten  by  those  who 
take  it.  In  the  immediate  foreground 
looms  up  in  all  its  outlined  immensity 
the  mammoth  Manufactures  and  Lib- 
eral Arts  Building,  flanked  by  the 
chaste  Corinthian  columns  of  the 
graceful  Peristyle,  the  white  Music 
Hall,  the  airy  Casino,  the  marvelous 
Agricultural  Hall,  and  the  long, 
many-windowed  Forestry  Building. 
Through  and  above  the  columns  and 
figures  of  the  Peristyle  is  seen  the 
glistening  dome  of  the  Administra- 
tion Building,  hanging  like  a  great 
ball  against  the  sky.  To  the  left,  in 
martial  ranks,  stand  the  statues, 
steeples,  and  graceful  proportions  of 

(101 


Machinery  Hall,  apparently  under 
command  of  Diana,  who  glistens  in 
her  golden  array  on  the  dome  of  the 
Agricultural  Building.  Stretching 
away  to  the  north  of  the  main  struct- 
ures of  the  Exposition  looms  up  a  city 
of  strange-looking  palaces,  decked  out 
in  colors  that  blend  harmoniously  and 
give  a  delightful  contrast  to  the  acres 
of  pure  white  that  prevail  in  the 
other  direction. 

By  the  water's  edge  rests  the  man- 
of-war  "Illinois,"  partly  hiding  from 
view  England's  quaint,  substantial  red 
structure.  A  little  way  beyond,  rising 
to  a  peak,  shine  the  roof  and  sentinel 
minarets  of  the  German  Building, 
flanked  on  the  left  and  guarded  in 
the  rear  by  the  domes  and  towers 
and  gables  of  Uncle  Sam's  sub- 
stantial-looking edifice,  the  Illinois 
and  Fisheries  buildings,  the  Palace  of 
Fine  Arts,  and  a  score  of  other  struct- 
ures. 

Extending  from  one  end  of  the  pier 
to  the  other  up  and  down  its  center 
is  a  movable  sidewalk  (L  52),  on 
which  5,610  persons  can  stand  or  sit 
and  be  carried  along  at  different 
rates  of  speed,  one  half  of  the  walk 
moving  at  the  rate  of  three  miles  an 
hour  and  the  other  half  just  twice  as 
fast.  This  walk  is  built  on  flat-cars, 
315  in  number,  forms  an  endless  train 
4,300  feet  long,  and  is  propelled 
by  ten  ordinary  street-car  motors. 
On  the  faster  platform  are  seats 
capable  of  holding  four  persons  each, 
and  just  as  easily  as  the  passenger 
stepped  on  from  the  stationary  plat- 
form to  the  slower  moving  walk  can 
he  step  from  this  to  the  swifter.  The 
fare  is  5  cents  a  ride.  The  pier  is 
one  of  the  longest  in  the  world. 

The  Exposition  pier  has  an  area  of 
13)4  acres,  and  its  general  width  is 
250  feet.  It  was  commenced  Septem- 
) 


102 


THE    WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


ber  i,  1S92,  and  finished  by  December 
15th  in  that  year.  The  pier  is  twelve 
feet  above  the  level  of  the  lake,  while 
the  depth  of  water  along  it  varies 
from  eight  to  eighteen  feet.  It  stands 
on  3 5 -foot  piles,  driven  about  twelve 
feet  into  the  bed  of  the  lake. 

The  pier  traversed  on  the  movable 
sidewalk,  the  visitor  now  faces  the 
Casino  (M  23),  at  the  southern -end  of 
the  classic  Peristyle,  one  of  the  most 
beautiful  architectural  features  of  this 
"White  City"  of  wondrous  beauty. 
The  Casino  Building  is  three  stories 
high,  and  is  fitted  up  on  a  grand 
scale.  Its  ground-floor  is  in  charge  of 
the  Bureau  of  Public  Comfort,  and 
contains  baggage-rooms,  checking- 
rooms,  lavatories,  parlors,  and  all  con- 
veniences. The  public  dining-room 
on  the  second  floor  has  a  table  and 
seating  capacity  of  1,500  people. 
From  4,000  to  8,000  persons  can  be 
fed  here  every  day.  A  band  dis- 
courses music  during  meals.  The 
restaurant  is  operated  by  a  conces- 
sionnaire.  Deferring  his  inspection 
of  the  Peristyle  for  awhile,  let  the 
visitor  enter  the 

AGRICULTURAL  BUILDING 

(O  22),  immediately  west  of  the  Casino. 
The  Agricultural  Building  is  an  at- 
tractive structure  800  feet  long  and  500 
feet  wide,  and  has  a  floor  space  of 
nearly  nineteen  acres.  It  stands 
quite  near  the  lake  shore,  and  in  form 
resembles  the  letter  T,  one  portion 
being  500  feet  long,  and  the  other, 
200  feet.  The  building  cost  $6iS,- 
000,  and  is  so  planned  in  its  details 
as  to  give  all  the  accommodations 
desired  by  the  farmers.  It  is  a  single- 
story  structure,  and  of  an  order 
designated  as  the  heroic  by  the  archi- 
tects. The  many  groups  of  statuary 
that  adorn  the  exterior  of  the  building, 
combined  with  Corinthian  pillars  fifty 
feet  high  at  the  entrance,  give  the 
structure  a  striking  appearance.  The 
main  entrance  to  the  Agricultural 
Building  is  sixty -four  feet  wide,  and 
the  rotunda  is  100  feet  in  diameter  and 
surmounted  by  a  glass  dome  that 
sheds  a  daylight  clearness  on  all  ex- 
hibits. On  each  corner  and  at  the 
center  of  the  building  are  attractive 


pavilions,  the  center  one  being  144 
feet  square.  A  continuous  arcade  sur- 
rounds the  building,  and  all  through 
the  main  vestibule  at  the  entrance  of 
the  structure  is  statuary  illustrative 
of  agriculture.  The  corner  buildings 
are  surmounted  by  domes  nearly  100 
feet  high,  and  above  them  tower 
groups  of  statuary.  Waiting-rooms, 
committee-rooms,  and  the  Bureau  of 
Information  are  located  on  the  first 
floor,  and  broad  stairs  lead  from  this 
floor  into  an  assembly-room,  having  a 
capacity  of  1,500,  which  is  intended 
for  the  Congress  of  Farmers,  Farmers' 
Mutual  Benefit  Associations,  Farmers' 
Alliances,  and  kindred  rural  organ- 
izations. In  the  Agricultural  Build- 
ing all  products  of  the  soil,  and  also 
agricultural  implements  and  machin- 
ery of  all  kinds,  are  exhibited.  An 
agricultural  experiment  station  in 
operation  is  one  of  the  most  interest- 
ing features  of  the  exhibit.  The 
architects  of  the  building  were  Messrs. 
McKim,  Meade  &  White  of  New  York. 
Statuary  and  Decorations.  —  A 
great  deal  of  the  decorative  work  on 
the  Agricultural  Building  finds  its 
motive,  as  it  should,  in  subjects  native 
to  America — as,  for  instance,  the 
maize,  potato,  tobacco,  etc.  The  great 
frieze  showing  the  turkey,  which 
should  have  been  the  emblematic  fowl 
of  this  country  instead  of  the  eagle, 
is  especially  a  happy  thought.  The 
grand  entrance  (on  the  north)  is  sixty 
feet  wide,  the  vestibule  into  which 
it  leads  being  thirty  feet  deep.  The 
columns  at  its  entrance  are  five  feet 
in  diameter  and  forty-five  feet  high. 
The  eight  minor  entrances  are  each 
twenty  feet  wide.  The  roof  is  com- 
posed largely  of  glass.  There  are 
many  groups  of  statuary  adorning 
the  exterior  of  this  building,  each 
group  representing  some  agricultural 
subject.  Each  of  the  four  corner  pa- 
vilions has  its  dome  surmounted  with 
statuary;  four  grand  female  figures, 
typical  of  the  four  principal  races  of 
men,  supporting  a  mammoth  globe. 
The  sculptor,  Philip  Martiny  of  Phila- 
delphia, has  contributed  the  following 
subjects:  Twenty  single  "  Signs  of 
the  Zodiac,"  twenty  single  figures  of 
"Abundance,"  two  groups  of  "Ceres," 
two  groups  of  the  "  Four  Seasons," 


104 


THE    WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


four  groups  of  the  "Nations" — four 
figures  in  each  group  —  and  four 
pediments  representing  "Agricult- 
ure." Over  the  main  entrance 
is  a  handsome  pediment  mod- 
eled by  Larkin  J.  Mead  of  Flor- 
ence, Italy,  representing  Ceres,  the 
goddess  of  agriculture. 

The  painted  decorations  of  the 
Agricultural  Building  are  the  work  of 
George  W.  Maynard  of  New  York, 
who  has  chosen  the  Pompeian  style 
as  most  appropriate  for  the  archi- 
tecture, which  is  classic,  but  not  purely 
so.  The  main  entrance  has  something 
of  the  appearance  of  a  temple  devoted 
to  the  worship  of  the  deities  under 
whose  protection  the  ancients  be- 
lieved agriculture  to  be.  On  the 
right,  Cybele,  the  mother  of  Zeus  and 
of  Demeter,  or  Ceres,  is  presented  in 
her  chariot  drawn  by  young  lions,  and 
on  the  left  is  her  special  protege,  King 
Triptolemus,  to  whom  she  gave  a 
chariot  drawn  by  winged  dragons, 
wnth  which  he  was  sent  forth  to  teach 
the  peoples  of  the  earth  the  art  of 
agriculture.  Between  these  are  figures 
representing  "Abundance  "and  "  Fer- 
tility." Each  of  the  corner  entrances 
is  decorated  with  figures  on  either 
side  symbolical  of  the  seasons,  and 
above  are  friezes  in  which  beasts  of 
burden  and  other  bucolic  animals 
figure. 

Classification.  —  The  following  is 
the  official  classification  of  this  depart- 
ment: 

GROUP   NO. 

i. — Cereals, 
plants. 

2. — Bread,    biscuits,    pastes,    starch, 
gluten,  etc. 

3. — Sugars,  syrups,  confectionery,  etc. 

4. — Potatoes,  tubers,  and  other  root 
crops. 

5. — Productions  of  the  farm  not  other- 
wise classed. 

6. — Preserved  meats  and  food  prepa- 
rations. 

7. — The  dairy  and  dairy  products. 

8. — Tea,    coffee,    spices,   hops,    and 
aromatic  vegetable  substances. 

9- — Animal  and  vegetable  fibers. 
10. — Pure  and  mineral  waters,  natural 

and  artificial. 
11. — Whiskies,    cider,    liqueurs,    and 
alcohol. 


grasses,      and     forage 


12. — Malt  liquors. 

13- — Machinery,  processes  and  appli- 
ances  of  fermenting,    distilling, 
bottling,  and  storing  beverages. 
14. — Farms  and  farm  buildings. 
15- — Literature  and  statistics  of  agri- 

■    culture. 
16. — Farming  tools,  implements,  and 

machinery. 
17. — Miscellaneous  animal  products, 
fertilizers,  and  fertilizing  com- 
pounds. 
18. — Fats,  oils,  soaps,  candles,  etc. 
19. — Forestry,  forest  products.  (In 
the  Forestry  Building.) 
The  Main  Exhibits. — The  visitor 
enters  the  Agricultural  Building  by  the 
main  portal,  and  finds  himself  at  once 
confronted  by  the  display  of  the  foreign 
countries.  Let  him  proceed  systemat- 
ically and  turn  to  the  right  hand 
directly  he  gets  into  the  rotunda.  On 
the  right  side  of  the  alley-way  is  the 
exhibit  of  Spain  and  the  Philippine 
Islands,  occupying  3,684  square  feet, 
filled  with  a  characteristic  display. 
Opposite  this  and  on  the  same  side  is 
the  exhibit  of  Chile,  and  crossing  an 
intersecting  aisle,  on  the  right-hand 
side  is  found  Cuba,  her  display  char- 
acterized by  magnificent  tobaccos,  in 
the  leaf  and  manufactured.  Next  to 
Cuba  is  British  Guiana,  its  exhibit 
consisting  largely  of  stuffed  beasts, 
birds,  serpents,  etc.  There  are  ant- 
bears,  monkeys  of  many  kinds,  alli- 
gators, cranes,  Surinam  toads  (the 
ugliest  on  earth),  wild  hogs,  and  other 
animals,  and  also  a  display  of  rubber 
and  curious  valuable  woods.  Oppo- 
site, Brazil  has  an  entire  block,  and 
makes  a  magnificent  display,  chiefly 
of  coffees  and  woods.  Proceeding  to 
the  right  one  finds  Haiti,  showing 
cane,  woods,  etc.  Opposite  is  Ven- 
ezuela, with  1,512  square  feet.  Next 
to  Haiti  is  Liberia,  where  are  shown 
nuts  of  various  kinds,  small  pottery- 
wares,  war  implements,  palm-oil,  and 
soaps,  coffee,  native  jewelry,  etc.  Cu- 
racoa  comes  next,  with  65  8  square  feet, 
showing  salt,  fruits,  jellies,  sparge, 
coral,  shells,  Panama  straw  work,  pot- 
tery, boats,  models  of  native  houses, 
nets,  native  furniture,  leather,  aloes, 
snuff,  gums,  musical  instruments,  pet- 
rified wood,  native  jewelry,  women's 
work,  woods,  coffee,  rice,  salt,  vanilla 


AGRICULTURAL  BUILDING. 


105 


|  DAIRY 


IbiBMANYi  ifrancI"^"  DaTry^^^^IMPLE^KI  t 


LIGHT     WELL 


LIGHT    WELL 


FLOUR  EXHIEIT.ETC. 


CANNED  GOODS.    P'iES'-RVES.ETC. 


LIGHT     WELL 


STARCH.    PICKLES,    KETCHUP,  SOUPS,   ETC. 


^H        LIGHT     WELL         \y7 


FOOD  PRODUCTS,  ETC. 


LIGHT 


WELL 


LIGHT    WELL 


MINERAL  WATERS,  LIQUORS.    ETC. 


l£)=fj         LIGHT     WELL         H 


CIGARS,   TOBACCO,   ETC. 


LIGHT     WELL 


L 


CKOCOLAlEb,   „>  ■  '  •'.  S.  ETC. 


i/c?//r     WELL 


GLUES,  PHOSPHATES, "ETC. 


"      DOME      " 

I\         /l 
tf.ftt 


LIGHT      WELL         H    II 

CONDENSED  MILK,  MACARONI.ETC. 

LIGHT     WELL 

WOOL  EXHIBIT 


GALLERY  FLOOR 

AGRICULTURAL     BUILDING 


-J        RESTAURANT  |  OIL;__      SEEDS,  ETC. 

fill  Ei3  ! I  uu  U  □       U 


PACKING   EXHIBIT 
□ 


S 


o 


MD.  COLORADO         S.    DAK.1 


fNEW  JERSEY     |       |       IDAHO    QUI     |  WYO 


WASHINGTON  UTAH 


i  H 


ARIZ.  In.mex.     I   MONTANA 


EXPERIMENT  STATIONS 


[    MASS.      | 


i      mm. 
I     K 


KY.  (OHIO 


o 


i       i  r 

I   C    A    N    A    D    A  I 

! fL-U^ 


nnn 

|lOWA|       NEB.        MICH.  V 

O o 


DENMARK 

alger.a\ 

FRENCH 
COL. 

SV/SOEN 

f_ 
J? 


URUGUAY 

o 


(COLOMBIA!  ECUAEC 


V^V, 


BRAZIL 


§|T 


'°F{^  JBPHiLIFriNE    ISLAt. 

LTl.tf 


1 

1 

PERU 

MAIN  FLOOR 

AGRICULTURAL     BUILDING 


106 


THE  WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


beans,  the  fine  liqueur,  made  from  the 
native  orange  peel,  called  "  curacoa," 
and  all  of  the  ordinary  cereals.  Peru 
is  in  close  proximity,  occupying  the 
corner,  and  has  an  area  of  1,342  square 
feet.  On  the  opposite  side  of  the 
aisle  is  Mexico,  with  the  large  space  of 
5,084  square  feet,  showing  pulque, 
aguardiente,  sugar-cane,  coffee,  tobac- 
co, cereals,  etc.  Through  the  aisle  and 
down  to  the  left,  on  the  right-hand 
side,  is  found  Japan,  with  3,038  square 
feet,  displaying  fine  teas,  silks,  etc. 
Its  rustic  pavilion  is  exceedingly 
unique,  and  shows  some  very  pretty 
effects  in  bamboo,  cane,  fiber  ropes 
and  twines.  Honduras  comes  next, 
displaying  rare  woods,  etc.,  and  has 
Siam  for  a  vis-a-vis. 

Proceeding  in  an  easterly  direction, 
Brazil  (already  inspected)  is  on  the 
left,  and  on  the  right  is  the  Argentine 
Republic;  and  next  is  Austria,  with 
4,461  square  feet.  Germany  occupies 
both  sides  of  the  aisle,  with  a  total 
area  of  11,875  square  feet.  Her  dis- 
play is  magnificent  in  this  as  111  the 
other  departments.  Her  chief  spe- 
cialty is  beer,  and  from  every  brewing 
town  in  every  part  of  the  empire  are 
samples  of  this  malt  liquor.  The  center 
aisle,  running  from  north  to  south  of 
the  building,  has  now  been  reached, 
and  bearing  to  the  right  from  the 
center  of  the  building,  another  aisle 
is  taken  to  exhaust  this  section. 
Germany  has  been  inspected,  and 
next  on  the  right-hand  side  is  the 
State  of  Iowa,  with  a  fine  pavilion 
showing  her  grains,  grasses,  etc.  She 
makes  a  specialty  of  corn  in  her  pavil- 
ion decorations,  and  it  is  seen  of  all 
sizes  and  colors.  The  columns,  arches, 
and  pediments  are  artistically  deco- 
rated with  corn,  the  bases  showing 
flat  panels  of  this  grain.  The  bases 
of  some  of  the  columns  are  of  heads  of 
millet  and  grasses.  Stars,  flowers, 
etc.,  and  running  garlands  of  floral 
designs  are  made  of  colored  corn. 
There  are  also  panels  with  margins  of 
grains  of  corn  and  centers  of  heads  of 
wheat,  rye,  etc.  The  central  pagoda 
is  similarly  ornamented. 

Nebraska  has  a  pavilion  with  a  fine 
display  of  cereals,  grasses,  and  other 
farm  products.  Next  is  the  "  Wolver- 
ine State,"  Michigan,  making  a  cred- 


itable display,  as  does  also  Wisconsin, 
next  on  the  left,  with  her  fine  pavilion. 
On  the  right  is  the  already  visited 
Argentine  Republic,  and  on  the  left 
Minnesota,  showing  a  fine  flour  pavil- 
ion. On  the  right-hand  side  of  the 
aisle  is  the  exhibit  of  Uruguay. 
Crossing  an  intersecting  aisle,  Para- 


"  Abundance."      Ph.  Martiny,  Sculptor. 

guay  is  found  on  the  right.  Japan 
(already  inspected)  occupies  the  ex- 
treme right,  and  on  the  left  is  the 
French  governmental  teaching  ex- 
hibit. This  is  a  perfect  model  of  what 
an  agricultural  experiment  station  and 
agricultural  school  should  be.  Russia 
is  France's  neighbor,  taking  up,  in 
three  entire  blocks,  an  area  of  9,558 
square  feet,  with  wheat  as  her  leading 
exhibit. 


AGRICULTURAL  BUILDING. 


107 


Crossing  over  the  aisle  to  the  left,  one 
again  finds  himself  between  States. 
Turning  eastwardly  is  seen  Massachu- 
setts on  the  left  and  the  "  Nutmeg 
State"  on  the  right.  Then  the  "  Gran- 
ite State  "  stretches  across  the  alley- 
way, with  an  area  of  1,365  square  feet. 
All  of  these  have  creditable  exhibits. 
Proceeding,  one  finds  Montana's  ex- 
hibit. On  the  right  is  North  Dakota, 
whose  pavilion  is  beautifully  deco- 
rated; the  panels  of  its  inclosure  are 
filled  with  artistic  designs  worked  out 
in  corn,  seeds,  and  grasses.  Farther 
on  the  land  of  Poco  tiempo  (New  Mex- 


by  stuffed  white  pigs;  the  pagoda  is 
crowned  by  a  gilded  star  surmount- 
ing a  circle,  in  which  swings  a  bronze 
boar.  Cudahy's  exhibit,  next  in  order, 
has  a  tower  at  each  end,  surmounted 
by  a  crowned  hog  sitting  erect,  and 
a  central  pyramid  upon  which  is  seen 
a  partly  nude  man  holding  a  long- 
horned  bull.  Armour  has  a  pavilion  of 
woodwork  painted  white.  It  has  four 
corner  towers  and  a  larger  central  one, 
and  makes  a  fine  exhibit.  Immedi- 
ately behind  North  Dakota  New 
Hampshire,  the  "Switzerland  of 
America,"  is  seen.     Next  is  the  Ter- 


Group  on  Agricu 

ico)  occupies  1,261  square  feet  on  the 
left.  Its  exhibit  is  surprising  to  all. 
California  is  on  the  right,  her  space 
rich  with  honey,  wines,  fruits,  bran- 
dies, grains,  etc.  Again  the  center 
aisle  is  reached,  and  bearing  around 
to  the  right  the  "Sunflower  State" 
(Kansas)  is  seen. 

The  pavilions  south  of  Kansas  are 
occupied  with  packing  company  dis- 
plays. First  is  the  Swift  Refrigerator 
Co. ,  representing  an  elegant  freight- 
car,  its  sides  of  plate-glass  set  in  white 
wood,  and  its  wheels  and  trucks  gilded. 
Next  is  the  North  Packing  &  Provision 
Co.  ,with  two  end  towers  and  a  central 
pagoda.     The  towers  are  surmounted 


Kural  Building. 

ritory  of  Oklahoma,  an  infant  in 
years,  yet  with  a  fair  display  of 
corn,  oats,  wheat,  and  cultivated 
and  wild  grasses.  The  western  cor- 
ner shows  American  agricultural  col- 
leges and  experiment  stations,  which 
occupy  a  space  of  8,599  square  feet, 
with  Italy  as  a  neighbor,  having  an 
area  of  6,236  square  feet.  Her  ex- 
hibits are  wines,  liqueurs,  oils,  olives, 
fruits,  etc. 

One-half  of  the  building  has  now 
been  visited,  and  the  best  plan  is  to 
walk  back  to  the  main  door  and  take 
the  first  aisle  to  the  left.  The  first 
exhibit  on  the  left  of  this  aisle  is  that 
of     Ceylon,     her     exhibit    consisting 


108 


THE  WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


chiefly  of  teas,  spices,  etc.  On  the 
right  is  Great  Britain,  with  a  total 
area  in  this  and  the  next  aisle  of 
10,776  square  feet,  her  display  being 
an  exceedingly  fine  one,  consisting 
of  ales,  beers,  whiskies,  gins,  cheese, 
and  other  items  too  numerous  to  men- 
tion. Next  is  Australia,  taking  up 
both  sides  of  the  aisle,  with  a  space 
of  8,587  square  feet;  her  chief  exhibit 
being  wool,  though  she  has  other  fine 
displays.  On  the  left  Ecuador  is 
found,  followed  on  the  same  side  by 
Colombia.  Opposite  Colombia,  on 
the  right  of  the  aisle,  is  the  Cape  of 
Good  Hope  Colon}',  with  ivory, 
diamonds,  ostriches,  etc.  Next,  on 
each  side  of  the  aisle  are  the  exhibits 
of  Algeria  and  the  French  Colonies, 
having  an  area  of  6,405  square  feet. 
Next  on  the  left  is  Holland,  and  on 
the  right  is  Sweden. 

Passing  around  Sweden's  display, 
that  of  Denmark  is  reached,  covering 
an  area  of  1,584  square  feet.  Passing 
the  aisle  upon  which  Denmark  cor- 
ners, the  next  one  is  entered.  France, 
with  7,006  square  feet,  is  first  upon 
the  right.  Her  display  is  a  very  fine 
one,  the  chief  exhibits  being  rare 
wines,  brandies,  fruits,  oils,  canned 
fruits,  liqueurs,  etc.  To  the  left, 
opposite  France,  is  North  Carolina, 
with  1,886  square  feet;  and  New  York, 
with  2,845  square  feet.  This  State  has 
a  splendid  pavilion,  the  wood  used 
being  oil -polished  oak.  At  each  cor- 
ner is  a  four-square  arch  with  massive 
columns  of  antique  oak,  and  be- 
tween these  corners  run  plate-glass 
show-cases  with  antique  oak  wood- 
work and  bases.  These  cases  are 
filled  with  grains  of  all  kinds,  as  are 
also  the  central  cases  of  the  exhibit. 
Next  on  the  right  is  Ontario,  occu- 
pying two  blocks,  7,760  square  feet  in 
area,  with  a  very  large  display,  among 
which  is  to  be  seen  an  11 -ton  cheese, 
the  largest  ever  made.  It  comes  from 
Lanark  County.  Ontario  has  a  fine 
pavilion,  the  arches  and  columns  of 
its  outer  walls  festooned  with  gar- 
lands of  grasses  and  grains  in  the 
stalk.  The  capitals  of  the  columns 
are  of  the  same  materials.  The  in- 
ner temple,  bearing  the  legend 
"Agricultural  College  of  Ontario,"  is 
highly  ornamented  with  seeds,  grains, 


grasses,  etc. ,  on  a  black  velvet  back- 
ground, making  quite  a  striking  ex- 
hibit. 

Next  to  New  York  on  the  left  is 
Indiana,  with  a  pavilion  containing 
a  fine  display  of  her  agricultural  prod- 
ucts. Next  to  Indiana  on  the  same 
side  is  Kentucky.  In  her  pavilion, 
waiving  her  claims  to  the  finest 
horses,  the  best  whiskies,  and  the 
prettiest  women,  she  challenges  the 
world  to  compete  with  her  in  tobaccos, 
of  which  she  has  the  finest  display  ever 
exhibited.  Kentucky's  next  neighbor 
on  the  same  side  of  the  aisle  is  Ohio. 
In  her  handsome  pavilion  she  shows 
many  varieties  of  corn,  wheat,  and 
other  grains  and  grasses,  and  her 
tobacco  exhibit  is  very  fine.  Her 
pavilion  represents  a  Grecian  temple 
with  a  square  front,  two  small  wings, 
and  a  curved  rear  portico.  All  of  the 
fronts  are  pillared.  On  the  square 
front  facing  the  main  aisle  are 
twenty-six  pillars  of  medium  size,  on 
the  wings  twelve  smaller  ones,  and 
on  the  curved  portico  ten  very  large 
ones.  These  are  all  made  of  glass 
cylinders,  tapering  toward  the  top, 
and  filled  with  peas,  beans,  grains, 
and  grass-seeds  of  every  kind.  The 
effect  is  very  beautiful.  The  bases 
and  capitals  of  these  columns  are  of 
gilded  wood. 

The  beautiful  pavilion  of  Illinois  is 
next  on  the  left,  and  her  grasses,  ce- 
reals, and  other  products  are  as  fine 
as  any  in  the  building.  Pennsylvania 
is  next  on  the  same  side  of  the  aisle. 
Her  pavilion  is  a  very  artistic  one, 
its  ornamentation  being  a  handsome 
combination  of  fruits,  flowers,  and 
geometrical  designs,  worked  out  in 
mosses,  seeds,  grains,  etc.  In  the 
central  pagoda  is  a  representation 
of  the  liberty  bell  in  these  materials. 
The  coat-of-arms  of  the  State,  over 
four  feet  high,  is  produced  in  seeds 
and  grains,  only  the  natural  colors 
being  used.  Vases  and  ornamental 
arches  abound,  and  a  keystone  of  glass 
jars  filled  with  seeds  is  very  fine.  Two 
large  round  panels  have  centers  of 
grains,  representing  the  sun.  Oppo- 
site this  Great  Britain  has  a  block 
with  an  area  of  6,025  square  feet, 
already  noticed. 

Turning  to  the   left  and   walking 


A  GRIC  UL  TURA  L  B  UILDING. 


109 


to  the  second  aisle,  Arizona  is  first  on 
the  left,  and  opposite  is  Wyoming. 
Passing  on  down  the  aisle,  Utah  occu- 
pies the  next  block  on  the  left,  and 
Idaho  the  block  on  the  right.  Next 
to  Utah  on  the  left  is  Washington,  and 
opposite  is  New  Jersey,  famed  for  her 
peaches  and  small  fruits  and  vege- 


Sign  of  the  Zodiac.     Ph.  Martiny,  Sculptor. 

tables.  Missouri  is  next,  and  occu- 
pies both  sides  of  the  aisle  with  a 
larger  allotment  of  space  and  a  more 
varied  display  than  any  of  the  States. 
She  shows  peaches,  apples,  and  all 
sorts  of  fruits;  all  of  the  cereals  and 
tame  grasses  and  vegetables,  and, 
next  to  Kentucky,  the  finest  tobaccos. 
Her  decorated  pavilion  is  one  of  the 
finest  in  the  building,  and  will  repay 
a  visit.     She  displays  fruits  from  the 


largest  orchard  in  the  world,  the 
Olden  fruit  farm,  in  Howell  County. 
Her  pavilion  is  a  beautiful  one,  show- 
ing the  Eads  bridge  at  St.  Louis, 
worked  out  in  cane  and  decorated 
with  cereals.  She  also  displays  a  life- 
size  horse  made  of  grains,  and  a 
silken  globe,  upon  whose  surface  is 
shown,  in  seeds  of  different  kinds  and 
colors,  a  map  of  the  world,  with  its 
oceans,  continents,  bays,  rivers,  etc. 
The  coats-of-arms  of  the  State  and 
of  the  United  States  are  also  worked 
in  grains  of  many  colors. 

Adjoining  Missouri  on  the  left  is 
West  Virginia.  Florida,  filled  with 
golden  oranges  and  sub-tropical  fruits, 
joins  her  on  the  right  of  the  aisle. 
Turning  to  the  right  at  the  end  of 
Florida's  display,  and  entering  the 
second  aisle  beyond,  Virginia  is  first 
upon  the  right.  Her  specialty  is  fine 
tobacco,  though  her  other  exhibits  are 
excellent.  To  the  left  are  Greece  and 
the  Orange  Free  State.  Next  on  the 
left  is  Louisiana.  Her  specialty  is 
rice;  she  also  displays  cotton  and 
sugar,  and  her  perrique  tobacco  is 
excellent.  To  the  right  of  and  adjoin- 
ing Virginia  is  Oregon.  This  is  a 
great  wheat-producing  State,  though 
she  has  other  specialties.  To  the  left 
now  comes  a  line  of  individual  ex- 
hibits worth  visiting.  Next  to 
Oregon,  on  the  right,  is  Delaware, 
and  Maryland  follows.  Among  her 
exhibits  are  many  curios.  Next  is 
Colorado,  the  "  Centennial  State." 
Her  grains,  grasses,  and  fruits  are 
especially  fine.  South  Dakota  is  the 
last  of  the  States,  spring  wheat  being 
her  specialty.  The  Duluth  Mill  Com- 
pany shows  an  old-fashioned  hewed- 
log  water-mill  in  operation.  It  is  in  the 
gallery  near  the  northwestern  stair- 
way, and  is  quite  unique.  A  plow, 
formerly  the  property  of  Gen.  Israel 
Putnam,  of  Revolutionary  fame,  and 
possibly  the  one  he  left  standing  in 
the  furrow  when  called  to  arms,  is 
shown  by  Connecticut.  An  English 
Cheddar  cheese,  forty-six  years  old,  is 
to  be  seen  among  the  English  exhibits. 
Scotch,  Irish,  Welsh,  and  American 
whiskies  are  plentiful;  and  American 
and  German  beers,  English  ales,  and 
Irish  porters  and  stouts  abound.  An- 
heuser-Busch, the  St.  Louis  brewing 


110 


THE    WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


company,  has  in  the  west  gallery  a 
miniature  reproduction  of  its  plant. 
Maillard  of  New  York  has  also  in  the 
gallery  a  chocolate  statue  of  Colum- 
bus, weighing  1,700  pounds;  also  a 
copy  of  the  Venus  of  Milo  and 
Minerva,  each  weighing  1,500  pounds. 
Memphis  shows  1,350  samples  of  cot- 
ton of  all  varieties.  Vermont  makes 
the  finest  maple-sugar  display  ever 
seen.  The  Pabst  Brewing  Company 
of  Milwaukee  shows  a  model  of  its 
plant  made  of  pure  gold,  true  to  scale. 
The  Hydraulic  Press  Manufacturing 
Company  has  a  cider-press  in  opera- 
tion with  a  capacity  of  125  barrels  per 
day.  O'Connell's  tower  at  Cork  is 
duplicated  in  a  structure  built  of 
whisky-bottles.  Minnesota's  honey 
pyramid  is  eight  feet  high  and  weighs 
three  tons.  Colorado  makes  a  big 
display  of  Manitou  mineral  water. 
Germany's  display,  in  a  splendidly 
decorated  staff  pavilion  on  the  main 
floor,  is,  in  this  line,  exceedingly  fine. 

The  first  mowing-machine,  made  by 
Jeremiah  Bailey  of  Pennsylvania  in 
1822,  is  exhibited  by  Samuel  Worth 
of  Marshalltown,  Pa. 

In  the  gallery  are  also  the  following 
exhibits  worthy  of  notice: 

Knox's  Gelatine  Company  has  a 
lovely  little  pagoda.  It  has  delicate 
pillars,  and  a  domed  roof  colored  deep 
blue.  The  East  India  Spice  Company 
has  a  fine  booth,  tiled  and  ornamented 
in  vivid  reds,  blues,  and  yellows,  and 
surmounted  by  the  figure  of  an  ele- 
phant. Near  it  is  the  Nebraska 
Starch  Company's  pagoda,  quite  an 
ornamental  structure.  The  Barnett 
Produce  Company  has  a  rustic  booth, 
in  strange  contrast  to  its  elegant 
neighbors.  Near  it  is  the  pagoda  of 
the  Humbert  Soup  &  Jelly  Company; 
also  Swift's  butterine  pagoda.  Dur- 
kee  &  Co.  of  New  York  display 
their  spices,  etc.,  in  a  fine  pavilion  of 
hand-carved  wood.  Huckin's  soups 
are  shown  in  a  lovely  little  pagoda 
decorated  in  white  and  gold.  Its  cen- 
tral figure  is  a  pedestal  upon  which 
rests  a  handsomely  carved  and  deco- 
rated soup-bowl  with  a  ladle  resting 
in  it. 

The  Price  Baking  Powder  Company 
has  a  fine  large  pavilion  of  birch 
stained   to  represent   mahogany.     It 


makes  a  very  effective  display.  The 
pavilion  of  the  Oswego  Starch  Com- 
pany is  a  gem.  Its  decorations  are 
in  white  wood,  with  gilded  ornamen- 
tation, and  with  panels  of  brass  lattice- 
work. The  central  case  has  pillars 
made  of  hand-carved  wood  in  high 
relief  representing  growing  Indian 
corn,  and  showing  the  stalks,  blades, 
and  a  small  portion  of  the  ear  with  its 
grains  disclosed  through  the  parted 
shuck.  Gillette  displays  flavoring  ex- 
tracts in  a  chaste,  small  pavilion 
painted  a  pure  white.  The  H.  J. 
Heinz  Company  of  Pittsburg,  Pa.,  has 
a  magnificent  pavilion  of  antique  oak, 
hand-carved  and  oil-polished.  At 
each  of  the  four  corners  is  a  small 
pagoda.  These  are  tenanted  by 
beautiful  girls — one  French,  one  Eng- 
lish, one  German,  and  one  Spanish. 
The  T.  A.  Snyder  Preserve  Company 
has  a  very  pretty  pavilion.  The 
American  Cereal  Company  has  a 
pavilion  of  graceful  build  and  finish. 
It  is  of  antique  oak,  with  a  stained- 
glass  cornice  upon  which  appears  the 
name  of  the  company  and  representa- 
tions of  American  cereals.  The  Wise 
Axle  Grease  Company  has  a  novel  ex- 
hibit of  lubricating  oils  and  greases. 

The  booth  of  the  Lorillard  Tobacco 
Company  is  very  fine.  Its  tone  is  a 
deep  rich  red,  decorated  with  tracery 
of  gold.  The  small  pagoda  of  Lozano 
Pandas  &  Co. ,  erected  to  display  their 
cigars,  is  very  unique.  Upon  its 
crest  is  placed  a  model  of  the  ' '  Santa 
Maria,"  and  all  around  its  central 
room  are  beautiful  onyx  columns.  Its 
base,  which  is  triangular  in  shape,  is 
supported  by  three  gilded  eagles. 
The  Schlitz  Brewing  Company  has  a 
display  consisting  of  a  huge  cask,  with 
an  opening  on  the  main  front  like  a 
railway  ticket-window.  Above  the 
cask,  in  its  center,  is  a  globe  of  staff, 
seventeen  feet  in  diameter,  upheld  by 
four  female  figures  of  gigantic  size. 
The  equator  of  the  globe  is  marked 
by  a  double  line  of  colored  lights. 
Bergner  &  Engel  of  Philadelphia 
have  a  fine  pagoda  of  antique  oak. 
Brinker's  cotton-bale  exhibit  con- 
sists of  miniature  bales  made  from 
cotton  produced  by  slave  labor  in  1863. 
A  special  feature  of  this  exhibit  is  the 
old  slave  who  assisted  in  the  growing 


AGRICULTURAL  BUILDING. 


Ill 


of  this  crop  of  cotton.  The  booth  is 
built  of  these  small  bales.  There  are 
many  other  exhibits  on  the  floor  and 
in  the  galleries  well  worthy  of  a  visit, 
but  for  which  there  is  not  room  for 
even  a  mere  mention.  With  the  hints 
here  given,  however,  it  is  not  proba- 
ble that  any  of  the  more  important 
ones  will  be  overlooked  by  the  visitor. 
Retracing  his  steps  from  the  Agri- 
cultural Building  and  wending  his 
way  along  the  south  front  of  the 
Main    Basin,   the    visitor    pauses    to 


symbol  of  liberty — the  Phrygian  cap 
— and  the  other  a  globe  surmounted 
by  an  eagle.  The  bird  of  freedom 
spreads  its  protecting  wings  over  the 
nations  of  the  earth.  The  little 
finger  of  "The  Republic"  measures 
just  2  feet  3  inches  from  knuckle  to 
nail.  A  better  idea  of  the  dimensions 
of  the  work  will  be  had  when  it  is 
stated  that  the  distance  between  the 
chin  and  the  top  of  the  head  is  15 
feet;  the  arms  are  30  feet  long;  the 
nose  is  30  inches  long;  the  wedding- 


The  Quadriga  Group  on  the  Peristyle.     French  &  Potter,  Sculptors. 


inspect  the  heroic  Statue  of  the 
Republic  (L  22),  by  Daniel  Chester 
French. 

The  form  of  the  statue  is  clothed 
in  a  Grecian  robe,  but  the  head  and 
features  are  distinctly  modern  and 
American.  It  is  a  keen  type  of  face, 
thoughtful,  almost  severe,  but  with 
great  elements  of  beauty.  Upon  the 
head  is  a  wreath  of  laurel  leaves— 
the  common  emblem  of  victory — and 
around  it  a  halo  of  electric  lamps, 
forming  a  semicircle  of  light,  which 
will  both  illuminate  and  ennoble  the 
figure  when  night  falls.  The  arms 
are  lifted,  but  not  imploringly,  for 
one  hand  holds  a  staff  carrying  the 


ring  finger  is  \o%  inches  around;  the 
length  of  the  forefinger  is  45  inches. 
There  is  room  on  the  hand  to  hold 
four  men  of  ordinary  size.  Inside 
the  statue  is  a  stairway  for  the  ac- 
commodation of  the  attendant  who 
will  see  to  the  lighting  of  the  diadem. 
Without  the  plinth  the  statue 
measures  sixty-five  feet.  The  total 
weight  is  thirty-five  tons.  The 
head  alone  weighs  \\  tons.  With 
characteristic  and  becoming  modesty 
the  able  sculptor  thus  describes  his 
grand  creation:  "  My  colossal  '  Statue 
of  the  Republic '  stands  at  the  east- 
erly end  of  the  great  lagoon  facing  the 
Administration  "Building.    The  statue 


112 


THE    WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


is  65  feet  in  height  to  the  top  of  the 
head  and  rests  upon  a  pedestal  35  feet 
in  height.  On  account  of  the  almost 
perfectly  symmetrical  arrangement  of 
the  architecture  about  it,  I  have 
treated  the  statue  in  a  formal  and 
almost  archaic  manner.  The  figure 
stands  firmly  upon  both  feet;  both 
arms  are  raised;  in  one  hand  she 
holds    a  staff   with    liberty  cap  and 


Spanish  Guitarist. 

streamers,  in  the  other  a  globe  sur- 
mounted by  an  eagle.  On  her  head 
is  a  laurel  crown,  and  a  halo  of 
thirteen  stars,  operated  by  electric 
light,  encircles  it.  Her  heavy  robe, 
which  suggests  a  lawyer's  gown,  is 
open  in  front,  and  reveals  a  breast- 
plate of  scale  armor  and  a  sword 
half-hidden  by  the  drapery.  The 
statue  is  made  of  plaster  and  gilded." 
Mrs.  Schuyler  Van  Rensselaer  says 
that  "its  bulk  impresses  one  much 
less  than  its  beauty,  for  it  is  in  scale 
with  its  surroundings  and  in  harmony 
with  their  form  and  spirit.  It  is  not 
an  independent  work  of  art;  it  is  a 
piece  of  architectural  scitlpture  as 
truly  as  though  it  had  been  desig- 
nated for  attachment  to  some  building. 
It  is  an  integral  part  of  the  splendid 
architectural  panorama  amid  which 
it  stands.  In  this  place  a  statue  of 
the  more  usual  kind — a  realistic  fig- 
ure in  a  natural  attitude  of  repose 
or  in  vigorous  action,  or  a  graceful 
ideal  figure  with  flowing  outlines, 
contrasted  gestures,  and  varied 
masses,  lights,  and  shadows — would 
have  been  distinctly  inharmonious. 
This    figure,    with    its    almost    rigid 


outlines,  the  parallel  gesture  of  the 
two  uplifted  hands,  and  its  majestic 
movement,  so  dignified  as  to  be  al- 
most hieratic  repose,  is  exactly  what 
is  wanted." 

In  the  rear  of  the  ' '  Statue  of  the  Re- 
public," connecting  with  its  classic 
columns  the  Casino  and  Music  Hall, 
is  the  artistic  Peristyle  (K  23),  de- 
signed by  Mr.  C.  B.  Atwood,  resem- 
bling in  the  center  portion  the  Arc 
de  Trio7)iphe  of  the  Place  du  Carrou- 
sel in  Paris.  The  Peristyle  is  com- 
posed of  forty-eight  columns — twenty- 
four  on  either  side.  These  symbolize 
the  States  and  Territories.  On  each 
column  is  a  figure  fourteen  feet  high. 
Below  are  the  names  of  the  different 
States.  This  colonnade  reaches  234 
feet  from  each  corner  building  to  the 
Columbus  portico.  Over  the  water- 
gate  and  surrounding  the  Columbian 
Arch  in  the  Peristyle,  immediately  be- 
hind the  "Statue  of  the  Republic,"  is 
the  Quadriga  representing  "  The  Tri- 
umph of  Columbus."  Columbus 
stands  in  a  chariot  drawn  by  four 
horses,  which  are  led  by  two  women. 
At  either  side  of  the  chariot  is  a 
mounted  herald  bearing  a  banner. 

Writing  of  this  Columbus  Quadriga, 
Mrs.  Van  Rensselaer  described  it 
as  embodying 
"an  idea 
which  seemed 
radically  nov- 
el. No  one 
remembers  to 
have  seen  a 
quadriga  de- 
signed as  this 
one  is.  The 
four  horses  do 
not  stan  d 
simply  abreast 
and  by  them- 
selves, guided 
only  by  the 
victory  erect 
in  her  chariot. 
Between  each 
pair  advances 
Music  Hail  Decoration.  afemale figure 
holding  them  to  right  and  left  by  their 
bits.  Thus  those  who  face  the  Quad- 
riga see  at  each  end  a  horse,  then  a 
woman's  figure,  and  in  the  center  two 
horses.     Even  from  words  the  interest 


AGRICULTURAL  BUILDING. 


113 


of  such  a  composition  appears.  We 
see  one  of  the  most  original  and  one 
of  the  most  delightful  sculptured  con- 
ceptions of  modern  times." 

Heroic  figures,  fifteen  feet  in  height, 
by  the  sculptor  Theodore  Baur,  rep- 
resenting "  Eloquence,"  "  Music," 
"Fisher  Boy,"  "Navigation,"  and 
"  Indian  Chief,"  many  times  dupli- 
cated, appear  on  the  Casino,  Music 
Hall,  and  Peristyle.  The  conception 
of  these  figures  is  strong  and  the 
sculptor's  inspiration  carefully  carried 
out  in  their  modeling. 

On  either  side  of  the  arch  are  groups 
representing  the  genius  of  navigation 
and  discovery,  with  supporting  figures 
for  each  on  the  projecting  prow  of  a 
vessel.  These  are  the  work  of  Bela  L. 
Pratt  of  New  York. 

The  Music  Hall  (K  22),  200  feet 
long  and  140  feet  wide,  is  at  the  north 
end  of  the  Peristyle,  and  contains 
an  auditorium  capable  of  seating 
2,000  people,  with  room  for  an 
orchestra  of  seventy  -  five  pieces 
and  a  chorus  of  300  people.  The 
structure  is  three  stories  high,  and 
is  an  architectural  gem  both  as  to 
interior  and  exterior.  The  style  is 
Roman  Renaissance.  The  main  en- 
trance is  between  lofty  Corinthian 
columns,  through  a  broad  loggia,  and 
under  arched  doorways.  On  the  main 
floor  is  the  auditorium,  oval  in  form, 
with  the  stage  overlooking  the  lake  at 
the  east  end.  In  front  of  the  stage  is 
a  level  space  with  capacity  for  more 
than  a  thousand  seats,  while  back  of 
that  rise  tiers  of  seats.  An  orches- 
tra of  300  can  find  seats  on  the  stage, 
while  the  hall  will  seat  2,500  people. 
On  the  second  floor,  back  of  the 
terraced  seats  in  the  west  end  of  the 
building,  is  a  recital  hall,  which  may 
be  made  part  of  the  main  building 
by  raising  the  curtained  intervening 
wall.  This  makes  a  balcony-room 
in  which  a  large  orchestra  can  be 
distinctly  heard.  Recital  Hall  will 
be  used  for  performances  such  as  its 
name  indicates,  and  as  a  jury-room 
where  ambitious  musicians  will  play 
before  critics  for  awards.     A  flattened 


glass  dome  furnishes  light  for  the 
main  auditorium.  The  galleries  on 
third  floor,  running  nearly  the  length 
of  the  building  directly  under  the 
roof ,  can  also  be  used  to  increase  the 
seating  capacity  of  the  house.  Below 
the  cornices  of  the  Casino  and  Music 
Hall  are  inscribed  the  names  of  the 
world's  great  musicians,  composers, 
and  singers. 

In  the  northeastern  angle  of  the 
landward  side  of  the  Peristyle  is 
located  the  Lowney  Pavilion  (L  22), 
designed  by  Charles  B.  Atwood, 
which  stands  close  to  Music  Hall. 
The  design  for  the  pavilion  comes 
from  the  Roman  Temple  of  Vesta, 
and  is  quite  artistically  carried  out. 
The  ground-floor  is  a  bazaar  devoted 
to  the  sale  of  chocolate  bonbons. 
Near  by  is  Baker's  Cocoa  and 
Chocolate  Pavilion  (K  22),  a  small 
but  carefully  planned  and  beautiful 
structure,  with  two  main  entrances 
leading  to  a  central  hall  used  as  a 
cafti,  where  the  celebrated  breakfast 
cocoa  is  served  by  young  maidens 
dressed  in  the  costume  of  Liotard's 
' '  La  Belle  Chocolatiere. "  Small  tables 
and  chairs  are  placed  about  the  room 
and  everything  is  very  dainty. 

A  Rolling  Chair  Around  the 
Grounds  is  to  be  had  by  the  invalid 
or  sybarite,  the  indolent,  the  halt,  or 
the  lame.  At  twenty-one  pavilions, 
or  more,  in  the  grounds  are  stationed 
some  2,500  Columbia  rolling  chairs, 
with  neatly  uniformed  guides  and  at- 
tendants in  charge.  This  feature  is 
provided  for  by  a  concession  granted 
to  the  Columbia  Rolling  Chair  Co. 
Scale  of  charges  for  use  of  chairs, 
with  attendant  as  chair-propeller  and 
guide — single  chair  (one  person),  75 
cents  per  hour,  40  cents  per  half-hour, 
$6  per  day  of  ten  hours;  double  chair 
(two  persons),  %\  per  hour,  50  cents 
per  half  hour,  $8  per  day  of  ten  hours. 
Without  attendant— single  chair  (one 
person),  40  cents  per  hour,  20  cents 
per  half -hour,  $3.50  per  day  of  ten 
hours;  double  chair  (two  persons),  50 
cents  per  hour,  25  cents  per  half-hour, 
%\  per  day  of  ten  hours. 


chapter  viii. 
Manufactures  and  liberal  arts  building. 


'MONG  the  wonders 
that  await  the  visitor 
at  every  turn  there  are 
none  which  will  more 
excite  his  admiration 
or  surprise  than  the 
building  which  forms 
the  chief  subject  of  con- 
sideration of  this  chapter. 
Whether  considered  on 
account  of  its  gigantic 
size,  for  the  severely  simple 
yet  chaste  and  beautiful  lines 
of  its  architecture,  or  for  the 
great  talent  which  made 
such  a  structure  a  possibility,  we  can 
not  but  give  way  to  mingled  feelings 
of  wonder  and  delight. 

THE     MANUFACTURES    AND 
LIBERAL  ARTS   BUILDING 

(K  20).  This  edifice  is  rectangular 
in  form,  i,6S7  x  7S7  feet,  with  aground 
area  of  nearly  thirty-one  acres,  and 
a  floor  and  gallery  space  of  forty-four 
acres.  It  is  the  largest  building  in 
the  world,  is  the  largest  roofed  build- 
ing that  was  ever  erected,  and  is  the 
world's  architectural  wonder.  In  its 
construction  17,000,000  feet  of  lumber, 
12,000,000  pounds  of  steel,  and  2,000,- 
000  pounds  of  iron  were  used,  and  it 
cost  $  1 ,  700,000.  Its  central  chamber  is 
380  x  1,280  feet,  surrounded  by  a  nave 
107  feet  wide,  and  both  hall  and  nave 
are  circled  by  a  gallery  fifty  feet  wide. 
Any  church  in  Chicago  could  be 
placed  in  the  vestibule  of  St.  Peter's 
Church  at  Rome,  but  this  building  is 
three  times  as  large  as  St.  Peter's. 
The  old  Roman  Coliseum  seated 
80,000  people,  but  this  building  is 
four  times  larger  than  the  Coliseum. 
In  the  central  hall,  a  single  room  with- 
out a  supporting  pillar  under  its  roof, 


75,000  people  could  be  seated  and  each 
one  given  six  square  feet  of  space. 
The  entire  building  would  thus  seat 
300,000  persons.  There  are  7,000,000 
feet  of  lumber  in  the  floors,  and  it 
required  five  car-loads  of  nails  to 
fasten  this  215  car-loads  of  lumber  to 
the  joists.  Twenty  such  buildings  as 
the  Auditorium,  the  largest  in  Chi- 
cago, could  be  placed  on  this  floor. 
To  grow  the  amount  of  lumber  re- 
quired in  its  construction  would  take 
1,100  acres  of  Michigan  pine  land. 
The  iron  and  steel  in  the  roof  would 
build  two  Brooklyn  bridges,  and  there 
are  1,400  tons  more  of  metal  in  it 
than  in  the  great  St.  Louis  bridge.  In 
the  skylights  are  eleven  acres  of  glass 
— forty  car-loads.  Its  aisles  are  laid 
off  as  streets  and  lighted  with  orna- 
mental lamp-posts  bearing  arc  lights. 
The  roof  of  the  central  hall  is  212 
feet  9  inches  high;  the  truss  span, 
354  feet.  The  weight  of  the  truss  with 
purlines    is  400,000  pounds.     In  the 


James  Allison. 

central  hall  the  Vendome  Column  at 
Paris  could  be  mounted  on  a  seventy- 
four-foot  pedestal  without  touching 
the  roof,  which  is  only  eleven  feet 
lower  than  the  Bunker  Hill  monument 
at  Boston.  It  is  but  six  feet  lower 
11) 


116 


THE   WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


than  the  top  of  the 
spire  of  Grace 
Church,  New  York, 
and  ten  feet  lower 
than  the  great 
chimney  of  the  New 
York  Steam  Heat- 
ing Co.  Its  ground 
plan  is  more  than 
twice  the  size  of  the 
great  pyramid  of 
Cheops.  Six  games 
of  base-ball  might 
be  played  at  one 
time  on  this  floor 
without  crowding 
any  of  the  players. 
The  French  Expo- 
sition of  1889  had 
one  tremendous 
building — its  Palace 
of  Mechanic  Arts; 
but  that  structure 
might  be  placed  in 
this  building  and  the 
Eiffel  Tower  laid  flat 
upon  its  roof  with- 
out touching  the  en- 
veloping structure 
except  on  the  floor. 
The  standing  army 
of  Russia  could  be 
mobilized  under  its 
roof.  The  building 
is  nearly  two  and  a 
half  times  as  long 
and  more  than  two 
and  a  half  times  as 
wide  as  the  Capitol 
at  Washington.  Its 
architect  is  Mr. 
George  B.  Post  of 
New  York.  In  de- 
sign it  is  severely 
simple,  yet  massive 
and  beautiful.  O  f 
course  such  a  build- 
ing could  not  be 
treated  as  ornament- 
ally as  the  smaller 
ones,  as  this  would 
detract  from  its  im- 
mense size.  The 
motive  in  its  archi- 
tectural inspiration 
was  undoubtedly  to 
impress  the  beholder 
with  its  solidity  and 


GROUND    FLOOR    PLAN    OF    MANUFACTURES 
AND    LIBERAL     ARTS     BUILDING. 


MANUFACTURES  BUILDING. 

NORTH 


117 


CALLERY    PLAN    OF    MANUFACTURES 
AND    LIBERAL    ARTS    BUILDING, 


grandeur,  and  not 
to  subordinate  these 
to  considerations  of 
mere  beauty.  Were 
the  sight  broken  and 
the  senses  distracted 
by  carved  balconies, 
columned  porches, 
and  arabesques,  the 
building  would  be 
seen  in  parts  and  not 
as  one  gigantic 
whole,  and  its  im- 
mensity would  be 
thus  frittered  away 
and  lost  to  the  spec- 
tator. As  it  is,  the 
eye  takes  in  at  a 
glance  its  chaste, 
plain  exterior,  and 
the  mind  is  thrilled 
by  the  idea  of  its 
stupendous  size,  so- 
lidity, and  strength. 

When  one  sees  the 
myriad  exhibits  in- 
stalled in  this  vast 
building  alone,  it  is 
<  easy  to  comprehend 
the  enormous  nature 
of  the  task  which 
has  been  so  success- 
fully performed  by 
Mr.  Joseph  Hirst— 
the  Secretary  of  In- 
stallation—in satis- 
factorily installing 
thousands  of  exhib- 
its in  the  various 
buildings  in  their 
proper  and  appro- 
priate places. 

It  was  in  this  vast 
building  that  on  Fri- 
day, October  21, 
1892,  the  Vice-Presi- 
dent of  the  United 
States,  the  Hon. 
Levi  P.  Morton 
(President  Harrison 
being  at  his  dying 
wife's  bedside),  dedi- 
cated the  vast 
"  White  City  "  to  the 
use  of  humanity,  in 
the  presence  of  a 
multitude  estimated 
at  150,000,  represen- 


118 


THE   WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


tative  of  every  nation  of  the  universe. 
One  of  the  most  notable  features  of 
the  dedication  ceremonies  was  a 
recital  of  portions  of  the  inspiring  ode 
written  by  Miss  Harriet  Monroe. 
Selections  were  also  rendered,  to  a 
musical  setting,  by  a  choir  of  4,000 
voices. 

The  paintings  in  the  domes  of  the 
Manufactures  and  Liberal  Arts  Build- 
ing are  as  follows:  North  entrance, 
Beckwith  and  Shirlaw.  By  Beck- 
with — ' '  Electricity  as  applied  to  Com- 
merce," four  females.  By  Shirlaw — 
"  The  Abundance  of  Land  and  Sea," 
four  figures  on  nuggets  of  gold  and 
silver,  a  branch  of  coral,  and  a  huge 
pearl.  East  entrance,  by  Simmons 
and  Cox.  By  Simmons — four  nude 
men,  a  blacksmith  for  iron,  a  sculptor 
for  stone,  a  man  holding  a  coil  of  rope 
for  hemp,  and  so  on.  By  Cox — a 
woman  bending  a  sword,  represent- 
ing the  metal-worker's  art;  weaving, 
by  a  woman  holding  a  distaff;  pot- 
tery, by  a  woman  decorating  a  vase; 
building,  by  a  woman  holding  a  car- 
penter's square,  with  a  partly  finished 
brick  wall  at  her  back.  South  en- 
trance, by  Reid  and  Weir.  By  Reid — 
three  seated  figures  of  women  against 
the  sky,  representing  the  art  of  de- 
sign; and  one  seated  man,  a  metal- 
worker. By  Weir  —  female  figures 
representing  pottery,  sculpture,  deco- 
ration,and  textile  arts.  West  entrance, 


Joseph   Hirst. 

by  Blashfield  and  Reinhart.  By  Blash- 
field — sitting  figures  winged,  allegor- 
ical of  the  arts  of  the  armorer,  the 
brass-worker,  the  iron-worker,  the 
stone-worker.  By  Reinhart — seated 
figures  representing  the  goldsmith's 
and  decorative   arts,   with  vases  of 


plants  in  the  arches  overhead.  The 
subjects  of  Mr.  Gari  Melcher's  panels 
over  the  southwest  entrance  are  "  The 
Arts  of  War"  and  "The  Arts  of 
Peace."  Two  panels  by  Mr.  F.  D. 
Millet  are  located  over  the  entrance 


at  the  northwest  corner;  they  repre- 
sent the  weaving  trades,  the  subjects 
being  "  Penelope  at  the  Loom  "  and 
14  The  Return  of  Ulysses."  Two 
panels  by  Mr.  Lawrence  C.  Earle 
are  placed  over  the  northeast  entrance, 
representing  "Glass-blowing"  and 
"Pottery."  Mr.  McEwen's  panels, 
placed  over  the  entrance  at  the  south- 
east corner,  typify  "Music"  and 
' '  Textiles. "  The  subjects  in  all  of  the 
decorations  in  this  building  are  treated 
in  classical  style,  and  are  very  fine. 
Around  the  sides  in  a  frieze  appear 
the  names  of  the  States,  with  their 
coats-of-arms,  and  gigantic  eagles, 
with  uplifted  wings,  are  poised  on  the 
pediments  over  the  entrances. 

In  the  Manufactures  and  Liberal 
Arts  Building  the  classification  is  as 
follows: 

GROUP  NO. 

147. — Physical  development,  training 
and  conditions,  hygiene. 

14S. — Instruments  and  apparatus  of 
medicine,  surgery,  and  pros- 
thesis. 

149. — Primary,  secondary,  and  su- 
perior education. 

150. — Literature,  books,  libraries, 
journalism. 

151. — Instruments  of  experiment,  re- 
search, photographs. 

152. — Civil  engineering,  public  works, 
constructive  architecture. 


MANUFACTURES  BUILDING. 


119 


153. — Government  and  law. 

154. — Commerce,  trade,  and  banking. 

155. — Institutions  for  the  increase  and 

diffusion  of  knowledge. 
156. — Social,    industrial,   and  cooper- 
ative associations. 
157. — Religious  organizations,   statis- 
tics, and  publications. 
158. — Music  and  musical  instruments. 
The   groupings    in    the   Manufact- 
ures  and    Liberal   Arts     Building  — 
Department    H     —     (Manufactures), 
James  Allison,  chief,  are  officially  as 
follows: 

GROUP  NO. 

87. — Chemical    and    pharmaceutical 

products,  druggists'  supplies. 
8S. — Paints,  colors,    dyes,   and  var- 
nishes. 
89. — Typewriters,        paper,       blank 

books,  stationery. 
90. — Furniture   of  interiors,     uphol- 
stery, and  artistic  decorations. 
91. — Ceramics      and     mosaics    (see 

Group  46). 
92. — Monuments,  mausoleums,  man- 
tels, undertakers'  goods. 
93. — Art  metal  work,  enamels,  etc. 
94. — Glass  and  glassware. 
95. — Stained  glass  in  decorations. 
96. — Carvings  in  various  materials. 
97. — Gold  and  silver,  plate,  etc. 
98. — Jewelry  and  ornaments. 
99. — Horology,  watches,  clocks,  etc. 
100. — Silk  and  silk  fabrics. 
1 01.— Fabrics  of  jute,  ramie,  and  other 

vegetable  and  mineral  fibers. 
102. — Yarns,  woven  goods,  linen,  and 

other  vegetable  fibers. 
103. — Woven  and  felted  goods  of  wool, 

,    and  mixtures  of  wool. 
104. — Clothing  and  costumes. 
105. — Fur  and  fur  clothing. 
106. — Laces,  embroideries,  trimmings, 

artificial  flowers,  fans,  etc. 
107. — Hair  work,  coiffures,  and  acces- 
sories of  the  toilet. 
10S. — Traveling  equipments,  valises, 

trunks,  canes,  umbrellas. 
109. — Rubber  goods, caoutchouc,  gutta 
percha,  celluloid,  and  zylonite. 
no. — Toys  and  fancy  articles, 
in. — Leather,  and  manufactures   of 

leather. 
112. — Scales,   weights,  and  measures 

(see  also  Group  151). 
113. — Materials  of  war,  apparatus  for 
hunting,  sporting  arms, 


114. — Lighting  apparatus  and  appli- 
ances. 
115. — Heating  and  cooking  apparatus 

and  appliances. 
116. — Refrigerators,    hollow    metal 

ware,  tinware,  enameled  ware. 
117. — Wire  goods  and  screens,  perfor- 
ated sheetsjattice  work,  fencing. 
1 1 S.— Wrought    iron    and  thin  metal 

exhibits. 
119. — Vaults,  safes,  hardware,  edged 

tools,  cutlery. 
120. — Plumbing  and  sanitary  mate- 
rials. > 
121. — Miscellaneous  articles  of  manu- 
facture not  heretofore  classed. 
Entrances. — The  Manufactures  and 
Liberal  Arts  Building  has  four  grand 
portals,  one  in  the  middle  of  each 
facade,  surmounted  at  its  center  with 
a  casting  of  a  gigantic  eagle.  These 
entrances  are  80  feet  high  and  40  feet 
wide,  and  between  two  of  them — the 
north  and  south  doors — runs  Columbia 
Avenue,  fifty  feet  wide,  and  studded 
at  the  corners  of  each  intersecting 
aisle  with  ornamental  lamp-posts  bear- 
ing electric  lights.  Across  this  street, 
at  its  middle,  runs  another,  also  fifty 
feet  wide,  from  the  eastern  to  the 
western  door,  thus  dividing  the  inte- 
rior of  the  building  into  four  immense 
rectangular  spaces,  which  are  each 
further  divided  by  other  intersecting 
aisles,  some  running  north  and  south 
and  others  east  and  west.  In  the 
center  of  the  building,  at  the  inter- 
section of  the  two  main  streets,  stands 
an  imposing  clock-tower,  which  will 
be  described  further  on.  At  each 
corner  are  swung  elevators  in  pairs, 
which  ascend  to  the  roof,  carrying 
passengers  for  a  promenade  upon  the 
walk  extending  around  it.  For  the 
round  trip,  up  and  down,  the  elevator 
company  charges  a  fee  of  25  cents. 

The  Main  Exhibits. — Along  the 
streets,  for  such  they  may  well  be 
called,  are  gilded  domes  and  glitter- 
ing minarets,  mosques,  palaces, 
kiosks,  and  brilliant  pavilions,  minia- 
ture indeed,  yet  producing  the  effect 
of  a  beautiful  city  inclosed  by 
marble  walls  and  roofed  in  with  a 
dome  of  glass.  At  a  height  of  140 
feet  above  the  floor  are  suspended 
five  enormous  chandeliers,  the  largest 
ever  conceived  by  man.      These  elec- 


120 


THE    WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


trie  chandeliers,  or  electroliers  as 
they  are  technically  called,  are 
seventy-five  feet  in  diameter,  possess 
a  candle-power  of  828,000,  and 
are  securely  fastened  so  that 
there  is  no  danger  of  a  fall 
or  breakage  of  the  wires.  The  best 
plan  is  to  enter  the  building  by  the 
main  southern  entrance  and  proceed 
systematically  with  an  examination  of 
its  contents.  The  interior  having 
been  gained,  the  visitor  will  naturally 
be  anxious  to  reach  the  grand  exhibits 
of  France,  England,  Germany,  and 
the  United  States  as  soon  as  possible. 


Lundborg's  Pavilion 


To  do  this  it  is  best  to  start  straight 
north  along  the  central  street,  Colum- 
bia Avenue.  First  on  the  left  is  seen 
the  exhibit  of  Italy,  which  is  very 
beautiful,  being  arranged  in  an  im- 
mense show-case  which  is  made  in 
the  shape  of  a  pavilion  and  is  ninety 
feet  high.  Bronzes,  marbles,  tapes- 
tries, silken  fabrics,  Venetian  glass- 
wares, inlaid  woodwork  and  cabinet- 
ware  are  features  of  this  display; 
and  of  Venetian  laces,  both  ancient 
and  modern,  the  collection    is  mag- 


nificent. The  Netherlands  exhibit 
comes  next,  on  the  same  side  of  the 
avenue,  and  its  pavilion  presents  a 
characteristic  and  beautiful  display. 
Immediately  following  the  Nether- 
lands is  the  exhibit  of  Switzerland — 
a  rarely  beautiful  one.  The  wooden 
paneling  which  surrounds  this  display 
on  three  sides  is  ornamented  by 
views  of  lake  and  mountain  scenery 
of  artistic  excellence.  The  Castle 
of  Chillon,  immortalized  by  Byron; 
a  view  of  the  city  of  Geneva,  and 
several  fine  Alpine  views  are  pre- 
sented. The  exhibit  consists  chiefly 
of  watches,  watch -movements,  wood- 
carvings,  music-boxes,  etc.  The  dis- 
play of  wall  and  wood  carvings  is 
the  largest  and  finest  ever  made. 
Across  the  avenue,  opposite  Switzer- 
land, the  display  of  Norway  is  seen. 
The  panels  which  surround  this  pavil- 
ion have  also  been  adorned  with  large 
canvas  surfaces  upon  which  are 
painted  beautiful  bits  of  Norwegian 
scenery.  The  tourist  exhibit,  consist- 
ing of  hunting-articles  and  the  con- 
veyances peculiar  to  Norway,  is  cal- 
culated to  excite  interest,  as  are  also 
the  exhibits  proper — silverware,  gilt, 
enameled  and  plain,  for  table  and 
personal  ornament;  marble,  granite, 
wood-carvings,  hand-woven  rugs, 
portieres,  embroideries,  wood-pulp, 
school-instruction  material,  etc.  Next 
to  Norway  on  the  north  is  the  Russian 
exhibit,  contained  in  a  magnificent 
pavilion  seventy  feet  high.  The 
workmanship  on  this  building  is  won- 
derful when  the  crudeness  of  the 
tools  of  the  Russian  workmen  is  taken 
into  consideration.  The  space  covered 
is  almost  one  acre.  The  display  con- 
sists largely  of  fine  silks,  furniture, 
jewelry,  precious  stones,  etc.  Across 
the  aisle  from  Russia's  exhibit  is  that 
of  Denmark,  which  adjoins  those  of 
Switzerland  and  Brazil .  This  pavilion 
has  outer  portals  on  three  sides,  and 
from  its  fourth  side  the  spaces  of 
Switzerland  and  Brazil  may  be 
entered.  The  main  facade  and  en- 
trance face  Columbia  Avenue,  and 
represent  the  coat-of-arms  of  the  city 
of  Copenhagen,  consisting  of  three 
towers;  the  central  ninety  feet  high, 
the  others  sixty  feet  high.  Each  of 
the  side  towers  has  a  clock— one  show- 


MANUFACTURES  BUILDING. 


121 


ing  Chicago  time,  the  other  Copen- 
hagen time.  Over  each  of  the  two 
minor  entrances  is  shown  the  coat-of- 
arms  of  Denmark,  six  feet  high.  The 
north  facade  has  an  entrance  twenty 
feet  high.  The  pavilion  is  decorated 
with  beautiful  landscapes  from  differ- 
ent parts  of  Denmark,  Iceland,  and 
Greenland,  and  its  West  India  colo- 
nies; also  with  plaster  reproductions 
of  the  famous  sculptures  of  Thor- 
waldsen.  The  pavilion  is  divided  into 
three  parts— the  first  devoted  to  a 
display  of  fine  gold  and  silverware 
and  jewelry,  the  second  to  the  display 
of  porcelain,  ceramics,  and  terra  cotta 
decorative  articles,  and  the  third  to 
woman's  work,  such  as  embroideries, 
laces,  etc.  A  treat  for  the  children 
is  the  faithful  reproduction  of  the 
room  in  which  Hans  Christian  Ander- 
sen, the  child's  author  par  excellence, 
lived  and  worked.  A  life-size  statue 
of  the  author  and  many  relics  of  him 
are  shown.  The  great  sculptor  Thor- 
waldsen  also  has  a  room  devoted  to 
his  relics  and  works.  Across  an  inter- 
secting aisle  from  Denmark,  but  on 
the  same  side  of  Columbia  Avenue,  is 
the  exhibit  of  Canada,  adjoining  that 
of  England.  The  display  is  a  large 
and  creditable  one,  and  exhibits  the 
progress  and  material  advantages  of 
this  province  in  a  striking  manner. 
Opposite  Canada,  across  the  avenue, 
is  the  pavilion  of  Belgium,  which  was 
designed  and  framed  by  Belgian  work- 
men and  sent  to  Chicago,  and  here 
set  up.  The  facade  fronting  on  the 
avenue  is  of  the  same  height  as  that 
of  France,  which  it  joins,  and  is  com- 
posed of  a  high  central  arch  and  two 
lower  side  arches.  Its  frontage  is  140 
feet.  Among  many  other  magnificent 
exhibits,  the  collection  of  bronzes  and 
mammoth  plate-glass  is  noticeable. 
A  paint  manufacturer  exhibits  a  huge 
female  figure  in  porcelain,  holding 
aloft  a  zinc  tube  of  artists'  colors. 
Samples  of  the  iron  houses  the  Bel- 
gians are  sending  to  the  Congo  coun- 
try are  shown,  as  are  exhibits  of 
faience,  finely  carved  furniture,  etc. 
Next  to  Belgium  comes  the  French 
pavilion,  the  grouping  and  arrange- 
ment of  the  exhibits  in  which  are 
probably  more  harmonious  and  sym- 
metrical than  those  in  any  of  the  other 


displays.  There  are  rooms  devoted 
to  ceramics,  others  to  bronzes,  and 
others  again  to  silk  fabrics,  pottery 
from  Limoges  and  Sevres,  etc.  There 
is  no  confusion  or  jumbling  together 
of  dissimilar  wares,  individual  com- 
petition being  thus  subordinated  to 
the  production  of  a  grand  national 
display,  every  part  properly  balanced, 
a  combination  of  exquisite  taste  and 


Entrance  to  Belgian  Exhibit. 

most  perfect  harmony.  A  handsome 
group  of  statuary,  ordered  by  the 
French  government,  adorns  the  center 
of  the  French  pavilion.  The  group 
represents  a  heroic  statue  of  "  La 
France"  seated.  On  the  body  is 
the  cuirass  of  the  French  cavalry. 
The  right  arm  is  majestically  held  on 
high,  while  the  left  arm  rests  upon 
the  table  of  the  rights  of  man,  against 
which  the  hand  presses  a  naked  sword. 
A  large  scarf  encircles  the  waist  and 
is  knotted  at  one  side.    Above  the 


THE    WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


erect  and  noble  head,  resting  on  the 
bands  of  hair,  is  a  diadem.  This  is 
formed  of  three  figures  symbolic  of 
liberty,  equality,  and  fraternity.    The 


ductions  of  salons  of  the  time  of  Louis 
XIV.  and  Louis  XV.  The  ceilings 
are  of  staff,  with  marble  pillars, 
crowned  with  bronze  capitals.  A 
broad  frieze,  just  below  the  ceiling,  is 
composed  of  floral  garlands,  and 
along  its  border  run  the  names  of  the 
cities  which  have  exhibits,  as  Lyons, 
Beauvais,  Arras,  Lille,  Saint-Etienne, 
and  others.  Perfumes;  rich  sets  of 
furniture;  stained  glass;  the  most 
curious  specimens  of  photography, 
plain  and  in  colors;  a  bridal  group 
in  wax,  costumed  in  the  latest  Paris 
fashions;  jewelry;  ceramics;  the  ruins 
of  Persepolis,  reproduced  in  glass, 
and  hundreds  of  other  beautiful  and 
interesting  exhibits  abound.  In  the 
gallery  the  French  stationery  trades, 
library  and  school   systems   are   dis- 


Belgian  Paint  Exhibit. 

figure  of  "La  France"  is  supple- 
mented by  that  of  a  French  chanti- 
cleer, triumphantly  crowing.  Upon 
the  pedestal  are  carved  historic  scenes, 
and  incidents  taken  from  the  French 
Revolution.  Gobelin  tapestries,  silk, 
cotton,  and  woolen  goods  and  kindred 


■5311  IJfflggjlJlfife 

Statue  of  Limoges. 

fabrics  have  three  rooms  planned  for 
them.      These    chambers  are  repro- 


Engine  made  of  Silk  Thread. 

played.  Across  the  avenue  from 
France  is  the  exhibit  of  another  of  the 
world's  great  powers,  England.  Her 
pavilion  is  not  so  beautiful  as  are 
those  of  some  of  the  other  countries, 
but  her  exhibit  in  some  lines,  not- 
ably those  of  textile  fabrics  and  pot- 
tery, may  truly  be  called  magnificent. 
The  most  striking  architectural  feat- 
ure is  the  reproduction,  by  Messrs. 
Hampton  &  Sons  (the  great  English 
furniture  manufacturing  firm),  of  the 
historic  banqueting-hall  of  Hatfield 
House,  the  seat  of  the  Cecil  family  and 
home  of  the  Marquis  of  Salisbury. 

Daniels  of  London  and  Doulton 
&  Co.  of  Lambeth  also  have  pavil- 
ions; the  former  exhibiting  collect- 
ions of  fine  china,  the  latter  their  mag- 
nificent pottery-wares.  The  Doultons 
have  also  erected  a  fine  fountain,  of 


MANUFACTURES  BUILDING. 


123 


pottery- ware,  in  front  of  Victoria 
House,  and  a  terra  cotta  reproduction 
of  the  group,  "America,"  from  the 
Albert  Memorial  in  Hyde  Park,  Lon- 
don. A  collection  of  the  famous 
"  Coalport  china"  is  rich  and  beauti- 
ful. The  "Columbus  Vase"  is  a 
splendid  piece  of  work,  but  the  gem 
of  these  exhibits  is  the  "  Shakespeare 
Centerpiece."  This  is  of  porcelain, 
fifty  inches  high,  and  richly  decorated 
in  warm,  high  coloring.  Four  fig- 
ures by  Schenk,  representing  History, 
Poetry,  Tragedy,  and  Comedy,  orna- 
ment the  corners  and  support  a  vase 
with  eight  panels,  whereon  are 
painted,  by  Bouillemier,  Shake- 
speare's heroines:  Juliet,  Lady  Mac- 
beth, Cleopatra,  Desdemona,  Portia, 
"Sweet  Anne  Page,"  Beatrice,  and 
Cordelia.  His  peregrinations  have 
now  brought  the  visitor  face  to  face 
with  the  building's  centerpiece,  the 
great  clock-tower. 

It  is  1 20  feet  high  with  a  base  of  20 
feet  diameter,  formed  of  four  square 
towers  rising  to  a  height  of  40  feet, 
and  each  terminating  in  a  dome.  The 
archways  of  these  lower  towers  culmi- 
nate in  a  groined  dome,  over  which  is 
the  first  floor  of  the  main  tower.  An 
ornamental  balcony  surrounds  this 
story,  its  pi-incipal  decorations  being 
the  shields  of  the  States  of  the  Union 
and  the  coat-of-arms  of  the  South 
American  States.  The  tower  at  this 
point  narrows  to  a  diameter  of  twenty- 
four  feet,  and  upon  the  next  floor  is 
placed  the  mechanism  of  the  great 
clock,  whose  dials,  seventy  feet  above 
the  floor,  mark  the  hours  day  and 
night.  These  dials  are  in  the  fourth 
story,  and  are  seven  feet  in  diameter. 
The  fifth  story  is  a  round  tower,  whose 
arches  support  a  dome  twenty  feet  in 
diameter.  In  this  story  is  placed  the 
melodious  chime  of  bells.  The  lower 
balconies  are  used  as  music-stands. 
The  clock  is  self-winding,  and  is  fur- 
nished by  the  Self-Winding  Clock 
Co.  of  New  York.  The  bells  of  the 
chime  were  put  in  by  the  Clinton  H. 
Mencely  Co.,  Troy,  N.  Y.  Having 
examined  the  clock-tower,  the  visitor 
crosses  the  central  east  and  west 
street,  and  on  the  left-hand  side  of 
Columbia  Avenue  enters  the  exhibit 
of    Germany.      This  pavilion   is  the 


creation  of  Gabriel  Seidel  of  Munich, 
the  most  famous  of  German  fresco 
painters  and  decorators.  Its  ground- 
plan  is  in  the  shape  of  three  cir- 
cles, touching  each  other,  as  if 
three  gigantic  hoops  had  been 
placed  together.  The  exterior  archi- 
tecture is  in  the  style  of  the  sixteenth 
century  Renaissance.  In  front  is  a 
German  garden  inclosed  by  an  orna- 
mental fence,  passing  which,  the  main 
entrance  is  reached  through  a  grand 
arch,  with  ornamental  columns  on 
either  side.  In  the  interior  sections 
both  decorations  and  exhibits  are  very 
fine.  In  the  rear  of  the  Nuremberg 
display  is  an  immense  canvas  covered 
with  a  fine  painting,  showing  its 
market-place.  Jewelry  and  silver- 
ware,  among  the    latter,    plate    pre- 


German  Dolls. 

sented  to  the  emperors  William  I. 
and  II.,  Von  Moltke,  and  Bismarck, 
and  generally  commemorative  of  some 
battle  or  other  great  event;  royal 
wares  from  various  potteries;  tapes- 
tries, porcelains,  etc.,  make  a  grand 
display.  The  Bismarck  collection  of 
cups,  medals,  vases,  and  decorations, 
alone  represents  a  value  of  $60,000. 
Ancient  and  modern  wares,  an  un- 
equaled  school  exhibit,  and  the  great 
statue  "  Germania" — a  special  loan  by 
the  emperor — show  how  heartily 
Germany  has  entered  into  the  spirit 
of  this  greatest  of  all  international 
expositions.  Next  to  Germany,  on 
the  same  side  of  the  avenue,  Austria 
has  placed  her  pavilion,  and  a  right 
royal  one  it  is,  though  hardly  equal 
to  those  of  France  and  Germany. 
Her  building  has  a  facade  fronting 
the  avenue,  65  feet  high  and  120  feet 


124 


THE  WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


long.  On  the  topmost  central  pedi- 
ment stands  the  double  eagle,  em- 
blematic of  this  empire.  The  plan  of 
the  exhibit  is  a  central  edifice  flanked 
by  smaller  ones  on  either  side,  all  of 
them  thirty  feet  deep.  Thirty -four 
expert  wood-carvers  from  Vienna  ex- 
hibit their  artistic  work  in  all  its 
branches.  There  is  a  splendid  display 
of  the  delicate  and  graceful  wares  of 
this  artistic  people, in  gold  and  silver, 
porcelain,  pottery,  textile  fabrics, 
vases,  statuettes,  etc., making  this  one 
of  the  most  attractive  exhibits  in  the 
building.  Across  an  intersecting  aisle 
from  Austria,  but  still  on  the  same 
side  of  Columbia  Avenue,  is  a  unique 
pavilion,    the   work    of     the    patient 


Cooper  Union  Woman's  Art  School. 

and  artistic  people  of  Japan.  In  this 
building  may  be  seen  ancient  and 
modern  pottery,  porcelain,  and  china- 
wares,  from  the  most  delicate  cups 
and  saucers,  not  thicker  than  the 
shell  of  a  pigeon's  egg,  to  the  massive 
serpent  and  dragon  vases  and  garden- 
seats,  almost  as  strong  as  steel.  A 
fine  educational  exhibit,  tinctured 
strongly  with  modern  progress;  silks 
and  other  textile  fabrics;  wonderful 
paper  building  materials,  decorations, 
and  utensils;  lacquered  wares,  dam- 
ascened swords,  cutlery,  and  other  im- 
plements, and  many  other  exhibits, 
displaying  rare  scientific  and  artistic 
attainments,  are  shown  here.  Op- 
posite this  curious  exhibit,  and  those 


of  Germany  and  Austria  also,  and 
taking  up  the  entire  space  in  the  north- 
east corner  of  the  building,  are  the  dis- 
plays of  the  United  States  exhibitors, 
more  numerous  and  more  wonderful 
than  those  of  any  other  nation.  The 
most  striking  exhibit  here  is  the  pavil- 
ion erected  by  Tiffany,  the  jeweler, 
and  Gorham,  the  silversmith,  both  of 
New  York.  It  faces  on  the  central 
space,  where  France,  Germany,  and 
England  hold  the  other  corners,  and 
in  its  central  front  springs  up  a  tall 
fluted  shaft,  with  a  plain  yet  noble 
base  and  a  grand  Doric  capital,  sur- 
mounted by  a  globe,  upon  which  is 
poised,  at  an  elevation  of  ioo  feet,  a 
golden  eagle,  America's  symbolic  bird. 
On  the  front  of  the  base  is  the  simple 
inscription:  "  Exhibit  of  the  United 
States  of  America."  At  either  side  of 
the  main  entrance,  in  the  corner,  are 
groups  of  columns,  bearing  aloft  single 
tall  shafts,  terminating  in  globes. 
Arches,  surmounted  with  carved  and 
sculptured  pediments,  and  a  roof  with 
low,  flattened  domes,  make  up  the  rest 
of  this  palatial  edifice,  which  cost  its 
builders  $100,000.  The  display  in  the 
pavilion  represents  a  value  of  "$2,000, - 
000,  and  is  truly  regal;  gold  and  silver 
wares,  precious  stones,  rings,  brace- 
lets, chains,  watches — in  short,  every- 
thing rare  and  beautiful  in  the  jew- 
eler's and  silversmith's  lines  is  exhib- 
ited. The  collection  of  American 
pearls  will  prove  very  interesting.  In 
this  section  the  Pairpoint  Manufactur- 
ing Co.  has  erected  a  miniature 
Grecian  temple.  The  Meriden  Britan- 
nia Co.'s  pavilion  is  of  rosewood,  and 
circular  in  shape.  Mermod,  Jaccard 
&  Co.,  St.  Louis  jewelers,  and  Edward 
Janssen,  toy-maker,  have  fine  displays 
in  the  adjoining  galleries.  It  is  im- 
possible to  name  all  of  the  meritorious 
exhibits.  The  Remington  Typewriter 
Co.  exhibits  the  50-cent  coin  for  which 
was  paid  $10,000.  The  Chesapeake 
Pottery  Co.  displays  1,000  pieces, 
including  its  famous  Lord  Calvert 
vase.  There  are  a  vast  number  of 
other  fine  and  curious  displays.  The 
best  plan  is  now  to  cross  the  avenue 
to  the  west  and  complete  the  displays 
made  by  the  United  States  exhib- 
itors, then  take  the  aisle  back  of 
the    Japanese  section    and  follow  it 


MANUFACTURES  BUILDING. 


125 


South,  looking  at  the  rear  of  the 
displays  of  Japan,  Austria,  Ger- 
many, England,  and  Canada,  just 
west  of  which  last  lie  the  exhibits 
of  New  South  Wales,  India,  Ceylon, 
and  Jamaica.  New  South  Wales 
makes  a  strong  display  in  all  lines, 
and  shows  stuffed  birds  and  beasts, 
rare  coins,  educational  systems,  and 
an  immense  collection  of  large  and 
fine  photographs.  Over  the  entrance 
to  her  pavilion  is  a  photograph  of 
Sidney  harbor,  thirty-two  feet  long. 
There  is  also  a  beautiful  collection  of 
oil-paintings  and  water-colors.  Four 
specimens  of  the  duck-billed  platypus, 
that  strange  animal,  half  bird,  half 
beast,  are  displayed.  Ceylon  has  an 
octagonal  building  with  two  wings, 
facing  north  and  south.    The  style  of 


III 


1 11' !  I 


Paints  and  Varnishes   Exhib 


architecture  is  Dravidian  and  the 
material  used  is  of  the  rare  woods  of 
that  country,  many  of  them  worth 
$200  to  $300  a  ton.  Carved  stairways 
lead  to  the  entrances,  which  are 
guarded  by  cobra-hooded  figures. 
Other  carvings,  taken  from  designs 
found  in  the  ruined  temples  with 
which  the  island  is  so  plentifully 
sprinkled,  are  found  on  the  balus- 
trades, lintels,  and  architraves.  The 
frescoes,  representing  scenes  in  the 
life  of  Buddha,  are  exact  copies  of 
those  in  the  ancient  temples,  which 
are  of  the  tenth  and  thirteenth  cent- 
uries. In  the  screen-panels  are  fig- 
ures of  Buddha.  The  floors  are  of 
inlaid  woods.  The  exhibit  of  Jamaica 
is  a  characteristic  one,  as  is  that  of 
India,  which,  in  addition  to  its  other 
specialties,   displays    some    beautiful 


Cashmere  shawls,  probably  the  finest 
of  all  fabrics  that  emanate  from  the 
hand  of  man.  Next  to  these  British 
dependencies,  and  back  of  Denmark 
and  Brazil,  are  several  minor  exhibits, 
each  of  them  possessing  sufficient 
interest  to  repay  a  visit  and  a  careful 
investigation  of  their  contents.  Next 
come  Spain  and  the  Spanish-American 
countries,  with  their  distinctive  ex- 
hibits. Looms  and  fabrics,  ham- 
mocks, saddles,  silverware,  and  ex- 
quisite wood-carvings  are  among  the 
displays.  Siam,  Portugal,  and  Mexico 
occupy  space  in  the  southwest  corner 
of  the  building,  and  all  have  excellent 
exhibits,  particularly  our  neighboring 
republic.  Having  now  reached  the 
extreme  southern  cross-aisle,  the 
visitor  will  walk  along  it  to  the  most 
eastern  aisle  running  north  and  south. 
On  the  left-hand  side  of  this,  going 
north,  he  will  find  the  Turkish  and 
Hungarian  displays,  the  former  es- 
pecially fine;  and  on  the  right  hand, 
opposite  these,  is  China,  with  silks, 
china-wares,  porcelains,  lacquer  and 
metal  work;  some  of  them  of  rare 
beauty  and  value.  This  section  ex- 
hausts the  floor  displays,  and  the 
visitor  will  next  find,  in  the  galleries, 
the  various  educational  and  liberal 
arts  exhibits.  Several  of  the  largest 
publishing-houses  are  represented, 
notably  The  Century  Co.,  D.  Apple- 
ton  &  Co.,  and  Charles  Scribner's 
Sons.  These  show  manuscripts  of 
various  distinguished  authors,  draw- 
ings for  illustrations,  prepared  wood 
blocks  (engraved),  zinc  etchings,  pho- 
to-engravings, etc.  New  York  shows 
the  immigration  statistics  for  forty- 
five  years.  The  College  Fraternities' 
exhibit  is  a  reproduction,  10  feet 
square  at  the  base  and  30  feet  high, 
of  the  most  famous  specimen  of 
Greek  architecture,  the  Choragic 
Monument  of  Lysicrates.  The  Cath- 
olics of  the  United  States  have  an 
exceptionally  fine  educational  exhibit. 
London  publishers  contribute  engrav- 
ings, fine  art  publications,  and  a 
collection  of  newspapers  illustrating 
the  growth  of  English  journalism. 
The  great  philanthropic  societies  of 
the  world,  charitable  organizations, 
prison  reform  societies,  societies  for 
the    prevention   of    cruelty,    cookery 


126  THE   WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 

schools,  etc.,  all  have  their  exhibits  of  the  great  corona  of  arc  lights  which 
in  the  galleries.  The  manual  training  illuminates  the  north  end  of  the  build- 
and  art  schools  have  fine  displays,  ing.  In  the  tower  are  four  elevators 
Societies  for  physical  culture,  as  well  for  carrying  passengers  to  a  bridge 
as  gymnastic  apparatus,  also  have  extending  to  the  roof  promenade, 
their  homes  in  the  galleries.  The  which  is  an  outside  walk  extending 
American  Bible  Society  has  a  rare  entirely  around  the  highest  point  of 
exhibit  of  ancient  and  modern  the  building,  and  from  which  can  be 
Bibles — cheap  and  costly  editions —  had  a  series  of  views  of  the  entire 
and  Bibles  printed  in  300  different  Exposition  grounds,  the  lake  clear  to 
languages.  This  collection  is  ex-  its  Michigan  shore,  with  the  fleet  of 
tremely  interesting  and  should  be  white-winged  yachts  gliding  to  and 
seen  by  all.  The  Bureau  of  Hygiene  fro,  and  the  steamers  arriving  and 
and  Sanitation  is  likewise  situated  departing,  all  affording  a  panorama 
in  the  galleries.  The  big  Yerkes  which  can  not  be  equaled  elsewhere 
Telescope,  incomplete,  is  in  the  south  in  the  world.  No  one  can  do  justice 
galleries.  Morris  Steinert's  collection  to  the  Exposition,  or  get  an  adequate 
of  ancient  musical  instruments,  upon  idea  of  the  great  Liberal  Arts  Build- 
all  of  which  he  plays,  is  very  curious,  ing,  unless  he  takes  a  trip  in  these 
He  has  a  harpsichord  of  as  early  a  elevators.  From  the  moment  the  ele- 
date  as  1679.  vators  leave  the  ground,  the  passen- 

The     Continental    Stained     Glass  gers    are    treated    to    a    constantly 

Works  of  Boston  show,  in  a  stained-  expanding  picture  of  the  interior  of 

glass    window,     a    beautiful    repro-  the  immense  building,  until  at  their 

duction  of  Hoffman's  "  Christ  Disput-  highest  point   the  whole  magnificent 

ing  with  the  Doctors  in  the  Temple."  exhibit    lies   at    their  feet.     Passing 

Spinning-jacks  and  looms  for  weav-  out  of   the   elevators  over   a  bridge 

ing  all  sorts  of  fabrics  are  in  opera-  spanning  the  space  to  the  exit  on  the 

tion  in  the  building.     Harvard  Uni-  roof,    the  passengers  can  survey  the 

versity  has  a  display  of   physiology,  spectacle  inside  the  building  at  their 

otology,  bacteriology,  etc.,  very  inter-  leisure,  and  then  going  out  onto  the 

esting    to    scientists.      An   extensive  roof  can  stroll  as  the  mood  suggests, 

area   in  the    gallery    is    occupied   by  or  (resting  in   the   comfortable   seats 

Rand,  McNally  &  Co.  with  an  interest-  provided)  drink  in  a  panorama  such 

ing  and   valuable    exhibit  of   educa-  as  never  before  has  been  accorded  to 

tional     maps,    etc.      The    American  mortals.     A  dream  of  beauty  indeed; 

Bronze    Co.     has     among    its    other  a  picture  outrivaling  the  most  soaring 

exhibits  the  life-mask  from  which  was  conception  of  artist  or  of  poet, 

modeled   the   statue  of    Lincoln    tin-  In  the  artistic  Isabella  Booth  (J  21), 

veiled  at  Rochester,  N.  Y.,   Decora-  midway  between    the    main   eastern 

tion  Day,  1892.  and   southeastern    entrances    of    the 

The  Munson  Typewriter  Co.,  with  Manufactures   Building,    Mrs   \V.   R. 

headquarters  at  162  La  Salle  Street,  Robeson  sells  reproductions  of  Colum- 

Chicago,  has  space  for  its  machines  bus'   coat-of-arms,    tastefully  worked 

among  others    in   the   same   class  of  on  useful  and  ornamental  articles,  and 

exhibits.  for     the     deserving     and    charitable 

The  Liberal  Arts  Building's  Grand  object  of  building  a  home  for  super- 
View  Tower  and  Roof  Promenade  is  annuated  women  teachers.  North  of 
one  of  the  most  attractive  features  this  the  visitor  notices  an  old  sixteenth 
of  the  greatest  building  of  the  Expo-  century  Dutch  house,  40  feet  square 
sition.  A  graceful  open  iron-work  and  28  feet  high,  which  stands  at  the 
tower  rises  perpendicularly  from  the  northeastern  corner  of  the  Manufact- 
center  of  the  main  aisle  (Columbia  ures  Building.  It  is  the  display 
Avenue)  to  a  height  of  220  feet,  of  Van  Houten  &  Zoon's  Cocoas 
passing  directly   through   the    center  (H  20). 


CHAPTER   IX. 


UNITED    STATES    GOVERNMENT    BUILDINGS. 


'\HE  Government  of 
I — y  of  the  United 
States,  from  the 
very  inception  of 
the  Exposition, 
determined  that 
in  all  of  its  de- 
partments the  dis- 
plays which  it  in- 
tended making 
should  be  above 
criticism,  and  this  determination  has 
been  effectively  carried  out  in  the 
buildings  which  will  prove  the  next 
objects  of  our  investigation.  Even  in 
in  matters  pertaining  to  war — though 
in  times  of  peace  we  have  the  smallest 
standing  army  ever  kept  up  by  a 
grand  power — the  exhibits  would  do 
credit  to  any  of  the  European  great 
powers. 

Immediately  north  of  the  Manu- 
factures and  Liberal  Arts  Building 
which  was  considerd  in  the  last  chap- 
ter, the  visitor  finds  the  United  States 
Model  Army  Hospital  (H  19),  an 
exhibit  of  the  War  Department,  show- 
ing an  army  hospital  in  full  shape 
and  ready  for  operation  in  the  field. 

North  of  the  Model  Hospital,  the 
visitor  reaches  the 

UNITED    STATES    GOVERN- 
MENT   BUILDING 

(H  19),  which  is  thus  described  by 
Mr.  W.  J.  Edbrooke,  the  supervising 
architect  of  the  Treasury  Department, 
under  whose  supervision  the  building 
was  erected. 

The  structure  is  of  "  modern  Renais- 
sance" architecture,  the  main  feature 
being  a  handsome  dome  120  feet  in 
diameter  and  275  feet  high  to  top  of 
flagpole,  while  the  building  itself 
covers  an  area  of  350  feet  by  420  feet, 

(1ST, 


with  projecting  central  bays  on  each 
front.  This  building  is  occupied 
solely  by  United  States  Government 
exhibits,  sent  to  the  Fair  by  the 
Treasury,  State,  Navy,  War,  Interior, 
and  .Post  Office  departments,  the 
Departments  of  Justice  and  Agricult- 
ure, and  the  Fish  Commission.  The 
Fish  Commission  also  has  an  exhibit 
on  the  grounds  outside  the  building. 

The  elegant  stairways  leading  from 
the  east  and  west  entrances  to  the 
galleries,  where  the  offices  occupied 
by  the  Government  officials  in  charge 
of  the  various  exhibits  are  located, 
are  noteworthy;  although,  of  course, 
the  imposing  central  dome,  with  its 
elaborate  artistic  decorations,  repre- 
sents the  main  feature  of  the  building. 
This  dome  is  constructed  of  steel  and 
is  supported  on  sixteen  columns.  It  is 
deservedly  ranked  as  a  creditable  and 
unique  work  of  engineering. 

Special  attention  is  called  to  the 
perfect  architectural  proportions  and 
lines  of  the  interior  of  the  dome,  and 
a  personal  examination  of  all  its 
details  will  reward  any  critic  or 
student.  From  the  dome  galleries, 
to  which  the  public  is  admitted,  a 
very  desirable  view  may  be  had  of 
the  general  exposition  halls  below  and 
around  the  dome. 

The  entire  cost  of  the  United  States 
Government  Building  was  $325,000, 
or  $2.07  per  square  foot  of  its  floor 
area,  or  3  cents  per  cubic  foot  of  its 
contents.  The  building  was  paid  for 
out  of  the  United  States  Treasury, 
according  to  special  act  of  Congress 
authorizing  and  limiting  the  cost  of 
this  structure  to  $400,000.  From  the 
balance  of  the  appropriation  four  dis- 
tinct and  separate  buildings  were 
erected  on  the  ground,  and  assigned 
for  the  special  use  of  the  United  States 
) 


■P 
§11. 


GO  VERNMENT  B  UILDING. 


129 


Naval  Observatory,  United  States 
Army  Hospital  Service,  and  for  the 
Weather  and  Indian  bureaus  respect- 
ively. Of  the  total  of  main  floor  and 
galleries,  175,500  square  feet  are 
designed  for  exhibition  purposes,  leav- 
ing 16,000  square  feet  of  floor  space 
for  offices,  corridors,  etc. 

Around  the  interior  of  the  dome 
runs  a  frieze  composed  of  Gupids 
bearing  grain,  fruits,  flowers,  etc., 
emblematic  of  the  productions  of  the 
country.  On  the  ground-floor  are 
panels  adorned  with  national  trophies, 
and  on  the  gallery-floor  are  eight 
panels  representing  the  leading 
industries  of  the  North,  South,  East, 
and  West,  and  the  various  industries 
of  each  section.  The  North  is  repre- 
sented by  "  Commerce,"  the  West  by 
"Agriculture,"  the  South  by  "Cot- 
ton and  Fruits,"  and  the  East  by 
"Art  and  Science."  Of  the  other 
four  panels,  one  represents  tapestry- 
work,  one  wood  and  stone  work,  one 
ceramic-work,  and  one  metal -work. 
Over  the  south  door  is  a  painting 
representing  the  cave-dwellers;  over 
the  north,  one  typifying  the  triumphs 
of  liberty;  over  the  east,  a  bird's-eye 
view  of  Chicago  in  1893,  and  over  the 
west,  Chicago  in  1492. 

Over  the  east  and  west  entrances 
are  "  liberty  groups,"  by  A.  Waagen, 
and  huge  bronze  eagles  surmount  the 
pediments  of  all  the  entrances. 

The  floor  space  in  the  rotunda  under 
the  dome  has  but  a  single  exhibit, 
occupying  a  space  in  the  center 
twenty-three  feet  in  diameter,  which 
will  be  described  when  the  interior 
is  inspected.  This  building  is  a  very 
substantial  one,  being  constructed  of 
brick,  iron,  and  glass.  Adjacent  to 
it,  and  a  part  of  the  Government  ex- 
hibit, are  field-hospitals,  light-houses, 
life-saving  stations,  etc.  Upon  one  of 
the  building's  fronts  is  a  plaza  where 
troops  are  occasionally  drilled.  The 
entire  amount  expended  in  this  work 
was  $400,000,  but  the  cost  of  the 
buildings  and  exhibits  together 
amounts  to  over  a  million  and  a 
quarter. 

The  Main  Exhibits. — Let  the  vis- 
itor select  the  north  door  for  his  initial 
point.  Entering  at  this  doorway,  he 
should    walk    a    few    steps    toward 


the  rotunda  and  turn,  facing  the 
door.  Looking  toward  the  gallery 
he  sees  suspended  at  its  central 
point  an  Alaskan  war-canoe,  hollowed 
out  of  a  solid  tree-trunk,  and  painted 
with  barbaric  designs  in  red,  black, 
and  white.  The  model  is  a  fine  one, 
bespeaking  for  the  constructors  a 
high  degree  of  skill  in  marine  mat- 
ters, and  its  decorations,  while  they 
evidence  the  savage,  yet  show  con- 
siderable artistic  taste.  At  the  prow, 
looking  inward,  is  a  carved  figure, 
probably  of  some  god  of  fishing  or 
navigation,  and  at  its  rear,  looking 
outward  over  the  stern,  is  another; 
this  has  a  frog's  body  with  a  head 
that  is  a  cross  between  that  of  a  wild 
boar  and  a  wolf,  and  its  looks  are  quite 
fiendish.  At  various  other  points 
around  this  portion  of  the  gallery  are 
swung  canoes,  all  differing  in  type, 
from  a  rather  common  wooden  one 
to  one  of  walrus-hide  stretched  on  a 
wooden  frame,  and  presenting  a  curi- 
ous similarity  to  a  structure  of  thin 
bone.  Rising  from  the  highest  cen- 
tral point  of  the  gallery  is  a  repre- 
sentation of  a  ship's  top-mast,  with 
a  lookout  holding  a  spy-glass  and 
standing  in  the  rigging.  To  the  right 
of  this  central  figure  a  bowsprit  pro- 
jects from  the  gallery,  and  at  its 
extreme  end  stands  a  sailor  ready  to 
cast  a  harpoon.  To  the  left  the  bow 
of  a  whaleboat  seems  starting  from 
the  gallery,  another  dummy  dressed 
as  a  harpooneer,  aiming  his  lance  for 
a  death-thrust. 

Turning  toward  the  west  the  Fish- 
eries exhibit  is  entered,  and  here  one 
is  greeted  at  the  outset  with  a  neat 
little  bit  of  comedy.  First  he  comes 
to  a  fancifully  equipped  angler,  armed 
with  an  elegant  split  bamboo  rod  and 
a  landing-net,  who  is  wading  along  in 
a  trout-stream.  A  little  farther  on  is 
a  barefooted  negro  resting  against  the 
stump  of  a  tree,  a  common  willow 
pole  in  his  hands,  from  which  depends 
a  cotton  fishing-line  with  a  pin-hook 
on  it.  The  darky's  head  is  thrown 
back  and  he  is  sound  asleep,  evidently 
enjoying  the  heat  of  a  broiling  sum- 
mer sun.  This  dummy,  like  the  casts 
of  the  fish  to  be  mentioned  presently, 
is  made  of  a  composition  of  glue, 
glycerine,  and  some  secret  ingredient. 


130 


THE    WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


and  very  nearly  resembles  the  texture 
of  the  human  flesh,  not  only  in  looks, 
but  in  feeling  and  elasticity,  and  is 
much  more  lifelike  than  wax  or  plas- 
ter. On  every  side  are  rods,  reels, 
boats,  oars,  lines,  and  hooks.     Every 


hooks  of  the  Alaskans,  each  hook 
bearing  the  image  of  a  fetich,  are  the 
most  curious.  The  colored  plates  of 
every  variety  of  our  food  fishes  are 
exceedingly  fine  and  true  to  life. 
There  are  photographs  of  fish,  rivers, 


PATENT    OFFICE 


FISHING 


appLianEes 


DIVISION 
OF 

PCUOIOGY 


|*||       MINT       1 

§  j=  j      O          internaX 
3  5  2       f-            REVENUE/ 

* — '1  ill 

Q 

< 

1 
O 

_l 
< 
H 
a. 
to 
O 

1 

in         L  2- 

SMITHS! 

dni; 

AND 


NATIOtsAL  MUSEUM 


Bana.  McTJally  &  Co 


Ground  Plan  United  States  Government  Building. 


species  of  artificial  bait  is  represented, 
from  the  mother-of-pearl  and  walrus- 
ivory  minnows  of  the  Alaskan  and 
Pacific  Coast  Indians  to  those  made 
of  feathers,  gum,  and  metals  by  their 
more  civilized  brothers.  In  the  line 
of   hooks    the   carved-wood    halibut- 


and  fishing-scenes,  and  along  the  cor- 
nice to  the  south  of  this  display  are 
representations  of  seal  rookeries,  show- 
ing the  seals  on  the  beach  being  driven 
inland,  their  killing,  and  finally  their 
skinning.  There  are  photographs 
of  stranded  whales,  of  the  cleaning, 


GOVERNMENT  BUILDING. 


131 


washing,  and  drying  of  sardines, 
stuffed  water-fowl  of  all  kinds,  a  fully 
equipped  whale-boat  that  has  been 
in  actual  service,  and  casts,  made  of 
the  same  composition  as  the  dummy 
negro,  of  all  kinds  and  sizes  of  fish — 
herrings,  mackerel,  halibut,  flounders, 
narwhals,  sharks,  porpoises,  etc. 
These  are  perfect  reproductions,  even 


models  of  numerous  inventions,  chiefly 
interesting  from  the  comparative  ex- 
hibit of  the  first  crude  invention  and 
every  intervening  link  between  it  and 
the  latest  improved  model.  Thus  the 
old-fashioned  spinning-wheel,  with  its 
single  spindle,  is  shown  at  one  end  of 
a  line,  at  the  other  end  of  which  is 
the  power  spinning-jenny  with  its 
1,000  spindles  in  motion  at  one  time. 
Along  the  south  wall  of  this  display 
is   the   most   interesting  part   of   the 


From  the   Patent  Otfice. 

the  opalescent  hues  of  the  original 
live  fish  being  faithfully  copied.  One 
exhibit  seems  at  first  glance  some- 
what out  of  place  here.  It  is  an 
Alaskan  bear-trap,  composed  of  a 
piece  of  whalebone  about  sixteen 
inches  long,  sharpened  at  each  end, 
folded  four  times, 
and  tied  together 
with  sinew.  These 
are  wrapped  in  fat 
and  placed  where 
the  bear  will  find 
them.  They  are 
eaten  greedily,  the 
gastric  juice  of  the 
bear's  stomach  dis- 
solves the  sinew, 
the  whalebone 
straightens  out, 
piercing  the  bear's 
viscera  and  killing 
him.  In  one  sec- 
tion is  a  row  of  glass  cases  showing 
the  different  kinds  of  rigs  of  every 
fishing-boat  used;  also  boats  with  wax 
dummies  showing  the  various  meth- 
ods of  fishing. 

Next  west  of  the  Fisheries  exhibit 
is  that  of  the  Patent  Office,  showing 


W.  J.  Edbrooke. 

exhibit,  consisting  of  cases  of  fire- 
arms, from  the  old  flint-lock  muzzle- 
loader  to  the  latest  patented  repeating 
rifles.  The  next  display,  on  the  left, 
is  devoted  to  relief  maps,  showing 
sections  of  the  country  with  rivers, 
lakes,  elevation  of  mountains,  etc., 
true  to  scale.  On  the  right,  going 
southwardly,  is  the  exhibit  of  geo- 
logical specimens  and  surveys.      Its 


B'eech-loading  Mortars. 

centerpiece  is  a  connected  and  mount- 
ed skeleton  of  the  Dinoceras,  a  pre- 
historic animal,  whose  frame  seems 
to  indicate  that  it  partook  of  the  nat- 
ure of  the  mammoth  and  hippopot- 
amus combined.  There  are  framed 
glass  transparencies  upon  which  are 


132 


THE   WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


colored  pictures  of  the  mountain  and 
canon  scenery  of  the  Far  West ;  these 
are  magnificent.  The  geological  spec- 
imens are  especially  beautiful. 

All  of  these  exhibits  belong  to  the 
Interior  Department,  next  south  of 
which  is  the  display  of  the  Post  Office 
Department,  with  oil-paintings  of 
mailing  scenes,  models  of  river,  lake, 
and  ocean  steamers,  and  postal  cars; 
every  method  of  mail-carrying,  illus- 
trated by  dummy  models;  a  full-size 
late-style  postal  car  and  a  model  post 
office.  Among  the  dummies — all  very 
lifelike — are  represented  a  city  carrier, 
a  railway  mail-service  man,  a  dog- 
sledge  and  team,  a  horseback  carrier 
in  Western  costume,  and  a  mountain 
carrier  equipped  with  snow-shoes,  etc. 

The  next  point  of  interest  is  the  col- 
lection of  the  Smithsonian  Institution, 
which  proves  a  delight  to  all  lovers  of 
birds  and  beasts.  Every  species  of 
quail  and  owl,  gorgeous  golden 
pheasants,  funny  woodpeckers,  dainty 


Trophy  from  Yorktown. 

pink  flamingos,  elk,  deer,  and  cari- 
bou, seals,  sea-lions,  and  walrus,  man- 
atees, sea-cows,  and  other  species 
(extinct  or  nearly  so),  Rocky  Mountain 
sheep  and  goats,  and  hundreds  of 
others.  All  sorts  of  ducks,  rare  lyre 
birds,  eagles,  hawks,  etc.,  form 
a  part  of  the  exhibit.  Life-sized 
dummies  of  Indians  of  various 
tribes,  clothed  in  their  peculiar 
costumes,  and  bearing  pipes  with 
carved  wooden  stems,  etc.,  are  an  at- 
tractive feature.  The  most  interesting 
are  those  of  the  Navajos,  wrapped  in 
their  hand-woven  blankets,  the  most 
artistic  and  durable  fabrics  woven  by 
any  savage  race. 

The  next  exhibit,  turning  toward 
the  east,  is  that  of  the  War  Depart- 
ment, in  which,  of  course,  the  most 
interesting  displays  are  the  weapons 
of  every  kind.  The  big  breech-loading 
mortars  and  huge  rifled  cannon,  33 l £ 
feet  in  length,  attract  immense  crowds. 

One  of  the  mortars  is  10  feet  9  inches 
in  length,  42^  inches  in  diameter,  and 
has    a    12-inch  bore.       Its   projectile 


weighs  630  pounds,  and  is  thrown 
seven  miles.  Its  explosive  charge  is 
thirty  pounds  of  powder.  The  largest 
of  the  cannons  weighs  116,000  pounds. 
Its  projectile  weighs  1,000  pounds, 
and  requires  a  charge  of  460  pounds 
of  powder  to  fire  it.  Its  effective 
range  is  ten  miles,  and  every  time  it 
is  fired  it  costs  the  Government  %i  ,000. 
The  smaller  arms,  as  rifles,  revolvers, 
sabers,  etc.,  make  an  interesting  dis- 
play, and  the  old  discarded  patterns 
are  quite  unique.  Some  of  the  mortar 
carriages  are  gigantic,  being  fully 
fourteen  feet  in  diameter;  while  the 
coast  defense  and  naval  guns  are  sur- 
prising from  their  immense  length, 
weight,  and  size.  The  dummies 
dressed  to  display  the  uniforms  of  the 
army  from  its  first  organization  to 
the  present  time  are  vastly  interest- 
ing. There  are  also  shown  litho- 
graphs in  colors  of  all  uniforms, 
and  in  a  glass  case  are  displayed 
the  chevrons,  shoulder-straps,  etc., 
of  the  various  grades  of  rank,  from 
corporal  to  general  of  the  army. 
Figures  of  mules  and  horses  harnessed 
to  wagons,  ambulances,  field-pieces, 
etc. ,  can  be  seen ;  but  the  chief  display 
in  this  line  is  the  group  composed 
of  Major-General  Schofield  and  staff 
in  gorgeous  uniforms.  Historic  battle- 
flags  and  a  complete  outfit  of  every 
species  of  standard  used  by  the  Gov- 
ernment are  exhibited,  as  well  as 
camp  and  garrison  equipage  and  fur- 
niture, tools,  band  instruments,  etc. 
An  old  forage  wagon,  originally  with 
the  Army  of  the  Potomac,  and  which 
traveled  over  45,000  miles,  is  quite 
a  striking  feature  of  this  exhibit. 
Among  curios,  the  "long  Tom"  of 
the  privateer  "General  Armstrong," 
which  repulsed  the  attack  of  a  British 
squadron  in  the  harbor  of  Fayal,  in 
the  Azores,  attracts  much  attention 
and  comment.  There  is  also  shown 
here  a  beautiful  old  bronze  cannon, 
carved  and  ornamented  with  fancy 
trunnions,  etc. ,  bearing  the  royal  arms 
of  Great  Britain.  Upon  it  appear  the 
inscriptions:  "Made  in  1759"  and 
"  Capitulation  at  Yorktown,  19  Octo- 
ber, 17S1." 

Turning  northward,  the  State  De- 
partment and  Department  of  Justice 
are  reached.     Here  may  be  seen  the 


GOVERNMENT  BUILDING. 


133 


portrait  of  our  grandest  jurist  and 
Chief  Justice  of  the  Supreme  Court, 
Marshall,  with  Ellsworth  on  his  right 
and  Taney  on  his  left.  The  other  chief 
justices  and  all  of  the  attorney-gen- 
erals also  appear,  as  do  the  reporters 
Howard,  Peters.  Black,  etc.  There  is 
a  large  chart  showing  in  different 
colors  all  of  the  United  States  judicial 
districts,  so  plainly  laid  out  that  any 
one  may  locate  his  district  at  once. 

Next,  and  occupying  the  northeast 
corner  of  the  building,  is  the  Depart- 
ment of  Agriculture,  showing  first  on 
the  right  a  beautiful  collection  of 
tree-stumps  and  edible  and  poisonous 
fungi.  On  the  left  are  predatory 
animals,  stuffed.  These  are  very  life- 
like. Next  to  them  are  wax  repro- 
ductions of  plants,  berries,  harmful 
and  useful  insects,  etc.  An  inner 
room  in  the  extreme  northeast  corner 
contains  cases  and  portfolios  of  botan- 
ical specimens,  and  photographs  and 
other  illustrations.  Having  com- 
pleted the  inspection  of  these  displays 
the  central  exhibit  should  be  visited. 

Standing  directly  under  the  great 
dome  is  a  section  (in  three  parts)  30 
feet  long  of  one  of  California's  giant 
redwoods,  the  diameter  of  which  is 
23  feet.  Two  of  the  sections  are  14 
feet  long  each;  the  other  is  only  2 
feet  long.  The  two  long  sections  have 
been  hollowed  out,  and  a  spiral  stair- 
way runs  up  from  the  lower  to  the 
upper  long  section,  the  two  being 
separated  by  the  short  section,  which 
acts  as  a  floor  between  them.  Before 
being  cut  the  tree  from  which  these 
sections  were  taken  stood  about  four 
hundred  feet  high.  This  exhibit  is 
surmounted  by  a  glass  dome.  The 
rotunda  in  which  the  tree  stands  is  a 
beautiful  creation  of  the  architect's 
and  painter's  arts.  There  are  eight 
entrances  to  it  through  as  many  high 
arches,  upheld  by  groups  of  two 
pillars  on  either  side.  These  pillars 
are  of  steel,  but  are  colored  to  repre- 
sent bases  of  chocolate  marble 
streaked  with  white,  from  which  rise 
tall  fluted  shafts  of  malachite  marble, 
capped  with  gilded  capitals.  Each 
arch  entrance,  looking  inward  from 
the  second  floor,  is  balustraded  with 
ornamental  iron-work.  The  dome  is 
colored  a  pale  blue,  and  upon  panels 


ornamenting  its  sides  are  beautiful 
figures  representing  the  arts  and 
sciences.  These  are  the  work  of  a 
master  hand,  and  possess  rare  merit 
and  beauty.  The  general  tone  of  the 
interior  of  the  dome  is  light  brown, 
with  a  tracing  of  gold  arabesques 
and  other  figures.  The  effect  is  very 
beautiful. 

The  Weather  Bureau  (F  19)  is 
located  northeast  of  the  Government 
Building,  near  the  Life-saving  Station 
and  the  Battle-ship,  in  a  building  of 
its  own.       The    regular  observations 


/  /  /  /  '/ 

Big  Tree  of  California. 

incident  to  a  weather  station  are  here 
made  twice  a  day.  The  bureau  ex- 
hibits Peary's  flag,  just  back  from 
Greenland,  with  a  record  of  his  obser- 
vations there. 

In  close  proximity  the  visitor  finds 
a  neat  frame  building  which  is  the 
United  States  Life-saving  Station 
(F  19).  The  building  is  35  x  67  feet, 
two  stories  high,  and  has  a  lookout 
above.  The  station  is  in  charge  of 
Lieutenant  McLellan,  United  States 
Revenue  Marine,  and  is  manned  with 
the  usual  complement  of  men,  surf- 
boats,  apparatus,  etc.  During  the 
World's  Fair  period,  public  exhi- 
bitions of  boat-drills,  including  the 
use  of  the  life-saving  apparatus,  are 
given  daily  for  the  benefit  of  visitors. 
Connected  with  the  station  are 
boats  and  other  apparatus,  such  as 
guns  for  firing  life-lines,  life-pre- 
servers, netting,  lanterns,  colored 
fire,  etc.  On  the  ground-floor,  at 
the  west  end  of  the  building,  is  a 
large  boat-room,  connected  with  a 
broad  launch-way,  120  feet  in  length. 


134 


THE  WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION 


From  a  lofty  lookout  situated  on  the 
top  of  the  building  a  view  of  the  lake 
can  be  had.  The  cost  of  the  building 
at  Jackson  Park  is  about  $10,000, 
which  does  not  include  the  boats  and 
apparatus. 

The  light-house  is  one  of  the  modern 
steel  pattern,  100  feet  high,  and  braced 
with     guy-rods    in     four    directions. 


Observatory  (F  20)  stands.  It  con- 
sists of  three  small  buildings,  an 
equatorial  telescope,  a  transit  tele- 
scope, and  a  heliostat  house.  Daily, 
at  noon,  Professor  Gardiner  causes  a 
time-ball  to  drop  from  the  top  to  the 
bottom  of  a  post  placed  on  the  dome 
of  the  Government  Building. 

To  the  eastward  of  the  light-house  a 


United   States  Battle-ship    "Illinois.' 


Four  men  are  detailed  to  take  charge 
of  it  during  the  Exposition,  after 
which  it  will  be  taken  down  and  sent 
to  the  mouth  of  the  Columbia  River, 
on  the  Pacific  Coast.  It  is  a  revolving 
light  of  the  first  magnitude,  showing 
red  and  white,  with  the  most  power- 
ful reflectors  made. 

East  of  the  Government  Building, 
and  close  to  the  light-house,  a  low 
wooden  structure  marks  the  place 
where    the    United     States     Naval 


curved  pier  extends  into  the  lake,  and 
seemingly  moored  to  it,  as  if  just 
returned  from  a  protracted  cruise,  is 
the  United  States  Naval  exhiDit,  the 
line-of-battle  ship  "  Illinois  "  (F  21), 
whicn  is  thus  ably  described  by  its 
constructor  and  designer,  Mr.  Frank 
W.  Grogan: 

The  idea  of  having  a  battle-ship 
(emblematic  of  power)  for  the  Navy 
Department  exhibit  originated  with 
Commodore  R.  W.  Meade,  U.  S.  N. 


GOVERNMENT  BUILDING. 


135 


The  result  of  this  conception  is  the 
"  Illinois,"  which  lies  in  Lake  Mich- 
igan, at  the  foot  of  Fifty-ninth  Street, 
apparently  afloat,  but  in  reality  rest- 
ing upon  a  substantial  foundation 
of  piling  and  heavy  timbers. 


This  exhibit  serves  the  double  pur- 
pose of  being:  First,  a  full-sized 
model,  above  water-line,  of  the  latest 
type  10,300-ton  coast-line  battle-ships, 
"Massachusetts,"  "Indiana,"  and 
"  Oregon,"  of  the  United  States  Navy, 
with  proper  facilities  for  showing  the 
discipline,  manner  of  living  of  officers 
and  men,  and  for  the  display  of  the 
gun,  torpedo,  boat,  and  other  drills, 
such  as  are  customary  on  a  man-of- 
war;  and  second,  of  serving  as  a 
building  for  the  illustration  of  the 
various  bureau  exhibits,  the  greater 
portion  of  the  berth-deck  having  been 
reserved  for  this  purpose.  The  sides 
of  the  hull  from  berth  to  main  deck  are 
made  of  brick  laid  to  the  contour  of 
the  vessel,  and  finished  with  Portland 
cement.  Below  the  berth-deck  the 
ship    is    finished    with    steel    plates 


extending  well  into  the  water.  The 
sides  of  superstructure,  turrets,  re- 
doubts, 13-inch  and  8-inch  guns  are 
of  wood  framing,  also  covered  with 
cement  laid  on  metal  lathing.  The 
other  parts  of  the  ship  and'fittings 
are  made  of  materials  similar  to  those 
used  in  the  construction  of  a  real 
vessel,  such  as  the  decks  and  their 
framing,  military  tower,  chimneys, 
hatches,  bridge,  skylights,  etc. 

The  exhibits  from  the  different 
bureaus  of  the  Navy  Department  are 
placed  in  their  respective  positions  on 
board  the  ship,  as  far  as  practicable. 
Most  of  them  were  made  especially 
for  this  purpose,  but  will  be  trans- 
ferred for  use  upon  genuine  vessels  of 
the  navy  at  the  close  of  the  Exposition. 

The  "  Illinois"  has  the  same  num- 
ber of  guns  as  her  originals,  and  most 
of  them  are  real.  "The  magazines 
and  shell-rooms  are  shown,  also  the 
manner  of  working  the  guns  and  torpe- 
does, and  the  handling  of  ammunition. 

There  is  an  electric-light  plant  with 
dynamos,  search-lights,  motors  for 
working  the  guns,  turrets,  etc.,  and 
for  illuminating  purposes.  The 
length  of  the  "Illinois"  is  248  feet  on 
load  water-line,  and  65  feet  3  inches 
extreme  breadth. 

F.  W.  GROGAN, 
Architect  Navy  Depart- 
ment Exhibit. 

The  Return  from  the  Exposition.— 

Unless  a  night  fete  allures  the  visitor 
to  prolong  his  stay  in  the  grounds,  he 
will  now  in  all  probability  seek  a  pas- 
sage on  one  of  the  fleet  of  steamboats 
to  his  home  in  the  city. 


CHAPTER   X. 


HORTICULTURAL    BUILDING,  ETC. 


OTHING,"  says  an  old 
writer,  "can  be  more 
a*  beautiful     than     a 
*     child  or   a  rosebud, 
1    and    nothing    more 
P-  interesting    than    to 
watch    either  burst- 
ing into  full  bloom 
and     development." 
To   such  a  person  a 
satiety  of  enjoyment 
is  offered  by  the   ex- 
hibits   described     in 
this  chapter. 

Prepared  for  a  n 
early  start,  the  vis- 
itor will  take  the  cars  at  one 
of  the  stations  of  the  Illinois  Cen- 
tral Railroad  and  enter  the  grounds 
at  Sixtieth  Street  (G  12).  As  the  trains 
stop  at  this  station  for  the  Plaisance 
entrance  at  Fifty-ninth  Street  (F  12), 
as  well  as  for  this  (Sixtieth  Street) 
entrance,  it  will  be  well  for  the  visitor, 
if  unaccompanied  by  a  guide,  to  make 
sure,  by  inquiry,  of  reaching  the 
correct  entrance  (a policeman,  World's 
Fair  guard  or  guide,  or  the  railway 
conductor  will  indicate  the  proper 
direction  to  be  followed  to  reach  the 
Sixtieth  Street  gate).  After  entering 
the  grounds,  one  sees  to  his  right 
a  building  erected  by  the  Ducker 
Portable  House  Company  of  New 
York,  and  known  as  the  Ducker 
Hospital  (G  14) 


play-room  as  possible  for  the  little 
ones;  and  to  still  further  increase  its 
capacity  in  this  direction  there  is  a 
play-ground  on  the  roof,  fifty  feet 
above  the  ground,  with  flowers, 
plants,  and  trailing  vines  in  profu- 
sion, and  made  thoroughly  safe  by  a 
strong  wire  netting  which  incloses  it. 
It  is  a  veritable  child's  world;  its 
kindergarten  has  all  kinds  of  minia- 
ture furniture,  and  the  children  are 
taught  to  set  the  table,  make  beds,  etc. 
In  the  room  for  the  older  boys,  model- 
ing in  clay,  carving,  carpentry,  etc., 
are  taught,  while  in  the  gymnasium 
physical-culture  methods  are  dis- 
played. For  the  babies  and  little  tod- 
dlers there  is  a  well-appointed  creche, 
or  day  nursery,  where  they  may  be 
taken  care  of  by  competent  nurses, 
who  will  feed  and  tend  them  while 
their  mothers  visit  the  exhibits.  The 
children's  exhibits  also  are  here.  In 
the  library  are  found  all  manner  of 
children's  books,  papers,  and  maga- 
zines, in  all  of  the  languages;  in  the 
play-rooms  every  species  of  games, 
dolls,  and  toys  may  be  seen.  This 
building  is  beautifully  and  appro- 
priately decorated  inside  and  out. 
The  outer  frieze  is  chiefly  in  tints  of 
blue  and  gold,  with  sixteen  shields, 
four  on  each  wall,  bearing  each  a 
child's  figure  clad  in  some  national 
costume,  and  with  the  national  flower 
or  emblem.    The  library  ceiling  shows 


From  this  building  to  that  set  apart  a  design  of  the  starry  heavens,  the 
for  the  little  ones  the  route  is  straight  Pleiades  represented  by  soft,  roseate 
toward  the  east.  The  Children's  Cupids  playing  on  a  field  of  light, 
Building  (G  15)  at  the  Fair  is  located  fleecy  clouds.  The  assembly-room  is 
between  the  Woman's  and  Horticult-  full  of  quaint  and  beautiful  pictures, 
ural  buildings,  and  near  the  pretty  and  has  a  frieze  whose  treatment  is 
little  Puck  Building.  It  is  a  light,  light,  airy,  and  graceful  in  the  ex- 
airy,  graceful  edifice,  two  stories  high,  treme.with  panels  representing  scenes 
an  1  150  feet  long  by  90  feet  wide.  It  from  "Grimm's  Fairy  Tales."  Be- 
is  built  around  a  court,  so  as  to  give  tween  the  windows,  medallions  bear- 
as   much   light,    air,    and   out-of-door  ing  the  signs  of  the  zodiac.represented 

(136) 


HOR  TIC  UL  TURA L  B  UILDING. 


137 


by  cherubs,  alternate  with  others 
showing  the  occupations  and  amuse- 
ments of  children.  There  are  also 
scenes  appropriate  to  the  different  sea- 
sons of  the  year.  In  the  slojd  room 
there  is  a  representation  of  wood-carv- 
ing, from  the  felling  of  the  tree  to  its 
final  adornment.  In  the  deaf-mutes' 
room  the  pictures  show  the  methods  of 
amusing  and  instructing  these  un- 
fortunates. Japan,  France,  Paraguay, 
and  Guatemala  have  been  liberal  in 


Building  (G  15),  which,  as  has  been 
truly  remarked,  needs  no  sign.  It 
was  designed  by  Mr.  Henry  Baerer. 

Adjoining  the  home  of  this  merry 
little  sprite,  on  the  east,  is  found  the 
exhibit  of  the  White  Star  Steamship 
Company  (G  15),  consisting  of  a  pa- 
vilion with  a  neat  little  portico,  its 
pillars  wrapped  with  rope,  with  a 
plaited  rope  capital. 

From  this  pavilion,  turning  south- 
ward along  the  shore  of  the  beautiful 


The   Puck   Building. 


their  contributions  of  toys,  etc.,  for 
this  exhibit. 

In  th3  assembly-room  George  Schrei- 
ber  has  painted  six  panels,  4x10  feet 
each,  of  such  subjects  as  "Cinderella," 
"Briar  Rose,"  "The  Sleeping  Beauty," 
"  Red  Riding  Hood,"  "  Babes  in  the 
Wood,"  *  Silver  Hair  and  the  Three 
Bears,"  etc.  There  is  also  a  beautiful 
wall-paper  frieze  designed  by  Miss 
Blanche  McManus.  Between  the  eight 
windows  of  this  room  are  eight 
medallions  representing  child-life  at 
different  times  and  seasons;  and  on 
the  opposite  side  are  decorated  panels. 
In  each  corner  of  the  room  are  large 
landscapes  representing  the  four  sea- 
sons. 

Just  beyond  and  east  of  this  building 
is  a  lovely  little  pavilion,  the  Puck 


lagoon,  one  comes  to  the  entrance  of 
the 


HORTICULTURAL  BUILDING 

(H  15),  just  about  opposite  the  center 
of  the  Wooded  Island. 

The  Horticultural  Building— W.  L. 
B.  Jenney  and  W.  B.  Mundie,  archi- 
tects— is  1,000x240  feet  in  dimen- 
sions, and  lies  on  the  west  side  of 
the  park,  facing  the  lagoon.  The 
broad  space  in  front,  between  the 
building  and  the  lagoon,  is  devoted  to 
ornamental  gardens  and  parterres, 
and  forms  a  part  of  the  exhibit  of 
the  Floral  Department.  The  varied 
nature  of  the  exhibitions  assigned  to 
the  Horticultural  Department  gave 
variety  to  the  design.     In  the  center 


138 


THE    WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


is  a  glazed  dome  180  feet  in  diameter 
and  114  feet  high,  for  the  accommoda- 
tion of  the  largest  palms,  tree  ferns, 
bamboos,  bananas,  and  other  tall- 
growing  tropical  trees  and  plants 
that  can  be  procured  and  transported. 
To  accommodate  the  great  quantity 
of  plants  of  moderate  dimensions 
there  are  four  galleries,  or  curtains, 
as  they  are  technically  termed,  each 
about  270  feet  long,  connecting  the 
dome  and  central  pavilion  with  the 
two  end  pavilions.  There  are  two  of 
these  galleries,  with  glazed  roofs,  on 
each  side  of  the  dome,  leaving  a  court 
90    feet    wide    and    270     feet     long 


W.   L.   B.  Jenney. 

between  them.  The  great  pavilions, 
one  on  either  side  of  the  building, 
are  two  stories  high.  The  front  end 
of  the  second  story  in  either  pavilion 
is  a  restaurant;  the  other  parts  of 
the  pavilions  are  for  the  exhibition  of 
wines,  fruits,  cut  flowers,  horticult- 
ural seeds,  and  implements,  etc.  In 
the  building  may  be  seen  some  of  the 
finest  specimens  of  tropical  vegeta- 
tion; the  largest  specimens  and  the 
greatest  number  of  tree  ferns,  bird's- 
nest  ferns,  elkhorn  ferns,  palms,  etc., 
ever  exhibited.  A  horticultural  build- 
ing, more  than  any  other  on  the 
grounds,  must  indicate  its  purpose; 
it  must  be  adapted  to  tho  preserva- 
tion of  growing  plants,  shrubs,  and 
trees,  and  in  consequence  requires 
long,  low  galleries,  not  only  with 
glazed  roofs,  but  also  with  the  maxi- 
mum of  light  in  the  walls  consistent 
with  architectural  effects.  At  the 
same  time  the  building  must  harmon- 
ize, as  far  as  practicable,  with  the  sur- 
roundings.    The  style  is  the  Venetian 


Renaissance,  the  order  Ionic,  with  a 
broad  frieze  decorated  with  Cupids 
and  garlands.  The  treatment  is  gay 
and  joyous,  to  conform  to  the  light- 
ness of  the  structure  and  the  character 
of  the  exhibits.  At  either  end,  and 
nearest  to  the  other  and  much  higher 
buildings  of  the  Fair  with  which  it 
must  stand  comparison,  are  the  two 
great  pavilions.  The  central  feature 
is  a  large  pavilion  crowned  by  a 
glazed  wide-spreading  dome,  the  most 
imposing  portion  of  the  building.  In 
front  of  this  pavilion  is  a  highly  orna- 
mental pylon,  forming  the  main  en- 
trance, with  a  recessed  vestibule  deco- 
rated with  statuary.  On  the  face  of 
the  pylon  are  groups,  one  on  either 
side,  representing  the  "Awakening" 
and  the  "  Sleep  of  the  Flowers." 

Thus  does  Mr.  Lorado  Taft  de- 
scribe the  sculptures  and  statuary: 

The  sculptural  decorations  of  the 
Horticultural  Building,  aside  from 
the  frieze,  consist  of  six  single  figures 
and  two  large  groups. 

On  the  eastern  front  of  each  pa- 
vilion, at  the  ends  of  the  building, 
are  two  figures  placed  on  the  level 
of  the  second  story.  The  one  on  the 
south  is  called  "  The  Painting  of  the 
Lily  " — a  process  which  the  poet  tells 
us  is  not  necessary.  The  figure  of  a 
nymph  is  represented  holding  the  lily 
and  regarding 
it  intently,  with 
her  brush 
poised  in  the 
air.  The  an- 
cients attrib- 
uted to  these 
spirits  of  wood 
and    field    the 

care  of  plant- 
Cider-Press,  life. 

The  next  figure  is  symbolic  of  the 
cultivation  and  use  of  the  grape,  and 
represents  a  faun,  a  joyous,  soulless 
creature,  holding  in  one  hand  a 
brimming  beaker  and  in  the  other  a 
bunch  of  grapes.  The  drapery  of 
this  figure  is  the  tiger-skin,  a  favorite 
costume  of  Bacchus,  the  god  of  wine. 

On  the  north  pavilion  is  the  draped 
figure  of  a  woman,  intended  to  per- 
sonify the  study  of  botany.  In  her 
hand  she  holds  a  scroll  on  which  is 
inscribed  the  lore  of  that  science, 


140 


THE    WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


The  last  figure,  at  the  ex- 
treme north  of  the  build- 
ing, represents  a  gar- 
dener of  the  ancient  type 
examining  the  bursting 
buds  of  a  vine. 

Just  inside  the  vestibule 
stand  two  figures,  each  ten 
feet  in  height.  The  one  on 
the  right  is  a  light,  airy- 
personification  of  Flora. 
She  is  poised  on  tip-toe 
and  with  outstretched 
arms  holds  aloft  a  flower- 
ing branch,  to  which  she 


f 


CJ 


■n 


J.  M.    Samuels. 

turns  her  smiling  face. 
Around  her  feet  are  plants 
and  blossoms  profusely 
decking  the  earth  in  re- 
sponse to  her  glad  pres- 
ence. The  motive  of  this 
figure  was  suggested  by 
the  well-known  statue  of 
"  Hope,"  by  Bodenhausen. 

On  the  opposite  side  is 
the  figure  of  Pomona.  Her 
form  is  a  full,  matronly 
one;  her  smiling  face  sug- 
gesting amused  disap- 
pointment as  she  struggles 
with  the  overflowing 
basket  of  fruit,  which  in 
spite  of  her  development 
she  is  unable  to  lift. 

The  principal  sculptural 
decoration  of  the  building 
consists  of  two  large 
groups  just  outside  the 
main  entrance. 

On  the  south  side  is  the 
artist's  idea  of  autumn. 
The  composition  has  been 
called  the    "Sleep   of  the 


fa 


P    I  I    |  FRANCE  | 


HOR  TIC UL  TURAL  B  UILDING. 


141 


Flowers."  The  sculptor  endeav- 
ored to  suggest  here  the  quiet,  al- 
most melancholy,  spirit  of  autumn, 
and  with  this  object  in  view  has 
kept  all  lines  as  harmonious  and 
graceful  as  possible.  The  faces  of 
the  two  sitting  figures  suggest  sleep, 
and  even  the  standing  figure  looks 
mournfully  down  upon  them,  as 
though  she  too  would  soon  join 
them  in  their  slumbers.  The  only 
touch    of    animation    is    the    single 


broken  and  angular  lines,  making  the 
composition  as  great  a  contrast  as 
possible  to  the  autumn  group.  In 
this  we  have  the  figures  of  the  three 
nymphs,  a  faun,  and  two  Cupids,  all 
laughing  heartily  as  they  pelt  each 
other  with  buds  and  blossoms.  The 
faun  is  engaged  in  binding  a  garland 
around  the  waist  of  the  central  figure, 
while  she  in  turn  has  her  arms  full 
of  flowers  which  she  uses  in  the  mimic 
warfare. 


Senator  Leland   Stanford's  Wine   Exhib  t. 


belated  Cupid,  who  sits  contentedly 
absorbing  a  bunch  of  grapes.  This 
fruit  is  shown  hanging  in  abundant 
clusters  from  the  rocks  on  either 
side.  At  the  feet  of  the  figures  is 
placed  a  branch  of  withered  oak. 
The  figures  are  entirely  draped. 

On  the  other  hand  is  the  springtime 
group,  sometimes  called  the  "  Battle 
of  Flowers."  In  this  the  artist  has 
tried  to  express  the  vigor  and  push  of 
awakening  vegetation  by  means  of 


The  figures  in  these  groups  are 
about  eight  feet  in  height.  The  work 
required  several  months.  The  artist's 
principal  assistant  in  the  execution  of 
this  statuary  was  his  pupil,  Miss  Julia 
Bracken. 

LORADO  TAFT. 

In  the  frieze  around  the  inside  of 
the  dome — painted  by  C.  C.  Coleman 
— are  festoons  and  wreaths  of  the 
passion-vine;     in     the    wreaths    the 


142 


THE  WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION 


names  of  men  famous  in  horticulture 
and  kindred  arts. 

Classification. — The  following  is 
the  official  classification  of  this  de- 
partment (J.  M.Samuels,  chief): 

GROUP   NO. 

20.  — Viticulture — manufactured  prod- 
ucts, methods,  and  appliances. 
21. — Pomology — manufactured  prod- 
ucts, methods,  and  appliances. 
22. — Floriculture. 
23. — Culinary  vegetables. 
24. — Seeds,  seed-raising,  testing,  and 

distribution. 
2  5 .  — Arboriculture. 
26. — Appliances,  methods,  etc. 

Under  the  dome  in  the  central 
pavilion  is  a  miniature  mountain, 
surmounted  with  the  rarest  palms, 
ferns,  trailing  vines,  and  blooming 
flowers.  This  mountain  artistically 
conceals  the  heating  apparatus,  and 
beneath  it  is  a  brilliant  reproduction 
of  one  of  the  chambers  of  the  Mam- 
moth Crystal  Cave  in  the  Black  Hills, 
South  Dakota.   Entrance  fee,  25  cents. 

Just  west  of  this  building,  in  its 
rear,  are  found  the  Greenhouses 
(I  14).  These  are  not  open  to  visitors 
usually,  though  there  are  times  when 
special  circumstances  cause  them  to 
be  thrown  open  to  the  public.  As  a 
general  thing  they  are  used  only  for 
the  propagation  and  forcing  of  plants 
and  flowers,  which  are  afterward 
removed  to  the  exhibit-rooms,  or  set 
out  in  the  parterres  in  front  of  the 
building,  where  are  also  the  exhibits 
of  a  number  of  private  florists. 

Back  of  this  building,  to  the  west, 
is  the  Official  Photographer's  Build- 
ing (J  14),  with  an  able  corps  of  opera- 
tives, and  Mr.  C.  D.  Arnold  as  chief. 
They  alone  are  authorized  to  make 
and  sell  views  of  the  grounds  and 
buildings,  and  their  work  is  first-class 
in  every  respect. 

The  new  Public  Service  Building 
(J  14)  is  southwest  of  the  Horticultural 
Building  and  west  of  the  Choral 
Building.  It  provides  offices  for 
Chief  of  Construction  Burnham  and 
his  assistants,  and  also  for  the  engi- 
neers and  others  connected  with  the 
management  of  the  grounds  and 
buildings.  Opposite  the  lower  or 
southern  end  of  the  Wooded  Island 
is    the   Choral   Building,  or,  as  it  is 


also  known,  the  Festival  Hall  (J  15). 
Among  the  group  of  buildings  at  the 
Exposition  probably  none  have  been 
assigned  a  more  beautiful  location 
than  Festival  Hall. 

The  style  of  the  building,  which  is 
Doric,  makes  it  simple  and  severe  in 
treatment;  its  form,  which  resembles 
an  amphitheater  surmounted  by  a 
dome,  gives  the  building,  both  exter- 
nally and  internally,  a  rounded  form, 
from  which  project,  on  the  four  sides, 
porticoes,  the  one  facing  the  lagoon 
being  the  principal  entrance,  and 
enriched  by  fluted  Doric  columns  b]/z 
feet  in  diameter.  From  the  portico 
leads  a  flight  of  spacious  steps,  at  the 
foot  of  which  stand  two  statues,  being 
reproductions  of  celebrated  marbles 
of  Handel  and  Bach. 

On  either  side  of  the  portico  are 
panels  in  relief  work  representing  the 
Progress  of  Music,  and  in  the  panels 
over  the  doors  are  relief  portraits  of 
Gliick,  Berlioz,  Wagner,  Schumann, 
Schubert,  Mozart,  Mendelssohn,  Bach, 
Handel,  and  Beethoven. 

The  interior  has  the  form  of  a  Greek 
theater,  except  that  the  chorus  of 
2,500  voices  occupies  the  part  assigned 
by  the  Greeks  to  the  stage,  and  thus 
it  becomes  amphitheatrical  in  form. 
There  are  no  galleries  of  any  kind  to 
obstruct  the  view  or  sound.  The 
building  seats  6,500  persons.  The 
decoration  of  the  interior  is  in  the 
same  order  as  the  exterior,  in  relief 
work  and  color.  A  large  foyer  ex- 
tends around  the  building,  giving 
ample  room  for   promenades. 

FRANCIS   M.  WHITEHOUSE. 

By  means  of  the  bridge  at  the 
south  end  of  this  building,  the  visitor 
crosses  to  the  east  and  steps  upon 
the  Wooded  Island  (J  17).  Turning 
off  to  his  right  he  finds  a  pathway 
leading  to  another  bridge,  crossing 
to  another  and  smaller  island  known 
as  Hunter's  Island  (K  17).  To  the 
right  of  the  bridge  he  will  notice  a 
very  primitive  structure  built  of  logs 
Avith  the  bark  still^i  them,  just  such  a 
cabin  as  the  backwoods  of  Kentucky 
or  Tennessee  can  show  to-day  in 
their  secluded  districts.  This  is  a 
reproduction  of  the  cabin  of  one 
of    America's    quaintest    characters, 


FISHERIES  BUILDING. 


143 


David  Crocket,  who  as  hunter,  states- 
man, jester,  and  patriot  was  unsur- 
passed. The  fittings  of  the  cabin  are 
in  harmony  with  its  exterior — deer- 
horns,  flint-lock  rifles,  wooden 
benches,  etc. 

But  a  short  distance  to  the  east  is 
seen  the  Australian  Squatter's  Hut 
(K  17),  a  true  copy  of  those  antipodean 
structures.  It  is  located  on  the  east 
end  of  Hunter's  Island,  to  the  right 
of  its  neighbor,  Davy  Crocket's  cabin. 

Turning  back  from  this  homely 
edifice  and  recrossing  the  rustic 
bridge,  the  tourist  walks  first  east 
then  northward  along  a  pathway  and 
finds  upon  his  left  hand,  near  the 
southeastern  bank  of  the  larger  isl- 
and, the  Rose  Garden  (J  17).  This 
garden  consists  of  about  i}(  acres  of 
ground,  and  there  are  about  2,000 
varieties  of  roses  shown  here.  The 
ground  is  surrounded  by  a  wire  fence 
six  feet  high,  having  four  entrances. 
South  of  the  garden  are  seen  all 
kinds  of  plants.  Proceeding  farther 
north  are  found  groups  of  ornamental 
leaf  trees,  of  various  kinds,  and  pop- 
ular shrubs,  natural  to  this  country 
and  latitude.  North  of  this  is  the 
German  exhibit,  consisting  of  a  large 
show  of  standard  roses  and  herba- 
ceous plants,  a  specialty  being  made 
of  dwarf  roses. 

At  the  northern  end  of  the  island 
are  the  quaint  but  beautifully  deco- 
rated edifices  erected  by  our  Japanese 
guests.  These  structures  represent 
the  Hoo-den,  or  Phoenix  Palace  (G 
16),  and  are  fine  reproductions  of 
the  original  Hoo-den  Temple,  Nji, 
near  Kioto,  Japan.  It  is  one  of  the 
groups  of  the  Bidodins.  It  is  built 
with  tiled  roof.  The  cross-trees  are 
logs,  the  ends  beautifully  carved  with 
heads  of  lions.  The  temple  is  intended 
to  represent  the  Japanese  fabulous 
bird,  the  Hoo.  The  central  part  is 
two-storied — this  is  the  body  of  the 
bird;  the  colonnades  right  and  left 
are  the  wings;  the  corridor  at  the 
back  forms  the  tail.  The  two  bronze 
phoenixes  on  the  top  are  3^  feet  high. 
They  are  made  so  flexible  that  the 
wings  and  heads  are  moved  by  the 
wind.  The  temple  dates  back  to 
1502,  but  it  was  begun  over  twelve 
hundred  years  ago.     The  decorations 


of  the  temple  are  all  by  famous 
artists.  The  paintings  represent 
twenty-five  festivals.  All  the  gods 
and  goddesses,  the  Buddhists  believe, 
have  the  power  of  either  bestowing 
blessings  or  inflicting  curses,  and 
deal  out  to  mortals  their  degree  of 
merit,  which  entitles  them  after  death, 
if  worthy,  to  a  place  in  the  pure 
lands  of  the  West,  where  the  saints 
dwTell.  The  altar  is  covered  with  gold 
lacquer;  the  bronze  and  wood  carv- 
ings are  very  fine.  A  large  figure  of 
Amedia  is  said  to  have  been  carved 
by  a  prince  imperial  who  was  a  devout 
Buddhist.  The  ceiling  of  the  room  is 
inlaid  with  mother-of-pearl,  lacquer, 
and  bronze. 

In  front  of  the  temple  is  a  beautiful 
lotus-pond.  The  lotus  is  the  sacred 
flower  of  the  Buddhists. 

The  Hoo-den  built  on  the  Wooded 
Island  for  the  Fair  is  after  this  plan, 
with  a  few  changes.  The  interior 
decorations  are  more  beautiful  and 
magnificent.  The  center  hall  is  a  fac- 
simile of  a  room  in  the  Nijo  Castle, 
Kioto,  built  by  Tokugawa  Iyeyasu, 
a  shogun,  in  1*601.  Everything  used 
in  the  building  of  the  temple  has 
been  chosen  with  the  greatest  care, 
and  no  expense  spared.  All  the 
paintings,  bronze,  wood-carving,  and 
lacquer  for  the  interior  decorations 
have  been  the  work  of  picked  artists, 
at  the  Fine  Art  School,  Niyemo  Park, 
Tokyo,  under  the  supervision  of  Mr. 
K.  Okakura,  the  director  of  the  school. 
Mr.  Okakura  superintended  the  com- 
pletion of  the  temple.  The  building 
is  a  gift  to  Chicago  from  his  highness 
the  emperor — a  magnificent  present. 

At  the  northeast  end  of  the  island  a 
graceful  bridge  leads  the  visitor  again 
to  the  mainland,  where  he  finds  him- 
self confronted  by  the  light  and 
graceful  structure 

THE   FISHERIES  BUILDING 

(F 18).  It  embraces  a  large  central 
structure,  wTith  two  smaller  polygonal 
buildings  connected  with  it  on  either 
end  by  arcades.  The  extreme  length 
of  the  building  is  1,100  feet  and  the 
width  200  feet.  It  is  located  to  the 
northward  of  the  United  States  Gov- 
ernment Building. 


144 


THE  WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


In  the  central  portion  is  the 
general  fisheries  exhibit.  In 
one  of  the  polygonal  buildings 
is  the  angling  exhibit  and  in 
the  other  the  aquaria.  The 
exterior  of  the  building  _  is 
Spanish-Romanesque,  which 
contrasts  agreeably  in  appear- 
ance with  that  of  the  other 
buildings. 

To  the  close  observer  the 
exterior  of  the  building  can  not 
fail  to  be  exceedingly  interest- 
ing, for  the  architect,  Henry 
Ives  Cobb,  exerted  all  his  in- 
genuity in  arranging  innumer- 
able forms  of  capitals,  modill- 
ions,  brackets,  cornices,  and 
other  ornamental  details,  using 
only  fish  and  other  sea  forms 
for  his  motive  of  design.  The 
roof  of  the  building  is  of  old 
Spanish  tile,  and  the  side  walls 
of  pleasing  color.  The  cost  is 
about  $200,000. 

In  the  center  of  the  polygonal 
building  is  a  rotunda  sixty  feet 
in  diameter,  in  the  middle  of 
which  is  a  basin,  or  pool, 
twenty-six  feet  wide,  from 
which,  rises  a  towering  mass  of 
rocks,  covered  with  moss  and 
lichens.  From  clefts  and  crev- 
ices in  the  rocks  crystal  streams 
of  water  gush  and  drop  to  the 
masses  of  reeds,  rushes,  and 
ornamental  semi-aquatic  plants 
in  the  basin  below.  In  this 
pool  gorgeous  gold-fishes, 
golden  ides,  golden  tench,  and 
other  fishes  disport.  From  the 
rotunda  one  side  of  the  larger 
series  of  aquaria  may  be 
viewed.  These  are  ten  in 
number,  and  have  a  capacity 
of  7,000  to  27,000  gallons  of 
water  each. 
s  Passing  out  of  the  rotunda 
a  great  corridor,  or  arcade,  is 
reached,  where  on  one  hand 
can  be  viewed  the  opposite  side 
of  the  series  of  great  tanks, 
and  on  the  other  a  line  of  tanks 
somewhat  smaller,  ranging 
from  750  to  1,500  gallons  each 
in  capacity.  The  corridor,  or 
arcade,  is  about  fifteen  feet 
wide;   the  glass    fronts  of  the 


GROUND  PLAN 
OF  FISHERIES 
BUILDING 


mm 


wi 


10 


146 


THE   WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


aquaria  are  in  length  about  575  feet, 
and  have  3,000  square  feet  of  surface. 
The  total  water  capacity  of  the  aqua- 
ria, exclusive  of  reservoirs,  is  18,725 
feet,  or  140,000  gallons.  This  weighs 
1,192,425  pounds,  or  almost  600  tons. 
Of  this  amount  about  40,000  gallons 
is  devoted  to  the  marine  exhibit.  In 
the  entire   salt-water  circulation,  in- 


Detail  of  Fisheries  Building. 

eluding  the  reservoirs,  there  are  about 
80,000  gallons.  The  pumping  and  dis- 
tributing plants  for  the  marine 
aquaria  are  constructed  of  vulcanite. 
The  pumps  are  in  duplicate,  and  each 
has  a  capacity  of  3,000  gallons  per 
hour.  The  supply  of  sea-water  was 
secured  by  evaporating  the  necessary 
quantity  at  the  Wood's  Holl  station 
of  the  United  States  Fish  Commission 
to  about  one-fifth  its  bulk,  thus  reduc- 
ing both  quantity  and  weight  for 
transportation  about  80  per  cent. 
The  fresh  water  required  to  restore 
it  to  its  proper  density  was  supplied 
from  Lake  Michigan.  J.  B.  Mora 
was  selected  by  the  United  States  Fish 
Commission  to  decorate  the  aquaria, 
which  constitute  one  of  the  chief 
attractions  of  the  Fisheries  Building. 
These   aquaria,   while  seemingly  all 


alike,  are  of  two  kinds — those  for 
fresh-water  and  those  for  salt-water 
fish.  The  sweet-water  aquaria  rep- 
resent the  rivers  and  lakes  of  the 
United  States,  such  as  the  Mississippi, 
Hudson,  Colorado;  Lakes  Michigan, 
Superior,  etc.  As  nearly  as  possible 
the  scenery  and  conditions  of  the  beds 
of  these  waters  have  been  reproduced. 
The  salt-water  aquaria  give 
different  views  of  tide-water 
rivers,  estuaries,  etc.,  filled 
with  salt  water,  and  repre- 
senting the  rocks,  gravel, 
sand,  etc.,  peculiar  to  their 
beds. 

Classification. — The  follow- 
ing is  the  official  classification 
of  this  department  (Capt.  J. 
W.  Collins,  chief)  : 

.    GROUP   NO. 

/I  37. — Fish  and  other  forms  of 
aquatic  life. 
38. — Sea  fishing  and  angling. 
39. — Fresh-water  fishing   and 

angling. 
40. — Product  of  the  fisheries, 

and  their  manipulation. 
41. — Fish  culture. 

The  greatest  interest  of  the 
average  visitor  to  this  build- 
ing centers  in  the  room  where 
the  live   fish  are  to  be   seen, 
and  indeed  this  is  one  of  the 
most    interesting   of    all   the 
Exposition      displays.       The 
gaudy   fishes,  whose  pool   is 
the    central    basin,    charm    the    eye 
by    their    bright     colors,    while    the 
rush  and  lightning-like  turnings  of 


Whale's  Flipper. 


the  pike,  pickerel,  gar,  and  other  pirat- 
ical denizens  of  the  aquaria  amaze 
by  their  swiftness  and  dexterity. 
Beautiful    speckled    trout    from    the 


FISHERIES  BUILDING. 


147 


streams  of  the  Atlantic  and  Pacific 
water-sheds  and  curious  sun-fishes  are 
seen  on  every  hand.  To  offset  the 
beauty  of  these  specimens  there  are 
hideous  crawling  sea-lizards,  and 
clumsy  looking  turtles  by  the  dozen. 

The  tank  containing  specimens 
from  the  Mississippi  and  Missouri 
rivers  is  the  largest  of  all,  being  70 
feet  long,  12  feet  wide,  and  9  feet 
deep.  Dog-fish,  bass  of  several  kinds, 
croppie,  drum,  pike,  pickerel,  gizzard 
shad,  all  kinds  of  cat-fish,  buffalo, 
sturgeon,  shovel-fish — armored  on  the 
outside  but  boneless  within — gar, 
spoon-bill  cat-fish — which  are  not  cat- 
fish at  all,  but  a  species  of  sturgeon — 
and  many  others  may  be  seen.  This 
tank  takes  up  the  eastern  half  of 
the  first  series  of  aquaria  immedi- 
ately surrounding  the  crystal  pool. 

There  are  white-fish  and  grayling 
from  the  Great  Lakes;  muscallonge 
from  Northern  New  York;  pompa- 
nos,  red  snappers,  and  croakers  from 
the  Gulf  of  Mexico  and  Galveston 
Bay.  Lake  cat-fish,  suckers,  rock, 
white,  and  black  bass,  blob,  pike, 
perch,  eel-pouts,  and  curious  water- 
dogs  are  plentiful.  The  Wisconsin 
lakes  and  streams  furnish  many 
varieties,  and  Pennsylvania,  North 
Dakota,  and  Missouri  have  supplied 
collections  of  every  species  of  their 
fishes.  Minnesota  and  New  York 
also  show  their  many  varieties. 
Rhode  Island  has  a  fine  display,  as 
has  also  North  Carolina.  The  Govern- 
ment displays  from  the  hatcheries, 
and  also  from  their  sea  and  fresh- 
water catch,  are  magnificent.  They 
consist  of  almost  every  variety  of  fish 
from  the  Pacific  and  Atlantic  coasts, 
as  well  as  from  the  interior  lakes 
and  streams.  Illinois  exhibits  her 
fishes  in  ornamental  open  pools 
formed  by  a  beautiful  fountain  con- 
structed for  this  purpose.  The  idea  is 
quite  a  unique  one.  The  fish  display 
also  has  specimens  preserved  in  al- 
cohol, casts  of  others,  fish  packed  in 
tin  and  wood,  and  even  destructive 
fish,  snakes,  turtles,  predatory  birds, 
and  other  enemies  of  the  fish  tribes. 
In  fishing  appliances  the  exhibit  is 
on  a  comparative  basis,  showing  the 
crude  implements  of  savage  tribes 
and  the  latest  improved  apparatus  of 


the  present  day.  Along  with  this  ex- 
hibit is  presented  a  history  and  sta- 
tistics of  the  conditions  of  fishing 
industries  for  the  last  400  years.  Fish 
culture  has  not  been  neglected,  nor 
has  the  sport  of  angling,  as  contra- 
distinguished from  commercial  fish- 
ing. Split  bamboo  rods,  genuine 
"  Old  Kentucky  "  reels,  silk  lines,  gut 
and  sinew  snoods,  etc.,  of  every 
grade  and  design,  may  be  noted.  To 
return  to  the  commercial  aspects  of 
the  subject,  the  machinery  and  ap- 
pliances used  in  curing,  salting,  pack- 
ing, and  tinning  fish  are  shown,  and 


=4b 


Porcupine  Fish. 

also  the  oils,  leather,  etc.,  obtained 
from  marine  animals.  Sponges,  cor- 
als, pearl  shells  (rough  and  manu- 
factured), form  one  branch  of  the 
display.  To  specify  the  plan  of  the 
exhibit  it  is  only  necessary  to  say 
that  in  the  most  western  of  the  three 
buildings  is  the  display  of  angling 
apparatus  of  all  kinds,  American  and 
foreign,  entered  for  competition. 
Books,  engravings,  paintings,  speci- 
mens, in  short  everything  that  has  a 
bearing  upon  the  subject  of  angling, 
may  be  seen.  Upon  the  adjacent 
waters  of  the  lagoon  opportunity  is 
offered  for  tournaments  in  the  various 
methods  used  in  fishing,  as  fly-casting, 
bait-fishing,  trolling,  skittering,  etc. 
Fishing-camps  and  small  fishing-craft 
are  displayed  along  the  banks  of  the 
lagoon.  The  main  building  contains 
the  other  exhibits  mentioned,  as  the 
cured  products,  boats  used  in  the 
fisheries,  etc.  An.  object  of  unusual 
interest  is  the  complete  skeleton  of  a 


148 


THE    WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


humpback  whale  of  moderate  dimen- 
sions. While  not  a  very  large  speci- 
men, and  of  a  species  far  inferior  in 
size  to  either  the  sperm  (or  white) 
whale  or  the  "  right "  whale  of  our  old 
Arctic  and  Pacific  whalers,  yet  it 
serves  to  give  one  at  least  a  fair  idea 
of  the  proportions  attained  by  some 
species  of  the  class  of  animals  of 
which  it  was  a  humble  member.  It 
is  suspended  over  the  Washington 
exhibit.  Of  the  foreign  nations,  Nor- 
way is  more  largely  represented  in 
this  building  than  any  of  the  others, 
and  her  display  is  exceedingly  fine. 


reels,  lines,  etc.  Entering  by  the  west- 
ern door,  the  first  exhibit  to  the  right 
is  that  of  Great  Britain,  consisting 
principally  of  fishing-tackle,  nets, 
seines,  linen  lines,  etc.,  and  a  model 
Irish  fishing-school.  The  next  exhibit 
is  that  of  France,  east  of  which  is  the 
large  display  of  New  South  Wales, 
opposite  which  is  the  Norwegian  ex- 
hibit, already  noticed,  and  adjoining, 
on  the  right,  the  collection  of  Canada, 
a  very  complete  one,  among  which  is 
a  stuffed  white  whale,  sixteen  feet 
long,  and  a  model  schooner,  such  as 
is    used  by  the   fishermen   of    New- 


Merchant  Tailors'  Building. 


Walrus  and  seal  fishing  are  dis- 
played, and  a  number  of  boats,  in- 
cluding the  famous  Lister  boat  (a  new 
model  of  a  fishing-boat).  A  Nor- 
wegian fisherman's  hut  is  shown;  also 
stuffed  birds,  etc. 

In  the  west  wing  of  the  building 
are  the  displays  of  Ohio,  Missouri, 
Brazil,  and  the  fresh-fish  exhibits  of 
the  Pennsylvania  and  Wisconsin  fish 
commissions;  also  that  of  Forest  and 
Stream  and  the  American  Angler, 
consisting  of  angling  and  hunting  tro- 
phies, and  a  large  collection  of  paint- 
ings and  engravings.  Here  too  are 
displays  by  manufacturers   of  rods, 


foundland  and  Nova  Scotia.  East  of 
Norway  are  the  exhibits  of  Russia, 
Maine,  and  Massachusetts.  Of  the 
latter,  Gloucester  occupies  a  promi- 
nent place,  with  models  of  a  succes- 
sion of  schooners  and  their  rigs,  dating 
from  1623  down  to  1893.  East  of  the 
central  aisle  are  some  private  exhibits, 
also  those  of  Oregon,  Washington, 
and  North  Carolina.  The  Oregon 
exhibit  contains  the  skeleton  of  an 
immense  whale.  Japan  is  next  north 
of  these  displays,  with  a  very  large 
exhibit,  consisting  of  models  of  the 
different  kinds  of  boats  used  in  that 
country,  as  well  as   every  species  of 


FISHERIES  BUILDING. 


149 


fin  and  shell  fish,  bait,  hooks,  etc. 
The  collection  of  photographs  illus- 
trating the  fishing  industries  of  the 
"  Flowery  Kingdom  "is  very  complete 
and  interesting.  East  of  Japan  is 
the  exhibit  of  Holland,  the  leading 
feature  of  which  is  a  full-rigged  her- 
ring lugger.  Minnesota  is  next  east, 
showing  preserved  and  dried  fish, 
stuffed  aquatic  birds,  etc.  The  pri- 
vate display  of  the  San  Diego  (Cal.) 
high  school  is  interesting,  and  the 
display  of  reels  shown  by  Milan  of 
Frankfort,  Ky. ,  and  others  will  inter- 
est all  anglers.  Of  course  every  one 
will  go  to  see  the  large  live  alligators 
penned  in  the  lagoon  near  this  build- 
ing. They  can  be  found  in  the  water 
near  the  bridge  which  crosses  the 
lagoon  from  this  to  the  Government 
Building. 

Leaving  this  building  by  its  north 
front,  and  turning  to  the  left,  the  vis- 
itor finds  a  roadway  leading  to  a 
bridge  which  crosses  the  lagoon 
toward  the  Illinois  Building.  On  the 
near  shore  upon  his  right  hand  one 
sees  a  fine  building  used  as  a  res- 
taurant, and  known  as  the  Cafe  de 
Marine  (F  17).  This  building  is  100  x 
130  feet,  three  stories  high.  It  is  to 
be  run  as  a  fish  restaurant. 

Crossing  the  bridge  above  men- 
tioned, whence  a  beautiful  view  to- 
ward the  southwest  and  southeast  is 
obtained,  the  visitor  finds  on  his  right 
hand  the  Merchant  Tailors'  World's 
Fair  Building  (E  16).  This  structure 
is  55  feet  9  inches  square,  inside  meas- 
urement, with  porticoes  front  and 
rear,  which  are  alike.  The  building 
is  94  feet  each  way,  over  all.  The 
walls  are  finished  in  cream  and  gold, 
and  beautifully  decorated  with  mu- 
ral paintings  in  oil,  on  canvas,  rep- 
resenting the  eight  great  historical 
periods  of  dress.  First,  Adam  and 
Eve  making  aprons  of  leaves;  sec- 
ond, a  barbarian;  third,  Egyptian; 
fourth,  classical  Greek;  fifth,  medie- 


val; sixth,  Renaissance;  seventh, 
Louis  the  XIV.  to  XVI.;  eighth, 
modern.  There  are  also  six  frescoes 
emblematic  of  the  trade.  The  tailors 
of  the  United  States  may  well  be 
proud  of  it.  S.  S.  Beman  was  the 
architect  of  the  building. 

The  roadway  winds  gently  north 
and  then  east,  and  another  bridge  is 
reached,  between  the  lagoon  and  the 
North  Pond.  Crossing  this,  to  the 
right  stands  a  little  building  easily 
recognizable  as  belonging  to  the 
Japanese.  This  is  the  Japanese  Tea 
"House  (E  17),  composed  of  twTo  dif- 
ferent buildings,  constructed  in  true 
Japanese  style  of  kinoti  and  other 
Japanese  woods,  and  bamboo.  The 
floors  are  covered  with  heavy  mat- 
tings, and  thick  cushions,  with  carved 
arm-rests,  covered  in  Nishijin  fabrics, 
are  provided  for  guests,  who  can 
thus  enjoy  their  tea  in  the  Japanese 
mode.  The  people  employed  about 
the  building  are  artists  in  drawing 
and  serving  teas. 

From  these  buildings  to  the  next 
point  of  interest  is  but  a  short  dis- 
tance. It  is  the  Swedish  Restau- 
rant (E  17),  and  lies  north  of  the 
west  wing  of  the  Fisheries  Building. 
Its  architecture  represents  a  tavern  in 
Southern  Sweden,  and  the  structure, 
cooking,  and  bill  of  fare  are  thor- 
oughly Swedish. 

Next  in  order  in  this  queer  agglom- 
eration of  eating-houses  is  the  Polish 
Cafe  (E  18),  situated  at  the  northeast 
corner  of  the  Fisheries  Building,  a 
fine  edifice,  whose  cuisine  is  devoted 
to  the  national  dishes  of  the  Polish 
people,  though  other  edibles  are  also 
served  here. 

From  this  cafe  the  way  next  leads 
to  the  Home  of  Izaak  Walton  (D  18) 
which  has  been  faithfully  reproduced, 
and  stands  on  a  site  on  the  northeast 
shore  of  the  North  Pond,  between 
the  Art  Galleries  and  the  Costa  Rica 
Building. 


CHAPTER    XI. 

THE    ART    BUILDING. 

N  no  occasion  in  the  square  pediments,  terminating  at  the 
world's  history  has  such  corners  in  slightly  advanced  towers, 
a  collection  of  works  of  showing  the  gable  style  of  pedi- 
high  art— bronzes,  stat-  ment.  At  the  east  and  west  ends 
ues,  paintings,  archi-  the  slightly  advanced  entrance-ways 
tectural  sculptures,  etc.  run  up  into  high,  sharp  gables,  with 
— ever  been  brought  to-  the  receding  sides  similarly  orna- 
gether  as  that  now  mented.  The  grace  and  beauty  of 
gathered  in  its  appro-  the  facades  of  the  building — espe- 
priate  building  at  Jack-  cially  that  toward  the  south  when 
son  Park,  Chicago.  The  viewed  across  the  waters  of  the 
intellectual  treat  await-  lagoon — can  not  be  described  by  mere 
ing  the  visitor  of  these  exhibits  is  words.  A  pillared  promenade  forty 
beyond  the  power  of  words  to  feet  wide  surrounds  the  entire  build- 
describe.  Walking  along  the  shores  ing,  and  between  this  promenade 
of  the  North  Pond  one  finds,  about  and  the  nave  are  small  rooms  de- 
the  center  of  the  north  shore  of  the  voted  to  special  collections  of  pict- 
pond,  the  south  door  of  the  main  ures  and  statuary.  On  either  side 
building  of  the  Art  Galleries.  of    the    main  building   are   annexes 

to   accommodate   the  overflow   from 

THE  ART  BUILDING  the  larger  structure.     In  dimensions 

they  are  120  x  200  feet  each,  one  story 
(C  17),  designed  by  C.  B.  Atwood  high.  The  walls  of  the  colonnaded 
of  Chicago,  is  in  the  chastest  and  facades  are  decorated  with  extremely 
finest  style  of  Grecian  architecture,  fine  mural  paintings,  which  typify 
the  Ionic.  In  dimensions  it  is  500  x  the  rise  and  progress  of  the  arts. 
300  feet,  with  an  intersecting  nave  About  the  principal  entrances  and 
and  transept  crossing  the  building  upon  the  exterior  frieze  are  portraits 
north  and  south,  east  and  west.  At  of  the  old  masters  and  sculptured 
the  point  of  intersection  rises  a  flat  bas-relief  decorations.  In  color  the 
dome,  springing  from  a  gabled  pedi-  general  tone  of  the  exterior  is  a  cool 
ment  above  the  roof  of  the  building,  gray.  This  building  will  be  made  a 
the  diameter  of  the  dome  being  60  feet  permanent  feature  of  the  park,  and 
and  its  height  125  feet.  Surmounting  has,  in  consequence,  been  built  in  a 
the  dome  is  a  colossal  statue  of  the  more  substantial  manner  than  any 
famous  figure,  the  "Winged  Victory."  of  the  others.  The  principal  walls 
The  building  has  four  grand  are  of  brick — covered,  of  course,  with 
entrances,  richly  ornamented  with  staff — and  the  galleries,  floors,  and 
sculptures  and  other  decorations,  and  roof  are  of  iron.  On  account  of  the 
approached  by  broad  flights  of  steps,  immense  value  and  perishable  nature 
Columned  porches  with  gabled  pedi-  of  its  contents,  it  had  to  be  so  con- 
ments  lead  from  the  steps  to  the  structed  as  to  be  fireproof,  and  from 
doorways,  and  are  flanked  with  shal-  this  fact  arose  the  idea  of  making 
low  square  towers,  lower  than  the  it  a  permanent  structure.  It  is 
porch,  their  fronts  bearing  gabled  lighted  from  the  roof  with  glass  sky- 
ornaments.  Along  the  facades  run  lights,  enhancing  greatly  its  value  for 
colonnades  with  graceful  pillars  and  the  display  of  pictures.     Statuary  is 

(150) 


152 


THE    WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


exhibited  on  the 
ground-floor,  and 
the  walls  of  this 
floor  as  well  as 
those  of  the  gal- 
leries are  hung 
with  paintings. 

In  addition  to 
Martiny's  winged 
figure  of  "  Fame," 
poised  upon  a 
globe  over  the 
dome  of  the  build- 
ing, upon  its  frieze 
he  has  placed 
others;  here  is 
"  Architecture,"  a 
chaste  figure  with 
a  stern  yet  not 
unpleasing  face, 
denoting  intel- 
lectuality and 
study.  The  lines 
of  h  e  r  drapery- 
are  simple,  and 
altogether  differ- 
ent from  the  flow- 
ing robes  of  the 
voluptuous  figure 
rep  rese  n  t  ing 
"Painting,  "every 
curve  and  line  of 
whose  face  and 
figure  speak  of 
gaiety  and  sensu- 
ousness.  "  Mu- 
sic "  is  pensive 
and  poetic,  her 
beauty  somewhat 
overshadowed  by 
the  melancholy 
cast  of  her  feat- 
ures and  the 
drooping  lines  of 
her  figure. 
"Sculpture"  is 
more  vigorous 
and  robust  than 
any  of  the  sisters, 
and  her  face  and 
figure  are  char- 
acterized by  a 
strength  and  firm- 
ness superior  to 
those  of  the  oth- 
ers. On  each  side 
of  these  figures 
are  two    large 


a  'So 


ART  BUILDING. 


153 


winged  female  figures  holding  gar- 
lands of  flowers  in  their  hands.  There 
are  two  female  figures  on  each  side  of 
the  main  entrances  supporting  the 
pediments  to  right  and  left  of  door- 
ways. These  entrances  are  guarded 
by  large  lions,  one  on  either  side, 
designed  by  Theodore  Baur  and  A. 
Phimister  Proctor. 

The  official  grouping  of  the  con- 
tents of  the  Fine  Arts  Building,  De- 
partment "  K  "(Halsey  C.  Ives,  chief), 
is  as  follows: 

GROUP   NO. 

139. — Sculpture. 
140. — Painting  in  oil. 
141. — Painting  in  water-colors. 
142. — Painting  on   ivory,  on  enamel, 
on  metal,  on  porcelain,  or  other 
wares;  fresco-painting  on  walls. 
143. — Engravings       and       etchings  ; 

prints. 
144. — Chalk,    charcoal,     pastel,     and 

other   drawings. 
145. — Antique  and  modern  carvings; 
engravings  in  medallions,  or  in 
gems,  cameos,  intaglios. 
146. — Exhibits  of  private  collections. 

Loan  collections  which  consist 
of  the  works  of  artists  of  various 
nationalities  will  be  found  massed  to- 
gether in  the  space  devoted  to  such 
collections  in  the  United  States  sec- 
tion, regardless  of  the  nationalities  of 
the  painters  of  the  pictures. 

In  the  German  section  many  beauti- 
ful statues  and  groups  of  statuary  are 
to  be  found,  among  which  the  follow- 
ing are  some  of  the  most  notable.  In 
Room  30  in  this  section  is  the  bronze 
figure,  "The  Messenger  from  Mara- 
thon," by  Max  Kruse,  and  the 
"Fisherman  and  Mermaid,"  also 
bronze,  by  Unger.  In  Room  34  are 
several  very  fine  bronzes,  and  in 
33  is  "  Saved,"  by  Adolph  Brutt; 
also  "  Eve,"  by  the  same  artist. 
"The  Devil  Catching  Flies"  is 
peculiarly  Germanesque  in  treatment. 
The  artist  is  Sommer.  Herter  shows 
a  "  Triton  Catching  a  Mermaid." 
vSiemering  has  a  strong  figure  typify- 
ing "  Peace."  Heiderich  exhibits  two 
hunting  groups,  "  In  the  Open  Field" 
and  "  Badger  Hunting."  In  painting, 
Schlabitz  has  a  beautiful  "  Church 
Interior,"  Norman  a  fine  lake  and 
mountain  view.     Wimmer's    portrait 


of  William  II.  is  excellent,  and  a 
large  nude  figure  by  Stockinger  is 
well  drawn  and  colored.  An  "  In- 
terior Scene "  by  Fischer-Corlin  is 
good,  and  two  marines  by  Bartels  are 
excellent.  Von  Stettin's  "Italian 
Boys  in  Paris  "  is  particularly  strong 
in  color  and  drawing.  In  Room  34 
Bohrdt's    "  Marine,"   is    magnificent, 


"Music."   Philip   Martiny,   Sculptor. 

and  nearly  as  good  is  the  ' '  View  on 
the  Beach. "  Gude's  ' '  Marine  "  is  also 
fine,  but  the  most  attractive  picture 
in  the  room  is  Papperitz's  ' '  Daughter 
of  Herodias."  Hildebrand's  immense 
canvas,  "  Tullia  attempting  to  drive 
her  chariot  over  the  body  of  her  mur- 
dered father,"  is  very  strongly  drawn 
and   painted.     In  Room  33  perhaps 


154 


THE  WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


the  best  canvas  is  Volz'  "  Mary." 
"The  Nun,"  by  Hcecker,  is  good, 
as  are  the  "Death  of  Dante,"  by 
Friederich ;  "Chamois  Hunter"  and 
"  Rafting  on  the  Isar  River,"  by  Karl 
Knabl — these  are  all  from  Munich; 
"  Near  Naples,"  by  Achenbach; 
"Alone,"  by  Alberts;  "Village  in 
the  Spessart,"  by  Andorf ;  "  The  Wed- 
ding Morn,"  by  Bachman;  "  The 
Martyr's  Daughter,"  by  Baur;  "  On 
the  Heights,"  by  Von  der  Beck; 
"The  Vidette,"  by  Carl  Becker; 
"  Sinai,"  by  Bracht;  "  The  Surprise," 
by  J .  von  Brandt ;"  Carnival  in  Greece , " 
Gysis;  "North  German  Landscape," 
Malchin;  "At  the  Sick  Bed,"  by 
Vautier;  "The  Berlin  Congress,"  by 
Von  Werner;  and  many  portraits. 
The  above-named  paintings  display 
the  merits  of  every  school  of  paint- 
ing in  the  empire.  In  portraits,  that 
of  Professor  Virchow,  by  Lehnbach, 
is  probably  the  best  of  the  collection. 
"The  Spinners"  isexcellent.  "Sheep," 
by  Ziigel.and  " Cattle,"  by  Baisch,  are 
fine  paintings.  In  Room  33  Branse- 
wetter's  "Christ"  is  an  exceedingly 
strong  painting,  as  is  the  "Rolling 
Mill,"  by  Menzel.  Lehnbach's  portrait 
of  Pope  Leo  is  above  criticism.  In 
Room  31  the  strongest  works  are  "The 
Review,"  by  Schmidt;  "A  Portrait," 
by  Lehnbach;  and  the  "  Congress  of 
Nations,"  by  A.  von  Werner.  In  Room 
30  are  a  fine  marine  and  river  view,  a 
desert  scene,  and  a  mountain  land- 
scape. 

In  excellence  but  few,  if  any,  of  the 
exhibits  surpass  that  of  Austria.  In 
Room  36  are  five  panels  by  Hans 
Makart,  representing  "  The  Five 
Senses."  These  are  five  nude  female 
figures,  and  in  drawing  and  color 
are  unsurpassed.  "  Never  Returns," 
by  Payer,  is  a  strong  though  somber 
canvas.  Other  fine  pictures  are 
"Equestrian  Portrait  of  Washing- 
ton," by  Huber;  Von  Bloss'  "Children 
with  Orange";  Bacher's  "  Mother  of 
Christ,"  etc.  In  Room  35  is  Brozik's 
magnificent  picture  "The  Defense  of 
Prague";  Knupfer's  "Mermaid  and 
Man";  Von  Deffrigger's  "Men  and 
Girls  Drinking";  Schmid's  "  Suffer 
Little  Children";  Wertheimer's  "Vis- 
ion"; Mliller's  "Market  Place  at 
Cairo,"  and  Deutsch's  "  Egyptian  In- 


terior." Mme.  Weisingen,  Austria's 
most  famous  woman  painter,  sends 
"  Morning  at  the  Seashore,"  and 
others.  Portraits  of  members  of  the 
royal  family,  by  Victor  Tilgner,  the 
court  painter,  have  been  sent  by  the 
Emperor  Franz  Joseph  himself.  The 
microscopically  small  paintings  of  A. 
Pazmandy,  a  Hungarian  artist,  are 
very  curious — one,  "  The  Landing  of 
Columbus,"  is  half  an  inch  square, 
and  contains  seventeen  human  fig- 
ures, besides  boats,  sea,  land,  etc. 
They  are  highly  finished  paintings. 

The  French  section  contains  a  su- 
perb display.  One  group  of  statuary 
represents  "The  First  Funeral" 
(Abel's);  "  The  Return,"  a  bronze  re- 
lief; "  Egyptian  Harp  Player, "bronze; 
"  Jezebel  Torn  by  Dogs;  "  "  Genius  of 
the  Grave;"  "Ninon;"  "The  First 
Sin;  "  "  The  First  Born,"  and  others. 
Probably  the  most  intense  work  in 
this  exhibit  is  "The  Bullet  in  the 
Head,"  an  old  woman  holding  in  her 
lap  the  dead  body  of  her  grandchild, 
killed  during  the  Coup  d '' Etat.  Other 
fine  ones  are  Fremiet's  "Jeanne 
d'Arc,"  Falguire's  "  French  Repub- 
lic," Idrac's  "  Salammbo";four  figures 
from  the  Lamericiere  Monument,  by 
Dubois;  two  groups  by  Mercie;  Cain's 
"Attack  of  the  Tigers,"  and  Ber- 
ria's  famous  "  Child  Mozart." 

In  the  French  exhibit  there  is  also 
a  magnificent  display  of  historic 
sculptures,  consisting  of  a  collection 
of  casts,  duplications  of  the  most  im- 
portant reproductions  of  works  shown 
in  the  Museum  of  Comparative 
Sculpture,  in  the  Trocadero  Palace,  in 
Paris.  These  casts  show  portions  of 
the  facades  of  churches  and  cathe- 
drals, grand  portals,  beautiful  gal- 
leries, altars,  statues,  columns,  capi- 
tals, etc.  They  are  as  perfect  as  the 
highest  degree  of  French  art  and  skill 
can  make  them,  even  the  time-worn 
appearance  of  the  originals  being 
faithfully  reproduced.  These  replicas 
are  not  reduced  in  size,  and  conse- 
quently some  of  them  are  very  large; 
one,  41  x  24  feet,  shows  a  portion  of 
the  Church  of  St.  Giles;  one,  20  x  36 
feet,  is  from  the  gallery  of  Limoges 
Cathedral;  one,  from  the  "Portal  of 
the  Virgin,"  from  Notre  Dame,  Paris, 
is  18  x  25  feet,  etc.     The  architecture 


ART  BUILDING. 


155 


and  sculptures  represented  begin  with 
the  art  era  of  the  twelfth  century, 
and  are  followed  down  to  the  seven- 
teenth century  era  continuously.  The 
"  Christ  of  Amiens  "  shows  the  height 
to  which  the  sculptor's  art  had  risen 
in  the  medieval  ages. 

In  the  French  section  are  found, 
among  hundreds  of  first-class  can- 
vases, the  following,  of  world-wide 
celebrity:  Dagnan  Bouveret's  fa- 
mous "Conscripts";  "Love's  Cap- 
tives," by  Aubert;  "The  Twins," 
by  Mme.  Demont-Breton;  "A  Blessed 
One,"  by  Coursois;  "The  Rehearsal," 
byAublet;"  "Returning from  Market," 
by  Morceau;  "  La  Paix,"  by  Michel; 
"La  Leda,"  by  Souchetet;  "Catha- 
rine de  Russie,"  by  Deloye;  "Judith," 
by  D'Aizelim;  the  Talleyrand  "  Por- 
trait of  Columbus."  Near  the  east 
door  is  seen  "Dawn,"  by  Madaline 
Lenoir,  and  St.  Pierre's  "  Saadia," 
gorgeous  in  tone  and  perfect  in  draw- 
ing. Wencker's  "  Blacksmith,"  and 
"  Marat,"  by  Saulies,  aregood.  Dela- 
croix exhibits  a  beautiful  nude  figure, 
and  Perairie  a  magnificent  "land- 
scape," on  a  very  large  canvas.  Clair- 
in's  "  Day  on  the  Lagoon";  Berand's 
"Dead Christ";  "  Blessing  the  Bread;" 
an  old  female  figure,  by  Deully;  a 
nude  figure,  by  Ax iletti;  a  female  fig- 
ure, by  Bisson,  and  one  by  Brouillet; 
Adan's  "Girl  and  Flowers";  Jules 
Breton's  "Pardon  of  Kergoet";  Vir- 
ginie  Demont-Breton's  "Bathing" 
and  "Children  and  Dog,"  and  Dan- 
tan's  "  Studio,"  are  exceedingly  fine. 
In  the  second  room  to  the  left  of  the 
entrance  is  Bonnat's  "  Portrait  of 
Cardinal  Lavagierie,"  the  finest  por- 
trait at  the  Exposition.  A  "Girl 
Martyr,"  by  Cave1,  in  the  same  room, 
is  very  fine. 

English  artists  exhibit  numerous 
very  fine  portraits  and  landscapes, 
prominent  among  which  may  be  men- 
tioned "The  Roll  Call,"  by  Lady 
Butler,  the  greatest  English  woman 
artist.  This  is  loaned  by  the  queen, 
who  also  sends  twenty-two  portraits 
of  members  of  the  royal  family. 
The  original  portrait  of  Pocahontas, 
painted  in  1 612,  is  sent  by  a  descend- 
ant of  the  Indian  princess.  There 
are  "  Needless  Alarm  "  and  "  Bath  of 
Psyche,"    by     Frederick     Leighton. 


Others  in  this  class  are  "Halcyon 
Weather,"  by  Sir  John  Miller;  "Ro- 
man Bath,"  by  Alma  Tadema;  "  The 
Harvest  Moon,"  by  G.  H.  Mason; 
"The  Maiden's  Race,"  by  Wegnin; 
"  Forging  the  Anchor,"  by  Forbes; 
"  Storm  at  Harvest,"  by  Losinell; 
"The     Gentle     Craft,"     by    Marks; 


"Painting."      Philip  Martiny,  Sculptor, 

"The  Last  Muster,"  by  Herki- 
mer; "  Monmouth  Pleading  for  His 
Life,"  by  Pettie;  "Under  the  Sea 
Wall,"  by  Pointer;  "Victorious,"  by 
Sir  James  Linton;  "Sons  of  the 
Brave,"  by  Morris;  "Sea  of  Galilee," 
by  Goodall,  and  numbers  of  others. 

Belgium  exhibits  many  notable 
works  of  art,  among  which  there  is 
only  space  to    particularly  mention: 


156 


THE   WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


"The  Avenue  of  Oaks"  and  "Win- 
ter," by  Lamoriniere ;  "  Martyrs,"  by 
Verhas;  "  Nuns,"  by  Tytgadt;  "  Girls 
and  Cherries,"  by  Bource;  "  Emi- 
grants," by  Tarasyns,  all  in  Room  63. 
In  64,  "The  Last  Day  of  Pompeii," 
by  Slingeneyer;  "The  Bather,"  by 
Fischepet.  In  Room  65  the  finest  are 
a  "  Lake  Scene,"  by  Kegeljahn,  and 
"  Jaloiisie."  In  Room  66,  Claus' 
"  Cock  Fight,"  Oom's  "  Cupid  in 
Ambush,"  and  Bouvier's  "  Marine." 
In  Room  67,  Lefebvre's  "  Arab  En- 
campment," Roszman's  "  Female 
Figure,"  and  Carpentier's  "  Children 
and  Goat  "  are  excellent. 

Sweden  contributes  to  the  art  dis- 
play the  following  fine  canvases: 
"  Night  on  the  Swedish  Coast," 
"Misty  Night  on  the  Oise,"  and 
"  View  on  the  West  Coast  of  Swe- 
den," by  Wahlberg;  "The  Forest," 
"  Autumn  Day,"  and  "  The  Temple," 
by  Prince  Eugene;  "  Lap  Running 
on  Snow-shoes"  and  "  Landscape 
with  Laps,"  by  Tiren;  "Night" 
and  others,  by  Nordstrom.  In  etch- 
ings, water-colors,  and  engravings 
there  are  some  very  fine  productions, 
and  the  sculptures  are  likewise 
strong. 

In  the  Danish  exhibit,  among  other 
paintings  is  the  famous  one  of  the 
royal  family,  by  Tuxen,  who  also  ex- 
hibits "  Susanne  and  the  Elders,"  and 
Matthieson's  "  Teamster  and  Horses" 
and  "  Imprisonment  of  Chancellor 
Griff enfeldt,"  the  latter  exceedingly 
fine  in  drawing  and  rich  in  color. 
Other  fine  ones  are  Hyerdahl's 
"Bathers"  and  "Girl  and  Boy," 
in  Room  71.  In  Room  74  are  Peder- 
son's  very  oriental  "  Isaac  and  Re- 
becca," and  "  Moses  Striking  the 
Rock,"  by  Jerndorff.  In  Room  73  are 
Zahrtmann's  "  Job  and  His  Friends  "; 
a  "Marine,"  by  Lacour;  "Night  on 
the  North  Sea,"  by  Locher;  and  a 
"  Marine,"  by  Ornesen. 

In  the  Norwegian  gallery,  where 
forty-five  artists  are  represented  by 
one  hundred  and  fifty  pictures,  a 
striking  one  is  the  very  large  canvas 
of  Krogh,  representing  "  The  Discov- 
ery of  Vineland  (America)  by  Lief 
Ericson."  Dirik's  "Winter  Scene  at 
Sea,"  Sindring's  "  Cattle,"  Munttie's 
"Winter     Scene    in    Village,"    and 


Wentzel's  "  First  Communion  Feast" 
are  all  good. 

The  collection  from  Italy  is  not  large, 
but  it  contains  some  very  fine  pict- 
ures. The  Pope  sends  four  copies  of 
Raphael's  masterpieces  done  in 
mosaic.  There  are  two  genuine 
"  Madonnas,"  known  since  1548;  a 
portrait  of  Cardinal  del  Monte,  from 
the  Medici  gallery;  a  "  Madonna  and 
Child,"  and  "The  Saints."  Among 
the  water-colors  is  the  immense  one 
of  Aureli,  "The  Presentation  of 
Richelieu  to  Henri  IV."  Gabrini 
sends  fourteen  canvases,  the  most 
important  one  a  large  painting  of 
"  The  Landing  of  Columbus."  The 
exhibit  of  statuary  is  very  fine.  "  The 
Republic  of  the  United  States "  and 
"Companions  in  Misfortune"  are  by 
Bistolfi;  "  American  Mythology"  and 
a  statue  of   "  Burns,"  by  Apolloni. 

Holland,  "  the  land  of  Rembrandt," 
sends  a  complete  and  characteristic 
collection.  On  view  are:  "At 
Anchor"  and  others,  by  Mesdag; 
"  Moonlight  on  the  Rhine,"  etc.,  by 
Mrs.  Mesdag;  "  Alone  in  the  World" 
and  "A  Type  of  Fisherman,"  by 
Israels;  "  The  Synagogue  in  Amster- 
dam "  and  others,  by  Bosboom; 
"  Cows  Going  Home  "  and  "  Plowing 
the  Fields," by  Mauve;  "  Between  the 
Hague  and  Delft,"  by  Jacob  Maris; 
"  Under  the  Willows,"  by  William 
Maris;  "  Girl  Sleeping  on  the  Dunes," 
by  Artz;  "  Landscape  with  Cattle," 
by  De  Haas.  Vos,  Henrietta  Reuner, 
Mrs.  Rosenboom,  and  others  are 
represented.  The  largest  canvas  is 
' '  An  Old  Woman's  Almshouse. "  Mr. 
A.  Preyer  is  the  Commissioner  from 
this  country. 

The  art  exhibit  of  Japan  differs,  of 
course,  from  that  of  other  countries. 
It  includes,  however,  paintings  in  oil 
and  water-colors  on  canvas,  wood, 
and  silk;  metal- work,  artistic  in  itself 
as  well  as  in  its  decorations;  wood- 
carvings,  tapestries,  embroidery, 
lacquer- work,  enamel  and  porcelain 
wares. 

Brazil  displays  about  one  hundred 
and  fifty  paintings  and  a  number  of 
pieces  of  statuary.  Among  the  latter 
is  "  The  Christ  "  of  Brandao. 

In  the  American  section  the  display 
of  paintings,  statuary,  drawings,  etc., 


ART  BUILDING. 


157 


is  bewildering  in  its  riches  and  the 
immense  number  of  subjects  shown. 
American  artists  from  Paris,  Rome, 
and  other  cities  of  Europe,  and  from 
every  part  of  the  United  States,  are 
fully  represented,  and  it  is  thus  ren- 
dered extremely  difficult  to  select 
from  the  innumerable  canvases,  all 
excellent  in  their  lines,  the  particular 
ones  most  deserving  of  mention.  In 
sculpture,  are  Gelert's  "  Struggle  for 
Work,"  "Theseus,"  and  "Little 
Architect";  Bush-Brown's  "Indian 
Buffalo  Hunt";  St.  Gaudens'  "Logan"; 
Pardridge's  "Shakes- 
peare," "Hamilton," 
and  others;  Powers'  (son 
of  the  great  American 
sculptor,  Hiram  Pow- 
ers) "  Figure  of  a  Buf- 
falo"; Miss  Peddle' s 
"Virgin  Mary";  Bart- 
lett's  bronze,  "  Bohe- 
mian Teaching  Bear  to 
Dance  ";  Tilden's  "  Bear 
Hunter";  Dollin's  "  In- 
dian Cavalier";  Hartley's 
"Pan";  French's  "An- 
gel of  Death  and  the 
Sculptor";  Nehau's 
busts,  "  Primavera"  and 
"  Portrait  of  a  Lady"; 
Mrs.  Shaw's  ' '  Family 
Group";  Boyle's  "  Stone 
Age";  Calder's  "Cor- 
delia" and  "Boy  with 
Ribbon";  Elwell'  s 
' '  Dickens  and  Little 
Nell";  Grafly's  "Daeda- 
lus"; Kretschmar's  "Au- 
rora" and  "Tempta- 
tion"; Murray's  "Bust 
of  Walt  Whitman."  Trie- 
bel,  a  young  sculptor, 
shows  some  fine  work, 
"  Mysterious  Music,"  a 
bronze;  "The  First 
Fish,"  "  Love  Knows  no  Caste,"  and 
a  bust  of  General  Logan,  that  is 
excellent.  His  low  reliefs  of  Dona- 
tello  and  Savonarola  are  very  strong. 
To  show  the  utter  impossibility  of 
giving  even  mere  mention  to  the  hosts 
of  fine  American  paintings  and  other 
works  of  art,  it  is  best  to  give  the 
reader  some  idea  of  their  number,  and 
this  can  be  done  by  stating  that  of 
New  York's  1,350  paintings  offered, 


325  were  accepted;  Philadelphia  pre- 
sented about  600— 112  accepted;  Bos- 
ton, 600—139  accepted,  etc.  These  of 
oil-paintings  alone.  Most  of  the 
noted  American  artists  are  repre- 
sented, as  Chase  in  marines; 
J.  G.  Brown,  known  as  "Gamin," 
from  his  paintings  of  street  Arabs; 
Elihu  Vedder,  distinguished  for  his 
choice  of  weird  subjects;  E.  A.  Abbey, 
painter  of  genre  subjects;  William 
Hamilton  Gibson,  Peter  Moran,  East- 
man Johnson,  Swain  Gifford,  S.  J. 
Farrer,    Carl    Marr,   O.    L.    Warner, 


"The  Cider-Press." 

Blashfield,  Gari  Melchers,  George 
Hitchcock,  Anna  Lea  Merritt,  J. 
Alden  Weir,  John  G.  Borglum,  Carrie 
Brooks,  Enella  Benedict,  Fannie  E. 
Duvall,  Charles  Heberer,  John  H. 
Fry,  Laurie  Wallace,  Douglass  Volk, 
F.  Reagh,  Winslow  Homer,  H.  F. 
Farny,  E.  A.  Burbank,  Jules  Guerin, 
Charles  Corwin,  Frank  Fowler,  Diel- 
man,  Stewart,  Ida  Waugh,  and  others. 
The  loan  exhibits  are  magnificent, 


158 


THE   WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


comprising  some  of  the  finest  works  of 
the  best  masters — ancient  and  modern, 
American  and  European. 

These  pictures  have  not  been 
gathered  into  national  groups,  but 
have  been  hung  solely  with  regard 
to  the  best  effect  of  light  and  sur- 
roundings upon  the  paintings.  Pict- 
ures by  Constable,  representing  the 
early  English  school;  Diaz'  "  Descent 
of  the  Bohemians";  Corot's  "  Even- 
ing," from  the  Jay  Gould  collection; 
"Orpheus"  and  "The  Flight  from 
Sodom,"  by  the  same  artist;  a  "  Land- 
scape," by  Rousseau;  Millet's  "  Pig 
Killers";  Delacroix'  ."Columbus  at 
the  Convent  of  St.  Anne";  Decamp's 
"  Job  and  His  Friends";  Fromentin's 
"Audience  with  a  Caliph"  and 
"The  Falconer";  Daubigny's  "Cooper 
Shop  ";  Troyon's  "  Cattle  and  Sheep  "; 
Meissonier's  "The  Lost  Game";  De 
.Neuville's  "Spy";  Breton's  "Colza 
Gatherers";  Mauve's  "The  Shep- 
herd's Flock";  Ingre's  "Cardinal 
Bompiani    Presenting    His   Niece  to 


Raphael";  Gerome's  "  Son  Emmence 
Grise";  Tadema's  "Reading  from 
Homer";  "The  Beach  at  Portici," 
Fortuni's  last  work  (unfinished) ;  Puvis 
de  Chavannes'  "  Summer,"  "  Hope," 
and  "Dawn";  Manet's  "Dead 
Toreador";  Dega's  "Ballet  Girl"; 
Cazin's  "  Moonlight,"  and  others; 
nearly  every  prominent  artist  in 
Europe  and  America  being  repre- 
sented by  his  works,  secured  through 
the  untiring  efforts  of  Miss  Hallowell. 

Leaving  this  building  by  the  west 
entrance  of  the  main  building,  and 
walking  southward,  one  beholds  on 
the  lawn  of  the  Ohio  Building  a  group 
known  as  the  "  Ohio  Gracchi,"  and 
passing  on,  finds  north  of  the 
Woman's  Building  the  Public  Com- 
fort Building  (E  iS).  Here  umbrellas, 
parcels,  etc.,  may  be  checked. 

Southwest  of  this  building  is  the 
Merck  Building  (F  14),  whose  exhibit 
will  prove  interesting  to  persons 
engaged  in  the  drug  or  chemical 
line. 


CHAPTER    XII. 


THE    WOMAN'S    BUILDING,    ETC. 


O  the  women 
of  America 
and  their 
sisters 
throughout 
■  the  world 
great  credit 
is  due  for 
the  part 
they  have 
taken  in  the 
great  Co- 
lumbian 
Exposition. 
Not  only  have  the 
women  of  the  great 
nations,  such  as  France, 
England,  etc.,  contributed  of  their 
talents  and  their  works,  but  those  of 
savage  and  half-civilized  nations, 
such  as  Siam,  Ceylon,  and  even 
Africa,  are  likewise  represented  in  the 

WOMAN'S    BUILDING 

(F  15).  Foremost  among  the  women  of 
America,  and  one  to  whom  so  much 
of  the  Exposition's  success  is  due,  is 
Mrs.  Potter  Palmer,  the  esteemed 
President  of  the  Board  of  Lady 
Managers. 

With  considerable  pleasure  and 
pardonable  pride  the  publishers  here 
present  to  the  reader  the  graceful  and 
interesting  article  which  Mrs.  Potter 
Palmer  has  been  good  enough  to  pre- 
pare especially  for  "  The  Handbook  of 
the  Exposition."  Entitling  her  contri- 
bution "  Woman  and  Her  Work  at 
the  World's  Columbian  Exposition," 
Mrs.  Potter  Palmer  thus  proceeds: 

The  Woman's  Building  (F  15)  in 
the  Columbian  Exposition  is  one  of 
the  most  interesting  of  the  great 
aggregation  of  wonderful  exhibition 
structures.  It  was  designed  by  Miss 
Sophia  G.  Hayden  of  Boston,  and  is  of 


the  style  of  the  Italian  Renaissance. 
The  opportunity  which  it  affords  for 
a  roof-garden  accents  the  beauty  of 
the  design.  The  caryatids  were 
modeled  by  Miss  Yandell  of  Louisville 
and  the  groups  of  figures  standing  on 
the  roof-line  were  designed  by  Miss 
Rideout  of  San  Francisco.  The  inte- 
rior of  the  building  has  been  arranged 
and  decorated  in  a  style  harmonizing 
with  the  exterior.  The  scheme  of 
color,  which  begins  in  the  gallery 
with  an  ivory  white,  is  carried  out  in 
cream  and  other  tints,  illustrating  the 
radiation  of  light  from  a  central  point. 
There  are  a  number  of  very  important 
painted  decorations.  Mrs.  MacMon- 
nies'  large  composition  representing 
primitive  woman  occupies  the  tym- 
panum in  the  north  end  of  the  gallery, 
while  that  of  Miss  Cassat,  showing 
modern  women,  is  placed  in  the  cor- 
responding position  in  the  south  end. 
The  main  parlor  on  the  east  was  dec- 
orated and  furnished  by  the  women  of 
Cincinnati,  and  on  either  side  are 
smaller  parlors  furnished  and  deco- 
rated by  the  women  of  California, 
Kentucky,  and  Connecticut.  On  the 
west  of  the  gallery  is  the  library,  the 
cases  of  which  are  filled  by  the  literary 
works  of  women  of  all  countries  and 
periods.  The  finish  and  decoration 
of  this  beautiful  room  was  donated  by 
the  women  of  New  York.  The  ceiling 
is  an  important  composition  painted 
by  Mrs.  Dora  Wheeler  Keith. 

The  assembly-room,  at  the  north 
end  of  the  gallery,  will  be  the  scene  of 
many  interesting  gatherings  during 
the  time  of  the  Exposition.  Here  will 
be  given  instructive  talks  by  able  and 
distinguished  women.  These  talks 
will  occur  every  day  at  stated  hours, 
and  will  embrace  domestic  sciences, 
philanthropy,  literature,  and  indeed 
every    topic    in    which    women    are 


(159) 


160 


THE  WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


interested,  and  which  is  illustrated  in 
this  Exposition. 

At  the  south  end  of  the  gallery  is 
the  association-room,  in  which  is  lo- 
cated the  headquarters  of  the  strong- 
est and  most  influential  organizations. 
Here  are  represented  the  associated 
efforts  of  women  in  education,  philan- 
thropy, and  sociology. 

Upon  the  main  floor  the  south  end 
is  devoted  to  exhibits  of  foreign  coun- 
tries— curious    and  valuable    exhibits 


Mrs.  Potter  Palmer. 

from  Europe,  Asia,  Africa,  the  Amer- 
icas, and  the  islands  of  the  sea  being 
here  suitably  grouped.  At  the  north 
end  of  the  main  floor  is  the  English 
exhibit,  and  also  the  domestic  exhibit, 
which  represents  the  work  of  the 
women  of  the  United  States.  This 
work  will  be  found  to  cover  schools, 
factories,  applied  arts,  and  inven- 
tions. 

The  loan  collection,  installed  in  the 
main  gallery,  embraces  the  priceless 
laces  of  Queen  Margherita  of  Italy, 
which  were   offered   the  board   as   a 


special    mark    of  favor,    they    never 
before  having  left  Italy. 

Relics  of  Queen  Isabella  have  been 
given  a  place  of  honor,  as  indeed  is 
fitting  upon  this  occasion,  which  com- 
memorates the  discovery  of  America, 
due  in  so  great  a  degree  to  the  ability 
of  Queen  Isabella  to  comprehend  and 
promote  the  plans  of  Columbus. 

On  the  main  floor  are  found  the 
salesrooms,  where  is  provided  an  op- 
portunity to  sell  articles  which  illus- 
trate the  peculiar  ability  of 
women  to  apply  art  to  ordinary 
fabrics  and  uses,  and  thereby 
produce  articles  of  beauty  and 
value. 

The  Board  of  Lady  Managers 
is  looking  forward  to  the  erec- 
tion of  a  Memorial  Building, 
by  means  of  which  may  be 
commemorated  the  part  taken 
by  women  in  the  Columbian 
Exposition,  and  which  may  pro- 
vide a  permanent  home  for 
many  of  the  beautiful  decora- 
tions of  the  Woman's  Building, 
and  also  for  many  of  the  most 
interesting  exhibits  which  have 
been  presented  by  foreign  coun- 
tries. In  order  to  create  a  fund, 
it  has  been  decided  to  devote 
to  this  purpose  the  proceeds 
from  the  sales  of  certain  sou- 
venirs in  the  Woman's  Build- 
ing. Among  these  perhaps 
the  most  attractive.is  a  minia- 
ture model  of  the  building 
itself.  Its  architectural  beauty 
will  thus  be  commemorated, 
and  form  a  charming  souvenir 
of  the  Exposition.  Another  me- 
mB*  mento,  quite  in  line  with  the 
present  public  taste,  is  the 
souvenir  spoon,  which  is  made  in 
two  sizes.  This  spoon  has  repre- 
sented upon  the  handle  the  god- 
dess of  industry,  upon  the  bowl  an 
etching  of  the  Woman's  Building. 
Another  memento  of  some  interest  is 
a  photograph  of  the  official  flag  of  the 
Columbian  Commission.  The  flag 
itself  occupies  a  place  in  the  Gallery 
of  Honor,  and  has  an  interesting 
history,  the  silk  being  from  cocoons 
raised  in  twenty-two  States,  and  hav- 
ing been  reeled  and  spun  by  women. 
The   staff  is  composed  of  pieces  of 


11 


169 


THE    WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


historic  wood.  The  eagle  surmount- 
ing the  staff  is  of  metal  from  the  old 
Chicago  fire-bell. 

BERTHA  HONORE  PALMER, 
President  Board  of  Lady  Managers 
World's  Columbian  Exposition. 

The  plan  of  the  Woman's  Building 
was  laid  out  to  serve  the  dual  pur- 
pose for  which  the  building  was  in- 
tended— that  is,  to  be  the  headquar- 
ters for  the  women  connected  with  the 
Fair,  and  also  to  afford  space  for  ex- 
hibits. Under  these  circumstances 
it  was  necessary  to  divide  the  space 
granted,  200  x  400  feet,  into  several 
large  floor-areas,  and  a  larger  number 
of  small  apartments,  which  should 
serve  as  committee-rooms,  parlors, 
assembly-rooms,  and  offices.  Most 
of  these  small  rooms  are  on  the  second 
story,  and  a  third  story  was  added 
later,  to  afford  still  more  space  for 
offices.  The  ground-plan  of  the  build- 
ing is  symmetrical  north  and  south, 
on  the  axis  of  the  Midway  Plaisance. 

The  main  feature  is  the  great  hall, 
67  feet  wide  by  250  feet  long,  and 
attaining  an  exterior  height  of  64 
feet.  This  is  lighted  by  a  skylight 
in  the  form  of  panels  of  the  elliptical 
vault  with  which  it  is  roofed.  Around 
this  all  the  small  apartments  are 
grouped  in  a  lower  two-story  struct- 
ure, which  forms  the  four  facades  of 
the  building.  Near  each  of  the  four 
corners  of  this  hall  staircases  are 
placed  which  lead  to  a  gallery  over- 
looking the  hall.  This  gallery,  in  the 
form  of  an  arcade,  extends  entirely 
around  the  central  court,  and  affords 
means  of  intercommunication  for  the 
second-story  rooms.  The  latter,  with 
the  exception  of  an  assembly-room  in 
the  north  wing,  are  small  rooms. 
The  third  story  covers  only  a  portion 
of  the  end  pavilion.  It  is  a  low 
structure,  occupying  the  middle  of  an 
open  deck,  which  is  the  roof  of  the 
second  story.  This  deck  is  surrounded 
by  a  screen  of  pillars,  and  is  to 
be  used  as  a  roof-garden.  The  ex- 
terior treatment  is  evolved  from  these 
conditions.  The  horizontal  dimension 
is  divided  into  two  stories — the  first- 
story  order  being  twenty-one  feet;  the 
second,  twenty -three  feet,  the  whole 
resting  on  a  five-foot  base.     The  lower 


order  consists  of  round  arches  resting 
on  Doric  pilasters,  between  which  the 
windows  are  placed.  The  second 
story  is  treated  with  coupled  pilasters, 
of  a  modified  Corinthian  type,  which 
support  a  wide  frieze  and  cornice. 
The  central  features  of  the  east  and 
west  facades,  which  are  similar,  are 
the  entrance  porticoes.  These  are  two 
stories  in  height,  and  are  broughtx 
forward  some  fourteen  feet  from  the 
main  wall.  Three  arches  of  the 
lower  order  form  the  entrance,  Ionic 
columns  being  substituted  for  pilas- 
ters. 

The  second  story  is  an  open  balcony 
surrounded  by  Corinthian  columns, 
which  support  a  pediment  evolved 
from  the  second-story  cornice.  This 
pediment  is  decorated  with  a  bas- 
relief  representing  the  occupations  of 
women,  and  was  designed  and  mod- 
eled by  Miss  Alice  Rideout  of  San 
Francisco.  Connecting  the  entrance 
porticoes  to  the  end  pavilions  are  open 
arcades,  which  form  balconies  to  the 
second  stories.  The  end  pavilions 
have  a  frontage  of  80  feet  and  are 
200  feet  deep,  forming  the  north  and 
south  sides  of  the  building.  To  these 
a  third  order  is  added  in  the  form  of 
a  screen  of  small  columns  and  carya- 
tids, which  surround  the  roof -gardens 
before  mentioned.  The  walls  of  the 
central  hall  rise  above  the  surrounding 
roofs  and  are  pierced  with  clear-story 
windows. 

The  oriental  details  of  this  building 
are  modeled  after  classic  and  Italian 
Renaissance  types,  and  on  account  of 
the  comparative  small  size  and  scale 
of  the  building  are  more  delicate  and 
refined  than  those  of  the  other  main 
structures  of  the  Fair. 

SOPHIA  G.  HAYDEN, 

Architect. 

Decorations  of  the  Woman's  Build- 
ing.— At  the  end  of  the  Gallery  of 
Honor  are  two  mural  paintings;  one 
by  Miss  Cassat,  representing  "  Mod- 
ern Women  ";  the  other  by  Mrs.  Mac- 
Monnies,  "  Primitive  Women."  On 
each  side  are  two  panel  paintings,  by 
women  artists.  Those  on  the  south 
side  represent  a  group  of  Puritan 
maidens,  painted  by  Mrs.  Sherwood 
and  her  sister,  Miss  Lydia  Emmett; 


WOMAN'S  BUILDING. 


163 


those  on  the  north  side  are  the  work   background  for  the  canvases.    Abroad 
of   Miss  Fairchild  and  Mrs.  Amanda   gold    frieze    surrounds    the     gallery, 

and  on  the  panels 
between  the  arches 
are  inscribed  the 
names  of  famous 
women,  from  the 
earliest  Bible  hero- 
ines to  the  latest 
modern  belles.  The 
library  ceiling  was 
decorated  by  Mrs. 
Dora  Wheeler  Keith; 
the  figures  repre- 
senting science,  ro- 
mance, and  imagi- 
nation. The  four 
corner  paintings 
illustrate  the  four 
departments  of  lit- 
erature ;  the  whole 
design  connected  by 
a  band  of  small 
winged  Cupids  and 
cherubs  twining 
garlanded  wreaths 
of  flowers  with  the 
flowing  draperies. 
In  this  room  are 
book  s  by  the 
women  authors  of 
the  world,  and  auto- 
graphs, on  winged 
screens,  of  many  of 
the  most  famous  of 
the  gentler  sex. 
The  carvings  on  and 
about  the  cases  and 
friezes  were  all  done 
by  women.  The 
north  and  south 
porticoes  are  orna- 
mented with  shell- 
pink  tiling  ;  and  the 
east  and  west  tog- 
gle are  finished  in 
salmon  pink,  with 
panelings  of  pale 
green.  On  each 
side  of  the  door- 
ways are  canvas 
panels,  bearing  fig- 
ures representing 
the  occupations  of 
women. 
Sewell.  The  drapings  between  the  The  pediment  and  statues  on  the 
panels  and  end  paintings  are  of  gold-  roof -line  (reproduced)  are  by  Miss 
colored  cloth,    forming   an    effective    Alice  Rideout  of  California.    The  first 


164 


THE   WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


group  represents  woman's  virtues;  the 
central  figure  typifies  woman's  spirit- 
uality, with  the  pelican— which  sym- 
bolizes love  and  sacrifice — at  her  feet. 
A  nun  laying  her  jewels  upon  the 
altar  typifies  "Sacrifice."  "Charity" 
stands  to  the  left  of  "Virtue."  The 
second  group  represents  woman  as 
the  genius  of  civilization,  with  a  fig- 
ure at  her  right  representing  a  stu- 
dent; on  her  left  is  a  woman  groping 
for  the  light,  as  yet  in  mental  dark- 
ness. At  the  feet  of  the  central  fig- 
ure is  the  bird  of  Minerva,  the  owl, 
representing  "Wisdom."  The  pedi- 
ment represents  woman's  work  in  the 
progress  of  civilization.  The  figures 
typify  "Charity,"  "Beneficence," 
"Literature,"  "Art,"  and  "  Home 
Life."  The  caryatids  sustaining  the 
roof-garden  are  the  work  of  Miss  Enid 
Yandell  of  Louisville.  The  mural 
decorations  of  the  Gothic  dining-room 
are  by  Miss  Pitman.  "  Youth,"  in  the 
frieze  of  the  building,  by  Ida  J.  Bur- 
gess, is  quite  charming;  as  indeed  are 
all  of  the  figures  in  the  decorations. 
At  the  north  end- of  the  building  ap- 
pears the  name  of  Bertha  Honore 
Palmer,  president  of  the  Board  of 
Lady  Managers,  and  at  the  south 
end,  that  of  Sophia  G.  Hayden,  the 
architect. 

In  the  southeast  corner  of  the  first 
floor  is  the  German  exhibit,  next  to 
which  is  that  of  Ceylon.  Spain  comes 
next,  with  a  staff  pavilion  in  Moorish 
design.  In  the  collection  is  the  sword 
of  Her  Majesty  Isabella  of  Spain, 
the  patron  of  Columbus,  which  is 
preserved  in  the  Royal  Armory  at 
Madrid;  this,  together  with  a  portrait 
of  Isabella  and  some  jewels  which 
belonged  to  her,  occupies  the  place  of 
honor  in  the  Spanish  women's  exhibit. 
Spain  is  followed  by  Siam  and  Sweden 
and  Norway,  in  the  order  named. 
The  Japanese  exhibit  is  also  located 
in  this  section,  with  vases,  screens, 
etc.,  all  made  by  women.  In  the 
Swedish  exhibit  is  a  fine  portrait  of 
Queen  Sophia  of  Sweden.  This  ex- 
hibit is  in  the  southwest  corner  of  the 
building. 

On  the  west  wall  of  the  main  hall 
are  the  following,  among  other  fine 
paintings:  A  "  Female  Portrait,"  by 
A.  E.  Klumpke;  a  "  Female  Figure," 


by  Enilda  Q.  Loomis;  an "  Oriental 
Female  Figure,"  by  K.  A.  Carl,  and 
"  Children  Blowing  Bubbles,"  by  the 
same  artist;  a  "Female  Figure,"  by 
M.  H.  Carlisle;  and  "  Eurydice  Sink- 
ing Back  to  Hades,"  by  H.  Roe;  an 
"  Army  Scene  "  and  a  fine  "  Female 
Figure,"  by  Louise  Jopling.  These 
are  all  fine  paintings,  strong  in  draw- 
ing and  rich  in  coloring.  On  the  east 
side  are:  A  "  Marine  View,"  by  Elodie 
Lavilette  ;  a  "  Female  Figure,"  by 
Louise  Abbema;  "Flowers,"  by  Jenny 
Villebesseyx;  "  Girl  and  Goat,"  by 
Euphemie  Murciton;  "Music,"  by 
Maximilienne  Guyon,  and  an  "Inte- 
rior," by  I.  Buchet.  All  of  these  are 
very  fine.  Ascending  the  staircase 
at  the  southeast  corner,  one  finds  at 
the  e?itresol  landing  a  case  of  dressed 
dolls,  and  at  the  head  of  the  staircase 
the  entrance  to  the  board-rooms.  In 
the  first  of  these  are  several  portraits. 
A  painting  of  dogs,  "  Watching  and 
Waiting,"  by  Lilly  I.  Jackson,  is  good, 
as  are  also  "  The  Mandolin  Player," 
by  Florence  Mackubin  ;  "  Head  of 
Negro  Woman,"  by  M.  Kinkead  ; 
"  Portrait  of  Boy,"  by  L.  M.  Stewart. 
To  the  right  of  these  rooms,  as  one 
faces  south,  is  a  large  exhibition-room, 
the  first  door  of  which  opens  on  the 
Australian  display.  In  the  American 
section  are  American  female  college 
displays,  among  which  is  a  fine  little 
boudoir  in  white  and  blue  and  gold, 
placed  by  La  Salle  Seminary.  On  the 
Avest  side  of  this  gallery-floor  are 
three  rooms,  the  central  one  a  finely 
decorated  library,  already  mentioned. 
In  the  northwest  corner  are  the  cook- 
ing-school exhibits,  and  next  on  the 
right  a  fine  assembly-room.  Here  is  a 
beautiful  set  of  benches,  desks,  tables, 
etc.,  sent  from  Mobile,  Ala.  There 
are  some  fine  portraits  displayed, 
notably  that  of  Angelica  Kaufman. 
The  eastern  stained  windows  are  rich 
and  beautiful.  First  on  the  east  side, 
as  one  goes  toward  the  southern  end 
of  the  building,  are  the  Japanese 
rooms,  decorated  with  bamboo  screens 
and  panels.  The  ceiling  is  finely 
decorated.  The  rooms  of  California, 
Cincinnati,  and  Kentucky  come  next; 
all  handsomely  decorated,  as  is  also 
that  of  Connecticut. 

Owing  to  the  large  number  of  dis- 


WO  MA  J\TS  B  U1L  DING. 


165 


plays,  it  can  not  be  expected  that  all, 
or  even  a  large  part  of  them,  can  be 
mentioned.  England's  women  artists 
have  a  splendid  collection  of  their 
works.  Miss  Sears  of  Boston  contrib- 
utes a  fine  stained-glass  window. 
The  following  are  the  works  of  lady- 
artists  and  designers:  Embroidered 
portieres,  by  Misses  Foote  and  Fran- 


Building,"  adapted  from  "  Three  Girls 
in  a  Flat."  Price,  in  paper,  50  cents; 
in  blue  and  white  cloth,  $1. 

At  this  booth  is  sold  a  pencil  which 
is  an  exact  fac-simile  of  the  nail  of 
copper,  silver,  and  gold  presented  by 
the  State  of  Montana  to  the  Board  of 
Lady  Managers,  and  driven  by  its 
president  at  the    completion  of  the 


Fire-boat  "  Fire  Queen. 


cis;  fine  pottery,  by  Mrs.  E.  S.  March- 
all,  and  others.  The  exhibits  by  the 
women  of  foreign  nations  are  superb, 
and  consist  of  laces,  embroideries, 
oil-paintings,  water-colors,  carvings, 
books,  etc.  Mexican  women  con- 
tribute fine  feather-work  and  similar 
fabrics;  the  women  of  Fayal  send 
very  delicate  needle-work  on  silk, 
linen,   etc.;   the  French   display  em- 


Woman's  Building.    Price,  50  cents. 

After  viewing  the  treasures  in  this 
temple  devoted  to  Juno  and  Vesta, 
the  visitor  in  search  of  novelties  will 
find  the  Homeopathic  Headquarters 
(G  14),  immediately  back  of  the  south- 
west corner  of  the  Woman's  Building. 

If  sufficiently  fatigued  to  enjoy  a  trip 
on  the  beautiful  lagoons,  the  visitor 
has  but  to  walk  to  the  landing  at  the 


Gondola. 


broideries,  raised  work,  and  similar 
decorations;  the  Armenian  Christian 
women,  unique  but  exceedingly  fine 
work,  and  Turkish  women,  exquisite 
embroidery. 

In  addition  to  other  souvenirs  to  be 
had  in  this  -building,  Miss  Laura 
Hayes  has  been  granted  a  concession 
to  sell,  at  the  Violet  Booth,  a  book 
entitled  "  The  Story  of  the  Woman's 


east  entrance  to  the  Woman's  Build- 
ing, where  he  may  have  choice  of 
many  different  kinds  of  crafts.  Be- 
fore speaking  of  these,  however,  a 
few  words  in  regard  to  a  very  useful 
though  not  ornamental  feature,  and  to 
some  curios,  may  not  be  amiss. 

The  boat  named  the  "  Fire  Queen," 
which  has  been  provided  to  assist  in 
quelling  any  fires  that  may  occur  on 


166 


THE    WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


the  Fair  grounds,  is  75  feet  long  and 
16  feet  wide,  and  draws  only  3^  feet. 
Her  guards  and  housings  are  very- 
low,  to  enable  her  to  glide  easily 
under  the  lagoon  bridges.  She  has 
the  capacity  of  six  ordinary  fire- 
engines,  and  can  throw  two  streams 
clear  over  the  dome  of  the  Adminis- 
tration Building.  She  has  five  plugs 
from  which  to  throw  water,  and 
carries  2,900  feet  of  hose.     She  can 


throw  2,200  gallons  of  water  per  min- 
ute, and  altogether  is  admirably 
adapted  for  the  purpose  for  which  she 
was  built. 

Drawn  up  in  the  rushes  that  fringe 
the  Wooded  Island  are  half-a-hundred 


boats,  each  one  unique  in  its  way, 
and  each  in  its  construction  empha- 
sizing the  peculiarities  of  the  land 
from  which  it  comes.  In  a  miniature 
harbor  two  birch-bark  canoes,  brought 
from  Hudson  Bay,  swing  at  the  end  of 
grass  ropes.  A  little  farther  along 
is  seen  the  picturesque  Klingit  canoe, 
which  the  Alaskan  Indians  use  on 
their  rivers.  The  bragozza,  with  its 
colored  sails,  reminds  visitors  of  Ven- 
ice, as  seen  in  the  picture-books. 
Among  other  boats  are  the  Brazilian 
jangada,  and  two  typical  boats  from 
Ceylon.  They  are  the  baisa,  or  mail- 
boat,  and  outrigger,  or  Ceylon  yacht. 
Now  to  the  craft  by  which  the  vis- 
itor's trip  must  be  made. 

The  Gondola  Company  has  twenty 
gondolas  and  four  bissones,  propelled 
by  sixty  gondoliers.  The  costumes  of 
the  gondoliers  are  of  bright  colors, 
after  the  style  of  the  fourteenth  cent- 
ury. The  canopies  of  the  gondolas 
and  bissones  are  of  rich  heavy  velvet, 
with  linings  of  delicate  tints  to  match; 
the  roofs  covered  with  heavy  satin. 
Gold  fringe,  tassels,  and  cords  are 
used  to  ornament  these  canopies. 

There  are  also  Electric  Launches. 
The  course  over  which  they  run  meas- 
ures about  three  miles  for  the  round 
trip,  and  there  are  landings  at  all  the 
large  buildings  and  principal  points  of 
interest.  They  are  about  sixteen  feet 
in  length  over  all,  with  a  beam  of  6  feet 
3  inches, and  adraught  of  about  twenty- 
eight  inches.  They  are  elegantly  fin- 
ished in  mahogany,  are  luxuriously 
cushioned  and  carpeted,  and  carry 
about  thirty  passengers  each.  Bat- 
teries and  motors  are  placed  beneath 
the  seats  and  flooring,  so  that  the 
utmost  carrying  capacity  is  availed  of; 
and  they  are  absolutely  free  from 
smoke,  grease,  offensive  odors,  and  vi- 
bration. The  speed  of  the  launches  on 
the  lagoons  is  limited  to  six  miles  an 
hour,  but  they  can  be  spurted  to  a 
rate  of  nine  to  twelve  miles  when 
desired.  The  launches  are  provided 
with  gaily  striped  canopies  to  protect 
passengers  from  the  sun,  and  with 
side  weather-curtains  for  use  on 
stormy  days,  or  in  case  of  a  sudden, 
shower. 


CHAPTER    XIII. 


THE    FOREIGN    BUILDINGS. 


HE  people 
of  the  civ- 
ilized world 
who  failed 
to  respond 
right  roy- 
ally to  Co- 
lumbia's invi- 
tation are  few 
indeed  in 
number,  for 
either  by  a 
separate  and 
distinctive 
building  or  by  national  exhibits,  or 
both,  most  of  the  many  nations  of 
the  earth  are  represented  on  the 
grounds  of  Jackson  Park. 

The  foreign  buildings  are  in  close 
proximity  to  the  North  Pier,  which  is 
reached  by  the  smaller  excursion 
steamers  from  Chicago's  Lake  Front; 
and  within  easy  distance  of  the  prin- 
cipal pier,  by  means  of  steam-launches, 
for  those  arriving  by  the  larger  vessels. 
Another  method  of  easily  reaching 
the  foreign-building  district,  and 
especially  suited  for  those  going  by 
any  of  the  railroads,  is  by  transfer 
from  them  to  the  Intramural  Elevated 
Railroad,  alighting  at  the  Iowa  State 
Building  or  at  the  loop  by  the  Fisher- 
ies Building.  Assuming  the  visitor 
will  select  the  water-route,  the  first 
of  the  foreign  buildings  he  notices 
after  landing  near  the  Naval  exhibit 
is  that  of  England.  It  is  a  typical 
English  "  half  -timber  "  house  of  the 
style  of  the  sixteenth  century,  and 
has  been  officially  named  "  Victoria 
House  "  (E  20).  The  building  is  gen- 
erally characteristic  of  the  best  type 
of  English  half-timber  houses  of  the 
time  of  Henry  VIII.  Terra  cotta, 
however,  is  used  extensively  in  the 
lower  story,  with  red  brick  facing 
and  mullioned  windows.     The  upper 


portion  is  of  half -timber  construction 
of  natural  oak  timbers,  with  over- 
hanging gables  and  tiled  roofs. 
The  plan  forms  three  sides  of  a 
quadrangle,  with  the  open  side  next 
the  lake,  inclosed  by  a  raised  terrace 
with  balustrade.  The  center,  on  the 
front  or  inland  side,  is  recessed,  with 
steps  leading  from  both  sides  up  to  the 
covered  porticoes  which  open  into  a 
large  central  hall.  On  one  side  of 
the  hall  is  a  large  library  and  recep- 
tion-rooms; and  on  the  other  side,  the 
secretary's  office,  and  other  rooms 
required  for  the  work  of  the  Com- 
mission. On  the  first  floor  is  a  large 
suite  of  rooms  and  offices.  The  walls 
and  ceilings  of  the  principal  rooms 
are  elaborately  paneled.  Colonel  Edis, 
the  architect  who  designed  the  build- 
ing, has  also  furnished  special  designs 
for  all  internal  fittings  and  furniture. 

The  exhibits  are  numerous,  some  of 
which  are  as  follows:  A  large  scale  map 


Walker  Fearn. 

showing  the  discoveries  made  by 
England  in  America,  for,  excepting 
the  claims  of  the  Norsemen,  it  is 
conceded  that  Sebastian  Cabot  first 
landed  upon  the  mainland  of  America. 
The  Educational  exhibit  is  very  in- 


(167) 


168 


THE  WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


teresting.  The  Post  Office  exhibit  pre- 
sents the  old  and  new  methods  of  that 
department  contrasted.  The  displays 
are  especially  fine  in  high  art  works 
and  pottery.  A  Seychelles  cocoanut 
tree,  the  coco-de-mer,  is  an  extremely 
rare  curiosity.  Just  west  of  the 
British  Building  stands  a  Soda  Pavil- 
ion (E  20),  where  the  visitor  may 
quench  his  thirst  before  going  on  to 
the  Clam  Bake  (E  19),  near  the 
Fisheries  Building,  which  has  a  seat- 
ing capacity  of  22,000  persons. 

An  annex  known  as  the  Banquet 
Hall  is  140  x  170  feet,  two  stories  in 
height,  with  a  casino  roof. 


circular  projection  of  twenty  feet 
on  the  front  and  rear  elevations. 
Over  the  front  entrance  the  tower 
is  circular  as  it  issues  through 
the  roof.  There  is  a  veranda  ten  feet 
wide  all  round  the  building,  having  a 
balcony  overhead  of  the  same  width 
supported  by  twenty-eight  columns, 
with  a  balustrade  divided  into  panels. 
The  main  cornice  is  carried  on  a  level 
all  around  the  building,  and  over  it  is 
a  plain  parapet  wall.  The  building  is 
covered  with  a  low-pitched  roof. 

Above  the  roof-line  the  tower  is 
divided  by  detached  pilasters  into 
twelve  panels,  over  which  is  the  main 


From  the  Clam  Bake  the  route  next 
leads  to  the  Canadian  Building  (E  20), 
which  stands  on  the  lake  shore  a  short 
distance  from  the  United  States  Naval 
exhibit.  The  main  building  is  two 
stories  high,  and  has  three  entrances, 
the  principal  one  facing  the  lake.  On 
the  ground-floor,  in  the  entrance-hall, 
is  a  post  office,  telephone,  intelligence 
office,  etc.;  to  the  right  is  the  recep- 
tion-room,and  to  the  left  the  two  offices 
of  the  executive  commissioners  and 
staffs  for  the  provinces  of  Ontario  and 
Quebec. 

A  plain  style  of  architecture  had  to 
be  adopted  for  the  construction 
of  the  building,  which  is  70  x  40 
feet,     having     in    addition    a    semi- 


cornice,  and  above  the  cornice  is  an 
open  balustrade.  In  order  to  show 
the  different  woods  indigenous  to 
Canada,  the  interior  walls,  ceilings, 
and  floors  of  the  pavilion  have  been 
finished  in  wood,  highly  polished, 
showing  their  natural  grain.  Each 
province  has  furnished  the  wood  re- 
quired to  finish  the  rooms  to  be  occu- 
pied by  its  commissioners.  The  pavil- 
ion, with  its  finishings,  cost  about 
$30,000.  It  was  designed  by  the  De- 
partment of  Public  Works  in  Ottawa, 
Canada,  and  its  construction  was 
carried  out  under  the  direction  of 
D.  Ewart,  assistant  architect.  Lying 
westward  of  and  next  to  this  building 
is  that  of  another  English  colony — 


FOREIGN  BUILDINGS. 


169 


New  South  Wales — which  is  called 
the  "Australia  House"  (E  19).  The 
New  South  Wales  Building  is  classical 
in  design  and  ornamentation.  It 
is  60  x  60  feet  in  exterior  dimen- 
sions, with  a  portico  12  feet  wide  ex- 
tending across  the  front.  There  is 
a  flight  of  three  steps  leading  to  this 
portico  and  extending  across  its  front 
and  ends.  The  portico  roof  is  sup- 
ported by  six  Doric  columns,  2  feet  6 
inches  in  diameter  and  20  feet  high, 
with  a  cornice,  frieze,  and  balustrade 
extending  around  the  entire  building. 


number.  There  is  a  large  toilet-room 
in  the  rear.  The  architects  were 
Messrs.  Holabird  &  Roche  of  Chicago. 
North  of  Australia  House,  and  ly- 
ing between  Canada  and  Germany, 
is  the  Spanish  Building  (D  19).  The 
building  erected  by  the  Spanish  gov- 
ernment at  the  World's  Columbian 
Exposition  is  a  three-fourths  repro- 
duction of  a  section  of  the  Silk  Ex- 
change at  Valencia,  Spain.  The  erec- 
tion of  this  building  was  commenced 
in  1492,  previous  to  the  departure  of 
Columbus'  fleet.     The  section  shown 


The  Canadian    Building. 

At  each  of  the  corners  is  a  large  Doric  represents  the   column-hall  and    the 

pilaster  corresponding  to  the  columns  tower,   wherein    all    defaulting    and 

of  the  portico.     The  entrance  is  in  the  bankrupt    merchants  were   confined, 

center  of  the  front.    All  openings  have  Eight  large  columns  iy2  feet  in  diam- 

molded  architraves  and  cornices,  and  eter  support  the  roof  of  column-hall, 

each  window  has   a  pair   of  molded  A  circular  stairway,  approached  from 

modillions  under  it.  an    inside    entrance,    is    the    means 

The  exterior  of  the  building  is  staff,  of  reaching   the   top    of    the    tower. 

The  central  portion  is  occupied  by  a  This   building   has   a  frontage  of  84 

hall  thirty  feet  in  width,  and  extending  feet  and  6  inches  and  a  depth  of  about 

the  entire  depth  of  the  building.     In  95  feet.        The   height   of  the  main 

the  center  is    a    polygonal  dome,  30  building  is  about  50  feet,   the  tower 

feet  in  diameter,  the  top  being  40  feet  rising  to  the  height  of  about  65  feet, 

from   the   floor.     Arranged  on   three  Rafael  Gaustavino,  New  York  City,  is 

sides  of  the  main  hall  are  the  various  the   architect     of   this    building.      It 

offices  of   the   commission,    eight  in  is  occupied    by    the    officers  of    the 


170 


THE  WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


Spanish  Commission  and  as  a  recep- 
tion-room for  visitors.  Many  relics  of 
Columbus  are  shown  in  this  structure ; 
some  of  his  letters,  a  sword  which  be- 
longed to  his  beautiful  and  magnani- 
mous patron,  Isabella,  also  one 
wielded  by  Cortez  in  his  conquest  of 
Mexico;  ancient  Spanish  artillery, 
with  its  cannon,  ammunition,  etc. 

Still  walking  toward  the  northwest, 
the  next  structure  to  be  visited  is 
that  of  the  German  Government 
(D  19).  The  plans  of  this  handsome 
edifice   were  drawn   by  Government 


In  the  belfry  are  hung  three  huge 
bells  which  will  ultimately  go  into 
the  "  Church  of  Mercy,"  now  being 
constructed  at  Berlin  in  memory  of 
the  late  Empress  Augusta.  The 
building  is  a  combination  of  several 
styles,  and,  though  thus  somewhat 
contrasting  in  its  several  parts,  is  not 
lacking  in  harmony  of  the  total  effect. 
The  center  is  in  the  form  of  a  chapel, 
rich  in  decorations.  Bay-windows, 
projecting  balconies,  turrets,  etc., 
lend  the  structure  a  most  picturesque 
appearance,  closely  resembling  that 


The  Spanish  Government  Building. 


Architect  Johannes  Radke,  in  Berlin. 
The  building  has  an  imposing  front- 
age on  the  lake  shore  of  about  150 
feet,  with  a  depth  of  175.  Its  height 
is  78  feet,  and  the  tower  that  overtops 
it  measures  150  feet  from  the  ground. 
Over  the  main  entrance,  in  Gothic 
lettering,  a  characteristic  German  mot- 
to appears,  which  in  English  would  be: 

Fruitful  and  powerful, 
Full  of  corn  and  wine, 
Full  of  strength  and  iron, 
Tuneful  and  thoughtful, 
I  will  praise  thee, 
Fatherland  mine! 


of  an  old  German  "rathhaus,"  or 
city  hall.  The  massive  walls  are 
decorated  and  frescoed  in  South 
German  style.  The  rather  steep  roof 
is  covered  with  shining  glazed  tiles 
imported  from  Germany.  The  roof- 
corners,  water-spouts,  etc.,  down  to 
the  large  lantern  in  front  of  the 
tower,  are  of  shining  brass  or  mellow- 
hued  bronze.  But  the  interior  of  the 
building  is  even  finer  and  more  im- 
pressive than  the  exterior.  After 
passing  through  the  magnificently 
decorated  reception  rotunda,   to  the 


FOREIGN  BUILDINGS. 


171 


left  of  which  is  the  grand  reception- 
room  and  the  office  of  the  imperial 
German  Commissioner,  Privy  Coun- 
cilor Adolf  Wermuth,  a  second  hall 
is  reached.  This  inner  hall,  with  the 
exception  noted,  extends  over  the 
entire  space  in  the  building,  covering 
an  area  of  about  2,000  square  feet. 
The    pillars  everywhere   are    heavy, 


ooo.  This  building  houses  some  por- 
tions of  the  German  exhibit.  The 
German  publishers  have  arranged  for 
a  comprehensive  general  exhibit  of 
their  wares,  rare  scientific  works 
especially. 

Cartography,  lithography,  photog- 
raphy, chromography,  engraving, 
etc.,  and   all  their  cognate  branches, 


short,  and  solid  throughout,  and  the  are  thoroughly  represented.  A  read- 
arches  are  semicircular,  the  style  ing-room  for  the  public  has  been 
being    early    German     Renaissance,    provided.     The   second  exhibit  con- 


The  German   Government  Building. 


Balconies  rise  in  tiers  on  all  four 
sides,  the  heavy  timber  and  castings 
used  in  their  construction  being  richly 
decorated.  Subdued  color  effects 
are  everywhere  visible,  and  the  niches 
and  corners  show  poetic  paintings. 
August  Fiedler,  a  well-known  local 
architect,  supervised  the  construction 
of  the  whole  building  up  to  midwinter 
of  this  year,  since  which  time,  how- 
ever, Herr  Radke  has  taken  sole 
charge  of  the  work.  The  construction 
pf  the   German  Building  cost  $250,- 


tains  some  ver}>-  fine  stained  and 
painted  windows  and  oriels;  magnifi- 
cent church  vestments  of  silks,  vel- 
vets, linens,  brocades,  etc. ;  costly 
and  artistic  vessels  for  sacred  use; 
handsome  missals,  prayer-books,  and 
Bibles;  and  lastly,  plastic  church 
art,  such  as  statues  and  statuettes  of 
saints,  crucifixes,  etc.  The  exhibits 
in  this  building  are  many,  curious, 
and  rich. 

South  and   a    little   westwardly  of 
the  German  Building  may  be  found 


172 


THE  WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


a  very  interesting  exhibit.  Here  Haiti 
(E  19)  has  erected  a  building  in  the 
Southern  colonial  style,  adapted  from 
the  Grecian.  Broad  piazzas  flank 
three  sides,  while  a  central  dome 
rises  above  the  building.  The 
piazzas  are  12  feet  wide,  and  on 
the  front  portico  the  coat-of-arms 
of  the  republic  is  painted,  with 
its  motto,  and  below  it  appear  the 
words  "  Republique  Haitienne "  in 
gold  letters,  and  the  figures  1492, 
1892,  and  1804.  The  first  is  the  date 
of  the  discovery  of  America, the  second 
the  celebration  of  its  four  hundredth 
anniversary,  and  the  last  the  date  of 


is  a  corridor  between  the  left  wing 
and  the  main  hall,  terminating  in 
toilet-rooms.  The  exterior  dimen- 
sions of  the  building  are  124  x  100  feet, 
50  feet  high.  The  exhibits  of  Haiti 
have  all  been  concentrated  here.  One 
of  Columbus'  anchors,  various  relics 
of  the  aboriginal  inhabitants  of  the 
island,  the  bust  and  relics  of  Toussaint 
L'Ouverture,  pictures  of  the  first  pres- 
ident and  others  are  gathered  in 
this  building.  Coffee,  sugar,  liqueurs, 
syrups,  fibers,  minerals,  plants,  etc., 
and  native  women's  work  may  be 
seen. 

Northwest  of  and  across  the  walk 


The  Haiti   Government  Building. 


Haitian  independence.  In  front,  sup- 
porting the  dome,  are  eight  Doric  col- 
umns, and  from  the  flagstaff  on  the 
dome  floats  the  national  standard — 
horizontal  stripes  of  blue  and  red — 
with  the  coat-of-arms  in  its  center. 
The  front  entrance  opens  on  a  hall 
50  feet  square,  and  this  hall,  the  dome 
interior,  and  part  of  the  exterior  are 
decorated  with  festoons  of  the  na- 
tional colors.  In  the  center  of  the 
main  hall  is  a  beautiful  statue — ' '  Rev- 
erie"— by  Laforestrie,  a  native  sculp- 
tor. To  the  right  opens  another  hall, 
26  x  54  feet,  with  a  kitchen  in  its  rear, 
where  coffee  of  Haitian  growth  and 
made  by  a  native  cook  is  served  to 
visitors  at  10  cents  a  cup.  The  entire 
left  wing  is  given  up  to  offices.     There 


from  the  building  last  visited  is  the 
site  upon  which  the  Siamese  Govern- 
ment has  erected  its  Royal  Pavilion 
(D  19).  A  native  architect  furnished 
the  design,  and  native  wrood  and  ma- 
terial and  native  labor  have  been 
used  in  its  construction.  It  is  a  small 
building,  26  feet  square,  with  a  front 
elevation  of  32  feet.  The  facade  and 
roof  have  been  beautifully  carved  and 
gilded.  These  carvings,  all  done  by 
hand,  are  exquisitely  beautiful,  repre- 
senting the  work  of  the  best  Siamese 
artists.  Although  her  displays  are 
not  confined  to  this  building,  Siam 
has  here  many  fine  exhibits  of  gems, 
resins,  dyes,  silks,  cottons,  grains,  and 
a  very  fine  display  of  manufactured 
and    leaf    tobaccos.       Some    of    the 


FOREIGN  BUILDINGS. 


173 


native  boats  are  wonderful,  and  the 
work  of  the  native  women  is  very  fine. 
Above  the  pavilion's  roof  floats  the 
royal  standard,  a  white  elephant  on 
a  red  field. 

Immediately  east  of  Siam  is  the 
building  of  the  East  Indies  (E  iS).  It 
was  not  erected  by  the  government, 
which  decided  to  make  no  exhibit 
officially.  Mr.  Taillene,  collector  of 
Indian  curios,  has  done  the  orna- 
mental fitting  of  the  building,  etc., 
and  he  has  within  it  all  sorts  of  In- 
dian curios,  rugs,  etc.,  which  are 
offered  for  sale.  There  are  two  tea- 
bars,  similar  to  our  liquor -bars,  except 


repeated  on  the  corners  of  the  build- 
ing; the  whole  decorated  in  the  high, 
striking  colors  of  the  Orient. 

Just  back  of  this  building  appears 
that  of  Colombia  (D  18).  This  hand- 
some little  pavilion  stands  to  the 
eastward  of  the  Swedish  Building  and 
almost  in  front  of  that  of  the  republic 
of  Guatemala.  It  was  designed  by 
M.  Gaston  Lelarge,  a  French  architect 
and  resident  of  Bogota,  the  capital  of 
Colombia.  Lieut.  H.  R.  Lemly,  Third 
United  States  Artillery,  United  States 
Commissioner  for  the  World's  Fair  in 
Colombia,  was  requested  by  the  gov- 
ernment    of     the    latter    country    to 


The  East  India  Building. 

that  tea  is  served  instead  of  liquor,  attend  to  the  erection  of  its  building 
The  exterior  is  in  East  Indian  style,  upon  his  return  to  this  country.  The 
modeled  remotely  after  the  fashion  of  prevailing  style  of  its  architecture  is 
the  Taj  Mahal.  The  most  striking  that  of  the  Italian  Renaissance.  It 
part  is  the  doorway.  Associated  with  occupies  a  space  of  45x45  feet,  but 
Mr.  Henry  Ives  Cobb  in  the  construc- 
tion of  this  building  was  Mr.  William 
Prettyman,  formerly  contractor  of 
color  at  the   World's    Fair.     He  has 


on  each  side  are  conservatories  filled 
with  rare  tropical  plants,  which  give 
it  the  appearance  of  much  greater 
dimensions.     There   are   two   stories, 


charge  of  its  decoration^    The  build-   the  first  of  which  is  occupied  by  a  re 


ing  is  one  story  high  with  a  gallery, 
and  a  piazza  in  front.  It  is  built 
entirely  of  staff.  In  shape  the  struct- 
ure is  rectangular,  80  x.  60  feet,  50 
feet  high,  and  its  architecture  is  gen- 
erally on  Indian  lines.  The  main 
entrance  is  through  a  lofty  gateway 


markable  and  very  valuable  collection 
of  antiquities,  exhumed  from  prehis- 
toric graves  in  Colombia,  comprising 
water-bottles,  human  images,  helmets, 
trumpets,  breastplates,  necklaces, 
bangles,  anklets,  etc.,  all  of  pure  gold. 
There  are  also  several  mummies  and 


surmounted  by  minarets,  which    are    a  large  collection  of  ancient  pottery. 


174 


THE    WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


The  second  story  consists  of  a  gallery, 
which  is  partly  utilized  for  an  office 
and  sleeping-apartment  for  the  Com- 
missioner. 

The  building  is  surmounted  by  a 
glass  dome  and  a  condor,  which  is  the 
national  emblematic  bird  of  Colombia. 
On  each  side  a  group  of  three  figures 
supports  a  globe  and  flagstaff  bearing 
the  national  colors — yellow,  blue,  and 
red.     At  a  lower  level,  and  occupying 


dent  of  the  republic,  of  Bogota,  the 
capital,  and  in  the  remaining  three 
sides  those  of  the  nine  departments 
into  which  the  country  is  sub- 
divided. 

After  the  Exposition  the  collection 
of  antiquities  above  mentioned  will 
be  presented  to  the  Queen  Regent  of 
Spain,  in  recognition  of  her  services 
as  arbitrator  in  the  question  of  the 
boundary     between     Colombia     and 


The   Swedish   Government   Building. 


the  principal  place  in  the  facade,  is 
the  national  coat-of-arms,  consisting 
of  a  shield  with  three  divisions,  viz., 
two  horns  of  plenty  separated  by  the 
granada,  a.  native  fruit,  a  liberty  cap, 
and  finally  a  representation  of  the 
Isthmus  of  Panama,  with  a  ship  in 
each  ocean.  The  exterior  of  the  build- 
ing is  of  staff.  Its  interior  is  pleasingly 
decorated.  In  the  panels  under  the 
dome  are  found  the  names  "  Nunez" 
and  "  Caro,"  president  and  vice-presi- 


Venezuela,   her   decision   having   fa- 
vored the  former  republic. 

South  of  Colombia,  and  in  the 
same  plot  of  ground,  framed  by  its 
triangular  lines,  is  the  Swedish 
Building  (E  18).  In  preparing  the 
plans  a  hexagon  was  inscribed  be- 
tween the  sides  of  the  triangular  floor 
plan,  and  the  boundary  of  this  figure 
decided  the  shape  of  the  main  hall  of 
the  building.  The  corner  spaces  of 
the  structures  form  each  a  separate 


FOREIGN  BUILDINGS. 


175 


room  of  considerable  size,  and  gal- 
leries run  around  the  building,  strik- 
ingly indicating  its  peculiar  shape. 
The  hexangular  main  hall  is  60  feet 
square  and  the  pitch  of  the  cupola  is 
70  feet.  On  the  top  of  the  latter  is 
a  steeple,  carrying  a  flagstaff,  from 
which  the  Swedish  ensign  floats,  some 
150  feet  above  the  ground.  The  en- 
tire area  of  the  floor  is  1 1 ,000  square 
feet.  The  building  was  manufactured 
in  Sweden,  where  it  was  temporarily 
put  together ;  afterward  taken  to  pieces , 
sent  across  the  ocean,  and  erected  on 
its  three-cornered  site  at  Jackson 
Park.     Its  entire  cost  has  been  nearly 


work  being  impregnated  with  a 
preserving  liquid  to  prevent  decay. 
The  window-sashes  are  all  painted  in 
green,  and  some  turned  details  of 
the  balconies  have  been  colored  red, 
green,  and  white.  The  huge  crown 
on  the  top  of  the  steeple,  as  well  as 
the  framework  around  the  bell,  are 
gilded.  The  inside  of  the  pavilion  is 
painted  in  light  colors,  and  richly 
decorated  with  bunting,  coats-of- 
arms,  crests,  etc. 

The  exhibition  proper,  which  is  to 
be  found  under  the  roof  of  this  build- 
ing, conveys  a  very  good  idea  of  the 
cultural    standpoint   of    the   Swedish 


The   Venezuela   Government   Building. 


$40,000.  The  design  of  the  pavilion  is 
the  product  of  the  personal  taste  and 
fancy  of  the  architect  (Mr.  Gustaf 
Wickman,  Stockholm),  guided  by  the 
style  of  the  Swedish  churches  and 
gentlemen's  country-houses  of  the 
sixteenth  and  seventeenth  centuries, 
and  as  far  as  possible  the  characteris- 
tics of  this  old  Swedish  architecture 
have  been  retained.  The  lower  part 
of  the  front  wall  of  the  pavilion  con- 
sists of  modern  brick,  terra  cotta, 
and  cement  work.  Except  the  part 
just  mentioned,  the  entire  structure 
is  built  of  wood.  In  accordance  with 
the  old  Swedish  fashion,  the  whole 
of  the  roof  and  walls  are  covered  with 
shingles,  the    outside    of  the    wood- 


people.  Jarnkontoret  has  here  ar- 
ranged a  most  complete  exhibit  of  the 
best  of  the  world-famed  Swedish  iron 
ores,  also  of  manufactured  products  of 
iron.  Several  private  firms  and 
manufacturers  also  produce  some 
splendid  articles  in  this  department. 
China  goods  and  glass  products  are 
well  represented,  also  gold  and  silver 
work,  wood  pulp  and  other  manifold 
articles  turned  out  by  the  numerous 
paper  manufactories  in  Sweden,  as 
well  as  unrivaled  safety  matches.  A 
complete  collection  of  Swedish  min- 
erals and  of  instructive  geological 
maps  has  also  been  brought  together. 
The  lady  visitor  will  at  once  notice, 
and  probably  be  delighted  with,  the 


176 


THE    WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


lovely  embroideries  and  other  needle- 
work exhibited  in  this  building.  A 
greater  collection  of  similar  articles 
will,  however,  be  found  in  the 
Woman's  Building.  A  further  at- 
traction of  the  pavilion  is  the  ex- 
cellent representation  of  a  genuine 
Swedish  home,  which  consists  of 
four  rooms  fully  furnished,  and  dec- 
orated according  to  the  custom 
of  the  country.  Beautiful  suites  of 
furniture,  artistically  arranged,  and 
splendidly  executed  draperies,  etc., 
testify  to  the  high  standard  of  Swed- 
ish home  industry.  Across  the  hex- 
angular  hall,  and  exactly  opposite 
the    main    entrance,    an    interesting 


Photos,  oil-paintings,  models  of  an- 
cient churches,  and  the  like,  com- 
plete the  exhibit 'in  this  department. 
A  carefully  executed  bust  of  the 
great  Swedish  sovereign,  King  Gustaf 
Adolph  II. ,  has  also  been  placed  in  this 
room.  At  other  places  in  the  build- 
ing portraits  of  the  present  monarch, 
King  Oscar  II.,  and  of  the  heroic 
Carl  XII.,  will  be  found.  In  the  gal- 
leries are  gathered  exhibits  illustrat- 
ing the  school  system  and  gym- 
nastics, which  are  admitted  to  be 
second  to  no  others.  The  office  of  the 
chief  Commissioner,  Mr.  Arthur  Leff- 
ler,  is  situated  at  the  north  corner 
of  the  building. 


J 


The   Guatemala  Government  Building. 

exhibit  meets  the  gaze  of  the  West  of  and  across  the  walk  from 
visitor.  In  the  background  is  placed  the  Swedish  pavilion  is  found  the 
a  large  picture  of  the  handsome  Venezuela  Building  (E  iS).  In  view 
capitol  ^  of  vSweden,  "the  Venice  of  the  recent  troubles  in  this  State, 
of  the  North."  There  are  also  placed  and  the  depleted  condition  of  her 
wax-figures,  of  full  size,  dressed  in  the  treasury  consequent  thereon,  the  de- 
gaily  colored  national  costumes  of  the  cision  to  make  a  creditable  exhibit  of 
country.  Two  panoramas,  one  on  the  country's  resources  at  the  great 
each  side  of  the  room,  represent,  the  Columbian  Exposition  is  indeed  corn- 
one  a  typical  Swedish  landscape,  the  mendable,  showing,  as  it  does,  the 
other  a  peasant's  cottage  with  its  ambition  and  energy  of  this  little 
occupants.  The  sport  exhibit  proper  republic.  The  building  is  a  single 
includes  specimens  of  all  the  various  story  in  height,  and  is  constructed  of 
means  of  transportation  used  at  dif-  white  marble,  in  the  Greco-Roman 
ferent  seasons  and  in  different  parts  of  style  of  architecture.  The  graceful 
the  country,  such  as  skates,  snow-  facade  is  ornamented  with  three  hand- 
shoes,  sleighs,  canoes,  yachts,  etc.,  and  some  towers,  on  the  left  of  which 
can  not  possibly  fail  to  arouse  the  stands  a  life-size  statue  of  Columbus, 
interest   of  the    sport-loving    public.  On  the  right  is  the  statue  of  Bolivar, 


FOREIGN  BUILDINGS. 


177 


the  "  Liberator."  Great  credit  is  due 
to  President  Crispo  for  the  efforts 
made  by  him  to  insure  a  creditable 
building  and  exhibit  from  his  country. 
The  work  was  placed  under  the  charge 
of  Mr.  J.  M.  Larralde  and  Dr.  M. 
U.  Toledo,  two  citizens  of  Venezuela 
resident  in  the  United  States.  Pre- 
historic relics,  mineral  and  vegetable 
products,  fine  arts,  manufactures,  etc., 
are  displayed.  The  flag  carried  by 
Pizarro  during  his  marvelous  conquest 
and  subjugation  of  Peru  is  shown,  as 
are  also  many  other  historic  curios. 

Along  the  walk  to  the  east  of  Vene- 
zuela is  a  building  of  a  different  type, 
erected  by  an  Asiatic  power,  that  of 
Turkey  (E  17).  It  is  a  reproduction 
of  a  fountain  in  Constantinople  built 
200  years  ago  by  Selim  the  Great. 
On  three  sides  of  the  structure  are 
marble  basins,  into  which  spout  crys- 
tal waters,  while  upon  the  fourth  side 
is  a  beautiful  portal  for  entrance  to 
the  interior.  Intricate  carvings  adorn 
the  exterior  walls,  which  are  composed 
of  mucharabia,  a  Turkish  hardwood 
of  great  beauty.  There  are  also  alter- 
nate panels  of  inlaid  wood  and 
mother-of-pearl  work,  with  here  and 
there  a  text  in  Arabic  characters  taken 
from  the  Koran,  the  Mohammedan 
Bible.  The  effect  of  this  dazzling 
work  is  magnificent,  and  is  enhanced 
by  the  gaudy  uniforms  of  the  turbaned 
guards  who  night  and  day  patrol  the 
building.  Glorious  mosaic  floors  and 
draped  and  festooned  hangings  of 
rich  fabrics  make  up  the  interior  dec- 
orations, and  everything  is  made 
more  magnificent  by  the  rare  display 
of  rich  silks,  costly  jewelry,  and 
brilliant  gems  that  abound.  There 
are  also  gums,  gold  and  silver  wares, 
daggers,  soft  fabrics,  and  other  ori- 
ental wares.  Here  may  also  be  seen 
many  curios  from  the  Stamboul  mu- 
seum, and  historic  relics  of  the  great- 
est value. 

Lying  west  of  Turkey  is  the  Brazil- 
ian Building  (E  17).  The  designs  for 
this  building  were  prepared  early  in 
September  of  1892  by  Lieut. -Col. 
Francisco  de  Souza  Aguiar  of  the 
Brazilian  army,  who  is  also  a  delegate 
to  the  World's  Fair.  The  entire  work 
was  placed  with  Mr.  A.  L.  R.  Van  den 
Berghen  as  contractor.  The  ground- 
12 


plan  of  the  building  is  in  the 
form  of  a  Greek  cross,  the  outside 
dimensions  being  148  x  148  feet. 
The  elevation  has  two  stories,  25  feet 
6  inches  and  25  feet  high,  respectively, 
surmounted  by  a  central  dome  con- 
structed of  steel,  43  feet  in  diameter 
at  base  and  43  feet  high  at  the  crown. 
The  entire  height  from  grade  to  the 
top  of  finial  is  120  feet.  All  girders 
having  a  span  over  twenty-five  feet 
are  composed  of  heavy  steel  beams, 
and  all  braces  are  of  iron,  the  whole 
forming  a  rigid  and  substantial 
structure  without  the  aid  of  wood 
bracing. 

The  style  of  architecture  is  strictly 
French  Renaissance.  The  Indian 
figures  in  the  bas-reliefs  of  the  facades 
and  those  on  the  stylobate  of  the 
dome  are  allegorical,  and  representa- 
tive of  the  republic  of  Brazil,  and  are 
very  fittingly  used  in  this  connection. 
The  windows  are  liberal  in  size, 
containing  about  4,500  square  feet  of 
plate-glass,  weighing  15,750  pounds. 
The  sashes  are  hung  on  pulleys  and 
weights;  a  feature  being  that  the  sash 
when  raised  will  be  concealed,  leaving 
the  entire  opening  of  frame  below 
the  transom  free  and  unobstructed. 
The  transoms,  which  are  semicircular 
in  form,  are  filled  with  stained  glass, 
hand-painted  in  appropriate  designs 
and  harmonious  colors.  The  columns 
and  capitals  of  the  four  facades  are 
Corinthian  in  order.  There  are  four 
campaniles,  each  with  an  open  ob- 
servatory seventy  feet  from  grade. 
These  points  are  reached  by  spiral 
iron  stairs  from  the  second  floor  to  the 
roof,  at  which  point  wood  stairs  com- 
plete the  means  for  ascent.  The 
entire  roof,  except  the  dome,  is  flat 
and  surrounded  by  a  balustrade.  A 
wood  floor  is  laid  over  the  roof -cover- 
ing proper,  thus  affording  a  large, 
convenient,  and  safe  place  for  observa- 
tion. The  interior  is  in  perfect  keep- 
ing with  the  exterior  in  all  architect- 
ural fixtures.  A  broad  flight  of  cir- 
cular stairs  affords  easy  access  to  the 
second  floor.  The  cost  of  this  building 
was  $90,000. 

Northeast  of  Brazil  is  the  Guatemala 
Building  (E  18).  This  building  is 
square,  with  11 1  feet  at  each  side, 
and  occupies  a  space   of   1,200  feet. 


178 


THE    WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


Its  architecture  is  original,  but  in  no 
way  classical.  It  is  in  the  Spanish 
style,  and  corresponds  well  with  the 
country  it  represents.  The  height  of 
the  first  floor  is  twenty-four  feet.  In 
the  center  of  the  building  a  large  court 
is  arranged,  33  x  33  feet,  with  a  gallery 
built  on  colonnades.  The  court  re- 
sembles the  old  Palos  Spanish  House, 
and  affords  freshness  and  ventilation 


The  Norwegian  Government  Bu 

to  the  entire  building.  In  the  court 
is  a  fountain,  from  which  the  water 
plays  as  from  over  a  large  rock.  The 
four  corners  of  the  building  are 
crowned  by  towers,  23  x  23  feet,  sur- 
mounted by  beautifully  decorated 
domes.  The  entire  height  of  the 
towers  is  sixty-five  feet,  and  in  two  of 
them  are  large  staircases,  giving  ac- 
cess to  the  floor  above,  which  extends 
as  a  terrace  around  the  entire  build- 
ing.    The  structure  is  of  wood   and 


staff.  The  ornaments  on  the  walls 
represent  tropical  plants  and  flowers. 
The  building  contains  four  large 
rooms  on  the  first  floor,  and  on  the 
second  a  reception-room,  two  offices, 
and  toilet-rooms.  The  most  inter- 
esting exhibit  of  Guatemala  is  her 
coffee,  and  at  a  distance  of  about 
thirty- five  feet  from  the  main 
building  is  found  a  small  rustic 
kiosk  in  which 
this  product  is  to 
be  exhibited.  The 
space  around  the 
v  •-  .  *       ' .      „  building  has  been 

converted  into  a 
large  garden,  with 
coffee,  bananas, 
and  other  tropical 
plants  natural  to 
the  country.  The 
amount  spent  in 
the  entire  work 
has  been  about 
$40,000.  The 
building  is  painted 
in  two  colors — imi- 
tation of  stone  and 
salmon-rose. 
North  of  Guate- 
mala is  the  Costa 
Rica  Building  (D 
18),  situated  at  the 
east  end  of  the 
North  Pond.  The 
building,  which  in 
style  would  be 
called  Doric,  is  103 
feet  long  by  60 
feet  wide,  with 
two  stories  and 
clear-story,  mak- 
ing the  full  height 
50  feet.  On  each 
side  is  a  Doric 
ildinS-  portico,   twenty- 

two  feet  wide,  supported  by  four 
large  pilasters.  Three  easy  steps 
bring  one  up  to  the  main  floor,  sup- 
ported by  eighteen  columns,  rising  to 
the  full  height  of  the  clear-story.  The 
cornices,  frieze,  moldings,  caps  and 
bases,  window  casements,  etc.,  are 
made  of  iron.  The  main  walls  are 
cemented,  and  all  is  painted  in  effect- 
ive colors.  The  inside  walls  are 
plastered,  and  the  walls  and  timber- 
work  are  frescoed  in  a  modest  and 


FOREIGN  BUILDINGS. 


179 


becoming  manner.  The  building  is 
lighted  by  twenty  large  double  case- 
ment windows  in  the  first  story  and 
ten  large  skylights  in  the  roof  of  the 
clear-story,  while  on  all  sides  of  the 
latter  the  windows  are  pivoted,  so 
that  when  opened  they  will  afford 
perfect  ventilation.  Ample  toilet- 
rooms  have  been  provided  on  each 
floor.  Over  each  main  entrance  to 
the  building  is  placed  the  national 
shield  of  the  Central  American  repub- 
lic in  bold  relief,  making  a  striking 
addition  to  the  decorative  part  of  the 
work.      The     building     cost     about 


similar  to  those  with  which  the  Norse- 
men of  the  time  of  Lief  Ericsson — 
their  alleged  discoverer  of  America^ 
were  wont  to  embellish  the  prows  of 
their  sea-going  vessels.  In  size  the 
building  is  60x25  feet,  and  is  con- 
structed of  Norway  pine.  It  was 
planned  and  built  in  sections  in  Nor- 
way, then  taken  down  and  sent  here 
and  set  up.  All  of  its  workmen  and 
materials  are  Norwegian. 

Northeast  of  Norway,  an  antique 
Buddhist  temple,  facing  Lake  Mich- 
igan, presents  an  attractive  appear- 
ance. It  is  the  Ceylon  Court  (Ci 8),con- 


Ceylon  Court. 


$20,000.  The  exhibit  of  tropical  birds 
and  plants  displayed  here  is  magnifi- 
cent. 

To  reach  the  building  of  Norway 
(D  18),  which  is  the  next  of  the  foreign 
exhibits  to  be  visited,  it  is  necessary  to 
take  a  course  due  northeast.  From 
Costa  Rica's  building  cross  under  the 
Intramural  tracks,  and  the  next  build- 
ing on  the  right,  going  north,  is  the 
desired  one.  In  style  it  is  built  after 
the  model  of  the  old  "  Stavkirke,"  a 
peculiarly  Norwegian  style  of  archi- 
tecture, which  dates  back  to  the 
twelfth  century.  It  is  an  oddly  built 
cross-gabled  edifice,  the  peaks  of  its 
gables  ornamented  with  decorations 


sistingof  a  central  octagonal  building 
with  two  wings  facing,  respectively, 
north  and  south.  The  length  of  the 
entire  court  is  145  feet;  the  width  of 
the  central  hall,  50  feet.  The  archi- 
tecture partakes  of  the  Dravidian 
style,  as  it  appears  in  the  ruins  of  the 
ancient  temples  throughout  the  island. 
The  beautiful  Singhalese  woods  have 
been  used  in  the  building,  cut  and 
fitted  in  Ceylon,  and  shipped  here  and 
put  together.  A  projecting  basement , 
four  feet  above  the  ground-level, 
sustains  the  entire  court,  which  is 
reached  by  four  highly  carved  stair- 
ways, two  leading  into  the  central 
building    and    one    into  each   wing. 


180  THE    WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXrOSLTLON. 

These    stairways     and    the    general  very  large  group  of  statuary  on  the 

scheme  of  the  court  are  copied  from  north    facade,  and  several  historical 

the  ruined  temples  of  Anuradhapura  paintings  placed   on   the   exterior  of 

and     Polonnaruwa,    the    capitals    of  the  building.     The  general  effect  of 

Ceylon  between   543   B.  C.    and  1235  this   structure  is  quite  pleasing.     In 

A.  D.      The  doorway    is    beautifully  dimensions  it  is  250  x  175   feet,  and 

hand-carved  in  imitation  of  those  of  is  but  one  story  high.     In    addition 

ancient    temples.      So    rich    are   the  to    the  exhibits    already    alluded  to 

decorations  in  this  building,  and  at  are  models  and  plans  of  the  schools, 

the     same    time     so     intricate'    and  prisons,  hospitals,  and  sewerage  sys- 

numerous,    that    space    can    not  be  terns  of  Paris,   and  many  others  of 

spared  for  a  mere  mention  of  them,  great  interest. 

though  they  are  well  worthy  of  a  No  visitor  to  the  World's  Fair 
faithful  description,  and  should  be  should  miss  getting  a  glimpse  of  the 
seen  and  studied  by  all.  Northwest-  Great  Central  Court  and  Basin  from 
wardly  from  the  Ceylon  Building,  and  the  water  approaches, 
adjoining  it,  is  the  French  Govern-  There  are  two  piers  for  landing 
ment  Building  (C  18),  the  last  of  the  passengers  at  Jackson  Park  within 
European  national  structures.  There  the  Fair  grounds.  The  Main  or 
are  two  pavilions,  connected  by  a  Casino  Pier  extends  2,500  feet  into 
semicircular  colonnade,  at  the  center  the  lake  and  is  400  feet  wide.  Its 
of  which  is  a  very  fine  fountain  foundation  piers  are  stone,  and  it  is 
elaborately  decorated  with  bronze  so  constructed  that  there  is  safe  land- 
statuary  brought  over  from  France,  ing  in  any  kind  of  weather.  This  pier 
The  court  of  the  pavilion  faces  the  is  used  by  the  larger  steamers  of  the 
lake,  the  inclosure  thus  made  form-  Henry  syndicate  and  by  excursion- 
ing  a  delightful  retreat.     The  smaller  boats. 

pavilion    is   on   the   south    side,    and  The   other   pier,  at  the  north   end 

contains  the  large  room  for  the  city  of  the  grounds,  is  somewhat  smaller, 

of  Paris,  fitted  up  and  decorated  by  being  800  feet  long  by  60  feet  broad, 

the  best  merchants  of  that  city,  the  where  steamers  of  "light  draught  land 

walls  being  hung  in  the  finest  gobelin  their  passengers. 

tapestry,  and    the    room    containing  At  the  Casino  Pier  there   is  from 

only  works  of  art  and  fine  bric-a-brac,  fifteen  to  eighteen  feet  of  water,  suffi- 

The  pavilion  on   the  north   contains  cient  for  the  new  whaleback  steamer, 

one     very     large    room,    elaborately  built    especially     for    World's     Fair 

decorated  in  staff,    with  ornamental  traffic,  and  with  a  capacity  of  5,000 

ceiling    and    cornices.      The    panels  passengers. 

between  the  pilasters  and  walls  con-  The  World's   Fair   Steam    Launch 

tain  some    of    the    best    pictures    of  Company  takes  passengers  in  and  out 

France.      The  room   of  this  pavilion  of  the  various  water-gates  to  the  Fair 

is  entitled  "  De  La  Fayette,"  and  it  grounds,  giving  them  a  short  ride  on 

contains  all  the  gifts,  mementos,  his-  Lake  Michigan.     This  company  has 

torical  relics,    and  things  of  interest  a  special  concession,  and  its  launches 

regarding  the  dealings  between   La  ply  between  three  principal  landings. 

Fayette  and  this  country.     This  pa-  Starting  from  a  landing  in  the  North 

vilion    includes,    besides    this    room,  Lagoon,  adjacent  to   the  Clam  Bake 

suites  of  offices  for  the    French  Ex-  exhibit,    they    pass    out    into    Lake 

position   officials.     The    sketches  for  Michigan  through  the  North  Channel, 

this  building  were   made   in  France,  round  the  Battle-ship,  and  enter  the 

and  most  of  the  staff  models  were  Grand  Basin  and  land  at  the  south 

made     there    and    sent    here.      The  end  of  the  Manufactures  and  Liberal 

French    architects    are   Motte   &  Du  Arts    Building.      Returning    to    the 

Buysson,    and   R.    A.    Deuelle,    asso-  outer    harbor,    they    continue     their 

ciate   architect.     The  exterior  of  the  trips  to  the  South  Pond,  adjoining  the 

building  is  in  the  style  of  the  French  Agricultural  Annex,  where  is  located 

Renaissance,    entirely    of  staff,   and  the  Live  Stock  exhibit.     They  do  not 

elaborately  decorated,  there  being  a  venture  from  this  prescribed  route, 


FOREIGN  BUILDINGS. 


181 


and  can  not  embark  passengers  from 
any  point  outside  the  grounds. 

The  Electric  Launch  and  Naviga- 
tion Company  has  forty  electric 
launches  plying  on  the  interior  water- 
ways. Their  course  is  three  miles 
long,  and  includes  the  Grand  Basin, 
North  Canal,  East,  North,  and  West 
lagoons,  and  North  Pond.  On  this 
course  are  about  fifteen  landings;  one 
in  front  of  each  of  the  main  buildings. 
The  point  of  starting  is  in  the  Grand 
Basin,  and  the  northerly  extremity 
of  the  route  is  in  the  North  Pond, 
where  there  is  a  landing  200  feet  wide 
in  front  of  the  Fine  Arts  Building. 
These  launches  make  the  round  trip 
in  about  forty  minutes.  Stops  are 
made  at  every  landing.  There  are 
one  or  more  launches  always  in 
front  of  each  landing,  so  that  intend- 
ing passengers  never  have  to  wait. 
Their  capacity  is  about  twenty-four 
passengers. 


Purely  pleasure  travel  on  the  in- 
terior water-ways  is  attended  to  by 
the  Venetian  Gondola  Company, 
which  keeps  twenty  gondolas  and  two 
steam-barges.  The  Italian  craft  are 
all  of  the  fourteenth  century  pattern, 
and  are  gorgeously  upholstered  in 
velvets.  They  were  built  in  Italy, 
and  approved  by  the  United  States 
Consul-General  before  being  shipped. 
Their  capacity  is  about  twelve;  that 
of  the  barges  twenty-five. 

For  Exposition  officials  there  is  a 
special  fleet  of  four  electric  launches. 
The  uniforms  of  all  the  officials  con- 
nected with  water  transportation  at 
the  Fair  are  navy-blue. 

Every  species  of  craft  under  World's 
Fair  control  flies  two  flags — the  Amer- 
ican and  the  Columbian  maritime 
flag.  The  latter  is  of  white  bunting, 
with  an  orange  wreath  of  oak  leaves 
in  the  center,  and  a  blue  anchor  in 
the  center  of   the  wreath. 


CHAPTER    XIV. 


THE    STATE    BUILDINGS. 


LOQUENTas  is  very  attractive.  Mines  and  min- 
have  been  the  erals,  grains  and  grasses,  fossils,  pot- 
praises  of  this,  tery,  clays,  etc.,  have  been  given  due 
the  greatest  of  attention  and  form  a  large  display, 
all  expositions,  showing  the  diversified  interests  and 
the  visitor,  like  resources  of  the  State.  Its  dairy, 
Queen  Sheba  of  sheep,  and  cattle  products  have  not 
old,  must  feel  been  neglected.  Those  who  imagine 
that  ' '  not  the  that  no  fruits  are  grown  in  South 
half  had  been  Dakota  will  be  agreeably  surprised 
told  him,"  when  at  the  pomological  exhibit.  The 
he  sees  the  educational  department  is  very  fine, 
thirty  handsome  Curious  fossils  from  the  bed  of  Chey- 
structures  enne  River,  immense  blocks  of  fine 
erected  by  the  coal  from  her  coal-fields,  and  photo- 
States  and  Ter-  graphic  views  of  her  varied  scenery, 
ritories  and  artesian  wells,  etc.,  make  up  a  grand 
District  of  Co-  display  for  this  young  State, 
lumbia,  which  constitute  the  greatest  The  Washington  State  Building 
and  grandest  English-speaking  nation  (C  15)  is  found  lying  just  south,  and  is 
on  the  earth.  the  next  State  structure.  This  is  a 
How  to  See  the  State  Buildings.—  very  unique  edifice,  built  largely 
These  structures  are  grouped  in  the  of  lumber  and  materials  brought 
extreme  northern  portion  of  Jackson  from  the  State,  and  it  shows  in 
Park.  Let  the  visitor  take  the  Illinois  a  marked  degree  the  immense  tim- 
Central  Railroad  from  the  city  and  ber  resources  of  that  far-off  section, 
alight  at  its  South  Park  Station,  The  largest  logs  used  in  the  foun- 
where  he  will  find  the  Fifty-seventh  dation  are  52  inches  in  diameter 
Street  entrance  to  the  grounds.  and  120  feet  long,  perfectly  clear, 
The  Esquimau  Village  (A  14)  is  sound  timbers.  Much  larger  could 
upon  his  left.  For  a  fee  of  25  cents  have  been  obtained,  but  the  rail- 
one  can  see  the  natives,  their  wolfish-  roads  were  unable  to  transport  them, 
looking  dogs,  their  sledges,  spears,  The  dimensions  of  this  building  are 
stoves,  canoes,  lamps,  etc.  There  are  140  x  220  feet.  The  exterior  is  cov- 
men,  women,  and  children  in  the  vil-  ered  with  Puget  Sound  lumber, 
lage,  and  their  modes  of  life  and  the  and  it  is  roofed  with  the  famous 
sanitary  conditions  (or  rather  the  want  ' '  Washington  cedar  "  shingles.  The 
of  them)  peculiar  to  them  and  their  2,000,000  feet  of  lumber  used  were 
crowded  quarters  do  not  ' '  lade  the  donated  and  placed  in  Chicago  by 
pulsing  air  with  sweetest  perfumes."  the  Lumbermen's  Association  of  the 

South  Dakota's  Building  (C  15)  is  State, 
next,  and  first  of  the  State  structures.       The  Colorado   Building   (D   14)  is 

This  building  is  60  feet  wide  by  100  next.     This  building  is  125  feet  long 

feet  long,  and  two  stories  high,  each  by  45  feet  deep,  and  26  feet  from  the 

story  being  fourteen  feet.     The  exte-  ground  to  the  main  cornice,  with  two 

rior  is  coated  with  Yankton  cement  slender    towers  80  feet    high.      The 

finished  in  imitation  of  cut-stone,  and  tone  is  an  ivory-white,  with  a  faint 


STATE  BUILDINGS. 


183 


color  suggestion,  and  the  architectural 
style  that  of  the  Spanish  Renaissance. 
The  entrance  is  40  feet  wide  and  28 
feet  deep,  and  on  either  side  are  the 
main  stairways  by  which  the  second 
floor  is  reached.  Smoking,  reading, 
toilet,  assembly,  and  ladies'  rooms 
are  provided,  and  the  front  balcony, 
8  x  24  feet,  extends  the  entire  length 
of  the  building.  Each  tower  is 
ascended  by  a  spiral  staircase  by 
which  the  lanterns  are  reached,  and 
a  beautiful  view  obtained.  A  rear 
balcony  overlooks  one  of  the  lagoons, 


common  in  that  State.  The  length  is 
435  feet,  the  width  144  feet,  from  the 
ground  to  the  eaves  50  feet,  and 
to  the  roof-center  65  feet.  To  the 
top  of  the  dome  is  113  feet.  The 
walls  are  a  close  imitation  of  the 
adobe,  or  sun-dried  brick,  used  in  the 
original  structures.  The  roof  is  cov- 
ered with  tiles  similar  to  those  cover- 
ing the  Jesuit  missions.  The  principal 
features  of  the  building  are  copied 
from  the  beautiful  old  mission  at 
Santa  Barbara;  the  other  facades  recall 
those  of  San  Luis  Rey  and  San  Luis 


'South   Dakota  State   Building. 


while  an  open  court  is  surrounded 
with  another  balustraded  veranda. 
The  two  reading-rooms  and  the  as- 
sembly-room can  be  thrown  together, 
making  one  room  ninety-two  feet 
long.  The  two  hanging  balconies  at 
the  end  of  the  building  form  an  attract- 
ive feature.  The  fittings  in  onyx  and 
Tennessee  marble  are  especially 
beautiful,  and  the  ornamental  front 
and  the  red  Spanish-tiled  roofs  give  a 
picturesque  and  pleasing  effect  to  this 
building. 

The  California  Building  (D  15)  is 
next  in  order,  and  it  is  a  reproduction 
of  the  typical  mission  that  was  once 


Obispo.  The  whole  mass  is  relieved 
by  a  large  central  dome,  around  which 
is  an  open  roof-garden  filled  with 
semi-tropical  plants.  The  building  is 
further  embellished  by  the  rich  molded 
windows  over  the  arched  entrances, 
and  made  musical  by  the  old  mission- 
bells  in  its  towers.  The  departments 
for  exhibits  are  arranged  along  the 
sides  of  the  building  on  the  ground- 
floor;  the  offices  are  grouped  in  the 
second  story.  The  exhibits  consist 
of  minerals,  petrified  woods,  native 
wines  and  other  viticultural  displays, 
brandies,  State  industries,  etc. 
The  Illinois  Building  (E  16)  is  in  the 


184 


THE   WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


form  of  a  Greek  cross,  one  axis  of  which 
is  450  feet  long  by  160  feet  wide;  the 
other  285  feet  long  and  98  feet  wide. 
At  the  intersection  of  the  arms  of  the 
cross  rises  a  dome  with  an  internal 
diameter  of  75  feet  and  an  inside 
height  of  152  feet.  Two  galleries 
circle  the  interior  of  the  dome,  one  15 
feet  the  other  96  feet  6  inches  above 
the  floor.  Over  the  entablature  rises 
the  drum,  covered  with  galvanized 
iron.     A    round   lantern,  12    feet  in 


ern  end  is  a  fire-proof  room  called 
the  Memorial  Hall,  which  contains 
historical  objects  usually  kept  in  the 
State  capitol  at  Springfield. 

The  building  of  the  State  of  Indiana 
(D  is).  This  structure  is  Gothic  in 
design,  with  cathedral  windows,  tur- 
rets, and  towers.  At  either  end  a 
tall  spire  rises  above  the  roof  to  a 
height  of  150  feet  from  the  ground. 
The  ground  dimensions,  including 
the  wide  veranda  which  extends  en- 


Colorado  State   Building. 


diameter  and  35  feet  high,  ojowns  the 
whole,  its  height  above  the  ground 
being  234  feet.  At  the  east  a/id  west 
ends  are  large  entrances.  Within  the 
building  are  rooms  for  the  governor 
of  the  State  and  his  suite ;  others  for 
the  members  of  the  State  board;  a 
great  exhibition-hall,  ante-rooms,  and 
rooms  for  the  accommodation  of  the 
woman's  board.  There  are  rooms  at 
the  east  end  for  school-exhibition  pur- 
poses, one  being  devoted  to  the  use  of 
a  model  kindergarten.     In  the  north- 


tirely  around  the  building,  are  53 
x  152  feet.  The  building  is  three 
stories  high.  The  first  story  is  In- 
diana graystone,  the  second  and 
third  are  wood  covered  with  staff. 
The  doors  and  interior  finish  are  in 
oak,  carved  and  polished;  the  floors 
are  laid  in  mosaic.  On  the  first  and 
second  floors  a  wide  hall  extends  from 
tower  to  tower,  separating  the  offices, 
parlors,  toilet  and  reception  rooms 
from  the  large  assembly-hall  and  the 
hall  of  exhibits. 


STATE  BUILDINGS. 


185 


a  State   Building. 


On  the   ground-floor  are    separate  two  toilet-rooms,  and  the  offices  of  the 

parlors    for  women  and    men,    with  president  and  secretary  of  the  State 

toilet  and  check  rooms   attached  to  board.     There  are  fine  displays  of  his- 

each.     On    the    second    floor    are    a  torical  portraits;  archaeological,  min- 

reading  and  writing  room,  a  woman's  ing,  manufacturing,  agricultural,  and 

room  and  private  office,  amen's  room,  educational  exhibits.     On  the  front  of 


w 


Illinois  State   Building, 


186 


THE   WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


the  building  is  a  statue  of  heroic 
proportions,  the  work  of  an  Indiana 
sculptress,  Miss  Jeannette  Scudder.  It 
represencs  the  typical  Indiana  beauty, 
and  is  called  the  ' '  Maid  of  the 
Wabash." 

The  Wisconsin  Building  (D  15) 
is  50  feet  deep  and  has  a  frontage 
of  90  feet,  exclusive  of  the  porches, 
of  which  there  are  four — two  run- 
ning the  entire  length  of  the  build- 
ing on  the  east  and  west  fronts,  and 
one  each  in  the  centers  of  the  north 
and  south  elevations.  For  three  feet 
above  grade  the  walls  are  of  Lake 
Superior  brownstone,  and  the  first 
story  of  Menominee  red  pressed  brick. 
The  rest  of  the  exterior  finish  is  chiefly 
in  dimension  shingles.  The  front 
and  rear  porches  are  supported  by 
massive  brownstone  pillars — one  at 
each  corner  and  one  at  each  side  of 
the  main  entrance.  There  are  also 
polished  granite  columns  in  these 
porches.  In  the  angles  of  the  gables 
is  seen  the  coat-of-arms  of  the  State, 
modeled  by  Miss  Eunice  Winter- 
botham  of  Eau  Claire.  The  building 
is  modern  in  architectural  style,  and 
is  that  generally  used  in  club-houses 
and  large  private  residences.  The 
first  floor  contains  the  lobby,  or  recep- 
tion-room, the  ladies'  reception-room, 
the  intelligence  office,  post  office,  and 
men's  lavatories,  all  finished  in  Wis- 
consin woods.  About  three-fourths 
of  the  way  up  the  grand  staircase  is 
a  Venetian  stained-glass  window,  rep- 
resenting Superior  City.  The  lobby 
is  floored  with  colored  tiles.  The 
second  floor  has  three  large  rooms, 
one  occupied  by  an  art  exhibit  and 
two  by  the  State  Historical  Society. 
There  are  also  smaller  rooms,  as  the 
men's  reading-rooms  and  board  of  di- 
rectors' office.  The  third  floor  is  occu- 
pied entirely  by  sleeping-rooms.  The 
building  has  several  fountains  and  is 
lighted  by  electricity. 

Ohio's  Building  (D  15),  which  is 
next  reached,  is  not  intended  for  ex- 
hibits of  any  kind,  but  rather  as  a 
social  headquarters  for  people  of  that 
State  visiting  the  Fair.  The  archi- 
tecture is  of  the  style  of  the  Italian 
Renaissance.  The  dimensions  are 
100  x  80  feet, exclusive  of  bay-windows, 
porticoes,  and  terraces,  and  its  two 


stories  are  about  thirty-five  feet  high. 
The  semicircular  portico  has  eight 
Ionic  columns  the  full  height  of  the 
building,  surmounted  by  an  open 
balustrade  and  roofed  with  red  tile. 
The  entrance  vestibule  leads  to  the 
reception-hall,  23x48  feet,  the  vaulted 


Ground  Plan  Illinois  State 
Building. 

roof  of  the  building  forming  its  ceiling. 
Around  it  run  galleries  level  with  the 
second  floor.  Opposite  the  entrance  is 
a  spacious  alcove  with  an  open  fire- 
place, above  which  is  a  stained-glass 
window  bearing  the  State's  coat-of- 
arms.      The  frieze  of  this  hall  is  a 


STATE  BUILDINGS. 


187 


decoration  of  buckeyes,  the  State  em- 
blem. From  the  central  hall  open  the 
rooms  of  the  commissioner,  bureau  of 
information,  ladies'  and  gentlemen's 
parlors,  writing-room,  etc.,  with  a 
smoking-room  in  the  rear  wing.  The 
assembly-room,  30  x  42  v£  feet,  is  ap- 
proached by  way  of  the  main  stair- 
case. The  stained  glass  in  the  upper 
portions  of  the  windows  in  the  various 
rooms  shows  the  names  of  the  sixteen 


veranda  across  the  entire  front,  from 
the  center  of  which  rises  a  tall  tower, 
balconied,  and  pierced  with  windows, 
and  131  feet  high .  The  main  entrance 
opens  into  a  tiled  reception-hall,  sixty- 
two  feet  wide  and  extending  the  entire 
depth  of  the  building.  Near  the  front, 
opening  out  of  this  hall,  are  the  sec- 
retary's office,  post  office,  check-rooms, 
and  barber-shops.  On  either  side  of 
the  halls  are  reception,  reading,  and 


Indiana  State    Building. 


chief  cities  of  the  State.  James  W.  H. 
McLaughlin,  architect  of  this  building, 
was  born  in  Cincinnati  in  1834,  and 
commenced  the  practice  of  his  profes- 
sion in  1855;  and  from  that  time  to 
the  present,  with  the  exception  of  one 
year  (from  1861  to  1862),  he  has  been 
actively  engaged  in  its  pursuit. 

The  Michigan  Building  (D  15)  is 
next.  This  is  quite  an  imposing 
structure,  104  x  144  feet  in  ground  area 
and  three  stories  high.     There  is  a 


toilet  rooms  for  men  and  women. 
Wood  fire-places  with  high  oak  man- 
tels adorn  each  room.  On  the  second 
floor  is  the  assembly-room,  32  x  60 
feet,  in  which  is  a  fine  pipe-organ ;  also 
an  exhibit-room,  31  x  100.  Here  are 
shown  specimens  of  the  flora  and  fauna 
of  this  State.  On  the  third  floor  are 
twelve  sleeping-rooms,  for  members 
of  the  commission  and  other  State 
officers.  On  the  second  floor  is  the 
press  exhibit,  showing  sample  front 


188 


THE    WORLD'S   COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


€fk, 


■-■■  .--"■.  -:  ■     ■••-:-- 


Wisconsin   State  Building. 

pages  of  every  paper  and  magazine  The  salt  display  is  especially  interest- 
published  in  the  State.  The  porno-  ing,  as  are  also  those  of  woman's 
logical  display  presents  500  models  of  work,  educational,  grains  and  grasses, 
the  various  fruits  grown  in  Michigan,  etc.   Probably  the  most  unique  exhibit 


^W^Ci.^p^^^^s-'- 


Ohio  State  Building. 


STATE  BUILDINGS. 


189 


is  the  poem  entitled  ' '  The  Red  Man's 
Rebuke,"  composed  by  the  last  chief 
of  the  Pottawatomies,  and  printed  on 
birch  bark.  The  exterior  of  the  build- 
ing is  of  Michigan  pine  and  shingles, 
the  latter  stained  soft  red.  The  gen- 
eral color  tone  is  light-gray. 

Minnesota's  Building  (B  15)  has  an 
area  of  80x90  feet,  and  its  height  to 
the  main  cornice  is  41  feet.    The  frame 


of  the  State.  Here  are  also  specimens 
of  her  grain,  minerals,  and  other 
products.  In  the  center  of  the  hall  is 
a  drinking-f ountain  of  Mankato  stone; 
on  the  left  is  a  relief  map,  23  x  25  feet, 
of  Duluth  and  its  harbor,  and  in  the 
rear  the  superintendent's  room,  check- 
rooms, post  office,  and  information 
bureau.  In  the  mezzanine  story  are 
sleeping-rooms  for  the    officials    and 


Michigan  State   Building, 


is  of  wood  covered  with  staff;  the  style 
of  architecture  being  that  of  the 
Italian  Renaissance.  The  roof  is 
covered  with  metallic  Spanish  tiles. 
On  the  front  portico  stand  statues  of 
Hiawatha  and  Minnehaha  executed 
by  Jacob  Fjielde  and  contributed  by 
the  school  children  of  Minnesota,  aided 
by  the  Woman's  Auxiliary  Board. 

The  first  floor  is  devoted  chiefly  to 
an  exhibition -hall,  where  is  shown  a 
fine  collection  of  the  birds  and  beasts 


employes.  One  side  of  the  second 
story  contains  the  Woman's  Auxiliary 
Board  room,  with  reception,  reading, 
and  toilet  rooms.  In  the  rear  are  two 
guest-chambers.  On  the  west  side  is 
the  State  Board  room,  with  the  recep- 
tion, reading,  and  toilet  rooms.  The 
interior  is  decorated  in  plain  tints, 
with  elaborate  friezes  selected  from 
designs  by  women  artists  of  the  State. 
William  Channing  Whitney  was  the 
architect  of  this  building. 


190 


THE  WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


Minnesota  State  Building 


The   Nebraska  State    Building  (B  covered  with  staff,  made  to  represent 

15)  is  of   the  colonial  style  of    archi-  stone.     On  each  side  of  the  building 

tecture.      Its  exact   size    is    60  x  100  is  a  large  portico,  with  eight  massive 

feet.     The  outside  of  the  building  is  columns,   running  the   full   height  of 


Nebraska  State  Building. 


STATE  BUILDINGS. 


191 


both  floors,  supporting  the  gables  over 
the  porticoes.  Six  rooms  open  onto 
these  porticoes,  giving  space  for  ex- 
hibits. On  the  first  floor  are  found  a 
large  exhibit-hall,  reception,  check, 
waiting,  commission,  and  men's  toilet 
rooms.  Reaching  the  second  floor 
from  this  floor,  by  a  large  staircase 
ten  feet  wide,  a  large  exhibit-room  is 
entered.  The  janitor's  and  reading 
rooms  are  located  on  this  floor,  as  are 
also  waiting,  reception,  and  toilet 
rooms  for  ladies.  The  building  is 
amply  equipped  with  stand-pipes  and 


the  steps   leading   up  to   which    are 
granite. 

From  this  a  triple  arcade  leads  into 
the  rotunda,  30  x  30  feet,  extending 
the  entire  height  of  the  building,  rising 
to  a  square  dome  thirty  feet  in  diam- 
eter. The  unique  feature  of  the  build- 
ing is  the  fountain  in  the  center  of  the 
rotunda,  donated  by  the  Ladies'  Co- 
lumbian Club  of  Hot  Springs.  From 
the  center  of  the  basin,  which  is  ten 
feet  in  diameter,  rises  a  granite  base 
bearing  the  figure  of  a  boy  holding 
over  his  head  a  passion-flower,  the 


North  Dakota  Stale  Building. 


other  apparatus  for  extinguishing  fire, 
and  has  every  convenience  for  the  com- 
fort of  visitors.  Henry  Voss  of  Omaha 
is  the  architect,  and  for  the  money  ex- 
pended ($15,000)  he  has  produced  a 
very  creditable  building. 

Arkansas'  State  Building  (B  15)  in 
architecture  resembles  the  French 
rococo  style,  selected  as  appropriate 
because  Arkansas  was  first  settled  by 
the  French.  Staff  constitutes  the 
chief  material  of  construction.  The 
building  proper  is  92  feet  deep  by  66 
feet  wide.  The  main  entrance  is 
through  the  ornate  elliptical  veranda, 


floral  emblem  of  the  State.  Around 
the  base  is  grouped  a  fine  collection 
of  Hot  Springs  crystals,  while  crushed 
crystals  cover  the  petals  of  the  flower. 
Aquatic  plants  are  placed  at  the  cor- 
ners of  the  basin.  When  illuminated 
by  electric  lights  it  is  exceedingly 
unique  and  attractive.  This  feature 
was  designed  by  Mrs.  P.  H.  Ellsworth 
of  Hot  Springs.  The  three  rooms, 
15x15  feet  each,  on  either  side  of  the 
rotunda  are  used  as  ladies'  reception 
and  exhibit  rooms;  the  large  one  in  the 
rear,  25  x  65  feet,  extends  the  width  of 
the  building,  and  is  devoted  to  gen- 


192 


THE  WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


eral  exhibits.  It  is  extended  through 
triple  arches,  opposite  which  is  a 
beautiful  mantel  (twelve  feet  long) 
made  of  Arkansas  white  onyx.  In 
the  second  story  a  broad  gallery  en- 
circles the  hall,  affording  entrance  to 
six  rooms,  15  x  15  feet  each,  corre- 
sponding to  similar  rooms  on  the  first 
floor.  The  two  large  rooms  over  the 
exhibit-rooms  are  used  as  parlors  for 
ladies  and  gentlemen.  Almost  the 
entire  first  floor  is  laid  in  clear  rift 
Arkansas  pine,  donated  by  the  various 
lumber  companies  of  the  State.  Mrs. 
Frank  Middleton  Douglas,  nee  Miss 


in  the  temperate  zone — whether  from 
field  or  forest,  farm,  garden,  or 
orchard.  A  feature  of  this  room  is  a 
large  fire-place  facing  its  main  en- 
trance, flanked  on  either  side  by  stair- 
ways, which  meet  at  a  landing  and, 
merging  into  one,  give  access  to  the 
second  floor,  where  are  found  recep- 
tion, press,  and  committee  rooms,  and 
toilet  accommodations.  The  deco- 
rations of  the  building,  both  interior 
and  exterior,  are  conventionalized 
representations  of  the  natural  and 
agricultural  products  of  the  State 
of     North     Dakota.       Wheat,     corn, 


Kansas  State   Building. 


Jean    Loughborough,    the    architect, 
was  born  in  St.  Louis,  Mo. 

The  North  Dakota  State  Building 
(B  15)  is  in  the  style  of  architecture 
known  as  the  ' '  colonial. "  In  the  North 
Dakota  edifice  the  solid  structure  of 
the  front  elevation  is  essentially 
classic,  with  large  exterior  colonnades, 
or  porches,  carried  up  to  cover  two 
stories.  The  ground-floor  colonnade 
forms  the  porch  and  the  second  story 
a  "gallery"  (as  it  is  called  in  the 
South).  The  whole  first  floor  is 
thrown  into  one  room,  60x90  feet, 
affording  ample  room  for  display  of 
the  State  exhibit,  which  includes 
nearly  every  product  of  the  soil  found 


grasses  of  many  kinds,  etc., 
are  shown  in  bas-relief  on  bands, 
panels,  and  angles;  and  pedestals  are 
occupied  by  allegorical  figures  and 
groups  appropriate  to  the  time  and 
place.  The  extreme  dimensions  of 
the  building  are  40  x  70  feet  and  its 
height  is  30  feet.    It  cost  $11,000. 

The  Kansas  State  Building  (A  15) 
is  cruciform  in  plan,  measures  135  feet 
from  north  to  south  and  140  feet  from 
east  to  west.  The  rear  of  the  build- 
ing was  especially  designed  for  the 
valuable  natural  history  collection  of 
the  State  University,  which  is  one  of 
the  most  notable  exhibits  of  the  Fair. 
The  bas-reliefs  in  front  of  the  tower 


STATE  BUILDINGS. 


193 


represent  the  State  as  she  was  when 
admitted  into  the  Union  in  1861,  and 
again  under  her  present  prosperous 
aspect,  crowned  with  the  wealth  of 
her  endless  resources.  Seymour 
Davis,  the  architect,  was  born  in 
Philadelphia,  Pa.,  in  1863,  and  moved 
to  Topeka,  Kan., in  1883,  andhasbeen 
actively  engaged  in  his  profession 
since  1886. 

Just  north  of  the  Kansas  State  Build- 
ing is  a  department  of  the  Public 
Comfort  (A  15).     There  is  a  park  gate 


finished  in  the  natural  woods  of 
Texas.  The  administration  wing  con- 
tains a  register  and  rooms  for  a  bureau 
of  information,  messengers,  tele- 
phone, telegraph,  secretary,  president, 
directors,  Texas  Press  Association 
headquarters,  lady  secretary,  presi- 
dent, and  executive  committee,  lobby, 
historical  museum,  and  library;  also 
toilet-rooms,  rooms  for  county  collect- 
ive exhioits,  etc.  The  main  entrances 
are  through  vestibules,  flanked  on 
either  side  by  niches  and  colonnades. 


Texa9  State  Building 


here  where  but  one  class  of  visitors 
will  be  allowed  to  enter — the  bicyclers. 
The  Texas  State  Building  (A  15), 
which  is  next,  was  provided  entirely 
by  the  women  of  that  State.  Plans 
were  prepared  by  J.  Riley  Gordon 
of  San  Antonio  for  a  structure  of 
considerable  architectural  grace  and 
beauty.  The  building  contains  as- 
sembly-rooms, 56  feet  square  and  20 
feet  high,  provided  with  a  large  art- 
glass  skylight  in  the  ceiling,  with 
a  mosaic  Texas  star  in  its  center. 
The  rostrum,  ante-rooms,  etc.,  are 
13 


The  main  vestibule  terminates  in  a 
large  auditorium,  from  which  entrance 
is  afforded  to  the  various  working 
departments  above  mentioned.  The 
building  cost  $40,000,  the  contract 
having  been  awarded  to  Messrs.  W. 
Harley  &  Son  of  Chicago.  J.  Riley 
Gordon,  the  architect  of  this  building, 
was  born  at  Winchester,  Va.,  in  1863. 
In  1873  his  family  moved  to  San 
Antonio,  Tex.,  and  in  1881  Mr.  Gordon 
began  the  study  of  architecture  under 
W.  K.  Dodson  of  Tennessee,  and  has 
a  large  patronage  in  Texas. 


194 


THE    WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


In  the  Kentucky  State  Building 
(B  16),  the  architect's  idea  is  to 
typify  the  Southern  colonial  style 
as  distinguished  from  that  of  New 
England;  the  most  striking  feature 
of  the  former  being  the  great  pil- 
lared porch  in  front.  Another  ob- 
ject is  to  suggest  the  better  class 
of  the  old  Kentucky  homestead,  and 
at  the  same  time  to  give  enough  va- 
riety to  meet  the  demands  of  the  oc- 
casion and  furnish  an  attractive  club- 
house where  Southern  hospitality  can 
be  dispensed.  The  exterior  of  the 
building  is  covered  with  staff  colored 
a  rich  cream,  trimmed  with  pure  white 
for  all  columns,  cornices,  etc.  The 
size    of    the    building,    exclusive    of 


ground."  On  the  left  side  of  the  hall, 
in  a  recess,  is  the  great  fire-place, 
where  huge  "back-logs"  will  be 
burned  to  combat  the  chill  blasts  of  the 
"Windy  City."  The  ladies'  parlors 
are  on  the  left  side  of  the  building, 
off  the  reception-hall,  and  adjoin  the 
check-room  and  post  office.  Opposite 
are  the  gentlemen's  parlors,  smoking 
and  toilet  rooms,  with  side  entrance. 
The  dining-room,  20  x  40  feet,  well 
lighted,  and  recessed  for  a  fire-place 
opposite  the  entrance,  communicates 
with  the  kitchen,  store-room,  etc. 
Three  large  exhibition-rooms  extend 
across  the  entire  front  of  the  building 
and  open  out  onto  the  wide  gallery. 
The  commissioner's  room,  a  private 


Florida  State   Building. 


porches,  is  75  x  95  feet,  with  the  main 
entrance  in  the  center  of  the  principal 
facade,  under  the  cover  of  the  porch. 
This  entrance  leads  into  the  large 
central  hall,  from  which  open  offices, 
parcel-rooms,  post  offices,  etc.,  and 
under  a  wide  platform  just  opposite 
the  front  door,  at  the  other  end  of  the 
hall,  is  the  entrance  to  the  dining- 
room.  This  platform  is  midway 
between  the  two  stories,  and  as  the 
greater  part  of  the  hall  extends  up- 
ward to  the  roof,  with  galleries  around 
the  second  story,  it  is  an  excellent 
"  coign  of  vantage  "  for  the  orators  (of 
which  this  State  produces  such  an 
abundance)  to  glorify  the  past,  present, 
and  future  of  the  '  *  dark  and  bloody 


hall,  the  lady  commissioner's  room, 
sleeping-rooms,  and  bath-rooms  are 
also  on  the  second  floor.  When  de- 
sired, the  exhibition-rooms  can  be 
thrown  into  one.  The  woodwork 
throughout  is  finished  in  white  en- 
amel. Mason  Maury  and  W.  J.  Dodd 
of  the  firm  of  Maury  &  Dodd,  Louis- 
ville, Ky.,  were  the  architects  of  this 
building.  The  former  is  a  native  of 
Louisville;  the  latter  was  born  in 
Chicago.  This  firm  is  a  noted  one, 
and  has  a  large  clientele  in  the  "  Blue 
Grass  "  State. 

The  Florida  State  Building  (B  15) 
is  a  fine  reproduction  of  old  Fort 
Marion,  St.  Augustine's  remarkable 
Spanish  fortress,  which  will  serve  as  the 


STATE  BUILDINGS. 


195 


Florida  headquarters  during  the  Expo- 
sition. This  structure  probably  out- 
ranks any  other  building  at  the  Fair 
in  the  antiquity  of  its  historic  interest. 
The  old  fort  has  figured  in  the  stirring 
events  of  three  centuries.  It  was 
called  by  the  Spaniards  San  Juan 
de  Pinos,  San  Augustin,  San  Marco, 
and  by  the  English  St.  Mark,  the 
name  of  Fort  Marion  being  given  by 
the  United  States  Government  in 
honor  of  Gen.  Francis  Marion  of  Rev- 
olutionary fame,  in  1825,  when  the 
peninsula  came  into  the  Union.  The 
fortress  is  built  after  the  style  of  the 
Middle  Ages.    The  foundations  of  the 


composite  order  of  architecture,  has  a 
long  facade,  pierced  with  deeply  re- 
cessed arches;  is  two  stories  high,  the 
upper  lighted  by  square  windows. 
At  the  west  end  is  a  low  square  tower, 
with  a  steep  roof  running  to  a  point, 
terminating  in  a  flagstaff.  At  the  east 
end  is  a  taller  tower,  also  square,  sur- 
mounted with  a  lantern,  which  has  a 
towering  flagpole  on  its  summit.  At 
each  corner  of  this  tower  is  also  a 
shorter  pole,  from  which  flags  are  float- 
ing. A  beautiful  view  is  obtained 
from  the  upper  story  of  this  tower. 
The  interior  of  the  building  is  di- 
vided into  large  halls  for  displays  of 


Missouri   State   Building. 


fort,  as  it  now  stands,  were  laid  in 
1620.  After  more  than  a  century  of 
toil,  the  great  bastions  were  finally 
completed,  under  the  name  of  Fort 
San  Marco,  in  1765.  It  then  required 
an  armament  of  100  guns  and  a  gar- 
rison of  1,000  men.  The  reproduc- 
tion is  faithful;  bridge  and  moat, 
watch-tower,  sentry-box,  and  para- 
pet, curtain  and  bastion  are  exactly 
as  in  the  original.  In  the  interior  in 
addition  to  the  court  is  a  hall  and 
several  rooms  for  the  convenience  of 
guests  and  others. 

The  Missouri  State  Building  (B  16), 
which  is  a  massive  structure  of  the 


women's  work,  curios,  and  historical 
relics,  and  there  are  also  numerous 
reception-halls,  toilet  and  check 
rooms,  parlors  for  men  and  women, 
reading  and  writing  rooms,  etc.  The 
building,  as  far  as  practicable,  was 
built  of  Missouri  materials,  by  Mis- 
souri mechanics,  and  its  rugs,  car- 
pets, curtains,  and  other  furnishings 
are  largely  the  product  of  the  labor 
of  the  women  of  this  State  —  the 
wool  clipped  from  the  native  sheep 
having  been  carded,  spun,  and  woven 
by  them.  Although  the  products  of 
this  member  of  the  Sisterhood  of 
States  are  distributed  chiefly  in  their 


198 


THE   WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


appropriate  national  buildings,  the 
exhibit  here  is  of  great  interest. 
Specimens  of  the  fruits  of  the  Olden 
Farm,  in  Howell  County,  the  largest 
orchard  in  the  world,  show  what  this 
favored  section  can  do  in  that  direc- 
tion. Grains,  grasses,  and  the  fine 
cabinets  of  woods  and  economic  min- 
erals displayed  rank  this  exhibit 
among  the  best. 

The    Louisiana     Building     (B    15) 
contains  eight  rooms-  one  devoted  to 


els  designed  and  executed  by  women 
of  the  State  form  a  feature  of  the  ex- 
hibit that  is  quite  charming.  The 
rice  industry,  from  the  planting  of  the 
grain  on  through  its  growth  to  harvest- 
ing, and  final  use,  is  shown,  as  is  also 
the  operations  of  the  sugar  industry. 
Other  agricultural  products  are  not 
neglected,  and  the  display  of  woods  is 
very  fine.  Last  but  not  least  is  the 
Creole  kitchen,  where  those  who  have 
never  eaten  a  real  Creole  meal  now 


Pennsylvania  State  Build 


the  Acadian  exhibits  from  the  quaint 
old  French  colony  in  the  lovely  Bayou 
Teche  country.  Another  room  is  de- 
voted to  the  relics  of  the  French  and 
Spanish  days  of  Louisiana;  and  a 
third  contains  the  richly  carved  an- 
tique furniture  of  Governor  Galvez, 
which  is  usually  kept  in  the  museum 
of  the  capitol  at  Baton  Rouge.  A 
Creole  concert  company  and  a  com- 
prehensive exhibit  of  the  schools  for 
negro  children  are  worthy  of  a 
visit.     Eleven  beautifully  carved  pan- 


have  an  opportunity  to  obtain  one, 
cooked  and  served  in  ante-bellum 
style  by  snowy  turbaned  and  aproned 
colored  cooks  and  waiters,  superin- 
tended by  young  ladies  of  Caucasian 
blood,  representing  the  beauty  and 
hospitality  of  that  grand  common- 
wealth. 

Pennsylvania's  Building  (B  16)  is 
colonial,  reproducing  the  historic 
clock-tower  of  Independence  Hall,  in 
Philadelphia.  The  first  and  second 
stories  are   of    Philadelphia    pressed 


STATE  BUILDINGS. 


197 


brick,  the  floors  of  native  marble  and 
woods,  and  the  walls  ornamented  with 
wainscot  panelings  from  Pennsyl- 
vania forests.  The  front  entrance 
opens  into  a  central  rotunda  30 
feet  in  diameter  and  40  feet  high. 
To  the  right  and  left  are  general 
reception,  toilet,  and  dressing  rooms. 
In  the  rear,  the  exhibition-room  ex- 
tends the  entire  width  of  the  build- 
ing, its  walls  ornamented  with 
portraits  of  distinguished  Penn- 
sylvanians.  Many  rare  documents 
and  relics  of  historical  interest  are 
displayed,  the  grandest  of  which  is 
the    old  Liberty    Bell,  whose    tocsin 


ures  of  William  Penn  and  Benjamin 
Franklin,  heroic  in  size,  about  twelve 
feet  high,  and  the  allegorical  groups 
at  the  right  and  left  angles  of  the 
building.  These  last  are  indicative  of 
mines  and  mining  on  the  one  hand, 
and  of  science,  manufactures,  and 
agriculture  on  the  other;  with  the 
central  figure,  in  either  case,  of  their 
sheltering  and  guiding  spirits. 

The  designer  of  the  building  was 
Mr.  Thomas  P.  Lonsdale,  a  noted 
Philadelphia  architect. 

The  Joint  Territorial  Building  (B 
16),  which  next  follows,  was  designed 
by  Seymour  Davis  of  Topeka,  Kan. 


West  Virginia 

proclaimed  to  all  the  world  the  birth 
of  the  republic.  Broad  staircases 
lead  to  the  second  story,  where  the 
waiting-room  and  offices  of  the  execu- 
tive commissioner  are  located;  also  a 
room  for  the  use  of  press  correspond- 
ents, and  another  containing  Penn- 
sylvania newspaper-files.  The  doors 
and  windows  of  the  second  floor  open 
upon  broad  verandas,  and  outside 
staircases  lead  to  the  roof-garden. 
Historical  maps,  books,  portraits  of 
governors  and  other  prominent  citi- 
zens, and  relics  are  exhibited.  Sur- 
mounting the  main  facade  of  the 
building  are  several  pieces  of  statuary, 
the    Pennsylvania    coat-of-arms,   fig- 


State   Building. 

Though  these  Territories  are  yet  in 
their  infancy,  their  exhibits  are  ex- 
ceedingly fine.  Oklahoma,  with  her 
grains,  grasses,  fruits,  and  cattle  prod- 
ucts; Arizona,  with  her  minerals,  her 
sub-tropical  fruits,  her  cacti  and  other 
flowers,  and  the  handiwork  of  her 
Indians — such  as  Navajo  blankets, 
Moqui  water-baskets,  and  Apache 
whips  and  braided  work;  and  New 
Mexico,  with  her  display  of  gold,  sil- 
ver, and  mining  appliances,  her  glo- 
rious fruits  and  wines,  her  artistic 
gold  and  silver  filigree- work,  done  by 
Indian  and  Mexican  artists,  are  certain 
to  attract  attention.  Characteristic 
views  of  the  dwellings,  the  scenery, 


198 


THE   WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


and  the  people  of  these  Territories  are 
shown. 

The  West  Virginia  Building  (B  16) 
in  its  style  is  strictly  colonial.  It  is  a 
wide-spreading  house,  with  great  hos- 
pitable piazzas.  The  broad  veranda 
makes  almost  a  complete  circuit  of  the 
mansion,  and  on  the  northern  and 
southern  fronts  forms  a  semicircular 
porch.  The  doors  and  windows  are  all 
of  generous  width,  and  the  stairways 
and  halls  of  similarly  hospitable  pro- 
portions. The  ornamentation  follows 
the  same  idea,  being  carried  out  in 
classic  forms  in  the  way  of  festoons 


things  beautiful  and  curious  connected 
with  mining  and  metallurgy,  prepa- 
rations have  been  made  for  their  dis- 
play and  safe-keeping  in  cabinets  of 
great  size,  number,  and  variety.  The 
building  is  of  wood,  with  high-pitched 
shingle  roof,  the  outside  being 
weather-boarded  and  painted.  The 
interior  is  plastered,  with  hardwood 
finishing,  and  the  ceilings  are  of 
ornamental  ironwork  from  Wheeling, 
W.  Va.  In  fact  all  the  exterior  is  made 
of  material  native  to  the  State.  It  is  58 
x  123  feet  (including  the  semicircular 
verandas),  and  the  cost  was  $20,000. 


and  other  graceful  arrangements  of 
flower  and  leaf.  The  main  entrance 
is  surmounted  by  the  arms  of  the  State 
in  bas-relief.  On  each  floor  are  two  fine 
colonial  fire-places,  with  wood  mantels 
elaborately  carved.  The  main  floor  is 
entered  through  a  vestibule  flanked  by 


Montana   State   Building. 

Utah's  Building  (A  16)  is  quite 
attractive,  and  is  situated  at  the  ex- 
treme north  end  of  the  Fair  grounds, 
and  is  go  feet  long  by  50  feet  wide, 
with  the  major  axis  running  east  and 
west,  the  principal  front  facing  south, 
and  two  stories  high.     The  first  floor 


committee-rooms,    and   after   passing  contains  an  exhibition-hall  extending 

through   this    the    visitor   enters  the  up  through  the  second  story  and  form 

large    reception-hall,   having    parlors  ing  a  semicircular  light-well  and  gal 

with   drawing-room  and  toilet-rooms,  lerj 


The  second  story  contains  other  com 
mittee-rooms,  and  also  an  assembly 
room  of  generous  proportions,  being 
76  x  34  feet  and  13  feet  high.  The 
exhibits    from    West   Virginia  being 


at  the  intersection  of  the  second 
floor;  the  secretary's  apartment,  the 
bureau  of  information,  and  ladies' 
reception-rooms,  together  with  toilet- 
rooms,  etc.  On  the  second  floor  are 
located  the  officers'  quarters,  and  a 


largely    composed    of    minerals    and   large  room  for  special  exhibits.     The 


STATE  BUILDINGS. 


199 


architectural  style  chosen  for  the  ex- 
terior of  the  building  is  Renaissance. 
The  entrance  is  reached  by  a  spacious 
approach  and  broad  steps  leading  to 
a  semicircular  portico,  which  forms  the 
principal  feature  of  the  south  front. 
It  is  used  as  a  headquarters  for  Utah 
people  visiting  the  Fair,  also  as  a 
bureau  of  information  generally, 
where  people  can  get  reliable  infor- 
mation, statistics,  and  data  regarding 
Utah  and  its  people.  There  are  also 
kept  in  the  building  some  special 
exhibits — many  of  which  are  of  great 


story,  in  Roman  style,  the  dimensions 
being  62  feet  10  inches  front  by  113 
feet  deep;  height  of  story,  16  feet  in 
front  and  20  feet  in  rear,  with  gallery. 
Its  frame  is  constructed  of  wood  and 
iron,  covered  with  glass  and  staff,  and 
the  building  contains  spacious  recep- 
tion-rooms for  men  and  women. 
The  main  entrance,  through  the  vesti- 
bule, leads  to  the  lobby,  reception- 
hall,  with  gallery,  smoking  and  toilet 
rooms,  ladies'  parlors  and  toilet-rooms, 
and  office,  baggage-room,  kitchen,  and 
two   janitor's  rooms.      The    exterior 


Maryland   State  Building. 

interest — and  such  others  as   do  not   of  the  building  is  ornamented  with 
enter  into  competition  in  the  general   heavy    molded  and    fluted    pilasters, 


buildings.  Dallas  &  Hedges  of  Salt 
Lake  City  are  the  architects.  The 
cost  of  the  building  and  furniture 
complete  was  $18,500.  Mr.  Dallas  of 
the  firm  of  Dallas  &  Hedges,  archi- 
tects for  the  Utah  Building  at  the 
World's  Fair,  is  a  native  of  Utah,  born 


Roman  caps  and  bases.  The  two  side 
wings  in  front,  with  main  entrance, 
are  ornamented  with  heavy  pediments 
representing  clusters  of  fruit.  The 
main  entrance  between  these  wings 
is  28  feet  wide  and  16  feet  high,  with 
a  large  Roman  arch  supported  with 


in   Salt  Lake  City  in   1857.     He  has  columns,  molded  caps  and  bases,  and 

designed  many  of  the  finest  buildings  balustrades  between.     On  either  side 

in   Utah,   Nevada,   Idaho,  and  Wyo-  of  this  arch  are  two  panels  containing 

ming.  the  seal  of  the  State  and  the  date  in 

The   Montana    State    Building  (A  Roman  figures.    These  are  4  x  5  feet, 

16),  which  was  designed  by  Galbraith  and  solid  sheet  gold.     Above  the  arch 

&  Fuller,  Livingston,   Mont.,   is  one  is  a  pedestal  supporting  a  miniature 


200 


THE    WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


mountain-peak,  upon  which  stands  an 
elk  nine  feet  high,  the  antlers  meas- 
uring ten  feet  from  tip  to  tip.  Enter- 
ing the  building,  you  pass  through 
the  arch  into  a  spacious  vestibule, 
24  x  28  feet,  with  16-foot  ceilings, 
finished  in  staff,  and  painted  and 
grained  in  oak.  The  walls  and  ceil- 
ings are  paneled;  the  heavy  arches 
over  openings  supported  with  molded 
pilasters.  The  floor  is  of  marble. 
From  this  vestibule  are  entrances  to 
the  lobby,  the  ladies'  reception-rooms 
and  parlors,  and  men's  reception- 
rooms  and  parlors.  In  the  lobby  are 
entrances  to  ladies'  and  men's  recep- 
tion-rooms and  parlors;  also  to  a  rear 
banquet-hall.  The  lobby  is  22  x  22 
feet,  and  is  covered  with  a  glass  dome 
38  feet  high.  Its  walls  contain  eight 
panels  of  Georgia  pine,  recording 
historical  events  of  the  State.  To  the 
right  and  left  are  entrances  to  two 
reception-rooms,  parlor  for  ladies,  20 
x  22,  and  smoking-rooms.  These  are 
finished  in  Georgia  pine,  having  16- 
foot  ceiling,  and  heavy  wood  cornices 
painted  in  oil  tints.  From  the  lobby 
to  the  banquet-hall,  52  x  40  feet,  we 
pass  through  a  large  arch  in  the  front, 
on  either  side  of  which  are  located  two 
offices,  12x12  feet;  also  entrances  to 
lavatories.  The  stairs  at  either  side 
reach  a  gallery  40  x  52  feet,  surmounted 
with  a  glass  dome,  32x32  feet,  used 
for  special  exhibits  of  the  State.  On 
the  first  floor,  on  either  side  of  the 
rear  entrance,  are  baggage-rooms  and 
offices,  14  x  16  feet;  also  a  kitchen  with 
pantry.  All  are  ceiled  with  pine 
painted  in  oil  tints.  There  are  ladies' 
and  men's  lavatories,  toilet  and  recep- 
tion rooms,  with  recess  drinking-fount- 
ains.  The  interior  is  lighted  with  128 
clusters  of  electric  lights.  The  cost 
of  the  building  was  $15,125. 

The  Idaho  Building  (A  17)  is  on 
the  same  side  of  the  walk  as  Mon- 
tana's. This  Indian  name,  a  word 
of  the  Shoshone  tongue,  signi- 
fies "  light  of  the  mountains,"  and  is 
indicative  of  its  glorious  beauty. 
Though  its  progress  toward  refine- 
ment and  riches  has  been,  and  is, 
rapid,  yet  the  log-cabin  of  the  pioneer 
is  still  a  familiar  sight,  and  the  forests 
and  hills  abound  with  game.  These 
have  given  to  the  architect  his  motive 


in  creating  a  structure  which  should 
truly  typify  the  spirit  and  conditions 
of  young  Idaho.  Hence  this  struct- 
ure, which  is  three  stories  high,  with 
a  foundation  of  lava  and  basaltic 
rock,  is  made  to  resemble  a  three- 
story  log-cabin.  The  timbers  used 
are  stripped  cedar-logs,  stained  to 
present  the  weather-beaten  appear- 
ance of  age.  Swiss  balconies  hang 
about  it,  and  it  is  roofed  with 
"shakes"  held  in  place  by  rocks. 
The  chimneys  are  large  and  roughly 
stuccoed  to  imitate  the  chimneys  of 
actual  pioneer  days.  An  arched  stone 
entrance  opens  into  a  large  hall,  at  the 
end  of  which  is  a  stone  fire-place  with 
log  mantel.  The  remainder  of  this 
floor  is  divided  into  offices,  sleeping 
and  toilet  rooms.  By  stairways  on 
either  side  of  the  fire-place,  an  upper 
hall  is  reached,  the  windows  of  which 
are  glazed  with  Idaho  mica.  In  front 
of  this  hall  is  the  women's  reception- 
hall,  representing  a  miner's  cabin,  its 
fire-place  of  metalliferous  rock,  and 
andirons,  door-latches,  etc.,  made  in 
imitation  of  miners'  tools.  At  the  rear 
of  the  hall  the  men's  reception-room, 
an  imitation  of  a  hunter's  and  trap- 
per's cabin,  has  a  fire-place  of  Idaho 
lava,  the  andirons  made  of  bear-traps 
and  fish-spears;  the  other  hardware 
therein  representing  arrows  and  other 
Indian  weapons,  etc.  The  entire  third 
floor  is  one  large  hall  for  exhibits, 
receptions,  etc. 

The  Maryland  Building  (B  17)  is 
78  feet  deep  and  142  feet  wide.  The 
architecture  is  of  the  so-called  free 
classic  Corinthian  order,  the  style  from 
which  the  colonial  work  of  the  last 
century  developed.  The  building  is 
three  stories  high.  The  main  entrance 
is  through  a  Corinthian  portico  two 
stories  high.  At  each  end  of  the 
building  are  smaller  ones.  A  spacious 
piazza  extends  the  full  length  of  the 
building,  its  top  having  a  deck  roof. 
A  similar  roof  covers  the  two  wings 
of  the  building,  from  which  a  view 
of  the  entire  park  may  be  had.  The 
building  is  of  frame,  with  iron  sup- 
ports, finished  exteriorly  with  staff  or 
plaster  work.  The  interior  is  finished 
in  wood  and  plaster,  carrying  out  the 
old  colonial  style  as  it  appears  in 
early  Maryland  country-seats.     The 


STATE  BUILDINGS. 


201 


front  entrance  leads  into  a  reception- 
hall,  38x40  feet,  from  the  center  of 
which  a  main  stairway,  branching 
from  a  landing  into  two  lesser  stair- 
ways, leads  to  the  second  floor.  To 
the  left  of  the  hall  is  the  principal 
exhibition-hall,  36x26  feet,  extending 
upward  through  two  stories,  with  a 
gallery  at  the  second-floor  level.  To 
the  right  of  the  main  hall  is  another 
exhibition-hall,  25x26  feet,  used  for 
the  women's  exhibit,  and  adjoining  it 
is  a  ladies'  parlor  and  toilet-room.  In 
either  corner  of  the  hall  is  an  office, 


of  architecture,  and  is  wholly  con- 
structed of  Delaware  State  material. 
The  building  is  60x58  feet  and  cost 
$7,500.  It  has  arched  and  pillared  en- 
trances and  ornamental  balustraded 
cornices,  and  a  very  handsome  por- 
tico on  the  west  end,  with  fluted 
columns  reaching  the  full  height  of 
the  building.  In  the  interior  are  seen 
models  of  many  interesting  structures 
in  the  State — some  of  them  built  dur- 
ing the  seventeenth  century — and 
many  other  objects  worthy  of  atten- 
tion. 


New  York  State  Building. 


bureau  of  information,  and  passenger 
elevator.  The  second  floor  contains 
three  parlors  on  the  front,  and  on  the 
end  an  office,  reading,  smoking,  and 
toilet  rooms.  On  the  third  floor  are 
the  janitor's  rooms  and  those  of  the 
commissioners  in  charge.  The  build- 
ing was  designed  and  executed  under 
the  direction  of  Baldwin  &  Penning- 
ton, architects,  of  Baltimore,  Md., 
whose  fame  is  not  limited  to  the 
boundaries  of  their  own  State. 
The    State  Building  of   Delaware 


New    York's    Building    (C    17)    is 

next.  Its  architects  were  McKim, 
Meade  &  White.  The  building  ex- 
tends over  an  area  of  14,538  feet — 
exclusive  of  terraces,  porticoes,  or 
exedras,  which  cover  an  additional 
area  of  3,676  feet — is  214  feet  in  length, 
142  feet  in  depth,  and  in  height  96 
feet.  The  approach  is  from  the  south, 
by  a  flight  of  fourteen  steps,  forty-six 
feet  wide,  giving  access  to  a  terrace  15 
x  80  feet,  from  which  the  loggia,  46  x 
17.6  feet,  is  reached.    At  the  entrances 


(B  17)  is  of  the  Southern  colonial  style   to  the  building  are  casts  of  the  cele> 


202 


THE    WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


brated  Barberini  lions,  and  the  four 
pedestal  lamps  lighting  the  terrace 
are  reproductions  of  the  best  unique 
examples  in  the  Museum  of  Naples. 
The  porticoes  east  and  west  of  the 
building  have  a  diameter  of  fifty  feet, 
the  open  portion  of  which  is  covered, 
in  the  Italian  fashion,  by  a  colored 
sail.  On  either  side  of  the  main  en- 
trance, in  the  niches  outside  the  build- 
ing, are  placed  the  busts  of  George 
Clinton  and  Roswell  P.  Flower,  the 
first  and  present  governors  of  the 
State.  In  the  other  niches  in  the 
facade  of  the  second  story  are  two 


being  on  the  grand  staircase-hall,  37  x 
46  feet;  the  dome  ceiling  being  46  feet 
high.  These  paintings  are  adapted 
from  Pompeian  designs  not  previously 
used  by  any  artist.  In  the  well  of  the 
staircase  is  a  room,  36  x  46  feet,  in 
which  is  placed  the  relief  map  of  the 
State,  on  a  scale  of  an  inch  to  the  mile. 
On  the  west  of  the  entrance-hall  are 
the  women's  State  apartments,  con- 
sisting of  three  rooms,  28.7x32.8  feet, 
and  20  feet  high.  The  walls  of  the 
suite  of  rooms  are  covered  by  a  light 
silk  of  Renaissance  pattern,  the  floors 
of  hard  oak  covered  by  Indian  rugs. 


Massachusetts  State  Building. 


heroic-sized  figures  of  Henry  Hudson 
and  Christopher  Columbus — the  four 
works  of  art  being  the  production  of 
Olin  Warner.  The  exterior  of  the 
building  is  lit  by  electricity.  Above  the 
arched  entrance  is  the  great  seal  of 
New  York  (ten  feet  high),  illuminated 
by  myriads  of  tiny  lamps,  set  close 
together.  The  main  floor  of  the 
building  consists  of  a  vestibule,  17.6 
x  46  x  33.10  feet.  On  either  side  of 
this  vestibule  are  three  niches  in 
mosaic.  The  entrance-hall,  46  x  84 
feet,  and  20  feet  high,  is  light  in 
color,    the    main    mural    decorations 


On  the  east  of  the  entrance-hall  is  a 
similar  suite  of  rooms,  designed  for 
the  use  of  men,  papered  and  furnished 
according  to  the  general  design.  On 
the  same  floor  are  the  lavatories,  etc. 
The  second  floor  consists  of  a  stair- 
case-hall, giving  access  through  three 
double  doorways  to  the  reception-hall, 
84x46  feet,  and  45  feet  high.  The 
general  scheme  of  decoration  is  white 
and  gold.  The  panel  in  the  center, 
the  work  of  Frank  D.  Millet,  repre- 
sents an  allegorical  subject.  On  the 
west  of  this  hall  is  the  women  man- 
agers'board-room,  32. 8  x  56.7  feet,  and 


STATE  BUILDINGS. 


203 


15  feet  high.  In  the  eastern  wing  is 
the  museum,  32.8x56.7,  and  15  feet 
high,  which  is  filled  with  historical 
relics  and  documents  relating  to  the 
history  of  the  country  and  State.  Ad- 
joining is  the  general  manager's  board- 
room, 22.6x28.7  feet.  Two  other 
rooms,  18  x  21  feet,  complete  the 
space  on  this  floor.  The  roof  forms 
a  triple  terrace  garden  enriched  by 
terra  cotta  pots,  decorated  with  palms, 
bay-trees,  and  flowering  shrubs,  and 


with  old-fashioned  flowers  and  foli- 
age. Two  flights  of  steps  reach  the 
building.  The  main  entrance  opens 
into  a  spacious  hall,  with  a  tiled  floor, 
and  facing  it  is  a  broad  colonial 
stairway  leading  to  the  second  floor. 
On  the  right  of  the  hall  is  a  large 
room  used  as  a  registration-room,  post 
office,  and  general  reception-room. 
The  floor  is  of  marble,  the  walls 
covered  with  tiles,  the  beams  and 
rafters  bare,   and  the  mantel    high. 


New  Jersey  State   Building. 


furnished      with     awnings,      arbors, 
tables,  and  chairs. 

The  Massachusetts  Building  (B  17) 
is  an  exemplification  of  the  Northern 
colonial  style  of  architecture,  a  repro- 
duction of  the  residence  of  John 
Hancock,  which  stood  on  Beacon  "Hill, 
Boston,  Mass.,  near  the  State  capitol. 
It  is  three  stories  high,  surmounted  in 
the  center  by  a  cupola,  the  exterior 
finished  in  staff  in  imitation  of  cut 
granite.  Above  the  cupola  is  a  flag- 
staff, and  a  liberty-pole,  eighty-five 
feet  high,  stands  in  the  front  court. 
The  house  is  surrounded  by  a  raised 
terrace,   filled  in  front  and  one  side 


On  the  left  of  the  hall  are  two  large 
parlors,  forming  a  room  80  x  25  feet 
when  thrown  together.  The  front 
parlor  is  furnished  by  the  Essex  Insti- 
tute, an  old  historical  society.  The 
second-floor  rooms,  furnished  with 
antique  cedar  chairs,' etc.,  are  given 
over  to  the  women's  use.  Peabody 
&  Stearns  of  Boston  are  the  architects. 
The  cost  was  $50,000. 

Rhode  Island's  State  Structure 
(B  17)  was  built  by  Messrs.  Stone, 
Carpenter  &  Wilson,  architects,  Provi- 
dence, R.  I.  This  building  is  in  the 
style  of  a  Greek  mansion,  and  is  in 
plan    a    parallelogram,  39  x  34   feet, 


204 


THE  WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


with  a  semicircular  porch,  12  x  22  feet, 
on  the  west  front  toward  the  avenue 
which  marks  the  front  entrance;  and 
is  flanked  by  a  north  and  south  porch, 
about  eight  feet  deep,  the  full  width 
of  the  building.  The  building  is 
amphiprostyle,  the  two  porches  being 
of  the  full  width  of  the  building  and 
having  four  fluted  Ionic  columns,  24 
inches  in  diameter  and  21  feet  high; 
while  the  rear  entrance  is  between 
fluted  Ionic  pilasters  of  the  same  size 


main  hallway,  running  the  whole 
depth  of  the  house  from  front  to 
rear  entrance,  is  18  feet  wide  and 
30  feet  long.  In  the  center  of  the  hall 
is  a  fire-place  and  marble  mantel 
taken  from  the  old  colonial  mansion 
in  which  was  formed  the  plan  for  the 
destruction  of  the  British  schooner 
"  Gaspee,"  by  citizens  of  Providence, 
June  9,  1792.  From  the  hall  on  the 
right  opens  the  women's  parlor,  12  x 
24  feet,  and  on  the  left  is  the  office 


"l:S»npT   -" 


Virginia  State  Building. 


and  height.  The  front  entrance  is 
through  three  semicircular  arched 
openings  between  the  pilasters  of 
the  semicircular  porch.  The  columns 
and  pilasters  are  surmounted  by  en- 
riched Ionic  entablature  with  deco- 
rated moldings,  modillions,  and  den- 
tils, and  above  the  entablature  the 
building  is  finished  with  a  balus- 
trade surrounding  the  four  sides  of 
the  roof,  with  ornamental  urns  over 
each  pedestal  in  the  balustrade.     The 


of  the  secretary,  11  x  13.6  feet;  behind 
which  is  the  grand  staircase  leading 
to  the  second  story.  On  this  story 
are  placed  toilet-rooms  for  men  and 
women,  and  the  whole  floor  is  fitted 
with  antique  furniture  and  its  walls 
hung  with  portraits  and  pictures  of 
historic  value.  The  staircase  leads  to 
a  landing  the  whole  width  of  the  hall, 
from  which  by  easy  flights  the  second 
story  is  reached.  The  hall  in  this  story 
is  of  the  same  width  as  in  the  first. 


STATE  BUILDINGS. 


205 


Opening  from  the  hall  in  the  front 
of  the  building  is  the  governor's 
private  room,  which  communicates 
with  the  commissioner's  room  and  that 
of  the  secretary.  In  the  rear  of  the 
building  is  located  a  vine-covered 
arbor,  and  the  grounds  are  planted 
witn  flowers  and  shrubs. 

The  New  Jersey  Building  (B  17)  is  in 
the  colonial  style,  and  is  on  the  lines 
of  the  building  in  Morristown,  N.  J., 
occupied  by  General  Washington  dur- 
ing the  winter  of  1779  and  1780.  It 
is  said  that  it  has  sheltered  more 
people  celebrated  in  the  colonial  times 
than  any  building  in  America,  among 


wing  are  located  the  secretary's  office 
and  the  offices  of  the  State  commis- 
sioners and  president.  The  general 
contractor  was  James  W.  Lanning  of 
Trenton,  N.  J.;  the  architect,  Charles 
Ailing  Gifford  of  Newark,  N.J. 

The  Virginia  Building  (A  17)  is  a 
representation  of  the  Mount  Vernon 
mansion  (in  Fairfax  County,  Va. ,  near 
Washington  City),  the  building  in 
which  George  Washington  lived  and 
died.  It  was  a  present  from  his 
brother,  Lawrence  Washington,  and 
was  built  in  the  early  part  of  the 
last  century  by  their  father.  The 
main   building    is    94x32    feet,  with 


^uq$ 


Iowa  State  Building, 


them  Alexander  Hamilton,  Generals 
Greene,  Knox,  Lafayette,  Steuben, 
Kosciusko,  Schuyler,  "Light  Horse" 
Harry  Lee,  "  Mad  Anthony  "  Wayne, 
Israel  Putnam,  and  Benedict  Arnold. 
The  original  design  has  been  modified 
by  the  addition  of  another  wing  and 
more  piazzas  front  and  rear.  The  en- 
trance is  into  a  large  general  assembly- 
hall  two  stories  high,  with  balconies 
at  the  second  story,  a  large  fire-place, 
and  also  the  coat-room,  and  staircase 
leading  to  the  second  story.  In  the 
right  wing  of  the  building  are  placed 
the  meeting-room  for  the  Board  of 
Lady  Managers  and  several  parlors 
for  general  use.      In  the  right-hand 


two  stories  and  an  attic,  and  a  two- 
story  portico,  with  large  columns  ex- 
tending along  the  whole  front,  being 
94  feet  long,  18  feet  high,  and  14  feet 
wide.  The  portico  extends  up  to  the 
cornice  of  the  roof,  with  an  orna- 
mental railing  around  the  top,  and  is 
furnished  with  settees  along  the  whole 
length  next  the  wall.  There  are  two 
colonnades  running  back  from  each 
wing  of  the  building  to  the  rear,  about 
20  feet  long,  9^  feet  wide,  and  11 
feet  high,  connecting  each  with  a 
1  x/2 -story  annex,  40x20  feet.  Alto- 
gether there  are  twenty-five  rooms  in 
the  structure.  The  largest  in  the 
building  is  the  banquet-hall,   31x23 


206 


THE  WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


feet;  the  library,  16  x  19  feet;  the 
main  hall,  Washington's  chamber — in 
which  he  died;  and  Mrs.  Washington's 
chamber — in  the  attic — to  which  she 
removed  after  her  husband's  death, 
and  occupied  on  account  of  its  being 
the  only  room  in  the  house  that  looked 
out  upon  his  tomb.  The  height  of  the 
first  story  is  10  feet  9  inches;  of  the 
second,  7  feet  11  inches;  of  the  attic, 
6  feet  9  inches;  the  distance  from  the 
ground  to  the  top  of  the  cupola  is  50 
feet.      In  the  main   hall    is  a   large 


the  people  and  the  library  of  books  by 
Virginia  authors.  As  far  as  could 
be  done  the  building  was  furnished 
with  articles  which  were  collected 
from  all  over  the  State — the  heirlooms 
of  old  Virginia  families;  and  with  por- 
traits of  the  same  character.  The 
building  is  presided  over  by  the  lady 
assistant  of  the  Virginia  board,  Mrs. 
Lucy  Preston  Beale.  She  has  for  at- 
tendants in  the  building  old  Virginia 
negroes,  and  undertakes  to  represent 
in  every  particular  an  old  home  of  the 


Connecticut  State   Building 


staircase,  four  feet  wide,  ascending 
by  platforms  to  the  floor  above.  On 
the  first  landing  of  the  stairway  is 
an  old  Washington  family  clock,  a 
very  interesting  historical  relic.  This 
hall  is  furnished  with  antique  sofas 
and  pictures  of  the  last  century.  The 
rooms  upon  the  first  floor  are  orna- 
mented by  heavily  carved  and  molded 
wood  trimmings,  and  handsome  man- 
tels, very  antique.  This  Virginia 
building  is  an  exact  representation  of 
the  old  Mount  Vernon  structure. 
Nothing  modern  is  seen  in  it  except 


colonial  period.  There  is  a  rare  col- 
lection of  relics  of  colonial  times  and 
of  the  Revolutionary  War,  and  other 
antiquities,  among  which  is  the  origi- 
nal will  of  George  Washington.  The 
library  is  furnished  entirely  with 
books  written  by  Virginians,  or  relat- 
ing to  Virginia,  and  ornamented  with 
old  Virginia  portraits,  views,  and 
other  relics  of  the  colonial  period  and 
of  the  last  century. 

The  State  Building  of  Iowa  (A  18) 
is  next.  This  structure  is  made  up  of 
the  permanent  building  known  as  the 


STATE  BUILDINGS. 


20? 


"  Shelter"  and  several  subsequent 
additions.  The  permanent  portion 
is  built  of  brick  and.  stone,  with  the  in- 
terior open  to  the  roof,  and  broad  pro- 
jecting eaves.  The  newer  portions 
are  60  x  140  feet,  two  stories  high. 
On  the  two  principal  dormers  and 
capitals  is  to  be  seen  the  emblematic 
bird  of  the  "  Hawkeye  State."  In  the 
spandrels  of  the  porch-arches  are  the 
State,  National,  and  Territorial  seals. 
Various  industries  are  portrayed  in 
low  relief  in  the  columns,  and  on  the 
main    walls    under    the     porch     are 


Connecticut's    Building    (B    18)    is 

intended  to  type  the  prominent  feat- 
ures of  the  high-grade  residences  of 
this  State,  with  the  addition  of  cir- 
cular windows  in  the  north  and  south 
and  a  circular  piazza  in  the  rear.  Its 
ground  area  is  72  x  73  feet,  including 
the  piazza,  and  is  two  stories  high. 
The  exterior  is  weather-boarded  and 
painted  white.  The  roof  has  five  dor- 
mer windows,  and  is  decked  on  top, 
the  deck  surmounted  with  a  balus- 
trade, and  from  its  center  rises  a  flag- 
staff.    The  main  entrance  is  through 


New  Hampshire 

authentic  relief  portraits  of  the  Indian 
chiefs  Black  Hawk  and  Keokuk.  On 
the  high  friezes  of  the  towers  are  va- 
rious dates  of  important  events  in  the 
history  of  the  Territory  and  State, 
with  the  names  of  the  largest  cities. 
The  "Shelter,"  which  is  one  large 
room,  is  used  for  an  exhibition  of  the 
natural  products  of  the  State.  On  the 
first  floor  of  the  new  part  are  parlors 
and  other  apartments  for  the  accom- 
modation of  visitors  and  of  the  com- 
mission, while  upstairs  is  a  large  hall 
with  an  exhibit  of  art-work,  rooms  for 
the  press,  and  small  rooms  for  the  use 
of  those  in  charge  of  the  building. 


State  Building. 

a  square  porch,  covered  by  the  pro- 
jecting pediment,  which  is  supported 
by  heavy  square  columns.  A  balcony 
runs  along  the  entire  front  of  the 
second  story,  its  columns  being 
square,  but  of  smaller  dimensions 
than  those  of  the  two-storied  porch. 
The  interior  is  finished  in  the  North- 
ern colonial  style,  with  tiled  floors, 
paneled  walls,  and  Dutch  mantels. 
On  the  first  floor  is  a  reception-hall,  21 
x  48  feet,  lighted  by  a  well  in  the  cen- 
ter above.  In  the  rear  of  the  hall  a 
stairway  reaches  the  second  floor. 
Flanking  the  hall  are  parlors.  The 
second  floor  is  divided  into  several 


208 


THE   WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


living-rooms.     There  are  many  inter-  or  clap-boards,   of  hard  pine,  oiled, 

esting  relics  to  be  seen  in  this  build-  and  left  in  the  natural  wood  color, 

ing,  among  them  a  lately  discovered  The  plan  is  that  of  a  rectangle  with  a 

shaving-mug  of  George  Washington,  large  central  hall,  22  x  35  feet,  extend- 

a  copy  of  a  New  York  paper  of  Octo-  ing  through  both  stories  to  the  roof, 

ber  8,  1789,  and  various  others.  lighted  by  a  large  skylight,  and  win- 

The  New  Hampshire    Building  (B  dows  in  the  first  and  second  stories. 

18)  is  next  in  order,  and  is   in  im-  The  roof  trusses  are  shown  in  the 


Maine  State  Building. 


itation  of  the  heavily  bracketed  and 
balconied  chalets  of  the  Swiss  vil- 
lages, symbolizing  the  "  Switzerland 
of  America,"  as  New  Hampshire  is 
so  often  called.  The  first  story  is  of 
plaster-work,  with  quoins  to  the  doors 
and  windows  of  various  kinds  of  New 
Hampshire  granite. 
The   second  story   and    gables  are 


ceiling.  The  hall  is  surrounded  by  a 
wide  balcony  on  the  second  story,  and 
has  two  large  fire-places.  Upon  the 
right  of  the  hall  you  enter  the  com- 
missioner's room,  the  men's  parlor, 
post  office,  and  rear  vestibule.  On  the 
left  is  the  ladies'  parlor,  and  back  of 
this  the  lavatories.  In  the  second 
storv  are  the  general  reception-room, 


covered  with  heavy  molded  sidings,    reading-rooms  for  ladies  and  gentle- 


STATE  BUILDINGS. 


men;  a  retiring-room  for  ladies;  smok- 
ing, secretary's,  and  janitor's  rooms. 
There  is  an  L,  forming  an  annex, 
used  as  a  gallery  for  New  Hampshire 
views,  in  tne  center  of  which  is  a 
large  map  of  the  State.  A  second- 
story  gallery,  surrounding  the  room, 
extends  from  a  broad  landing  in  the 
main  staircase.  The  coloring  of  the 
building  is  in  the  burnt  sienna  and 
black  tones  of  the  Tyrolese  peasant 
chalets.  Stone  walls  compose  the 
first  story.  The  cost  is  about  $12,000. 
Geo.  B.  Howe,  architect  of  this  build- 
ing, was  born  in  Concord,  N.  H.,   in 


round  bays  projecting  over  the  gran- 
ite below,  finished  in  wood  and  plas- 
ter panels.  Entering  the  vestibule 
through  the  arcade  of  polished  col- 
umns, an  octagonal  rotunda  two 
stories  high  is  reached,  upon  which 
open  the  parlor,  committee,  reception, 
toilet,  and  smoking  rooms.  The  main 
staircase  leads  to  a  balcony  extending 
around  the  central  rotunda,  giving 
access  to  the  various  offices  and  small 
exhibit-rooms  of  the  second  story. 
Besides  serving  as  a  State  headquar- 
ters, the  building  contains  maps, 
profiles,  and  paintings  illustrating  the 


Vermont  State  Building. 

he  entered  the  office    scenic   beauty   of   Maine,  and  many 


1867.      In  1 

of  Walker  &  Kimball  of  Boston  and 

Omaha,  and  is  still  with  them. 

The  Maine  Building  (B  18)  is  in 
shape  a  regular  octagon,  and  is  65  feet 
in  diameter  and  two  stories  high, 
with  a  high  dome  surmounted  by  a 
lantern,  the  floor  of  which  is  64  feet 


historic  curios.  The  cost  of  the 
building  was  $20,000.  Charles  S. 
Frost,  the  architect,  was  born  in  Lew- 
iston,  Me.,  May  31,  1856.  In  1SS2 
he  opened  an  architect's  office  in 
Chicago  in  partnership  with  Mr. 
Henry  I.  Cobb.     Since  iSSoMr.  Frost 


above  the  ground,  and  the  point  of  its  has  continued  the  successful  practice 

roof  20  feet  higher.     The  first  story  is  of  his  profession  alone. 

of  granite   from  many  of  the   State  The  Vermont  Building  (B  18),  last 

quarries,  showing  the  various  textures  of    these    structures,   is    unique   and 

and  colors.      These    specimens    have  attractive.      After  examining   tenta- 

received  various  treatments,  as  rock-  tive  plans,  submitted  by  various  archi- 

face,   carved,  and  polished  surfaces,  tects,  the  one  outlined  by  Jarvis  Hunt 

etc.     The  second-story  exterior  con-  of  Weathersfield,  Vt.,  was  preferred, 

sists  of  four  balconies,  separated  by  Vermont's  assignment  is  a  narrow  lot 
14 


210 


THE   WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


between  the  imposing  structures  of 
Massachusetts  and  Maine.  The  gen- 
eral idea  is  that  of  a  Pompeian  resi- 
dence, suggested  by  the  adaptation  of 
the  leading  industrial  product  of  Ver- 
mont (white  marble)  to  classic  forms  of 
architecture.  Passing  through  a  vesti- 
bule, between  pillars  surmounted  by 
emblematic  figures,  the  visitor  enters 
an  open  court,  having  in  the  center  a 
white  marble  fountain.  This  court  is 
flanked  by  small  rooms,  affording 
space  for  committees  and  other  neces- 
sary conveniences,  while  beyond,  an 


reach  the  landing  he  must  leave  the 
Vermont  Building  and  go  east  along 
the  walk  in  its  front  until  he  comes 
to  the  elevated  railroad.  Here  the 
walk  turns  to  the  right  (south);  follow 
this,  keeping  on  its  right  side  until 
the  Art  Galleries  are  reached,  and 
continue  on  around  them  until  in  their 
front.  Here  are  steps  leading  down 
to  the  launch-landings,  and  getting 
aboard,  the  tour  of  the  lagoons  is 
begun.  Looking  backward,  the  beau- 
tiful front  of  the  Art  Galleries  is  seen 
from  the  water;  on  the  right  the  Illi- 


Rhode    Island   State    Building. 


entrance  opens  to  a  semicircular  re- 
ception-hall of  considerable  height, 
and  occupying  the  rear-  half  of  the 
building.  The  material  of  the  walls 
and  of  most  of  the  ornamentation  is 
staff,  but  considerable  marble  is  em- 
ployed in  the  internal  finish  and  dec- 
oration. 

If  the  visitor  has  conscientiously 
followed  out  the  itinerary  suggested, 
he  will  not  be  disinclined  to  a  trip  on 
the  lagoons,  which  will  give  a  wel- 
comed rest  to  his  somewhat  fatigued 
muscles,  and  offer  to  his  gaze  a  feast 
such   as  he   may  rarely   enjoy.      To 


nois  State  Building  is  again  in  view, 
while  upon  the  left  the  Fisheries 
Building  looms  up,  a  beautiful  sight. 
On  the  right  again  is  the  Woman's 
Building,  grouped  with  the  smaller 
but  beautiful  Puck  and  Children's 
buildings,  and  then  comes  the  ex- 
quisite Horticultural  Building.  The 
Choral  Building  (also  known  as  Fes- 
tival Hall)  next  comes  to  view,  followed 
closely  by  the  "  Golden  Door  "  of  the 
Transportation  Building.  All  of  this 
while  the  visitor  has  had  the  Wooded 
Island,  with  its  picturesque  Japanese 
structures,   upon  his  left;  but  now, 


STATE  BUILDINGS. 


211 


curving  a  little  north  of  east,  his  boat 
glides  under  a  Venetian  bridge,  with 
the  Mines  and  Electricity  buildings  on 
his  right,  and  Hunter's  Island,  with 
its  Davy  Crocket's  Cabin  and  Aus- 
tralian Hut,  on  his  left.  Once  through 
the  bridge,  a  curve  to  the  north  is 
made,  the  launch  skirting  the  right 
bank  of  the  Wooded  Island  and  pass- 
ing near  its  upper  end  and  into  the 
eastern  arm  of  the  lagoon  between 
the  Fisheries  and  Government  build- 
ings. A  number  of  minor  buildings 
are  also  seen,  and  a  glimpse  under  an- 
other graceful  bridge  reveals  the  blue 
waters  of  Lake  Michigan.  The  little 
craft,  turning  upon  its  course,  dashes 
southward  past  the  immense  front 
of  the  Manufactures  and  Liberal  Arts 
Building,  and  gliding  under  a  bridge 
enters  the  North  Canal,  fronted  its 
entire  length  by  the  Electricity  Build- 
ing on  its  right  and  the  Manufactures 
and  Liberal  Arts  Building  on  its  left. 
Another  bridge  passed  and  the  beau- 
tiful Basin  is  reached,  showing  on  its 
right  bank  glorious  fountains  and  the 
Administration  Building.  Beneath 
another  bridge  glides  the  launch,  and 
is  in  the  South  Canal,  the  Machinery 
Building  to  the  right  and  the  Agri- 
cultural Building  to  the  left,  while 
straight  in  front  towers  an  Egyptian 


obelisk,  and  beyond  it  are  seen  the 
Colonnade  and  Stock  Pavilion. 
Another  turn,  the  bridge  repassed, 
and  sweeping  off  to  the  right,  between 
the  front  of  the  Agricultural  Building 
(on  the  right)  and  the  south  end  of  the 
Manufactures  and  Liberal  Arts  Build- 
ing (on  the  left),  the  boat  plows  its 
way  to  the  end  of  the  Basin,  where 
from  its  clear  water  rises  French's 
beautiful  "Statue  of  the  Republic" 
(or  "  America,"  for  it  is  known  by 
both  names),  and  disembarks  its  pas- 
sengers. Pausing  to  study  his  sur- 
roundings, the  visitor  beholds  imme- 
diately in  his  front  the  graceful 
Peristyle,  while  to  the  south  is  the 
Casino  and  to  the  north  Music  Hall. 
In  the  angle  of  these  buildings  are 
two  graceful  pavilions,  erected  by 
private  parties  for  the  sale  of  their 
products.  Passing  between  the  tall 
columns  and  under  the  heroic  statues 
of  the  Peristyle,  the  visitor  emerges 
onto  the  Main  Pier,  and  after  making 
a  round  trip  on  the  sidewalk,  which 
furnishes  the  means  of  locomotion 
instead  of  the  pedestrian  doing  so, 
he  may  embark  on  one  of  the  steamers 
lying  at  the  pier,  and  return  to 
Chicago  by  the  water  route  on  Lake 
Michigan,  landing  at  the  Van  Buren 
Street  wharf. 


CHAPTER    XV. 


THE    MIDWAY    PLAISANCE. 


URING  his 
tours  the 
visitor  has 
seen  the 
monumen- 
tal edifices 
of  Ameri- 
can architect- 
ural skill  and 
exhibits  of  the 
production 
and  manu- 
factures of  the 
entire  world;  now  he  turns  to  the 
interesting  reproductions  of  noted  for- 
eign buildings,  of  classic  Old  World 
towns,  and  huge  panoramas  of  en- 
trancing scenery.  To  proceed  sys- 
tematically, let  him  board  the  cable- 
cars  of  the  Cottage  Grove  Avenue 
line  (taking  those  marked  "Seventy- 
first  Street,  Oakwoods  "),  and  alight 
at  the  Fifty-ninth  Street  entrance  to 
the  Midway  Plaisance. 

The  first  attraction  is  on  the  right- 
hand  side  at  the  extreme  southern 
edge,  the  Barre  Sliding  Railway  (G  i). 
It  is  a  French  invention,  and  was  first 
given  a  practical  demonstration  before 
the  public  during  the  Paris  Exposition 
of  1889.  It  is  an  elevated  road,  the 
cars  having  no  wheels,  the  substitute 
for  the  wheel  being  a  shoe  which  sets 
over  the  side  of  the  rail.  The  power 
is  delivered  from  a  water  pipe.  The 
speed  claimed  is  120  to  160  miles  per 
hour.  A  speed  of  about  one  hundred 
miles  an  hour  has  been  demonstrated 
on  a  track  less  than  one-third  of  a 
mile  long. 

Next  on  either  side  of  the  walk  is 
found  the  Nursery  Exhibit  (G  2), 
which  contains  about  five  acres,  de- 
voted chiefly  to  flowers,  fine  shrubbery, 
ornamental  plants,  etc.  There  are 
fruit  trees  of  every  kind,  including  an 
orange-grove  in  bearing.     In  a  corner 


is  a  cranberry -bog,  where  this  acid 
and  useful  berry  is  cultivated  for 
the  fall  crop.  On  the  left  side  of 
the  Plaisance  the  next  attraction  is 
the  Blue  Grotto  of  Capri  (F  2),  con- 
tained in  a  rough  rock  mass  175  feet 
long,  100  feet  wide,  and  150  feet  high. 
On  entering  the  mass  through  a 
jagged  rent  in  its  side  is  found  a 
lovely  grotto,  with  a  pool  of  water  in 
its  center,  of  a  deep-blue  tint.  This 
water  is  kept  in  continual  agitation  by 
mechanical  means,  and  resembles  the 
waves  of  the  in-dashing  sea,  which 
ebb  and  flow  into  the  original  cavern 
in  the  Island  of  Capri.  Historical 
relics,  photographs,  street  scenes  of 
daily  life  in  Capri,  and  other  curios 
are  to  be  seen. 

To  the  southward  is  the  Hungarian 
Orpheum  (G  2).  The  exhibit  consists 
of  a  cafe  and  concert  pavilion,  con- 
tained in  a  building  75  x  195  feet,  with 
a  covered  garden  on  the  roof.  The 
theater  is  in  the  lower  part,  and  con- 
certs are  given  every  half-hour.  The 
performers  are  Hungarian  artists, 
brought  direct  from  Budapest,  Hun- 
gary's capital  city.  The  native  cos- 
tumes and  modes"of  life  of  the  differ- 
ent nationalities  which  compose  this 
empire  are  shown.  The  roof-garden 
is  filled  with  chairs  and  tables  where 
meals,  lunches,  etc.,  are  served.  The 
guests  are  waited  upon  by  seventy- 
five  Hungarian  maidens,  dressed  in 
their  rich  national  costumes;  and  at 
intervals  Hazay  Natzy's  famous  Hun- 
garian band  discourses  choice  music. 
There  is  also  a  gypsy  band  under  the 
leadership  of  Paul  Olah. 

Next  to  the  Hungarian  Orpheum 
is  the  Lapland  Village  (G  3),  in  which 
may  be  seen  thirty-seven  native  Lap- 
landers— twelve  of  whom  are  women 
and  six  children.  Six  of  the  females 
are  artists,'  musicians,  hair-workers, 


(212) 


MID  WA  Y  PLAISAXCE. 


213 


etc.,  and  there  is  in  the  number  one 
Lap  nurse.  Within  the  village  con- 
fines are  twenty-five  reindeer  and  a 
number  of  sledges.  The  natives  have 
their  peculiar  costumes,  and  they 
exhibit  quite  a  number  of  curios, 
mechanical  products,  etc.,  in  their 
native  huts. 

Next  to  this  exhibit  is  the  Dahomey 
Village  (G  4),  which  consists  of  three 
houses — one  of  them  fitted  up  for  a 
museum— a  group  of  huts  for  the 
women,  and  others  for  the  men.  In 
addition  there  are  four  open  sheds 
used  for  cooking.     The  rustic  front  of 


Crossing  the  walk  one  finds,  on  the 
north  side,  the  park  containing  the 
Captive  Balloon  (F  4).  The  balloon 
is  a  fac-simile  of  the  one  used  at  the 
Paris  Exposition  in  1SS9.  Its  car 
accommodates  sixteen  to  twenty 
people,  and  three  ascents  per  hour 
are  made,  in  good  weather,  to  a 
height  of  1,493  feet.  In  the  balloon 
park  is  a  restaurant, the  seating  capac- 
ity of  which  is  3,000.  Admission  to 
this  park  is  25  cents;  for  balloon  ascen- 
sion a  charge  of  $2  is  made. 

The  Chinese  Village  (F  4)  is  next  to 
the  Captive  Balloon  Park.    It  consists 


Chine 


Theater,   Joss-house,    Etc 


the  exhibit  is  constructed  of  wood 
brought  from  Dahomey,  and  on  plat- 
forms on  each  side  "of  the  gates 
are  seated  two  warriors  attired 
in  their  native  costumes.  These 
grounds  are  divided  into  two  parts, 
one  for  the  women's  huts,  the  other 
for  the  men's.  Of  the  latter  there  are 
sixty  persons;  of  the  former,  forty. 
The  various  dances  and  other  cere- 
monials peculiar  to  these  people  are 
exhibited,  and  their  songs,  chants,  and 
war-cries  given.  They  also  sell  prod- 
ucts of  their  mechanical  skill,  such 
as  quaint  hand-carved  objects,  domes- 
tic and  warlike  utensils,  etc. 


of  a  theater,  joss-house,  bazaar,  res- 
taurant, and  tea-garden.  The  restau- 
rant is  conducted  upon  both  the  Amer- 
ican and  Mongolian  plans.  The  tea- 
garden  shows  a  fine  collection  of  teas. 
The  bazaar  has  fine  silks  and  em- 
broideries, elaborately  decorated  table 
and  toilet  wares,  and  other  curiosi- 
ties. 

Crossing  to  the  south  side  of  the 
walk,  the  Austrian  Village  (G  4)  is 
found,  adjoining  that  of  Dahomey. 
"  Old  Vienna"  is  one  of  the  interest- 
ing sights  of  the  Plaisance.  It  covers 
a  space  of  195  x  590  feet.  There  are 
thirty-six  buildings  in  all,  by  far  the 


214 


THE    WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


largest  of  vvhich  is  the  rathhaus,  or 
city  hall.  Then  there  is  a  church 
where  services  are  held  according  to 
the  Austrian  custom,  and  thirty-four 
shops  and  dwelling-houses.  In  these 
shops  are  sold  all  sorts  of  Viennese 
wares  of  the  present  and  early  days. 
One  of  the  buildings  is  fitted  up  as  a 
grand  restaurant,  with  seats  for  1,000 
people.  Here  Viennese  women  serve 
coffee,  Vienna  bread,  and  other  deli- 
cacies from  a  Viennese  bill  of  fare. 
Arnold  Weissberger,  of  the  Imperial 
and  Royal  Bank  of  Austria,  has  estab- 
lished a  branch  of  the  bank  in  the 
"  Old  Vienna  "  settlement.  This  is  in 
the  nature  of  an  exhibit,  showing  the 
working  of  banking  affairs  as  con- 
ducted in  the  Austrian  Empire. 


m> 


In  the  Austrian  Village. 

Opposite  the  eastern  end  of  the 
Austrian  Village  is  the  Cyclorama  of 
the  Volcano  of  Kilauea  (F  5).  The 
building  is  polygonal  in  shape,  140 
feet  in  diameter  and  60  feet  high. 
Circling  the  walls  hangs  a  canvas  54 
feet  high  and  412  feet  long,  upon 
whose  22,248  square  feet  of  surface 
the  artist  has  depicted  the  weird  sub- 
limity of  the  world's  greatest  volcano, 
the  "Inferno  of  the  Pacific,"  in  the 
Island  of  Hawaii. 

The  point  of  view  selected  for  the 
visitor  is  the  center  of  the  crater,  and 
to  this  point  he  is  transported  for 
the  time  being,   and  gazes  upward 


and  around  him  upon  bubbling  and 
seething  pools  and  lakes  of  fire;  tall, 
jagged  crags;  toppling  masses  of 
rocks,  great  fathomless  pits,  and 
fierce  flames.  Of  all  this  the  cyclo- 
rama gives  a  vivid  representation, 
with  its  built-up  foreground,  which 
blends  imperceptibly  into  the  paint- 
ing on  the  canvas,  aided  by  skillful 
pyrotechnic  displays,  colored  electric 
lights,  and  other  mechanical  means,  so 
that  we  have  in  miniature  every  feat- 
ure of  this  grand  crater,  whose  circum- 
ference is  fully  nine  miles.  Over 
the  entrance  portal  of  the  building 
stands  the  figure  of  Hawaii's  goddess 
of  fire,  Pele,  the  work  of  Mrs.  Ellen 
Rankin  Copp  of  Chicago.  The  pose 
of  this  awful  divinity  was  suggested 
by  an  island  legend  which  tells  of  a 
race  between  the  goddess  and  a 
native  prince.  Winning  at  the  first 
trial,  he  taunted  her  to  try  again,  and 
looking  back  beholds  her  seated  on  a 
wave  of  molten  lava  in  fierce  pursuit, 
her  hands  bearing  fire-brands  and  hot 
lava,  which  she  hurls  after  him  as  he 
takes  refuge  in  the  sea. 

Leaving  this  exhibit  the  visitor  finds 
on  the  same  side  of  the  walk  a  typical 
Indian  Bazaar  (F  5),  where  the  natives 
of  the  Orient  vend  their  unique,  char- 
acteristic wares;  and  opposite  is  a  Fire 
and  Guard  Station  (G  5),  for  the  pro- 
tection of  the  Plaisance.  Back  of  the 
Indian  Bazaar  may  be  seen  the 
Algerian  and  Tunisian  Village  (F  5), 
which  occupies  an  area  165  x  280  feet, 
and  consists — in  addition  to  the  large 
Algerian  concert  hall,  with  a  seating 
capacity  of  1,000  people — of  a  Moor- 
ish cafe,  Kabyle  house,  an  Arab 
tent-village,  desert  tents,  etc.  The 
main  building  has  a  Moorish  dome, 
towers,  and  minarets,  and  its  exterior 
is  covered  with  the  richly  colored  and 
glazed  tiles  of  Tunis  and  Algiers,  as 
are  indeed  most  of  the  buildings. 
The  L-shaped  building  in  the  center 
shows  the  street  in  Algiers;  that 
immediately  to  its  right  a  Tunisian 
street.  Next  to  the  concert  hall,  half- 
hidden  by  the  cafe,  is  one  of  the 
curious  Kabyle  Arab  houses.  Jew- 
elry, embroideries,  and  other  North 
African  wares  are  sold.  No  charge  is 
made  for  entrance  to  the  village,  and 
but  a  small  entrance  fee  to  concerts. 


MID  WA  Y  PLAISANCE. 


215 


Having  exhausted  the  sights  here, 
the  visitor  next  enters  the  Vienna. 
Cafe  (F  5),  a  very  ornamental  struct- 
ure, the  lower  floor  devoted  to  regu- 
lar meals  and  the  upper  to  cold 
lunches  and  wine  and  beer  tables. 
The  rooms  are  decorated  with  Japa- 
nese screens,  etc.,  and  a  fine  orchestra 
is  employed.  The  site  of  the  cafe  is  in 
the  middle  of  the  central  walk,  at  the 
west  end  of  the  Ferris  wheel. 

Just  south  of  the  Vienna  Cafe  is 
the  French  Cider-Press  (G  5),  an 
open  pavilion  where  cider  is  made 
from  apples,  in  a  typical  French  press, 
by  French  peasants,  and  served  to 
visitors  by  French  country  maidens 
in  Normandy  caps  and  short  skirts. 


dimensions.  Arranged  in  the  corners 
are  four  small  ancient  models  of 
religious  and  medieval  monuments 
in  Italy,  as  follows:  The  Cathedral  of 
Milan,  in  carved  wood;  The  Piombino 
Palace,  in  carved  wood;  St.  Ahnese 
Church,  made  of  different  colored 
marbles.  This  church  was  erected  by 
Pope  Inniocenze  X.,  of  the  Doria 
Panfili,  and  by  his  command  this 
model  was  made.  The  last  is  a  unique 
model,  in  carved  wood,  representing 
the  Roman  Pantheon  of  Agrippa. 

The  visitor  now  turns  south  and 
enters  the  Ice  Railway  (G  6),  an  ex- 
hibit partaking  of  the  nature  of  a 
skating-rink  and  a  toboggan-slide. 
By  means  of  ice-making  machinery  a 


Model  of  St.   Peter's,    Rome. 


East  of  this  exhibit  is  the  Model  of 
St.  Peter's  Cathedral  at  Rome  (G  5). 

This  wonderful  masterpiece  of  work- 
manship represents,  in  its  minutest 
details  the  most  magnificent  monu- 
ment in  the  world.  This  model  was 
begun  in  the  sixteenth  century  and 
the  minutest  details  of  the  bas-relief 
of  the  facade,  the  stucco,  statues,  and 
inscriptions  are  faithfully  reproduced 
on  a  scale  of  one-sixteenth  of  the 
original  cathedral,  measuring  about 
30  feet  in  length  by  15  feet  in  width, 
and  15  feet  in  height.  The  interior 
of  the  building  in  which  it  is  exhib- 
ited has  an  array  of  rare  portraits  of 
several  popes,  together  with  a  num- 
ber of   papal  coats-of-arms  of  large 


surface  is  kept  continually  coated  with 
a  layer  of  ice  for  sleighing  purposes. 

The  next  point  of  interest  is  the 
Glass-spinning  Exhibit  (G  6),  just 
west  of  the  Moorish  Palace,  where  all 
of  the  curious  processes  of  spinning 
this  delicate  and.  fragile  material  into 
products  which  will  bear  considerable 
rough  handling  may  be  viewed. 

North  of  the  glass-spinning  booth 
may  be  seen  the  Ferris  Wheel  (F  6), 
resembling  a  huge  bicycle  wheel  hung 
between  two  towers.  The  wheel  is 
264  feet  high,  and  between  its  outer 
rims  are  suspended  thirty-six  passen- 
ger coaches,  balanced  upon  great  steel 
trunnion  pins.  These  coaches  accom- 
modate sixty  passengers  each,  or  a 


216 


THE    WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


total  of  2,160  when  all  are  loaded. 
The  two  steel  towers  upon  which  the 
axle  rests  and  revolves  are  137  feet 
high,  5  feet  square  at  the  top,  and  40 
x  50  feet  at  the  bottom.  Six  cars  can 
be  loaded  or  imloaded  at  the  same 
time.  The  time  required  for  what 
we  may  truly  call  a  round  trip  is 
twenty  minutes.     From  this  exhibit 


plaza  are  seen  Turks,  Arabs,  Nubians, 
Kabyles,  donkeys,  donkey-boys,  cam- 
els— in  short,  the  passing  pageant  so 
familiar  to  all  who  have  visited 
Egypt.  Mocha  coffee  may  be  had  in 
its  cafes,  and  in  its  shops  all  kinds  of 
oriental  wares  are  sold. 

Leaving  this  representation  of  the 
world's  most  ancient  civilization,  the 


The   Street  in   Cairo. 


the  visitor  will  next  walk  toward  the 
northern  boundary  of  the  Plaisance, 
where  he  will  find  the  Street  in 
Cairo  (F  7),  which  presents  a  realistic 
reproduction  of  the  old  street  "  Bein 
el  Kasrein,"  in  the  city  of  the  Khalifs. 
Here  we  are  transported,  as  if  by 
magic,  to  the  shores  of  the  mystic 
River  Nile,  and  behold  its  typical 
scenery.  In  the  street  are  mosques, 
bazaars,  and  palaces,  and  upon  the 


visitor  next  finds  a  model  of  the  Eiffel 
Tower  (F  6),  which  was  one  of  the 
features  of  the  last  Paris  Exposition. 
This  model  is  a  perfect  reproduction, 
one-fiftieth  the  size  of  the  original. 
Gardens,  lawns,  flower-gardens,  two 
little  lakes  with  swans  gliding  idly 
across  the  water,  and  all  the  bronze 
statuary  are  reproduced  with  ac- 
curacy. A  charge  of  25  cents  is  made 
for  admittance  to  the  booth. 


MID  WA  V  PLAISANCE. 


217 


Next  to  the  tower,  on  the  same  side 
of  the  walk,  is  the  Persian  Conces- 
sion (F  7  ,  where  may  be  seen  Persian 
rugs,  damascened  scimiters,  curious 
daggers,  and  others  of  the  wares  for 
which  Persian  artisans  are  famous. 

Next  to  the  east  is  the  Lecture  Hall, 
or  the  Zoopraxiscopic  exhibit  (F  7), 
which  will  prove  of  vast  interest  to 
artists  and  scientists.  Animal  locomo- 
tion is  a  new  study,  pursued  chiefly 
by  electro-photographic  investigation. 
Lectures  on  "animal  locomotion"  in 
its  relation  to  "design  in  art"  are 
given  at  this  hall.  Across  the  walk 
from  the  three  last-described  exhibits 
is  the  Moorish  Palace  (G  7).  The 
building  is  of  Moorish  architecture, 
suggestive  of  the  Alhambra.  Arab 
attendants,  in  native  costume,  wait 
upon  the  visitor.  Objects  of  art, 
bronzes,  rugs,  tiles,  and  other  curios 
are  sold  in  the  bazaar  in  this  structure. 

Southeast  of  this  palace  is  a  station 
of  the  Barre  Sliding  Railway.  East- 
ward is  the  Turkish  Village  (G  8), 
which  lies  on  the  south  side  of  the 
Plaisance,  opposite  the  German  Vil- 
lage, and  consists  of  a  street  in  imita- 
tion of  one  of  the  old  streets  in  Con- 
stantinople. A  pavilion  said  to  repre- 
sent the  Bagdad  Kiosk  is  a  fine 
specimen  of  early  Turkish  archi- 
tecture, and  the  effect  of  the  street  is 
quite  oriental.  A  tent,  formerly  be- 
longing to  the  Shah  of  Persia,  and  a 
silver  bed,  once  the  property  of  a 
Turkish  sultan,  are  among  the  curios- 
ities shown.  Turkish,  Smyrna,  and 
other  oriental  wares  abound. 

On  the  north  side  of  the  Plaisance, 
just  across  from  this  village,  is  the 
German  Village  (F  S).  It  covers  a 
space  223  x  7S0  feet,  and  consists  of 
a  restaurant  and  wine-hall  built  in  the 
style  of  a  German  castle,  and  an  open- 
air  garden.  There  are  exact  repre- 
sentations of  houses  of  the  Bavarian 
Mountains,  of  the  Black  Forest,  and 
of  Westphalia;  domiciles  of  the 
Silesian  peasants,  those  of  middle 
Germany,  lower  Saxony,  and  others 
from  Spreewald  and  Niederdeutsche. 
Every  feature  is  purely  German. 
Twenty-five  cents  is  the  charge  for 
admission  to  concerts. 

Facing  the  German  Village,  on  the 
opposite  side  of  the  walk,  is  the  Pano- 


rama of  the  Bernese  Alps  (G  9),  the 
work  of  Messrs.  Durmand,  Furet,  and 
Brand-Bovy,  three  weil-known  Swiss 
artists.  It  is  65  feet  high  and  over 
500  feet  long,  and  so  perfect  is  the 
representation  that  it  is  difficult  to 
believe  that  the  scenes  are  but  cre- 
ations of  the  painter's  art. 

The  Natatorium  (G  9)  is  situated 
011  the  south  side  of  Midway  Plai- 
sance, next  east  of  the  Panorama  of 
the  Bernese  Alps.  This  building  is 
devoted  to  baths,  etc.,  a  bakery, 
lunch-room,  and  cafe.  There  are  one 
large  and  many  small  dining-rooms, 
and  an  open-air  dining-room. 

Continuing  eastward,  the  visitor 
next  enters   the   Dutch    Settlement, 


Street  Confectioner. 

occupying  spaces  on  each  side  of  the 
walk.  The  exhibit  known  as  the 
Dutch  Settlement  (G  10)  is  really  a 
collection  of  South  Sea  Island  vil- 
lages. It  occupies  a  space  of  200,000 
square  feet,  contains  eighty  dwell- 
ings, and  a  cafe  built  after  the  fashion 
of  Dutch  dwelling-houses  in  these 
islands,  and  is  peopled  with  300 
natives  from  the  islands  of  Java, 
Sumatra,  Borneo,  Jehore,  Samoa, 
Fiji,  New  Zealand,  and  the  Sand- 
wich group.  There  are  two  theaters 
in  the  settlement;  one  erected  by  the 
Hawaiians,  the  other  by  the  Javanese. 

The  Singhalese,  Malays,  and  other 
South  Sea  nations  have  their  jugglers, 
medicine-men,  acrobats,  and  dancers, 
who  also  give  exhibitions  of  their 
skill;  and  some  of  their  performances 
are  really  wonderful. 

Crossing  Madison  Avenue  where  it 


218 


THE    WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


intersects  the  central  walk,  first  on  the 
left  hand  is  the  Japanese  Bazaar  (F 
n).  Here  one  sees  the  characteristic 
exhibits  of  this  ingenious  people, 
consisting  of  screens,  fans,  lacquered 
wares,    steel,    iron,  and    brass-work, 


Panorama  of  Bernese  Alps. 

etc.  All  of  the  articles  exhibited  are 
for  sale. 

Crossing  the  walk  to  where  a  large 
and  handsome  building  is  visible  the 
tourist  will  find  Hagenbeck's  Trained 
Animals  (G  u).  A  large  and  beauti- 
ful building  has  been  erected,  which 
serves  to  house  Mr.  Hagenbeck's 
menagerie,  and  which  has  in  its  cen- 
ter a  large  arena  surrounded  by  an 
auditorium  with  a  capacity  of  4,500 
seats. 

The  menagerie  shows  to  visitors  a 
large  collection  of  lions  of  all  sizes  and 
ages  to  the  number  of  twenty;  two 
large,  beautiful  Bengal  tigers,  one 
polar  bear,  two  black  bears,  a  col- 
lection of  the  finest  boar-hounds  which 
has  ever  been  brought  to  this  country, 
a  large  number  of  young  panthers, 
leopards,  tigers,  monkeys,  and  parrots. 
The  dwarf  elephant  "Lilly"  is  the 
smallest  elephant  of  which  the  records 
give  any  account.  She  is  only  thirty- 
five  inches  high,  four  and  a  half  feet 


long,  and  weighs  155  pounds.     There 
are  three  exhibitions  every  day. 

The  Venice-Murano  Glass  exhibit 
(G  11)  is  contained  in  a  building  in  the 
Italian-Gothic  style,  richly  decorated 
with  glass  enamel,  and  surmounted 
by  the  winged  lion  of  St.  Mark,  the 
emblem  of  Venice.  Here  thirty  Ve- 
netian artists  produce  the  blown-glass 
wares  for  which  their  factory  is  famous. 
Back  of  this  exhibit  is  another  rail- 
way station,  and  north  and  a  little  to 
the  west,  across  the  walk,  is  the  Irish 
Village  (F  11).  As  the  visitor  passes 
down  the  Midway  Plaisance  he  sees 
the  gray  towers  of  a  medieval  gate- 
way, a  faithful  reproduction  of  the 
St.  Lawrence  Gate  at  Drogheda, 
which  was  built  in  the  year  1200.  At 
the  end  of  the  street  are  the  beautiful 
ruins  and  banqueting-hall  of  Donegal 
Castle,  beyond  which  is  a  tall  round 
tower,  and  a  fine  carved  Celtic  market- 
cross.  The  houses  are  reproductions 
of  Irish  cottages.  In  the  first  cottage 
a  man  is  seen  weaving  the  "  Kells 
Art  Linens."  A  girl  in  the  same  cot- 
tage is  embroidering  linens  in  polished 
flax- threads,  and  in  the  next  cottage 
are  two  women  employed  in  lace- 
making.  In  the  third  cottage  is  found 
wood-carving  and  drawing  designs  for 
the  marble-carvers,  who  will  be  found 
at  the  end  of  the  court-yard. 

In  the  banqueting-hall  of  Donegal 
Castle  are  em- 
broidered 
hangings  and 
coverlets;  un- 
equaled  home- 
spuns, spun, 
woven,  and 
plant-dyed  by 
peasants;  iri- 
descent and 
colored  linens, 
Irish  and 
"  Kells  "laces, 
stitched  and 
embroidered  ladies'  underwear,  eccle- 
siastical vestments,  wood-carvings, 
hammered  iron,  knitted  hosiery, 
sprigged  and  veined  handkerchiefs, 
and  house  linen;  Irish  marbles,  bog- 
oak  carvings,  jewelry,  blackthorn 
sticks,  photographs  of  scenery,  etc. 

Among  the  art  works  are  the  great 
statue  of  Mr.  Gladstone  by  Bruce  Joy, 


Mrs.   Ernest  Hart. 


MID  WA  Y  PLAISANCE. 


219 


the  Irish  sculptor;  portraits  of  great 
Irishmen;  paintings  by  Irish  artists; 
replicas  of  the  old  Celtic  illuminations; 
engravings  of  the  Irish  carved  crosses, 
and  reproductions  of  ancient  Celtic 
metal-work  and  jewelry.  In  the 
court-yard  is  a  round  tower,  a  replica 
of  one  of  the  eighty  still  standing  in 
Ireland.  In  the  court-yard  of  the 
tower  are  found  faithful  reproductions 
of  Ogham,  Bullen,  and  Hole  stones; 
of  cromlechs  and  crosses;  chief  among 
the  latter  is  a  cross  twenty-seven 
feet  high,  splendidly  carved,  in  inter- 
laced Celtic  design,  in  Irish  limestone. 
At  the  end  of  the  court-yard  is  the 
Wishing  Chair  of  the  Giant's  Cause- 
way, standing  on  real  Irish  soil, 
covered  with  a  carpet  of  shamrocks, 
and  every  effort  has  been  made  to 
keep  them  green  and  fresh.     In  the 


walk,  just  east  of  the  Libbey  Glass 
Co.'s  pavilion.  It  consists  of  a  dis- 
play of  scenery  shown  by  the  latest 
electric  methods  of  scenic  effects  by 
electricity.  The  scenery  was  exe- 
cuted in  Germany,  and  is  considered 
a  triumph  of  art.  The  seating  ca- 
pacity of  this  pavilion  is  about  350, 
and  a  charge  of  25  cents  is  made  for 
each  person. 

Across  the  central  walk  from  this 
theater  is  the  Log  Cabin  (G  12).  In 
this  cabin  is  shown  New  England  life 
of  one  hundred  years  ago.  This  cabin 
is  furnished  in  old-time  style,  and 
the  inmates  are  attired  in  the  cos- 
tumes of  that  day.  Back  of  the  cabin 
is  the  dining-hall,  where  old-fashioned 
dinners,  consisting  of  pork  and  beans, 
pumpkin  pie,  etc.,  are  served  at  the 
rate  of  50  cents  per  meal. 


Libbey  Glass  Works. 


next  cottage  is  seen  the  process  of 
homespun-making. 

East  of  and  adjoining  this  village, 
on  the  north  side  of  the  walk,  is  the 
beautiful  building  of  the  Libbey  Glass 
Company  (F  12).  One  of  the  most  in- 
teresting of  the  exhibits  of  the  Fair  is 
the  complete  cut-glass  manufactory 
of  the  Libbey  Glass  Co.  of  Toledo, 
Ohio.  Here  the  many  processes  of 
glass-making,  from  the  mixing  of  the 
sand  with  oxide  of  lead,  lime,  and 
alkalies  to  the  latest  and  most  ap- 
proved methods  of  cutting,  polishing, 
and  finishing,  are  displayed.  Glass 
blowing,  cutting,  painting,  firing, 
spinning,  and  weaving  are  likewise 
exhibited.  This  building  accommo- 
dates 5,000  visitors  at  a  time,  and 
there  is  no  charge  for  admission  to 
any  part  of  it. 

The  Electric  Scenic  Theater  (F  12) 
is  erected  on  the  north  side  of  the 


Crossing  to  the  north  side  of  the 
walk  and  making  his  way  toward  the 
east,  the  tourist  encounters  the  exhibit 
of  the  International  Dress  and  Cos- 
tume Company  (F  13).  The  forty-five 
or  more  beauties  who  display  their 
charms  of  form  and  face,  and  their 
striking  national  costumes,  at  this 
point,  are  of  many  different  countries, 
and  were  selected  from  France,  Eng- 
land, Austria,  Japan,  etc.,  by  the 
managers. 

East  of  the  Beauty  Show  is  the 
Philadelphia  Model  Workingman's 
Home  (F 14).  The  ground-plan  of 
this  model  structure  covers  a  space 
16  x  43  feet,  and  the  exterior  is  plain 
and  unpretentious;  the  front  is  com- 
posed of  Bedford  rock  and  pressed 
brick.  It  is  two  stories  high  and  con- 
tains seven  rooms,  including  the  bath- 
room. There  is  a  basement  the  full 
length  of  the  house,     Cost,  $2,500. 


220 


THE    WORLD'S   COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION. 


At  the  end  of  the  Plaisance,  on 
this  side  of  the  walk,  is  the  booth  of 
the  Diamond  Match  Company  (F  14), 
which  here  displays  its  wares,  the 
materials  from  which  they  are  made, 
and  the  processes  by  which  the  raw 
material  is  converted  into  the  finished 
product.  Across  the  walk,  on  the 
south  side  of  the  Plaisance,  is  the 
Adams  Express  Company's  Office 
(G  13),  with  facilities  for  transacting 
its  usual  business. 

East  of  this  office,  on  the  same  side 
of  the  Plaisance,  is  the  Irish  Industries 
Exhibit  (G  14),  in  charge  of  Lady 
Aberdeen.     The  Irish  Industrial  Vil- 


Lady  Aberdeen. 

lage  (G  14)  is  located  on  the  south 
side  of  Midway  Plaisance,  at  its  east- 
ern end.  This  exhibit  is  under  the 
presidency  of  the  Countess  of  Aber- 
deen, the  wife  of  the  Earl  of  Aberdeen, 
formerly  Viceroy  of  Ireland,  and 
newly  appointed  Governor-General  of 
Canada.  While  in  Ireland,  Lady 
Aberdeen  founded  the  Irish  Industries 
Association,  which  has  for  its  object 
the  development  and  organization  of 
cottage  or  home  industries  throughout 
Ireland.  The  Irish  Industries  Asso- 
ciation has  already  been  able  to  do 
much  in  making  the  work  of  the  Irish 
poor  known  in  Great  Britain,  and  in 
finding  a  market  for  it,  and  they  now 


seek,  through  this  Irish  village  at 
the  World's  Fair,  to  demonstrate  the 
expertness  of  the  workers,  and  find 
a  market  for  their  goods  on  this  side 
of  the  Atlantic. 

The  gateway  of  the  village  is  mod- 
eled after  the  entrance  to  King 
Cormac's  chapel,  Rock  of  Cashel. 
Just  beyond  the  entrance  is  a  replica 
of  the  cloister  from  Muckross  Abbey. 
The  visitor  passes  from  the  cloisters 
through  a  succession  of  cottages,  in 
each  of  which  a  home  industry  is 
exhibited  in  course  of  production, 
such  as  the  methods  of  making 
different  kinds  of  lace  embroidery, 
hand-loom  weaving,  spinning,  knit- 
ting, a  model  dairy — in  which  dairy- 
maids of  the  Munster  Dairy  School 
show  both  old  and  new  ways  of 
making  the  best  of  butter.  Bog-oak 
and  wood  carving  are  also  repre- 
sented, and  a  most  beautiful  selection 
of  oak  and  Galway  marble  goods 
are  exhibited  for  sale  under  the  care 
of  Miss  Goggin  of  Dublin.  Another 
cottage  devoted  to  a  show  of  jewelry 
in  special  designs,  as  replicas  of 
the  Tara  brooch,  the  Fingal  pin, 
initials  from  the  Book  of  Kells,  the 
old  Celtic  traceries — all  being  made 
by  Irish  workmen  in  the  village. 

Here  Irishmen  may  once  more  stand 
on  true  Irish  turf,  and  carry  away  a 
piece  of  it  or  a  native  blackthorn  as  a 
memento.  A  beautiful  specimen  of 
an  old  Irish  cross  stands  in  the  village 
square.  A  village  concert  hall,  mu- 
seum, village  store,  and  public  house 
are  prominent  features,  as  is  Blarney 
Castle,  from  the  top  of  which  it  is 
true  to  say  that  ' '  all  Ireland  may  be 
viewed,"  and  the  more  adventurous 
may  gain  eloquence  by  kissing  the 
Blarney  Stone. 

ISHBEL  ABERDEEN, 

President  of 

Irish  Industries  Association. 


HOTELS   ADJACENT   TO   WORLD'S   FAIR. 


The  following  list  of  the  hotels  out- 
side the  business  district,  along  the 
road  or  in  proximity  to  the  World's 
Fair  grounds,  will  be  useful  to  the 
traveler.  They  will  accommodate 
50,000  visitors  or  more  without  over- 
crowding: 

Alabama  Hotel  (Am.  and  Eu.), 
Bowen  and  Berkeley  avenues.  Rates 
$2.50  to  $3. 

Aldine  (Am.),  Sixty-sixth  Street  and 
Oglesby  Avenue;  350  rooms.  Rates 
$2  and  up. 

Boston  Hotel  (Am.  and  Eu.), 
Madison  Avenue  and  Fifty-seventh 
Street. 

Boston,  The  (Eu.);  200  rooms. 
Rates  $1  and  up. 

Barron,  The  (Am.),  Washington 
Avenue  and  Sixtieth  Street;  200 
rooms.     Rates  $5  and  up. 

Chicago  Beach  Hotel,  Fifty-first 
Street  and  East  End  Avenue.  Rates 
$4  to  $15. 

Columbia  European  Hotel  (Eu.), 
196  Fifty-fifth  Street.  Rates  $1.50 
and  up. 

Columbian  Central  Hotel  (Eu.),  259 
Sixty-secoad  Street.  Rates  $1  and 
up. 

Columbian  Hotel,  Seventy- third 
Street  and  Kinney  Avenue. 

Commercial  Hotel  (Am.),  243  Sixty- 
third  Street  (Englewood).  Rates  $2 
and  up. 

Cornell  Avenue  Hotel  (Eu.),  Cornell 
Avenue  between  Fifty-first  and  Fifty- 
second  streets.     Rates  $1.50  to  $4. 

Englewood  World's  Fair  Hotel  (Am. 
and  Eu.),  Sixty-first  and  State  streets. 

Exhibitors'  Union,  Stony  Island 
Avenue  and  Seventy-first  Street;  1 ,000 
rooms. 

The  Exposition  Depot  Hotel  (Eu.), 
corner  of  Seventy-first  Street  and 
Avenue B;  300 rooms.  Rates$i  andup. 

The  Family  Dormitory  Association 
(Eu.),  Yates  Avenue  and  Seventy-fifth 
Street;  750  rooms.     Rates  $1  and  up. 


Fraternity  Hotel  (Eu.),  Lake  Shore 
and  Seventy-first  Street;  350  rooms. 
Rates  $1  and  up. 

Grand  Crossing  Hotel  (Am.),  Sev- 
enty-sixth Street  and  Woodlawn  Ave- 
nue.    Rate  $2. 

The  Great  Eastern  Hotel  (Eu.),  Six- 
tieth Street  and  St.  Lawrence  Ave- 
nue; 1,100  rooms. 

Greenwood  Avenue  Hotel  (Am.), 
Greenwood  Avenue  and  Grand  Cross- 
ing.    Rate  $1. 

Great  Western  Hotel,  Seventy-third 
Street  and  Stony  Island  Avenue. 

Hampden  Hotel  (Am.  and  Eu.), 
Thirty-ninth  Street  and  Langley 
Avenue.     Rates  $2  to  $5. 

Hyde  Park  Hotel  (Am.  and  Eu.), 
Fifty-first  Street  and  Lake  Avenue. 
Rates  $3  to  $8. 

Hotel  Alfonzo,  222  Sixty-third 
Street. 

Hotel  Alvord  (Am.),  northwest  cor- 
ner Oakwood  Boulevard  and  Cottage 
Grove  Avenue.     Rate  $2. 

Hotel  Beatrice  (Eu.),  corner  Fifty- 
seventh  Street  and  Madison  Avenue. 
Rates  $2.50  to  $5. 

Hotel  Buckner  (Am.  and  Eu.),  5479 
Lake  Avenue.     Rates  $2.50  andup. 

Hotel  Caldwell  (Am.  and  Eu.),  315 
Sixty-third  street  (Englewood).  Rates 
— American,  $2  andup;  European,  $1 
to  $3. 

Hotel  Damon  (Eu.),  for  Knights  of 
Pythias  and  friends,  Sixty'-fourth 
Street  and  Wentworth  Avenue.  Rates 
$1  and  up. 

Hotel  Drexel  (Am.),  3956  Drexel 
Boulevard.     Rates  $2  to  $4. 

Hotel  Endeavor  (Eu.),  Lake  Shore, 
South  of  Seventy- first  Street;  900 
rooms.     Rates  $1.50  and  up. 

The  Harvard  (Am.  and  Eu.),  5714 
Washington  Avenue.  Rates  $2  and 
up. 

Hotel  Helene  (Eu.  and  Am.),  10S  to 
114  Fifty-third  Street.  Rates  $1.50 
to  $3. 


(221) 


222 


HOTELS  ADJACENT  TO    WORLD'S  FALR. 


Hotel  Holland  (Am.  and  Eu.),  Fifty- 
third  Street  and  Lake  Avenue.  Rates 
$2.50  to  $4. 

The  Howard  (Eu.),  6802  and  6804 
Yale  Avenue  (Englewood).  Rates  $1 
and  up. 

Hotel  Norwalk  (Am.  and  Eu.),  op- 
posite South  Park  Station.  Rates  $2 
and  up. 

Hotel  Royal  (Am.  and  Eu.),  51S 
Sixty-third  Street  (Englewoo  d). 
Rates — American,  $2;  European,  $1. 

Hotel  Security  (Eu.),  Stony  Island 
Avenue  and  Seventy-third  Street. 

Hotel  Thomas  (Eu.),  Sixtieth  Street 
and  Madison  Avenue;  280  rooms. 
Rates  $1.50  and  up. 

Hotel  Thomas  (Eu.),  Sixtieth  Street 
and  Ellis  Avenue;  250  rooms.  Rates 
$1.50  and  up. 

Hotel  Vendome  (Am.  and  Eu.), 
Fifty-fifth  Street  and  Monroe  Avenue. 
Rates — American,  $1. 50  to  $2. 50;  Euro- 
pean, 50  cents  to  $1. 

Hotel  Veteran,  7302  Stony  Island 
Avenue. 

Jackson  Park  Hotel  and  Restaurant 
(Am.  and  Eu.),  135  Fifty-sixth  Street. 
Rates  $2.50  to  $4. 

Julian  Hotel  (Am.),  Sixty -third 
Street  and  Stewart  Avenue.  Rates 
$3  to  $6. 

Keene,  The,  Fifty-fifth  Street  and 
Ellis  Avenue;  300  rooms.  Rates  $1 
and  up. 

Montreal,  6234  Madison  Avenue. 

Morgan  House,  Sixty-second  Street. 
Rates  $1  and  up. 

New  England  Hotel,  Seventy-third 
Street  and  Stony  Island  Avenue1  240 
rooms. 


The  Oak  View  (Eu.),  Sixtieth  Street 
and  Edgerton  Avenue.  Rates  $1  and 
up. 

Oakland  Hotel  (Am.  and  Eu.),  Oak- 
wood  Avenue  and  Drexel  Boulevard. 
Rates  $2.50  to  $5. 

Park  House  (Eu.),  corner  Fifty-sixth 
Street  and  Lake  Avenue  (Hyde  Park). 
Rates  $2  and  up. 

The  Park  Gate  Hotel,  Sixty-third 
Street  and  Stony  Island  Avenue. 

The  Parkside  Hotel  (Eu.),  Stony 
Island  Avenue  and  Sixty-third  Street. 
Rates  $2.50  to  $6. 

The  Pullman  Hotel  (Am.  and  Eu.), 
Fifty-fifth  Street,  Washington  and 
Madison  avenues.     Rates  $2  to  $5. 

The  Raymond  &  Whitcomb  Grand 
Hotel  (Am.),  Washington  Avenue  and 
Fifty-ninth  Street,  for  Raymond  & 
Whitcomb  tourists;  387  rooms.  Rates 
$10  per  day. 

The  Soldiers'  World's  Fair  Hotel, 
Seventy-third  Place  and  Ston}T  Island 
Avenue. 

The  World's  Inn,  Sixtieth  Street 
and  Madison  Avenue.  Chas.  E.  Le- 
land,  Prop. 

South  Shore  Hotel,  Seventy-third 
Street  and  Bond  Avenue. 

Vendome  Club  (Eu.),  Sixty-second 
Street  and  Washington  Avenue;  400 
rooms.     Rates  $2.50  and  up. 

Western  Reserve  Hotel  (Eu.),  6345 
Wharton  Avenue.     Rates  ($1  and  up. 

Windsor  Beach  Hotel  (Eu.),  Lake 
Shore  and  Seventy-fourth  Street;  200 
rooms.     Rates  $1  to  $2. 

Woman's  Dormitory  (Eu.),  Fifty- 
third  Street  and  Ellis  Avenue;  700 
rooms.     Rates  75  cents  to  $1. 


INDEX. 


PAGE 

Adams  Express  Co.'s  Office  220 

Administration  Building 49 

Agricultural  Building. 102 

Algerian  and  Tunisian  Village 214 

Amusement,  Places  of 17 

Anthropological  Building 90 

Arkansas  State  Building 191 

Art  Building 150 

Australia  House,  The 169 

Australian  Squatter's  Hut 143 

Austrian  Village 213 

Baggage  and  Baggage-Checking... 14 

Baker's  Cocoa  and  Chocolate  Pavilion..   113 

Banking  Facilities  at  the  Fair 57 

Barre  Sliding  Railway 212 

Baths --.     16 

Beauty  Show.. 219 

Bernese  Alps,  Panorama 217 

Bethlehem  Iron  Works. Inside  back  cover,  34 

Blooker's  Dutch  Cocoa  Exhibit 85 

Blue  Grottoof  Capri 212 

Boarding-houses 16 

Boatstothe  Fair 28 

Brazilian   Building 177 

British  Building 167 

Buildings  and  Grounds,  Area  and  Dimen- 
sions   26 

Buildings  of  the  Exposition 23 

Bureau  of  Construction 23 

Bureau  of  Public  Comfort 16 

Cab  Fares 14 

Cable-cars  to  the   Fair 28 

Cafe  de  Marine 149 

California   Building 183 

Canadian  Building 168 

Captive  Balloon... 213 

Caravels  of  Columbus 99 

Car-shops 88 

Casino 102 

Central  Terminal  Exposition  Depot 48 

Ceylon  Court 179 

Children's  Building 136 

Chinese  Village.. 213 

Chop-houses  and  Restaurants 16 

Claim  Checks 14 

Clam  Bake  Building. 168 

Cliff  Dwellers'  Exhibit 87 

Colorado  Building 182 

Colombia  Building. 173 

Columbia  Coach  Co 29 

Columbia  Navigation  Co 28 

Columbian  Fountain 64 

Connecticut   Building .  207 

Construction  Begun 20 

Convent  of  Santa  Maria  de  la  Rabida...     97 

Costa  Rica  Building ■... 178 

Dahomey   Village 213 

Dairy  Barns 88 

Dairy  Buildings 88 

Delaware  Building 201 

Depots 13 

Dimensions  of  Buildings... 26 

Driving  to  the  Fair 28 

Ducker  Hospital 136 

Duplicate  Baggage  Checks 14 


PAGE 

Dutch  Settlement 217 

East   Indies. 173 

Eiffel  Tower 216 

Electricity  Building.. 66 

Electric  Launches 166 

Electric  Scenic  Theater _ 219 

Entrances  to  the  Exposition 29 

Esquimau  Village. 182 

Ethnographical  Exhibit 91 

Exposition,  How  to  Reach 27 

Exposition  Station.. 29 

Fair  Grounds,  The 58 

Fair  Grounds,  How  to  Reach.. 27 

Ferris  Wheel 215 

Festival   Hall 142 

Fire  and  Guard  Station 214 

Fire  Queen,  The 165 

Fisheries  Building 143 

Florida  Building 194 

"Forest  King"  Restaurant  .. 86 

Forestry  Building 92 

French  Bakery  Exhibit 85 

French  Cider-Press 215 

French  Colonies 85 

French  Government  Building 180 

Furnished  Rooms 16 

Garbage  Furnace,  Engle 89 

German  Government  Building 170 

German  Village 217 

Glass  Spinning  Exhibit 215 

Gondola  Co 166 

Great  Central  Court  and  Basin 66 

Greenhouses 142 

Ground  Plan  of  Agricultural  Building..  105 

Ground  Plan  of  Art  Building. 152 

Ground  Plan  of  Electricity  Building 70 

Ground  Plan  of  Fishery  Building 144 

Ground  Plan  of  Forestry  Building 94 

Ground    Plan    of    Horticultural   Build- 
ing    140 

Ground  Plan  of  Illinois  Building 186 

Ground  Plan  of  Machinery  Hall 77 

Ground  Plan  of  Manufactures  Building, 

Main  Floor _ 116 

Ground  Plan  of  Manufactures  Building, 

Gallery 117 

Ground  Plan  of  Mining  Building 42 

Ground  Plan  of  Transportation  Building    32 
Ground  Plan  of  United  States  Govern- 
ment Building 130 

Guatemala   Building 177 

Hagenbeck's  Trained  Animals 218 

Haiti  Building,  The.. 172 

History  of  the  World's  Columbian  Ex- 
position   19 

Homeopathic  Headquarters 165 

Hoo-den,  or  Phoenix  Palace 143 

Horticultural  Building 137 

Hotels  Down-town 15 

Hotels  near  World's  Fair 221 

How  to  Reach  the  Exposition 27 

How  to  See  the  State  Buildings 182 

Hungarian  Orpheum 212 

Hunter's  Island 142 

Ice  Railway 215 


224 


INDEX. 


PAGE 

Idaho  Building 200 

Illinois  Building 183 

"  Illinois,"  Man-of-War ..  134 

Indiana  Building 184 

Indian  Bazaar 214 

Indian  School  Exhibit 97 

Information,  How  to  Obtain 16 

International  Dress  &  Costume  Co 219 

Intramural  Elevated  Railroad 100 

Iowa  Building. 206 

Irish    Industries    Exhibit    (Lady   Aber- 
deen's)   220 

Irish  Village  (Mrs.  Hart's) 218 

Isabella  Booth ..  126 

Izaak  Walton,  Home  of 149 

Japan  Buildings 143 

Japanese  Bazaar 218 

Japanese  Tea   House 149 

Joint  Territorial   Building 197 

Kansas  Building 192 

Kentucky  Building.. 194 

Krupp's  Exhibit 96 

Lagoon  Trip 210 

Lapland  Village 212 

Leather  Exhibit 96 

Lecture  Hall... 217 

Libbev  Glass  Co... 219 

Live  Stock   Exhibit 83 

Log  Cabin  (Bernheim's) 86 

Log  Cabin,  New  England. 219 

Loggers'  Camp 84 

Louisiana  Building.. 196 

Lowney  Pavilion 113 

Machinery   Hall 75 

Machinery,  Outside  Exhibit.. 81 

MacMonnies  Fountain 66 

Main  Columbian  Pier 101 

Maine  Building 209 

Manufactures   and   Liberal  Arts  Build- 
ing  114 

Maryland  Building 200 

Massachusetts  Building 203 

Merchant  Tailors'  Building 149 

Michigan  Building 187 

Midway  Plaisance 212 

Mines  and  Mining  Building 41 

Minnesota  Building 189 

Missouri  Building. 195 

Model  Workingman's   Home 86 

Montana  Building __ 199 

Moorish  Palace 217 

Movable   Sidewalk 101 

Music  Hall n3 

Natatorium 217 

Nebraska  Building 190 

New  Hampshire   Building 208 

New  Jersey  Building 205 

New  York  Building 201 

North  Dakota... 192 

Norway I79 

Nursery  Exhibit 212 

Ohio   Building 186 

Oil  Industries 84 

Oil  Tank  Vault.. 89 

Old  Times  Distillery 87 

Omnibus  Fares 14 

Oyster  Saloons.. i7 

Panorama  of  Bernese  Alps 217 

Panorama  of  Kilauea 214 

Pennsvlvania  Building.  .     .  196 

Peristyle x\2 

Persian  Concession 217 

Philadelphia       Model       Workingman's 

Home 219 

Phoenix  Palace ..  i43 


PAGE 

Photographer's  Building i42 

Piers,  Launches,  and  Steamers 180 

Places  of  Amusement 1 7 

Polish  Cafe i49 

Power  House 8y 

"Progress,"  Old  Whaling  Bark 96 

Public  Comfort  Building.. i93 

Public  Service  Building i42 

Puck  Building I37 

Pumping  House 89 

Pumping  Works.. 80 

Quadriga  Statuary ""  I12 

Railroads I3>  I4 

Restaurants... zq 

Rhode  Island  Building 203 

Rolling  Chair  Around  the  Grounds n3 

Rooms,  Furnished rf 

Rooms  with  Board I5 

Rose   Garden I43 

Sewage  Cleansing  Works 89 

Siamese  Government   Pavilion 172 

Site  of  the  World's  Fair 2o 

South  Dakota  Building 182 

South  Sea  Island  Villages 217 

Spanish  Building 169 

St.  Peter's  at  Rome,  Model  of.. 215 

Statuary  of  Main  Basin 81 

Statue  of  Columbus.. _ 57 

Statue  of  the  Republic m 

Steamer   Landings 29 

Steamers  to  the  Fair  Grounds 28 

Street-car  Fares 28 

Street  in  Cairo 216 

Swedish  Building ..  174 

Swedish   Restaurant 149 

Texas  Building     i93 

Theaters ..     17,  z8 

Tickets,  Where  to  Purchase 29 

Transfer  Co 14 

Transportation  Building 3o 

Trip  to  the  Fair 29 

Turkish  Building i77 

Turkish  Village... 217 

United  States  Government  Building.   ..  127 

United  States  Life-Saving  Station     i33 

United  States  Model  Armv  Hospital 127 

United  States  Naval   Exhibit i34 

United  States  Naval  Observatory 134 

Utah  Building 198 

Van  Houten  &  Zoon's  Exhibit 126 

Van  Rensselaer's  (Mrs.  Schuyler)  Article    58 

Venezuela  Building..     ..    176 

Venice-Murano  Glass  Exhibit 218 

Vermont  Building 209 

Victoria  House 167 

Vienna  Cafe 215 

Viking   Ship 90 

Virginia  Building 205 

Volcano  of  Kilauea 214 

Washington  State  Building 182 

Weather  Bureau,  The _  133 

West  Virginia  Building..     198 

Whaling  Bark,  The  Old 96 

White  Horse  Inn 99 

White  Star  Steamship  Co.. 137 

Windmill  Exhibit 85 

Wisconsin  Building 186 

Woman's  Building. 159 

Wooded  Island 21 

World's  Congress  Auxiliary 21 

World's  Fair  Location 20 

World's  Fairs 22 

World's  Fair  Steam  Launch  Co 180 

Yucatan,  Ruins  of 91 

Zoopraxiscopic  Exhibit _  217